>> WE'RE GOING TO GO AHEAD AND CALL OURSELVES TO ORDER HERE 
          [1. Call to Order]
          [00:00:04]
OUR SECOND DAY OF A GOOD WORKING BUDGET SESSION. 
          WE'VE GOT SEVERAL THINGS WE'RE GOING TO GET THROUGH, A LOT OF GOOD QUESTIONS AND CONTINUED LEARNING AND EDUCATION, GOOD TEAMWORK. 
          BEFORE WE DO THAT, I'M GOING TO HAND IT OVER TO COUNCILMAN PRESCOTT AND ASK IF HE'D GO AHEAD AND PRAY US UP. 
          >> THANK YOU. EVERYBODY BOW YOUR HEADS. 
          DEAR LORD, JUST LIFT US UP, GIVE US WISDOM, DISCERNMENT, GIVE US STRENGTH. 
          LET US REMEMBER WHY WE'RE HERE, AND WHO WE'RE HERE FOR. 
          IT'S FOR YOUR GLORY. 
          LIFT UP THE CITY, LET IT BE ALL IT CAN BE. 
          GIVE US A BOUNTY TO BUILD THE CITY THE BEST IT CAN BE. 
          BE WITH THESE COUNCIL MEMBERS AND THE MAYOR, AND ALL OF THE STAFF, AND ALL THE PEOPLE FROM THE LOWEST LEVEL IN THE CITY TO THE HIGHEST. 
          JUST BLESS THEM TODAY, KEEP THEM SAFE. 
          JUST THANK YOU FOR YOUR SON WHO DIED ON THE CROSS FOR OUR SINS AND GIVES US THIS ABILITY TO LIVE LIKE WE DO. IN YOUR NAME WE PRAY. AMEN. 
          >> AMEN. THANK YOU, SIR. I APPRECIATE THAT. 
          I'M GOING TO GO AHEAD AND HAND IT BACK OVER TO MR. 
          [2. City Council Budget Workshop]
PATH. IF YOU GUYS WANT TO TAKE OFF RUNNING, WE'LL TRY TO KEEP UP TODAY. 
          >> CITY COUNCIL AND MAYOR, WE APPRECIATE YOU ALL FOR BEING HERE TODAY. 
          I KNOW COUNCILMAN SIMPSON IS GOING TO JOIN US HERE SHORTLY, AND WE'LL GO AND GET STARTED. 
          I'M GOING TO TURN IT RIGHT OVER TO MS. STORRS AND HER TEAM. 
          >> GOOD MORNING, MAYOR AND COUNCIL. 
          WE HAVE ABOUT THREE DEPARTMENTS THAT WERE ON OUR SCHEDULE FOR YESTERDAY THAT WE'RE GOING TO WRAP UP REAL QUICK THIS MORNING, AND THEN WE'LL START ON OUR SCHEDULE FOR DAY 2. 
          FIRST OFF, WE WANTED TO TALK IN A LITTLE BIT MORE DETAIL ABOUT MY AMARILLO. 
          IT'S SOMETHING THAT WE TOUCHED ON SEVERAL TIMES YESTERDAY, BUT IF YOU WANT TO TURN IN YOUR BUDGET BOOKS TO PAGE 290, WE WILL START THERE. 
          AS A REMINDER, THE MY AMARILLO FUND, IT'S NOT A NEW THING. 
          IT HAS BEEN HISTORICALLY REFERRED TO AS 311. 
          IT STARTED A FEW YEARS AGO, AND IT WAS HOUSED INSIDE OF OUR UTILITY BILLING DEPARTMENT. 
          IT STARTED OUT REALLY AS A ROBUST CALL CENTER FOR OUR UTILITY CUSTOMERS, AND THEN THEY CONTINUED TO EXPAND AND ADD DEPARTMENTS TO IT AND SO THEY HAVE GROWN QUITE A BIT OVER THE LAST FEW YEARS AND NOW WE ARE SUPPORTING ENOUGH DEPARTMENTS THAT WE REALLY FEEL IT WOULD BE TIME TO PULL THIS OUT AND LET IT FUNCTION AS A SEPARATE INTERNAL SERVICE DEPARTMENT. 
          AS WE LOOK THROUGH AT PAGE 290, YOU'RE GOING TO SEE THAT THERE ARE REVENUES COMING IN OF $2.1 MILLION. 
          THE DEPARTMENTS THAT THEY'RE SUPPORTING, THE VAST MAJORITY AT THIS POINT IN TIME IS GOING STILL BACK TO WATER AND SEWER BY SUPPORTING OUR UTILITY BILL SERVICES. 
          OF THAT 2.1 MILLION, ABOUT 1.5 MILLION OF THAT IS REMAINING WITH OUR UTILITY BILLING GROUP, SO THROUGH OUR WATER AND SEWER FUND. 
          THE REST OF IT IS GOING THROUGH OUR GENERAL FUND, AND THE TOTAL ON THAT, IF YOU'LL GIVE ME JUST A SECOND, IS A LITTLE OVER HALF A MILLION DOLLARS, SO IT'S ABOUT $570,000, ARE BEING CHARGED TO THE GENERAL FUND. 
          THE DEPARTMENTS THAT THEY'RE CURRENTLY SUPPORTING THROUGH THE GENERAL FUND IS THEY ARE SUPPORTING ANIMAL MANAGEMENT AND WELFARE CALLS. 
          THEY'RE WORKING ON CITY MARSHAL CALLS. 
          THEY ARE DOING PLANNING, THEY'RE DOING VITAL STATISTICS. 
          THEY'RE DOING STREETS, AND THEY'RE DOING TRAFFIC AND ALSO SOLID WASTE. 
          THERE'S SEVERAL DEPARTMENTS IN THE GENERAL FUND THAT THIS MY AMARILLO GROUP IS SUPPORTING RIGHT NOW. 
          THEY WILL CONTINUE TO ADD ADDITIONAL DEPARTMENTS ON. 
          I KNOW BY TAKING ON THE ANIMAL MANAGEMENT WELFARE CALLS, THAT IS ALREADY SOMETHING THEY'VE OFFLOADED FROM OUR AECC, OUR AMARILLO EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION CENTER GROUP. 
          I DO BELIEVE AND I MAY BE MISQUOTING, SO HOPEFULLY ANDREW CAN CORRECT ME IF I'M WRONG, BUT I WANT TO SAY THAT THE ANIMAL MANAGEMENT WELFARE, NUMBER OF CALLS GOING THROUGH AECC, THERE WERE MORE OF THOSE THAN ANYTHING ELSE THAT WAS GOING THROUGH AT ONE POINT IN TIME. 
          BY OFFLOADING THOSE TO OUR MY AMARILLO TEAM, IT HAS REALLY HELPED PRIORITIZE MORE OF THE CALLS GOING THROUGH OUR AECC TEAM. 
          THERE ARE ALSO NON-EMERGENCY PUBLIC SAFETY CALLS THAT ARE STILL GOING THROUGH AECC THAT THE MY AMARILLO TEAM IS LOOKING TO START TRANSITIONING TO TAKE THOSE AS WELL. 
          WE'LL BE TALKING ABOUT AECC TOMORROW MORNING, ACTUALLY, AS PART OF OUR PUBLIC SAFETY TEAM. 
          [00:05:01]
I DO KNOW THAT HISTORICALLY THEY HAVE STRUGGLED TO FILL ALL OF THEIR POSITIONS, WHICH HAS PUT STRAIN ON THE EMPLOYEES THAT THEY DO HAVE CAUSING THEM TO WORK SIGNIFICANT OVERTIME AT CERTAIN POINTS IN TIME. 
          WE'RE HOPING TO BRING SOME BALANCE TO THAT TEAM AND THEN ALSO CREATE SOMEWHAT OF MAYBE A LADDER INTO THOSE POSITIONS. 
          JENNIFER GONZALEZ IS THE ONE THAT'S RUNNING OUR MY AMARILLO TEAM, AND SHE'S GOT PROGRESSIVE STEPS WITHIN THAT CALL CENTER OPERATION, MORE ENTRY LEVEL CALL CENTER TAKERS THAT DO MORE OF THE BASIC INQUIRIES ALL THE WAY UP TO. 
          THEY WILL EVENTUALLY BE ABLE TO PROMOTE INTO MORE OF A PUBLIC SAFETY TYPE ROLE, SO WHERE THEY'RE HANDLING MORE OF THOSE PUBLIC SAFETY CALLS THAT REQUIRE A DIFFERENT TYPE OF BACKGROUND CHECK, DIFFERENT HANDLING. 
          ACTUALLY, THEY HAVE TO BE IN A LOCKED AREA, WHICH JERRY AND HIS TEAM FACILITATED THROUGH THE BUILDING OF THE NEW CITY HALL. 
          BUT THEY WILL STILL BE AT LEVELS THAT ARE LOWER THAN WHAT OUR TEAM IS OVER AT AECC. 
          EVENTUALLY, THOSE COULD BE FEEDER POSITIONS INTO OUR AECC TEAM, AND SO WE'RE HOPING TO CREATE, MAYBE A CAREER PATH FOR CALL TAKERS IN OUR ORGANIZATION, WHICH MIGHT HELP WITH RECRUITMENT AND RETAINMENT. 
          THAT'S A LONGER TERM THOUGHT PROCESS ON THIS. 
          BUT AS I MENTIONED, THEY ARE HANDLING QUITE A FEW GENERAL FUND CALLS AT THIS POINT IN TIME. 
          AT THIS POINT, THEY HAVE SEVERAL EMPLOYEES, LET'S SEE HERE. 
          THEY HAVE ABOUT 18 EMPLOYEES, AND THEY'RE LOOKING TO ADD SEVERAL MORE AS THEY CONTINUE TO BUILD OUT THIS GROUP. 
          THEY ACTUALLY HAVE 14 NEW POSITIONS THAT THEY'RE LOOKING AT, AND THOSE ARE LISTED ON PAGE 292. 
          THEY'VE GOT A COUPLE OF INFORMATIONAL SERVICE ASSISTANTS, THEY'RE CALLED 311 CALL CENTER AGENTS, SO THEY'RE MY AMARILLO CALL AGENTS. 
          THOSE WOULD BE MORE OF THE ENTRY LEVEL POSITIONS. 
          WE HAVE ONE LEAD POSITION AND TWO LEAD TRAINING COORDINATOR POSITIONS. 
          AS YOU CAN IMAGINE, TRAINING IS VITALLY IMPORTANT IN THESE AREAS. 
          AS THEY WORK TO ONBOARD DEPARTMENTS, THEY SIT DOWN WITH THOSE DEPARTMENTS AND THEY GO THROUGH WHAT CALLS DO YOU GET? WHAT'S THE BASIC INFORMATION THAT YOU SHARE WITH PEOPLE? IF SOMEONE ASKED THIS, HOW DO WE RESPOND? IT CREATES A FLOW CHART OF HOW THE INFORMATION IS RELAYED BACK TO OUR CITIZENS. 
          AS THEY ARE WORKING WITH DEPARTMENTS, THEY'RE BRINGING THOSE CALLS OVER INTO THE CALL CENTER AREA, WHICH IS FREEING UP SOME TIME IN OUR DEPARTMENTS THAT THEY'RE HELPING WITH TO ALLOW THEIR EMPLOYEES TO WORK ON MORE SPECIALIZED CALLS OR ON OTHER ITEMS NEEDED IN THOSE DEPARTMENTS. 
          WHAT WE'VE SEEN IS AT THIS POINT, IS IN SOME OF OUR DEPARTMENTS THAT HAVE HAD SOME OF THE CALL VOLUMES OFFLOADED ON, THEY'VE BEEN ABLE TO EITHER REPURPOSE THOSE EMPLOYEES TO DO HIGHER LEVEL TASKS OR GET TO CERTAIN AMOUNTS OF WORK THAT HAVE NOT BEEN ABLE TO BE ADDRESSED HISTORICALLY. 
          I THINK WE'VE HAD SOME REALLY GOOD RESULTS WITH THIS MY AMARILLO TEAM. 
          I AM GOING TO JUST QUICKLY THROW IT OVER TO RICH TO MAYBE TALK ABOUT SOME OF THE OTHER FUTURE VISIONS. 
          WE ARE HOPING TO AT SOME POINT, HAVE WHERE CITIZENS CAN SUBMIT MAYBE ONLINE INFORMATION, AND PROCESS THAT THROUGH OUR MY AMARILLO TEAM THAT THEN ESSENTIALLY CREATES WORK ORDERS AND GOES OUT TO THE DEPARTMENTS, AND THEN THE DEPARTMENTS WORK IT, AND THEN IT COMES BACK THROUGH AND COMMUNICATES TO THE CITIZENS THE PROGRESS ON THAT. 
          RICH, DO YOU WANT TO TOUCH ON THAT A LITTLE BIT? 
          >> SURE, STORRS. OUR APPROACH IS VERY CORPORATE IN THE WAY, SO YOU CAN THINK OF MY AMARILLO, IT'S A CALL CENTER FOR THE CITY. 
          THAT'S IMPORTANT FOR A COUPLE OF REASONS. 
          ONE, WE HAVE STANDARD SOFTWARE NOW, SO WE HAVE CALL CENTER SOFTWARE THAT'S ALLOWING US TO COLLECT THE DATA. 
          WE'RE IN THE PROCESS NOW PULLING THAT DATA TOGETHER, SO WE'LL BE ABLE TO REPORT TO COUNCIL WHAT PEOPLE ARE ASKING ABOUT. SAME FOR EMMA. 
          IT'S ALL THE SAME, SO WE CAN PULL THAT BACK IN DATA AND START TO SEE WHAT PEOPLE ARE INTERESTED IN. 
          FULL TRANSPARENCY. WE HAD TO TAKE A STEP BACK. 
          ORIGINALLY, WE LOOKED AT AN APP IN MY YOUTH AT THE CITY, UNDERESTIMATED HOW MANUAL THINGS WERE. 
          I LEARNED VERY QUICKLY THAT TO FILL THE POTHOLE AT THE TIME, TOOK NINE PIECES OF PAPER AND FOUR TRIPS. 
          THAT HAS ALL BEEN MODERNIZED NOW. 
          NOW THAT WE'RE ROLLING OUT OF A WORK ORDER SYSTEM, WE CAN ACTUALLY START TO DO THESE THINGS IN AN AUTOMATED VERSION. 
          WE'RE WORKING RIGHT NOW, NOT ONLY WITH THE WEBSITE TO BE ABLE TO HAVE CITIZENS REPORT ISSUES, BUT TO DO THE SAME THING WITH EMMA, SO YOU COULD TELL EMMA ABOUT SOMETHING ON THE BACK END, SHE CAN OPEN A TICKET THAT THEY CAN TRACK. 
          [00:10:02]
YOU'RE GOING TO SEE NOW THAT WE'VE GOT THE AUTOMATION PIECES GOING IN FOR EACH OF THE DEPARTMENTS. 
          WE HAVE SOMETHING THAT WE CAN TIE TO THAT WE CAN ACTUALLY START TO AUTOMATE SOME OF THESE FUNCTIONS AND MAKE IT EASIER FOR PEOPLE TO INTERFACE WITH US. 
          >> I DO HAVE ONE QUESTION. 
          >> YES, SIR. 
          >> WHEN WE'RE LOOKING AT THIS WITH THE NEW POSITIONS THAT ARE BEING ADDED, IN THIS CASE, 410,000, IS THAT ALREADY IN AS FAR AS THE SALARIES? WHERE IT SHOWS THE 1,040,000, IT'S ALREADY BILLED INTO THAT? 
          >> YES, IT'S ALL BILLED IN THERE ON THESE NUMBERS YOU'RE SEEING. 
          THE WAY OUR INTERNAL SERVICE FUNDS WORK, FOR THE MOST PART, IS WE GATHER STATS BASED ON ACTUAL VOLUMES, OR ACTUAL USES MAYBE IN AN IT STANDPOINT, AND THEN WE CHARGE A FUTURE BUDGET OUT TO DEPARTMENTS BASED ON THAT ALLOCATION. 
          KEEP IN MIND AS THEY'RE ADDING POSITIONS, WE'RE ALLOCATING OUT TO THE DEPARTMENTS THAT THEY'RE SUPPORTING RIGHT NOW. 
          THAT WILL CHANGE AS WE GO INTO NEXT YEAR AND THEN THE YEAR AFTER BECAUSE AS THEY BRING MORE AND MORE DEPARTMENTS ON, THESE ALLOCATIONS ARE GOING TO START LOOKING A LITTLE BIT DIFFERENT. 
          RIGHT NOW, UTILITY BILLING THROUGH THE WATER AND SEWER FUND IS STILL HOLDING THE LION'S SHARE OF THIS. 
          I THINK THEY ALWAYS WILL PROBABLY HOLD THE LION'S SHARE OF THE COST OF THE CALL CENTER. 
          HOWEVER, WE'LL START TO SEE THESE ALLOCATIONS CHANGE AS WE WALK FORWARD, AND THESE NEW POSITIONS, WILL START SUPPORTING NEW DEPARTMENTS AS WE ON BOARD THEM IN THIS NEW YEAR. 
          >> THAT'S DATA BASED, SO WE KNOW WHAT EVERY CALL IS AND WHAT THE SUBJECT MATTER IS. 
          THE SAME FOR EVERY QUESTION THAT GETS ASKED OF EMMA. 
          WE CAN MAKE DATABASE DECISIONS AND ACTUALLY ALLOCATE COST BASED ON THE ACTUAL DATA. 
          >> YES. 
          >> JUST A COUPLE ON MY END. 
          TOTAL EMPLOYEES UNDER MISS. 
          JENNIFER RIGHT NOW, UTILITY BILLING. 
          >> GIVE ME JUST A SECOND. THAT WOULD BE BACK IN THE UTILITY SECTION. GIVE ME JUST A SECOND. 
          >> THEN WE'RE ADDING THIS DEPARTMENT UNDERNEATH HER, CORRECT? 
          >> THIS HAS BEEN UNDER HER HISTORICALLY, SO SHE'S BEEN MANAGING IT. 
          ON PAGE 424, SHE'S GOT ALMOST 60 EMPLOYEES PLUS HER VITAL STATISTICS GROUP PLUS THIS GROUP. 
          >> WE'LL JUST KEEP VITAL STATS OUT SEPARATE. 
          BUT THEN UNDER THE CURRENT 60, HOW MANY ARE WE TRANSFERRING INTO THIS NEW DEPARTMENT? 
          >> THE 60 ARE WHAT WOULD REMAIN. 
          RIGHT NOW THERE IS 18 AND WE'RE ADDING, SO THERE WOULD BE ABOUT FOUR THAT HAVE ADDED. 
          WE HAVE SHARED POSITIONS OUT OF THE UTILITY BILLING OFFICE TO SUPPORT THE CALL CENTER AT THIS POINT IN TIME. 
          BY PULLING THESE OUT, WE NEED TO ENSURE THAT WE HAVE DEDICATED POSITIONS THAT ARE NOT MULTI-PURPOSING AND BEING PAID FOR OUT OF THE WATER AND SEWER FUND. 
          >> FOR CLARIFICATION, IT'S ACTUALLY NOT A NEW DEPARTMENT, IT'S JUST A NEW FUND. 
          WE CURRENTLY HAVE EXISTING 18 EMPLOYEES THAT SHE CURRENTLY SUPERVISES IN THE MY AMARILLO DEPARTMENT. 
          WE'RE REQUESTING ADDITIONAL EMPLOYEES TO THAT DEPARTMENT AND PUTTING INTO ITS OWN FUND. 
          >> I THINK MAYBE THAT'S WHERE I NEED A LITTLE CLARIFICATION. 
          YOU'RE REQUESTING AN ADDITIONAL FOUR EMPLOYEES AND TAKING THE EXISTING 14 THAT SHE HAS? 
          >> NO. SHE HAS 18 EXISTING IN MY AMARILLO, AND WE'RE LOOKING AT ADDING, HOW MANY WAS IT? 
          >> SHE CURRENTLY HAS 18 [OVERLAPPING] 
          >> I'M SORRY. DOES THE 18 INCLUDE IN THE REQUEST? 
          >> I'M SORRY. THE 18 TRANSFERRED, AND THEN SHE'S REQUESTING 14 NEW EMPLOYEES ON IT. 
          >> TRANSFERRING 18 FROM UTILITIES? 
          >> YES. 
          >> THERE'S 60 IN THERE RIGHT NOW, YOU'RE GOING TO LEAVE 42. 
          >> NO. THERE WOULD BE 74 IN THERE RIGHT NOW, AND THIS BUDGET IS BILLED, WHERE 61 WOULD REMAIN WITH JENNIFER AND IN UTILITY BILLING. 
          THEN THE 18 PLUS THE NEW 14 WOULD COME OUT. 
          >> MY AMARILLO WILL HAVE 32 EMPLOYEES IS THAT RIGHT WHEN FULLY STAFFED? 
          >> AT THIS POINT, YES. 
          >> IT'S GOING TO DO LOTS OF DIFFERENT THINGS, BUT EVENTUALLY IT'S GOING TO GET TO THE POINT TO WHERE YOU'RE GOING TO CALL THE COUNCIL, HEY, I'VE GOT A PROBLEM, THIS TRASH CAN. 
          NO PROBLEM, GET ON YOUR APP. 
          GO AHEAD AND SHOOT A PHOTO IN, 
          [00:15:02]
IT'LL CREATE A WORK ORDER. 
          I'LL SEND YOU THE LINK RIGHT NOW VERSUS, GO AHEAD AND SEND ME THE EMAIL, I'LL SEND IT TO THE CITY MANAGER. 
          CITY MANAGER WILL WORK IT DOWN THROUGH ALL OF THE CHAIN OF COMMAND AND LET ME KNOW IF SOMEBODY DOESN'T CONTACT YOU WITHIN A WEEK. 
          THAT'S MY CURRENT SYSTEM RIGHT NOW, TRASH CAN LID GOT RIPPED OFF. 
          IT'S IN THE MIDDLE OF SUMMER, FLIES ARE EVERYWHERE. 
          I'VE BEEN CALLING AND CALLING. 
          NOBODY RESPONDS, OF COURSE. 
          I'M NOT SAYING THAT'S ACCURATE. 
          I'M JUST SAYING THAT IS THE CRITICISM WE ALWAYS HEAR. 
          I'VE CALLED, NOBODY CALLS ME BACK. 
          I COULDN'T GET THROUGH. I TRIED TO SEND THE EMAIL, WHATEVER IT IS. 
          BUT THEN THEY GET ONE OF THE COUNCIL ON THE PHONE, AND WE GET A GREAT RESPONSE FROM GRAYSON. 
          GRAYSON GETS THE EMAIL. 
          I DON'T KNOW HOW MANY YOU TAKE ON AVERAGE PER DAY WITH ALL FIVE OF US, BUT I BET I AVERAGE THREE OR FOUR REQUESTS A DAY. 
          JUST IN NORMAL DAY TO DAY USAGE. 
          THIS WOULD GET ME TO WHERE I'D HAVE A NEW SYSTEM. 
          I WOULDN'T PUSH IT TO GRAYSON AT ALL. 
          I WOULD SEND THE LINK. THEY WOULD DOWNLOAD THE APP. 
          >> YOU JUST GO TO THE WEBSITE, THE WEB PAGE, AND THEY WOULD GET A TICKET NUMBER. 
          YOU CAN'T EVEN TODAY ACTUALLY REFER THEM TO MY AMARILLO, AND THEN OUR AGENTS WILL OPEN THE WORK ORDER. 
          THEN YOU'RE TRACKING A WORK ORDER RATHER THAN HAVING TO SEND AN EMAIL. 
          >> DO WE HAVE THE ABILITY TO DO ALL THAT CURRENTLY RIGHT NOW, OR ARE WE STILL IN THE PROCESS OF, WELL, THIS DEPARTMENT'S NOT SET UP, SO YOU'D HAVE TO KNOW MAYBE THAT ONE THEY COULDN'T DO ON THE WEBSITE, BUT THIS ONE THEY COULD? 
          >> THAT'S IT EXACTLY. WE'RE TRANSITIONING DEPARTMENTS OVER TO MY AMARILLO AS WE SPEAK. 
          THAT'S WHY YOU'RE SEEING THEM GROW BECAUSE AS WE GROW, WE JUST KEEP TAKING MORE CALLS AS WE ABSORB MORE DEPARTMENTS. 
          >> WHEN DO YOU THINK YOU'LL HAVE THIS, EVERYTHING INTEGRATED TO IT AND READY TO GO? 
          >> COME TO THE MICROPHONE. 
          >> JUST THERE WE GO. 
          >> WE'RE AVERAGING ABOUT FOUR DEPARTMENTS PER YEAR. 
          IF THERE'S A SMALLER DEPARTMENT THAT WE CAN ONBOARD, THEN WE CAN DO FIVE. 
          WE'VE JUST SEEN THAT THE SMALLER NUMBERS THAT WE CAN ONBOARD PER YEAR GIVES THAT QUALITY AND CUSTOMER SERVICE THAT WE NEED, INSTEAD OF ON-BOARDING MULTIPLE DEPARTMENTS EVERY COUPLE OF MONTHS. 
          >> SO YOU CAN DO IT WITH QUALITY IF YOU'RE KEEPING AROUND FOUR DEPARTMENTS A YEAR. 
          I THINK THE ISSUE PROBABLY ON OUR SIDE, IS WE'RE NOT SURE. 
          WE DON'T KNOW, SO WE ALWAYS SEND TO CITY MANAGER, AND SO I THINK WE'RE WAITING FOR, LIKE, 100% BEFORE WE GET TO THERE. 
          MAYBE THAT'S THE MISTAKE. 
          MAYBE IF WE KNEW, OKAY, WELL, HERE'S THE LINK, AND I'VE GOT THIS ONE COPY AND PASTED TO MY FAVORITES AND SO I SEND THIS TO EVERYBODY. GO THROUGH THE LINK. 
          IF YOU DON'T GET A RESPONSE, YOU DON'T GET SERVICE BY SO AND SO, OR WHATEVER THE EXPECTED TURNAROUND TIME IS, SEND ME AN EMAIL COULD BE MY NEW MO. 
          RIGHT NOW IT'S NOT, AND I HAD A NICE LADY YESTERDAY. 
          SHE'S LIKE, LOOK, I'M 88 YEARS OLD. 
          I AM GOING TO GO DOWN AND PRINT THESE PHOTOS, AND I'M GOING TO MAIL THEM TO CITY HALL, AND I'M LIKE, GREAT, SOON AS THEY GET HERE, I'LL WALK THEM INTO GRAYSON'S OFFICE FOR YOU. 
          SHE'S LIKE, THAT'S FANTASTIC. 
          IT'S BEEN MONTHS, AND I HAVEN'T GOTTEN ANY RESPONSE. 
          I CALL, AND SO ON AND SO FORTH. 
          SO THOSE ARE THE THINGS IN THAT CUSTOMER SERVICE PILLAR THAT WE COULD REALLY ACCOMPLISH WITH SOME OF THESE THINGS, BUT HOW MANY DEPARTMENTS SHOULD WE BE PUSHING THROUGH THE LINK? 
          >> CAN I WAY IN HERE REAL QUICKLY? THE APPROACH WAS REALLY BY CALL VOLUME. 
          SO IF YOU THINK ABOUT OVER 80% OF OUR CALLS ARE RELATED TO WATER AND SEWER, THAT'S WHERE WE STARTED. 
          THAT'S WHY WE WENT AFTER PUBLIC WORKS FIRST. 
          WE CAN ABSOLUTELY GET YOU THE COUNCIL THE LIST OF ALL THE DEPARTMENTS THAT ARE SUPPORTED BY MY AMARILLO RIGHT NOW AND BEAR IN MIND, THAT'S KIND OF A MULTI-PRONG APPROACH. 
          EMMA'S FANTASTIC FOR QUICK ANSWERS. 
          THERE'S STILL A LOT OF PEOPLE IN AMARILLO THAT AREN'T GOING TO USER. 
          THEY WANT TO TALK TO A HUMAN BEING, AND WE'RE AMARILLO, SO WE'RE ALWAYS GOING TO HAVE A HUMAN AVAILABLE. 
          SO WE HAVE THE CALL CENTER AGENTS, BUT THEN WE ALSO HAVE THE ABILITY TO CHAT. 
          SO I THINK FROM HERE, WHAT WE PROBABLY NEED TO DO IS MAKE SURE THAT COUNCIL IS AWARE OF EVERYTHING THAT IS SUPPORTED, AND I THINK YOU'LL FIND THAT'S ALMOST 80% OF OUR CALLS CAN FLOW THROUGH AMARILLO BASED ON THE VOLUME. 
          >> COUNSEL, TOO, IF YOU LIKE, IF YOU TURN TO PAGE 289, YOU'RE GOING TO SEE STATISTICS ON THE NUMBER OF CALLS THAT MY AMARILLO IS CURRENTLY TAKING. 
          SO YOU'LL SEE UTILITY BILL ALONE, THERE'S 145,000 CALLS ESTIMATED THIS YEAR. 
          SO THAT'S JUST UTILITY BILLING. 
          SO YOU GO DOWN THE LIST FROM THERE. 
          LOOKING AT OBVIOUSLY ONE IMPROVING THE TIME ON THAT, BUT ALSO TAKING ON MORE CALLS FROM OUR DEPARTMENT. 
          THEY'RE TAKING ON A LION'S SHARE THE CALLS THAT WE DO. 
          I THINK FOR ONE THING, THEY'RE SAVING YOUR PHONES A LOT. 
          I KNOW YOU GUYS GET A LOT OF CALLS, 
          [00:20:01]
BUT I THINK THEY'RE TAKING A LOT OF IT OFF OF DEPARTMENT HEADS AND THE COUNCIL. 
          >> WE COULD CERTAINLY WORK THROUGH A PROCESS WHERE YOU ALL COULD SEND ALL CITIZEN REQUEST TO MY AMARILLO, WHETHER THEY HAVE THE DEPARTMENT ON-BOARDED OR NOT, BECAUSE THEN IF THE DEPARTMENT'S NOT ON-BOARDED, THEY HAVE A PROCESS IN PLACE TO PASS THAT INFORMATION TO THE DEPARTMENT TO HANDLE AS WELL. 
          SO THAT WAY, MAYBE Y'ALL WOULDN'T HAVE TO WORRY ABOUT, WELL, IS THIS DEPARTMENT COVERED OR IS THAT ONE NOT? I THINK YOU COULD FEEL COMFORTABLE SENDING EVERYTHING. 
          >> BECAUSE RIGHT NOW, MR. PATH IS MY AMARILLO. 
          I'M LIKE, IT'S WORKING GREAT. 
          I DON'T EVEN KEEP THEM ANYMORE. 
          I USED TO KEEP MY EMAILS AND MAKE SURE LIKE, OH, OKAY, I FINALLY SAW A RESPONSE, SO THAT MEANT THAT SOMEBODY'S WORKING ON. 
          I DELETE THEM RIGHT NOW, AND I SEE THINGS THAT FIRE BACK AND FORTH WITHIN THE DAY. 
          I THINK OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE AND THAT TYPE OF RESPONSE IS GREAT. 
          DO YOU GUYS USE MY AMARILLO? LIKE, WHEN I SEND YOU THE EMAIL, DO YOU SEND IT TO MY AMARILLO, OR DO YOU ALL UPLOAD IT? DO YOU WANT TO START DOING THAT? IS THAT THE GOAL? SHOULD WE HAVE A DEPARTMENT WHERE NO MATTER WHO WE REACHED OUT TO, IT ENDS UP GOING THROUGH THAT FOR? 
          >> THE INTENT IS FOR BEING FRONT-FACING FOR THE CITIZENS, AND SO THEY'RE SET UP TO HELP OUR CITIZENS AND VISITORS TO THE COMMUNITY. 
          ONCE IT GETS TO MY OFFICE, I DON'T SEND IT THROUGH MY AMARILLO, I JUST SEND IT STRAIGHT TO THE DEPARTMENT HEAD. 
          BUT AGAIN, THEY DO TAKE A BIG LOAD OFF OF MY EMAIL, Y'ALLS, EMAILS, AND SO BUT, I DON'T SEND IT BACK THROUGH THEIR OFFICE. 
          >> WOULD WE HAVE THE ABILITY RICH IF YOU UPDATE COUNSEL AS KIND OF A NEW PROTOCOL AND WE UNDERSTAND MORE OF LIKE, OKAY, WE'VE GOT MY AMARILLO READY TO GO. 
          WE'RE GOING TO USE IT MORE. 
          SO WOULD WE HAVE THE ABILITY TO START AND I JUST COPIED GRAYSON. 
          SO HE'S NOT THE PROACTIVE ONE. 
          IT WOULD JUST GO TO MY AMARILLO. 
          WOULD IT FEED BACK? DOES IT AUTOMATICALLY FEED BACK TO WHERE WE WOULD SEE? OH, THERE THAT WORK ORDER HAS BEEN GENERATED? 
          >> NO, BUT WE COULD SEND AN EMAIL TO MY AMARILLO AND THEN YOU COULD COPY GRAYSON ON IT SO THAT WE COULD TRACK IT THROUGH. 
          >> OKAY. HOW MANY UNFILLED POSITIONS DO YOU AVERAGE OVER THERE RIGHT NOW? YOU GOT TO TELL ME, 72 EMPLOYEES, YOU SAID? 
          >> YES. THROUGH UTILITY BILLING AND MY AMARILLO, IT'S APPROXIMATELY 72 POSITIONS, AND IT'S A REVOLVING DOOR. 
          SOMETIMES WE HAVE A REALLY GOOD STAFF ON-BOARDED NOW, BUT THIS IS ENTRY-LEVEL. 
          SO YOU GET EMPLOYEES WHO WANT TO PROMOTE, AND THAT'S OUR GOAL WITHIN OUR DEPARTMENTS IS TO CREATE A LADDER FOR PROMOTION. 
          IF THEY'RE GOING TO ANOTHER POSITION, A HIGHER POSITION WITHIN THE DEPARTMENT OR OUTSIDE, THAT'S WHAT WE WANT. 
          THAT'S PRETTY MUCH WHAT WE'VE SEEN OVER THE PAST COUPLE OF YEARS AS WE'VE CREATED THOSE LADDERS WITHIN THE DEPARTMENT. 
          I THINK ON AVERAGE, WE HAVE MAYBE ABOUT 4-5 IN UTILITY BILLING AND THEN IN THE CALL CENTER, MAYBE APPROXIMATELY ABOUT THREE THAT ARE. 
          >> I WOULD SAY, I DON'T THINK THESE ARE CHRONICALLY VACANT POSITIONS. 
          I THINK IT'S JUST BECAUSE OF THE TURN, BECAUSE OF ENTRY-LEVEL TYPE POSITIONS THAT I MEAN, THEY'RE CONSTANTLY POSTING AND HIRING AND POSTING AND HIRING AS PEOPLE ARE TRANSITIONING THROUGH. 
          IS THAT RIGHT? I MEAN, I DON'T THINK ANY OF THEM ARE CHRONICALLY VACANT. 
          >> THAT'S CORRECT. 
          WE HAVE A QUICK TURNAROUND IN GETTING THOSE FILLED. 
          >> THAT'S VERY COMMON IN HELP DESK. 
          YOU TYPICALLY SEE HIGH TURNOVER IN IT HELP DESKS OR CALL CENTERS BECAUSE THOSE THAT ARE VERY GOOD TYPICALLY MOVE ON TO HIGHER POSITIONS PRETTY QUICKLY. 
          >> HOW DID WE COME OUT IN THE PAY STUDY FOR THAT POSITION? RIGHT ON TARGET OR? 
          >> I DON'T HAVE THAT INFORMATION IN FRONT OF ME, BUT WE CAN GET THAT FOR YOU ALL. 
          >> I DO WANT TO KEY IN ON THAT. PAY STUDY. 
          ONCE AGAIN, I HAVE SOME LEGITIMATE CONCERNS IN HOW WE COMPETE WITH OTHER STAKEHOLDERS. 
          SO I WOULD WANT TO BE ABLE TO SEE WHEN WE'RE MOVING INTERNALLY WITH THIS ONE RECOMMENDATION, DID WE LOOK AT 911? DID WE LOOK AT POTTER AND RANDALL AND SOME OF OUR FRIENDS? THERE IS A BALANCE SOMEWHAT THERE IN HOW WE'RE TRYING TO FEED AND I LOVE THE FACT THAT YOU'D HAVE SOME WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT. 
          BUT I THINK WE COULD CAUSE SOME LOCAL CONFLICT, MAYBE SOME TURBULENCE FROM HOW WE'VE GOTTEN ALONG, AND I JUST DON'T WANT TO HIT THOSE AFTER THE FACT. 
          WELL, WE JUST PUT IT IN THE BUDGET. 
          HONESTLY, I NEVER LOOKED AT IT. 
          I DON'T KNOW, AND THEN BE SITTING DOWN WITH THE JUDGE AND SAYING, OH, I DO SEE THAT ISSUE. 
          SO THE PAY STUDY NOT TO GET ON TOP OF THAT ISSUE, BUT I THINK THAT WOULD BE SOMETHING THAT MAYBE TOMORROW 
          [00:25:03]
AFTERNOON WE WOULD WANT TO BE ABLE TO COME BACK TO. 
          IF YOU GUYS HAVE DIGESTED ALL THAT INFORMATION AND YOU HAVE IT, WHATEVER YOU FEEL COMFORTABLE DISCUSSING TOMORROW MIGHT HELP US GET COMFORTABLE WITH WHAT DIRECTION DO WE WANT TO GO BECAUSE YESTERDAY, I KNOW WE DIDN'T REALLY GET. 
          >> WELL, AND I THINK AS I HAD MENTIONED, INTERNALLY, WE HAVE STRUCTURED A LADDERING SET-UP FOR THOSE POSITIONS IN THE CALL CENTER, AND THEY ARE UNDER WHAT WE'RE POSTING THOSE POSITIONS AT AECC FOR. 
          SO THAT POTENTIALLY CREATES A CAREER LADDER WITHIN OUR ORGANIZATION. 
          AECC IS CONSTANTLY WATCHING WHAT THE COUNTIES ARE DOING AND ARE IN MORE DIRECT COMPETITION WITH THE COUNTIES. 
          THOSE ARE AT MORE OF THE SAME LEVEL AS OUR AECC. 
          >> COULD BE A COMPATIBILITY OF LOOK, IMPLEMENTATION OF STUDY IS COMPATIBLE WITH OUR METRIC FOR OUR CAREER PATH. 
          WHEN WE ARE CREATING THESE CAREER PATHS, THIS DOESN'T CAUSE ALMOST LIKE THE COMPRESSION THAT WE'RE LOOKING FOR INTERNALLY, WE'RE LOOKING TO SEE IF THAT WOULD BE SOMETHING EXTERNAL AS WELL. 
          >> WE'RE WORKING ON GETTING THE PAY STUDY OUT TL. 
          ANDREW'S WORKING ON PACKAGING THAT TO GET TL. 
          WE'LL GET OUT TL SOON AS POSSIBLE. 
          IF THERE'S TIME TOMORROW, WE CAN TALK ABOUT IT, BUT WE CAN ANSWER QUESTIONS AND GO FROM THERE. 
          >> MS. GEN, I DON'T WANT YOU TO THINK THAT WE DON'T LIKE THIS OR THAT I AM OPPOSED TO IT IN ANY WAY. 
          I THINK WHAT I'M LOOKING FOR IS A BREAKDOWN ON YOU CURRENTLY HAVE, AND I WANT TO MAKE SURE I'M UNDERSTANDING THIS RIGHT. 
          YOU CURRENTLY HAVE 18 EMPLOYEES THAT ARE POSITIONS THAT ARE EITHER FILLED OR UNFILLED, AVERAGE THREE, FOUR OF THEM UNFILLED. 
          YOU'RE GOING TO TRANSITION THEM INTO THE MY AMARILLO ROLE, THEN YOU'RE WANTING TO ADD 14 MORE. 
          IN DISCUSSIONS AS WE MOVE FORWARD TOMORROW, IF WE GET TIGHT ON THE BUDGET, CAN YOU PHASE INTO THIS OVER THE NEXT TWO YEARS, LIKE, WHY PUT 14 POSITIONS IN IF WE DON'T HAVE THEM FILLABLE, AND THEN NOT BE ABLE TO LOOK AT A COMPETITIVE RAISE OR WHATEVER OTHER ITEM THAT WE'RE TRYING TO PRIORITIZE. 
          SO CAN YOU ADD SEVEN OR EIGHT AND THEN NEXT YEAR ADD ANOTHER SEVEN OR EIGHT? HOW QUICKLY WOULD YOU ANTICIPATE BEING ABLE TO SPIN THIS UP? IF YOU'RE ADDING FOUR DEPARTMENTS A YEAR, IT JUST SEEMS LIKE A HEAVY ASK FOR THE 14 EMPLOYEES? 
          >> YES, AND WE CAN CERTAINLY WORK ON A PHASED APPROACH. 
          WE'LL WORK ON THAT AND GET THAT BACK TO YOU GUYS. 
          >> DOES THAT SOUND LIKE SOMETHING YOU'D BE ABLE TO WORK WITH? I WOULD LOOK TO YOU AS THE ONE THAT WOULD KNOW THE BEST. 
          SO WHAT WE DON'T WANT TO DO IS SET YOU UP AND THEN KNOW WE DIDN'T GIVE HER WHAT SHE NEEDS TO BE SUCCESSFUL. 
          >> RIGHT. NO, I THINK THAT DEFINITELY WE CAN LOOK AT A PHASED APPROACH. 
          I THINK THIS IS NEW TO EVERYBODY. 
          THIS IS CREATED JUST FROM THE GROUND UP, AND SO WE'RE STILL WORKING THROUGH SOME OF THOSE THINGS, ADDING SOFTWARE THAT WE NEED TO NOT ONLY HELP THE PRODUCTION WITHIN THE DEPARTMENT, BUT TO HELP THAT EXPAND THE OPERATION THROUGH THE ENTIRE CITY. 
          THOSE NUMBERS FOR A YEAR MAY CHANGE DEPENDING ON HOW WE SEE ALL OF THE THINGS LINE OUT, AND MORE EMPLOYEES IN THERE WITH MORE TRAINERS IN THERE. 
          I THINK THAT IT WILL BE A NECESSITY MOVING FORWARD, BUT DEFINITELY, WE CAN LOOK AT WHAT WE CAN SCALE BACK AND SEE HOW WE CAN WORK THROUGH THAT. 
          >> I THINK A RECOMMENDATION MAY BE FROM LAURA, AND WITH YOUR INSIGHT ON IT, WE WOULD LOOK AT THAT AS WHAT WOULD THAT PHASE APPROACH LOOK LIKE OVER THE NEXT TWO YEARS? NO ONE WILL STEPPING INTO IT. 
          THEN THE OTHER THING THAT I WOULD ASK, MS. LAURA, WOULD BE, IS THIS AN OUT OF POCKET IN ADDITION TO EXISTING BUDGET OF $410,000, OR IS IT IN ADDITION TO OF $2.1 MILLION? MEANING, HOW MUCH ARE WE ALREADY BILLING THESE OTHER DEPARTMENTS THAT WE'RE GOING TO FORMALIZE INTO THIS MY AMARILLO, SO THAT WE COULD SHOW THE CITIZENS WE DIDN'T SPEND AN EXTRA $2 MILLION TO CREATE A NEW DEPARTMENT. 
          WE SPENT $410,000 BY ADDING 14 POSITIONS THAT'LL INCREASE CUSTOMER SERVICE. 
          >> YES. ABSOLUTELY. I CAN GET THE BREAKDOWN OF WHAT CAME OUT OF UTILITY BILLING. 
          ALL THE CHARGES TO THE GENERAL FUND WOULD BE NEW. 
          SO THAT'S ABOUT HALF A MILLION DOLLARS, BUT WE CAN GET THE BREAKDOWN OF WHAT CAME OUT OF UTILITY BILLING VERSUS WHAT'S GOING BACK TO IT AND WHAT THAT LOOKS LIKE WITH THE FULL ASK AND AT A PHASED ASK. 
          SO WE'LL WORK ON THAT INFORMATION. 
          >> COUNCILMAN, NOTHING? 
          >> ANY OTHER QUESTIONS? OKAY. THANK YOU, GUYS. APPRECIATE YOU, MA'AM. 
          >> ALL RIGHT. THANK YOU, JENNIFER. 
          SO MOVING ON, WE'RE GOING TO GO TO CIVIC CENTER NEXT. 
          SO LET'S TURN TO PAGE 297 IN YOUR BOOKS AND START LOOKING AT THE CIVIC CENTER DEPARTMENTS. 
          [00:30:01]
AS A REMINDER, YOUR CIVIC CENTER PAYS FOR ALL OF OPERATIONS THROUGH EITHER REVENUES THAT THEY'RE BRINGING IN OR HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAXES. 
          SO THERE ARE NO OTHER TAXPAYER DOLLARS GOING IN TO SUPPORT THE OPERATIONS OF THE CIVIC CENTER. 
          SO THEY'RE SELF SUPPORTING AND THEN THEIR NET OPERATING LOSSES COVERED BY HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAXES. 
          SO AS YOU START ON PAGE 297, YOU'LL SEE THAT IT WAS A PRETTY FLAT BUDGET THAT WAS PROPOSED, BUT I DID WANT TO ADD, THERE'S ONE ITEM THAT WE WILL BE ADDING IN ADDITION TO THIS, AND I'LL SHOW YOU WHERE IT WILL COME FROM. 
          THERE IS $100,000 THAT'S GOING IN RELATED TO A BOOKING SALES POSITION. 
          IF RICH WANTS TO TALK JUST REAL BRIEFLY ABOUT THAT, CAN YOU GIVE US A QUICK UPDATE ON THAT? 
          >> SURE. SO THAT'S AN ADDITIONAL POSITION IN THE BOOKING OFFICE THAT WILL BE WORKING DIRECTLY WITH PROMOTERS TO SELL SHOWS THAT WE WOULD BE RE-CLASSING THE BOOKING POSITION AND THE MARKETING POSITION TO REPORT UP UNDER THE SALES LEAD. 
          THAT IS ACTUALLY SEPARATE BECAUSE WE ARE FAIRLY LIMITED AS A GOVERNMENT IN BUILDING A POSITION WITH AN INCENTIVE PLAN AND SALESPEOPLE NEED INCENTIVE PLANS. 
          WE LOOKED AT THAT AS A CONTRACT POSITION WITH A PERCENTAGE OF SALES AS COMMISSION FOR THE SHOWS THAT THEY BOOK. 
          THE ENTIRE PURPOSE OF THAT IS BUILDING RELATIONSHIPS WITH ALL THE PROMOTERS, PROMOTING THE VENUE, AND BRINGING MORE SHOWS IN, AND THEN THE MORE SHOWS THEY BRING, THE MORE SEATS WE BOOK, THE MORE MONEY THAT THAT SALES POSITION MAKES. 
          >> SO IF WE CAN JUST REAL QUICKLY TURN IN YOUR BOOKS. 
          SO WELL, FIRST, ON PAGE 297, WHERE YOU'RE AT, IF YOU LOOK AT THAT LINE, THAT 62,000 TOWARDS AT THE VERY BOTTOM THERE, THAT PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNT LINE, THAT WILL GO UP BY 100,000 AND THEN IF YOU TURN BACK IN YOUR BOOKS TO PAGE 239 IN THE MIDDLE OF THE PAGE, THERE'S AN ACCOUNT CALLED CIVIC CENTER IMPROVEMENT 92060. 
          RIGHT NOW, IT HAS 3,180,387, THAT WILL GO DOWN BY 100,000. 
          THIS IS A NET ZERO CHANGE TO THE GENERAL FUND DOESN'T AFFECT ANY SALES TAX OR PROPERTY TAX DOLLARS, ANYTHING LIKE THAT. 
          IT'S JUST SHIFTING IT OUT OF THE HOTEL OCCUPANCY FUNDING TO CIVIC CENTER IMPROVEMENTS AND INTO THAT SALES POSITION LINE. 
          >> RICH, I MEAN, I KNOW WE'VE HAD DISCUSSIONS ABOUT THIS. 
          DO WE FEEL LIKE THIS POSITION WOULD EVENTUALLY PAY FOR ITSELF? I MEAN, IF WE GARNER MORE SHOWS, ACTS, WHATEVER TO FILL ALL OF OUR VENUES UP, THEN WE'VE GOT MORE REVENUE. 
          I MEAN, OUR WHOLE GOAL IS TO GET TO COST RECOVER, AT LEAST OFFSET SOME OF WHAT WE'RE HAVING TO INPUT INTO THE, 
          >> THAT'S 100% OF THE GOAL, AND THAT WILL BE THE REPORTING THAT I'LL BE LOOKING AT. 
          THIS WOULD BE MANAGED ALMOST LIKE A SALES OFFICE, AND THAT'S WHAT I'M GOING TO LOOK AT. 
          WHAT'S OUR PRE-SALES PIPELINE LOOK LIKE? WHAT'S OUR RETURN ON INVESTMENT AT THE END OF THE YEAR? HOW MANY ADDITIONAL SHOWS DID WE BOOK, AND REALLY, HOW MANY TICKETS DID WE SELL? THE GOAL IS THAT WE COST RECOVER THE COST OF THE POSITION PLUS SOME ADDITIONAL PROFIT. 
          SO WE WILL LOOK AT THIS JUST LIKE YOU WOULD AT SALES OFFICE. 
          >> GREAT. WHO WOULD THEY REPORT TO? 
          >> THEY WOULD REPORT UP TO BOTH. 
          >> OKAY. 
          >> BOTH DONE A GREAT JOB. 
          I MEAN, I KNOW WE'VE GONE BACK AND FORTH ON WHAT TO DO, BUT GET NOTHING BUT POSITIVE ABOUT YOU AND YOUR TEAM, SO I APPRECIATE WHAT ALL DOING. 
          I THINK THIS WOULD JUST BE AN ADDED ARM FOR YOU GUYS TO USE AND TO FILL THAT THING UP AND THEN YOU GUYS TAKE CARE OF EVERYBODY THAT COMES IN. 
          APPRECIATE THAT. WE'RE SEEING SOME EVIDENCE THAT IT'LL BE SUCCESSFUL. 
          BOTH HAS DONE WHAT HE CAN THIS YEAR TO REALLY START TO ENGAGE WITH THE PROMOTERS. 
          FOR THE FIRST TIME IN A WHILE, WE HAVE PROMOTERS COMING TO US FOR SHOWS. 
          I CAN'T HELP BUT BELIEVE THAT IF WE HAVE SOMEONE FULL-TIME BUILDING THOSE RELATIONSHIPS AND DRIVING SALES, WE CAN KEEP THE ARENA A LOT FULLER. 
          >> CAN WE TAKE THE MICROPHONE FOR A MINUTE AND LET YOU CAST THE VISION? BECAUSE I WANT TO MAKE SURE WE REALLY GET IT. 
          WHAT IS THIS INDIVIDUAL GOING TO LOOK LIKE? WHAT ARE THEY REALLY GOING TO DO? HOW MUCH ARE THEY GOING TO BE A DEAL MAKER VERSUS JUST A SALESPERSON? ARE THEY JUST GOING AROUND ALL OVER THE NATION? HEY, COME TO AMARILLO, OR ARE THEY ACTUALLY INTRICATE IN, WELL, WE CAN MAKE A BETTER DEAL THAN THAT. 
          LET US WORK WITH YOU ON THE CONCESSION ISSUE OR WHATEVER. 
          I MEAN, IF YOU WANT TO SPEAK TO IT, BECAUSE YOU AND RICH, I KNOW RICH IS WORKING IT, BUT THEN FOLLOWING YOUR VISION. 
          >> SURE. GO AHEAD. 
          YOU KNOW MY BACKGROUND. 
          I USED TO HOST THESE THINGS. 
          I WAS ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE HOUSE FOR YEARS DOING GLOBAL CONFERENCES AND PULLING PEOPLE, AND THIS IS THE PERSON I WOULD CALL TO BOOK AN EVENT. 
          THEY ACTUALLY DO ALL THE SALES WORK AND BOOKING, WORKING WITH CONCESSIONS, WORKING WITH BOOKING, WORKING THE NUMBERS. 
          BUT IN ADDITION TO THAT, 
          [00:35:01]
THEY HAVE THE RELATIONSHIPS WITH ALL OF THE PROMOTERS. 
          AS YOU KNOW, MARY, WE MET WITH MORE THAN ONE PROMOTER. 
          THIS WAS ONE OF THE RECOMMENDATIONS THAT CAME OUT OF THE PROMOTERS THAT USE OUR VENUE IS YOU NEED A SALESPERSON THAT KNOWS ALL OF US THAT BUILDS RELATIONSHIPS WITH US, THAT MAKE SURE THAT YOUR CIVIC CENTER GETS ON THE ROUTE FOR THE TOURS THAT WE DO THAT WORKS WITH ALL OF THE CONVENTION INDUSTRY AND KNOWS ALL THE PEOPLE BOOKING CONVENTIONS AND IS ACTIVELY SELLING YOUR RESOURCE TO THOSE DIFFERENT EVENTS AND CONCERTS. 
          THEY'RE REALLY A PURE SALES POSITION. 
          >> WE'VE TAKEN FEEDBACK FROM WHAT WE'VE GOTTEN FROM SHOWS THAT HAVE COME OF OUR SHORTCOMINGS, WHAT WE CAN DO, CONCESSIONS IS ONE OF THEM THAT WE'RE LOOKING AT AS WELL, HOW TO COMBINE ALL THAT TO GIVE THEM A BETTER PACKAGE TO BE ABLE TO SELL. 
          I KNOW THERE'S A LOT OF MOVING PARTS TO IT. 
          BUT WE'VE TALKED ABOUT WE'VE GOT THREE VENUES THAT WE HAVE THAT, SAY, ARE UNDERUTILIZED, BUT I MEAN, I THINK WE'VE GOT POTENTIAL FOR THEM TO BE OBVIOUSLY BOOKED A WHOLE LOT MORE GIVEN THE PAVILION, THE CIVIC CENTER, AND THE FORMING ART CENTER. 
          I THINK ALL THREE OF THOSE, I THINK THAT THIS PERSON WILL BE ARMED TO DO ALL OF THOSE. 
          THE GOAL IS JUST TO BUILD THAT REVENUE. 
          WE'RE ON OUR 40, I THINK WE'RE MISSING THE BOAT ON A LOT OF THINGS. 
          WE JUST HADN'T HAD A POSITION LIKE THIS TO FILL, AND I THINK THAT THIS COMPLETES THAT WHOLE PACKAGE. 
          >> THE OTHER THING YOU'RE GOING TO SEE OUT OF THIS POSITION BECAUSE I'VE GOT A BIT OF A SALES BACKGROUND, IS YOU'RE GOING TO SEE A LOT OF PRESSURE ON THE AREAS THAT WE NEED TO IMPROVE BECAUSE BELIEVE ME, A SALESPERSON WILL TELL YOU WHY THEY'RE NOT CLOSING DEALS. 
          WE'LL GET A LOT MORE INFORMATION BACK FROM THE PROMOTERS DIRECTLY ON WE NEED RIGORS. 
          WE NEED BETTER AV. WHATEVER THE THINGS ARE, WE CAN START COLLECTING THOSE DIRECTLY FROM THE SOURCE RATHER THAN GUESSING ON WHAT DIRECTION WE NEED. 
          >> IS THAT SOMETHING THAT WE NEED TO START LOOKING AT? I WOULD LOVE TO BE ABLE TO LOOK AT EVERYTHING FROM TABLES AND CHAIRS, PODIUMS THE STAGING STUFF THAT I THINK WE WALK UP ON IT CAUTIOUSLY WHEN WE'RE DOING LIKE A CEREMONY. 
          I DON'T KNOW HOW MANY TIMES YOU'VE PUT THAT STAGE UP AND TAKEN IT DOWN, BUT DO WE AS COUNSEL NEED TO GO FIND SOME MONIES TO PUSH TOWARDS THIS? THEN ULTIMATELY, ARE WE LOOKING AT SOMETHING REASONABLE FOR THE CIVIC CENTER IMPROVEMENTS? 
          >> WE ARE, AND WE'RE REALLY TAKING A SHORT, MEDIUM, LONG VIEW OF IT. 
          IN THE SHORT VIEW, YOU'LL NOTICE THE DECREASE IN BUDGET. 
          THAT'S THE OUTSTANDING WORK THAT BOE AND CHRISTOPHER DID DRIVING EFFICIENCY. 
          BELIEVE IT OR NOT, WE GOT SOME OF THAT BY RAISING SALARIES BECAUSE IT CUT OUR TURNOVER DOWN SIGNIFICANTLY. 
          NOW WE'RE KEEPING EMPLOYEES AND WE DON'T HAVE TURNOVER. 
          IN THE SHORT TERM, WE NEEDED TO GET COST UNDER CONTROL SO THAT WE COULD BUY OURSELVES IN MORE TIME. 
          IN THE MEDIUM TERM, AS I SAID, WE'VE ACTUALLY HAD THE INNOVATION DEPARTMENTS MEETING WITH THE PROMOTERS TO START TO IDENTIFY WHAT ARE THE ISSUES THAT YOU SEE AND WHEN YOU BOOK AMARILLO, WHAT KEEPS YOU FROM WANTING TO COME HERE? WE'RE STARTING TO IDENTIFY THOSE ISSUES. 
          THINGS LIKE WE DON'T HAVE RIGORS IN AMARILLO. 
          HOW DO WE GET WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DONE SO THAT WE DON'T HAVE TO PAY FOR RIGORS TO TRAVEL FROM ALL OVER THE WORLD? WOW, WE WANT BETTER AB SERVICES IN THESE ROOMS. WE'RE ACTUALLY LOOKING AT GOING TO RFP FOR OUR AB SERVICES. 
          MEDIUM, WHAT ARE THE THINGS THAT WE CAN COME TO COUNSEL WITH AND SAY, HERE'S NOT WHAT WE THINK, BUT THIS IS WHAT THE PROMOTERS ARE TELLING US THAT WE NEED TO FIX TO BRING MORE SHOWS IN. 
          THEN, AS COUNCILMAN TIPPS BROUGHT UP, WE'RE STARTING TO LOOK IN THE LONG TERM? WHAT IS THE LONG-TERM VISION? WE DON'T HAVE THAT DEFINED YET, BUT WE'RE WORKING ON. 
          >> I THINK THIS IS THE FIRST STEP AND SEEING WHAT THE DEMAND IS OUT THERE TO HOPEFULLY SEE WHAT WE CAN DO WITH THE CIVIC CENTER THAT'S FEASIBLE MAYBE NOT TEARING THE WHOLE THING DOWN AND REBUILDING A NEW ONE, BUT TO SEE WHAT'S FEASIBLE, AND WE CAN RAMP UP INTO THAT, PHASE IT UP, NO DIFFERENT THAN WITH THIS POSITION. 
          BUT IF POSSIBLE THAT WE COULD FIND SOME MONIES AND LOOK AND SEE WHAT WE CAN DO BECAUSE THERE ARE SOME SERIOUS PROBLEMS WITH OUR CIVIC CENTERS. 
          WE ALL KNOW. ONE OF THEM IS THE ROOF HEIGHT. 
          IT'S NOT TALL ENOUGH TO HOST A LOT OF THE SHOWS THAT ARE COMING IN, AND THAT'S JUST AUTOMATIC NO. 
          THEY JUST CAN'T COME IN, THE LOGISTICS OF IT, MAKING THAT CORNER. 
          JUST CAN'T DO IT. IF WE COULD MAKE SOME MODIFICATIONS AND HAVE THIS PROMOTER, I THINK IT MAKES SENSE, AND I THINK THE CITIZENS CAN SEE THAT THAT I MEAN, IT DRIVES REVENUE, IT DRIVES THE HOT TAX, IT DRIVES SALES TAX, IT DRIVES OUR TWO BIGGEST REVENUE SOURCES FOR THE CITY. 
          IF WE CAN DO THAT WITHOUT ANY MAJOR CHANGES OR EXPENSES, AND I THINK IT'S A GOOD THING AND THIS IS A WAY TO DO IT. 
          >> DEFINITELY, I THINK, YOU KNOW, WE ALL REMEMBER A VERY LARGE TICKET ITEM THAT WAS PUT FORTH AND WE DIDN'T HAVE THE PUBLIC SENTIMENT TO GO AND BITE OFF A 300-PLUS MILLION DOLLAR DEAL. 
          SOMEWHERE IN THERE, IT GREW TO, LIKE, 500 MILLION. 
          [00:40:02]
NOBODY COULD SHOW THE ROI ON THAT. 
          I REMEMBER NOT TOO LONG AGO THAT TEARING THE ROOF OFF THAT GIRL, RAISING IT UP, ADDING 1,000 SEATS OR 1,500 SEATS. 
          WHEN YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT RIGGERS, A LOT OF THE ISSUE IS THE RIGGING THAT'S NOT THERE. 
          YOU GOT TO HAVE PROFESSIONALS THAT ARE QUALIFIED TO GET TO THOSE ACCESS POINTS, WHERE A CONSTRUCTION PROJECT COULD TAKE CARE OF A LOT OF THAT WHERE YOU COULD UTILIZE LOCAL WORKFORCE BETTER. 
          YOU LOOK AT CONCESSIONS IN A KITCHEN AND THINGS OF THAT NATURE. 
          I REMEMBER $50 MILLION BEING SOMETHING THAT WAS VERY ATTAINABLE. 
          I ALSO REMEMBER BACK WHEN $50,000,000 WAS A LOT OF MONEY. 
          NOW WE'RE LIKE, OH, I MEAN, JUST 50, I MEAN, WHAT COULD YOU GET WITH I MEAN, THAT YOU CAN GET IT. 
          I WOULD LOVE TO SEE COUNSEL LOOK FOR, IF WE CAN IDENTIFY SOME FUNDING THAT'S BEING UNDER UTILIZED, THAT'S JUST SITTING THERE, OR LET'S SAY IT'S SITTING THERE AND IT'S EARNING LESS OF A PERCENTAGE PERCENT THAN LIKE WHAT MR. PRESCOTT SAYING THIS MONEY, IF WE WERE AT LEAST WORKING IT WELL IT WOULD BE BETTER. 
          IMPROVING THIS NUCLEUS DOWN HERE AND DOING IT WITHIN OUR OWN CAPABILITIES, WITHIN OUR TAX RATE, WITHIN OUR FUNDING SOURCES. 
          THEN IMPROVING THAT, RATHER THAN MAKING THIS THING LIKE, WELL, WE GOT TO HAVE AN AUDITORIUM IN THERE SOMEHOW, WHERE THE KIDS GOING TO SWIM, AND NOW WE'RE BACK UP TO A HALF $1,000,000,000. 
          LET'S JUST DO WHAT IT'S INTENDED TO DO, LET IT BE CIVIC NOT CONVENTION, BUT LET IT BE THE BEST THAT IT CAN BE. 
          LET'S GO AND IMPROVE THAT QUALITY OF EXCELLENCE AND THE STANDARD OF EXCELLENCE THAT WE HAVE. 
          I THINK YOU GOT A GREAT BEAD ON IT. 
          THIS ONE POSITION RATHER THAN GOING OUT AND HIRING A PROMOTER. 
          MAYBE ONE OF THE SMARTEST THINGS WE'VE DONE. 
          HOW SOON CAN WE GET THAT PERSON HIRED? 
          >> WELL, AS SOON AS THE BUDGETS APPROVED, WE CAN BUSY GETTING IT HIGHER. 
          >> THIS YEAR? 
          >> YEAH. WE ACTUALLY HAVE SOME LEADS ALREADY ON INDIVIDUALS. 
          >> COUNSEL, I'D ASK YOU GUYS TO THINK ABOUT A REQUEST COMING OF STAFF GO AND SHOW US WHAT DOES THE REPLACEMENT COST FOR THE THINGS THAT YOU JUST HAVE NEEDED FOREVER, BUT YOU QUIT ASKING, NEW PODIUM, NEW THIS, NEW THAT, CHAIRS, TABLES, WHATEVER. 
          THEN WHAT DOES THAT NEXT LEVEL LOOK LIKE? WHAT'S THAT KITCHEN GOING TO COST? I KNOW WE'VE GOT RESTROOMS AND RENOVATIONS GOING. 
          THEN THAT FINAL LEVEL HOW CLOSE IS THAT 50 MILLION TO ACCURATE? LET'S GIVE OURSELVES A GOAL. 
          THEN LET'S SEE IF COUNSEL COULD PUT TOGETHER SOMETHING WHERE ON THAT LONG TERM, I KNOW YOU'VE GOT A SHORT, MEDIUM AND A LONG. 
          THE PROBLEM IS, YOU DON'T HAVE A LONG PARTNER OVER HERE YET. YOU NEED THAT. 
          LET'S GET THAT VISION BACK OUT THERE IN THE RIGHT SENSE AND START WORKING ON IT NOW SO THAT TWO, THREE, FOUR YEARS FROM NOW, IT'S THERE. 
          >> PROBABLY SHOULD HAVE SAID WE HAVE A SHORT, MEDIUM, LONG AND LONGER. 
          >> THANK YOU. 
          >> AS AS WE LOOK AT THE LONG TERM, WE'RE NOT LOOKING AT TRYING TO TAKE THIS ALL IN ONE BITE, BUT RATHER, HOW DO WE DO THIS IN A SMART BUSINESS WAY WHERE WE COULD PHASE, PROVE OURSELVES, MAKE SOME ROI, GET REVENUE POSITIVE, AND THEN MAYBE TAKE OFF, TAKE THE NEXT BITE. 
          >> I THINK WITH EACH PHASE THAT WE DO, IT'S ALMOST PROOF CONCEPT OF LIKE WE HIRE THIS. 
          THERE IS A DEMAND HERE. 
          WE ARE ABLE TO BOOK SHOWS. 
          THE ROI SHOWS THAT. 
          THEN IT ALLOWS US TO KEEP MOVING FORWARD. 
          LIKE YOU SAID, JUST A BUSINESS DECISION, THAT THIS MAKES SENSE, AND THERE'S OPPORTUNITY HERE, AND WE NEED TO TAKE HOLD OF IT AND MOVE FORWARD. 
          >> EXACTLY. 
          >> RICH, WE LOVE YOUR BUSINESS ACUMEN AND THE WAY YOU APPROACH THESE THINGS. 
          WE WOULD ENCOURAGE YOU CONTINUING ON THAT. 
          WE WANT TO BE A GOOD PARTNER IN THIS. 
          KEEP GOING WITH WHERE YOU'RE GOING. 
          BUT THEN LET'S GET THAT POSITION FILLED AND LET'S REALLY START MAPPING THIS OUT ON PAPER. COUNCILMAN. 
          >> I'VE GOT JUST A CLARIFICATION ON THE FINANCIALS IS SO WHEN WE HAVE CIVIC CENTER ADMINISTRATION, A 676670, IS THAT A LOSS? 
          >> WHAT PAGE ARE YOU ON? 
          >> 297 AT THE VERY TOP. 
          I'M JUST HAVING A HARD TIME FOLLOWING THE FINANCIAL. 
          >> THAT'S ALL EXPENSE. 
          THIS DEPARTMENT DOESN'T BRING IN REVENUE. 
          IT'S THE REVENUE IS IN SOME OF THE OTHER CIVIC CENTER DEPARTMENTS THAT COVERS ALL OF THE CIVIC CENTER. 
          >> WE HAVE CIVIC CENTER OPERATIONS, AND THEN I'M JUST GOING THROUGH IT. 
          I'M SORRY, I SHOULD ASK THESE QUESTION BEFORE. 
          CIVIC CENTER SPORTS. 
          THAT'S A DIFFERENT LINE ITEM. 
          AM I SEEING LOSSES ON ALL OF THESE? IS THAT WHAT I'M SEEING? 
          >> THE BOX OFFICE IN 1248. 
          LET ME GO TO THAT PAGE. 
          >> THE BOX OFFICE IS NET POSITIVE? 
          [00:45:01]
          >> LET'S SEE HERE. LET ME LOOK. 
          >> THEN I SEE GLOBE-NEWS CENTER AND THEN THE SANTA FE PAVILION. 
          >> YES. YOUR BOX OFFICE IS BRINGING IN REVENUE ABOVE EXPENDITURES. 
          GLOBE-NEWS CENTER IS OPERATING AT A LOSS. 
          THE PAVILION, IS THAT WHAT YOU SAID? WHICH OTHER ONE DID YOU ASK? 
          >> CIVIC CENTER SPORTS. 
          >> SPORTS, YES, THAT ONE ALSO OPERATES AT A LOSS. 
          IF YOU'LL GIVE ME JUST SECOND, I CAN PULL UP WHAT THAT ESTIMATED SUBSIDY WOULD BE. 
          YES. I MEAN, HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAXES SUBSIDIZES ALL OF IT. 
          >> OKAY, SO IT'S NOT A NET LOSS TO THE CITY. 
          >> WELL, IT IS A NET LOSS TO THE CITY THAT IS COVERED THROUGH HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAXES. 
          IT DOES NOT AFFECT ANY OF THE OTHER CITY RESOURCES COMING IN, LIKE SALES TAX OR PROPERTY TAX OR ANY OF THAT. 
          >> MOST OF THE BUDGETS HAVE BEEN PRETTY SIMPLE TO UNDERSTAND. 
          THIS IS A LITTLE MORE CHALLENGING. 
          >> YES. THIS ONE IT IS DEFINITELY UNIQUE COMPARED TO THE REST OF THE CITY DEPARTMENTS BECAUSE IT'S SPREAD OUT AMONGST MULTIPLE DEPARTMENTS, BUT IT'S ALL ONE COMPLEX, SO WE LOOK AT IT AS ONE ENTITY, I GUESS YOU WOULD SAY, WE WERE SHOWING THE NET LOSS APPROXIMATELY WAS ABOUT 2.2 MILLION IS WHAT WE'RE ESTIMATING FOR THIS NEXT YEAR, AND THAT WOULD BE COVERED THROUGH HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAXES. 
          YES. AGAIN, HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAXES COME IN, AND THOSE ARE SPLIT ESSENTIALLY ALMOST IN HALF, AND HALF GOES TO CVB TO DO OUR TOURISM EFFORTS. 
          THEY ALSO PAY ABOUT 1.1 MILLION TOWARDS DEBT SERVICE AT THE PARKING GARAGE IN THE BALL FIELD. 
          THEN THE OTHER HALF OF OUR HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAXES GO TO PAY THE LOSS AT THE CIVIC CENTER TO PAY THE REST OF THE DEBT SERVICE FOR THE BASEBALL PARK AND THE PARKING GARAGE. 
          THEN IF THERE'S ANY LEFT, THEN TO DO IMPROVEMENTS OVER AT THE CIVIC CENTER. 
          >> PEP IS PART OF THIS BUDGET AS WELL, PAYMENTS OR NO, THAT'S HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAX. 
          >> YES. THE HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAXES GO TO PAY THE PEP DEBT SERVICE, AND PART OF THE PA THE BASEBALL TEAM PAYS A LEASE TO THE CITY. 
          PART OF THOSE DOLLARS GO TO PAY THE DEBT SERVICE FOR THE BASEBALL FIELD AS WELL. 
          >> THANK YOU. 
          >> YES. OUR HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAXES AS JUST AS A REMINDER, ARE ANTICIPATED TO COME IN APPROXIMATELY 9.6 MILLION. 
          YES, THIS 2.2 ESTIMATED LOSS FOR CIVIC CENTER IS A LARGE NUMBER, BUT WE HAVE PRETTY SIGNIFICANT HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAX COLLECTIONS, AND ALSO KEEP IN MIND, ON THE CIVIC CENTER, WE DO BUDGET IT VERY CONSERVATIVELY. 
          WE BUDGET AS IF ALL POSITIONS ARE FILLED ALL YEAR LONG. 
          THAT IS NOT HISTORICALLY HOW THAT WORKS. 
          THERE'S TURNOVER, THERE'S VACANCIES FOR MAYBE A FEW MONTHS, SO WE NORMALLY COME IN UNDER, BUT WE WANT TO BUDGET WORST-CASE SCENARIO IF THEY SPEND EVERY LAST PENNY, THIS IS THE ONLY REVENUE THAT THEY COLLECT. 
          THIS IS HOW MUCH HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAX WE'LL NEED TO COVER IT. 
          WE DON'T WANT TO OVERCOMMIT WHAT WE THINK CAN BE DONE AS IMPROVEMENTS OVER AT THE CIVIC CENTER. 
          IT NORMALLY COMES IN LESS THAN THAT, AND THEN THOSE DOLLARS ARE RECAPTURED IN THE NEXT YEAR TO HELP DO IMPROVEMENTS AT THE CIVIC CENTER. 
          >> RICH, I HAVE JUST ONE QUESTION, IS THE OVERALL GOAL, OBVIOUSLY, TO BE NET NEUTRAL? 
          >> YES, SIR. YES. BECAUSE THE OTHER THING THAT WE DIDN'T EVEN TOUCH ON AND WE TRACK THROUGH THE CVB, IS THE ECONOMIC IMPACT THAT THE CIVIC SEMINAR BRINGS THROUGH THE EVENTS. 
          THE RODEO, I KNOW, IS OVER $6,000,000 TO THE COMMUNITY IN SALES TAX AND HOTEL. 
          YOU HAVE TO BEAR THAT IN MIND. 
          EVEN IF WE'RE NET NEUTRAL, THE IMPACT WE'RE HAVING ECONOMICALLY IF WE BRING IN MORE SHOWS IS PROFOUND. 
          >> UNDERSTAND. 
          >> THANK YOU. 
          >> I SUPPORT THE SALES POSITION, AND IT SHOULD BE A THREE-TIMES MULTIPLIER. 
          >> EXACTLY. 
          >> AT LEAST EVERY POSITION WE BRING IN SHOULD BE A THREE TIMES WITH THEIR SALARY, AT A MINIMUM. THANK YOU. 
          >> ONE FINAL REMARK ON THIS POSITION. 
          IS THIS POSITION SET UP IN A WAY WHERE WE'VE GOT A BASE SALARY PLUS COMMISSION? 
          >> THAT'S IT EXACTLY. 
          >> OKAY, BECAUSE IF YOU'RE LOOKING AT IT, YOU REALLY NEED TWO TO 3 MILLION IN SALES. 
          IF I'M YOUR SALESPERSON, AND I'M MAKING $100,000 A YEAR PLUS 10%. 
          I MEAN, I MAY BRING HOME 130, AND NOW WE'VE GONE FROM A NET LOSS TO A NET NEUTRAL, BECAUSE YOUR OVERHEAD IS YOUR OVERHEAD. 
          THE BUDGET IS THE BUDGET RIGHT NOW, AND I KNOW THAT'S NOT EXACTLY THE WAY IT IS, BUT YOUR COGS ARE SEPARATE ITEM FOR THESE EVENTS. 
          ANYWAY, WHEN YOU'RE REALLY TALKING BOOKING AND FEES, LIKE, THIS SOUNDS LIKE A LOT OF MONEY IN $2 MILLION, BUT THAT'S A REALLY SMALL GOAL FOR A SALESPERSON. 
          [00:50:04]
I MEAN, I DON'T KNOW HOW LONG WE WOULD FILL THAT POSITION IF THEY CAN'T SELL TWO $3,000,000 WORTH OF ADDITIONAL BOOKINGS EVERY YEAR. 
          I THINK IT'S A VERY ATTAINABLE GOAL, BUT I DON'T KNOW WHAT THE PERCENTAGE IS, BUT I WOULD HOPE IT'S LARGE ENOUGH THAT THEY'RE TIED TO THAT OVERALL PROFIT LINE. 
          >> WE'LL DEFINITELY TI. WE'RE STILL WORKING OUT THE SALE STRUCTURE. 
          TYPICALLY, YOU HAVE ACCELERATORS BASED ON ATTAINMENT. 
          AT 100%, IT'S A CERTAIN PERCENT, BUT IF YOU HIT 200% OF YOUR GOALS, THEN YOU MAKE MORE MONEY. 
          I'M A REAL BELIEVER IN INCENTIVE-BASED WORK. 
          I THINK THAT WILL DRIVE MULTIPLICATION. 
          >> GREAT. ANYTHING ELSE, COUNSEL? MISS [OVERLAPPING] 
          >> IF YOU'LL TURN NOW TO PAGE 310, WE'RE GOING TO GO THROUGH THE LIBRARY DEPARTMENT. 
          OUR LIBRARY TEAM ACTUALLY THEY BROUGHT IN ALMOST A COMPLETELY FLAT BUDGET. 
          ACTUALLY, IT WENT DOWN JUST SLIGHTLY, AND I THINK IT'S BECAUSE SOME OF THE ELECTRICITY COSTS. 
          NO, THE NATURAL GAS COST CAME IN A LITTLE BIT LOWER THAN WHAT WE WERE ANTICIPATING. 
          THAT IS G NO CHANGES ON LIBRARY. 
          >> NEXT, WE WILL TURN TO PAGE 316 AND START GOING THROUGH ALL OF OUR PARKS AND REC DEPARTMENTS. 
          >> CAN I ASK YOU A QUESTION AGAIN ON THE LIBRARY AT ESPECIALLY DOWN? WHO'S OUR LIBRARY PERSON? 
          >> BACK HERE, AMANDA. 
          >> HI, AMANDA. HAVE WE LOOKED AT ANY CO-WORKING SPACES? WE HAVE A DEFICIT IN THE CITY OF CO-WORKING SPACES. 
          I KNOW THAT IT'S FANTASTIC CO-WORKING SPACE. 
          WE HAVE ALL THIS ACTIVITY GETTING READY TO OCCUR WITH FERMI AND ALL THE FOLKS COMING IN, THEY'RE GOING TO NEED OFFICE SPACE. 
          HAVE WE LOOKED AT CREATING CO-WORKING SPACES FOR FOLKS AT THE LIBRARIES? 
          >> IT REALLY DEPENDS ON THE NUMBER OF PARTICIPANTS BECAUSE WE DO OFFER SPACE WITHIN THE HARRINGTON LIBRARY CONSORTIUM THAT'S AVAILABLE FOR FOR-PROFIT GROUPS. 
          MOST OF OUR MEETING SPACE IN THE LIBRARY SYSTEM IS FOR NON-PROFIT GROUPS OR COMMUNITY GROUPS ONLY. 
          BUT WE DO HAVE THE OPTION IN HLC FOR PEOPLE TO RENT OUT THE SPACE, TOO. 
          THERE'S AN OFFICE SPACE, THERE'S A SMALL CONFERENCE ROOM, AND THEN THERE'S A LARGER MEETING ROOM THAT ARE AVAILABLE, AND IT'S BY HOURLY OR DAILY RATE, DEPENDING ON THE NEEDS OF THE RENTER. 
          >> HOPE WE WOULD LOOK AT THAT AS WE MOVE FORWARD AS A REVENUE SOURCE FOR THE LIBRARIES. 
          WE'RE HEATING AND COOLING THEM. WE HAVE INTERNET THERE. 
          IT'S A VERY QUICK FIX THAT COULD BE BENEFICIAL, COUNSEL. 
          >> IF YOU WERE GOING TO GIVE A VISION ON THAT, LIKE DO YOU HAVE ANY EXPERIENCE IN THAT OF LIKE WHAT YOU WOULD WANT AND ROOM SIZE? 
          >> I THINK IT'S MORE JUST IF YOU'VE BEEN TO WE WORK OR THOSE PLACES IN OTHER CITIES, WE HAVE A VERY BIG DEFICIT OF THAT HERE, AND THERE'S FOLKS CONSTANTLY LOOKING. 
          WE LOST OUR SPOTS DOWNTOWN. 
          THERE'S GOING TO BE A LOT OF FIRMS COMING IN, ESPECIALLY AS PEOPLE WHO ARE WORKING DOWNTOWN THAT WANT TO SPACE MEETING SPACES. 
          I THINK IT'S SOMETHING I DON'T HAVE A VISION FOR IT, BUT I THINK THAT THERE'S AN OPPORTUNITY THAT WE'RE MISSING, COUNSEL. 
          >> I'M HAPPY TO LOOK AT THAT. 
          I SPENT 10 YEARS ON THOSE, SO I'M PRETTY FAMILIAR WITH WHAT IT LOOKS LIKE. 
          >> DO WE HAVE ANY OPPORTUNITY, NOT JUST THINKING LIBRARIES, AJN SOME OF THOSE COOL SPACES OVER THERE? 
          >> THE EDUCATION ROOM, THERE MIGHT BE, I'LL DO SOME RESEARCH ON. 
          WE'LL HAVE A LITTLE BIT OF I THINK DOWNTOWN LIBRARY MIGHT WORK, BUT SOME OF THE BRANCH LIBRARIES. 
          I DON'T KNOW THAT WE'D HAVE A REALLY GOOD SPACE FOR THAT, BUT WE CAN DEFINITELY TAKE AND RUN WITH THAT. 
          >> I THINK WE SHOULD JUST LOOK AT WE HAVE A LOT OF SPACE, AND WE ALREADY HAVE IT HEATED AND COOLED, AND WE HAVE INTERNET, AND THERE'S A NEED THAT'S GOING TO BE HERE. 
          IF WE CAN CAPITALIZE ON THAT, I THINK THAT WE WOULD BE NOT BEING GOOD STEWARDS OF OUR RESOURCES IF WE DIDN'T LOOK AT THAT. 
          I DON'T KNOW WHAT IT LOOKS LIKE, BUT I THINK IT SHOULD BE DISCUSSED. I LIKE IT. 
          >> YES. PAGE 316 STARTS WITH YOUR GOLF. 
          OPERATIONS. AS MENTIONED YESTERDAY, WE SAW THAT GRAPH THAT SHOWED THE SUBSIDY TO OUR GOLF OPERATIONS OVER A MULTI-YEAR PERIOD. 
          AS I MENTIONED, HISTORICALLY, WE HAD BEEN CLOSER TO ABOUT A $2,000,000 SUBSIDY. 
          THAT IS DOWN UNDER 300,000 ANTICIPATED FOR THIS PROPOSED BUDGET. 
          CONTINUING TO MAKE GREAT STRIDES IN THAT. 
          AS MENTIONED YESTERDAY AS WELL, WE ARE LOOKING TO ADD INCREASES TO OUR GREEN FEES AND TO OUR GOLF ANNUAL PASSES THIS YEAR. 
          YOU'LL SEE THOSE REVENUE CHANGES FLOWING THROUGH ON PAGE 316. 
          THE OTHER CHANGE THAT THEY HAD GOING THROUGH OUR GOLF OPERATIONS IS JUST A RECLASSIFICATION FROM AN ASSISTANT GOLF PRO TO A HEAD GOLF PRO. 
          [00:55:04]
THIS IS JUST TO GIVE EQUAL LEADERSHIP AT EACH OF THE GOLF COURSES. 
          THEN THERE WERE JUST SOME SMALL MISCELLANEOUS CHANGES THROUGHOUT THEIR BUDGET, BUT NOTHING, NO OTHER BIG, LARGE CHANGES ON GOLF COURSE OPERATIONS. 
          >> LAURA, CAN I ASK A QUESTION? 
          >> YES. 
          >> I ADMIT IT. 
          YOU WERE MICHAEL. 
          WHAT GEORGE AND HIS TEAM WHAT HAVE THEY DONE TO DO THIS BECAUSE WE'VE SEEN THIS HAPPEN OVER THE LAST FIVE YEARS, LIKE IT'S A GREAT EXAMPLE. 
          >> THEY HAVE TAKEN AGGRESSIVE STEPS TO CONTINUE TO ADDRESS THE REVENUE BY ADJUSTING FEES. 
          WE HAVE NOT ADJUSTED FEES MUCH HISTORICALLY. 
          THEY HAVE CONTINUED TO DO THAT. 
          I KNOW THAT THEY EVEN ADJUSTED SOME OF THE ANNUAL PASSES, WHICH RUFFLED SOME FEATHERS IN THE COMMUNITY. 
          BUT OVER TIME, I THINK IT EVENED OUT. 
          AS YOU ALL KNOW, OUR GOLF COURSES ARE RECOGNIZED AS TOP GOLF COURSES FROM THE STATE FROM A PUBLIC STANDPOINT. 
          THEY HAVE BEEN TRYING TO ADJUST THEIR FEES THAT THEY'RE CHARGING TO BE MORE IN LINE FOR THIS AREA AND FOR THE QUALITY OF THOSE COURSES ARE. 
          THEY ALSO DID A LOT OF RESTRUCTURING FROM STAFFING STANDPOINT. 
          WE DID ELIMINATE A LOT OF POSITIONS OVER MULTIPLE YEARS. 
          A LOT OF THOSE POSITIONS ARE MORE SEASONAL TYPE POSITIONS, AND SO WE'RE ABLE TO WORK THROUGH THAT OVER MULTIPLE YEARS, AND THEN CONTINUED TO LOOK AT OPTIONS TO MAKE WELL, I GUESS ALL FOUR COURSES, BUT BOTH COMPLEXES AS EFFICIENT AS POSSIBLE THROUGH THINGS LIKE LEASING THE GOLF CARTS INSTEAD OF POTENTIALLY OWNING THE GOLF CARTS, BECAUSE THAT'S WOUND UP BEING A MORE EFFICIENT OPTION FOR THOSE OPERATIONS. 
          THEY'VE ATTACKED BOTH ENDS OF IT, THE REVENUE STANDPOINT AND ALSO THE EXPENSE STANDPOINT ON IT, AND HAVE JUST OVER TIME BEEN CLOSING THAT GAP. 
          THEY HAVE TAKEN SOME VERY AGGRESSIVE STEPS OVER THE YEARS. 
          SOME HAVE BEEN VERY PAINFUL AT TIMES. 
          BUT AS YOU CAN SEE, WE'RE IN A MUCH BETTER SPOT AS FAR AS SUBSIDIZING IT FROM EITHER PROPERTY TAXES OR SALES TAXES. 
          THAT TEAM'S DONE AN EXCELLENT JOB. 
          >> THEY'VE DONE A GREAT JOB. I GUESS, LIKE THE PAY STUDY, I MEAN, WE LOOK AT THAT AS WELL. 
          >> YES. 
          >> AS FAR AS. [OVERLAPPING] 
          >> YES. THEY ARE PART OF THAT GROUP THAT WAS LOOKED AT THROUGH THE PAY STUDY AS WELL. YES. 
          >> I MEAN, I'M NOT TALKING ABOUT EMPLOYMENT-WISE. 
          I'M JUST TALKING ABOUT GREEN FEES. 
          [OVERLAPPING] SAD, I MEAN WHAT YOU'RE SAYING. 
          TO CHARGE THE CORRECT AMOUNT. 
          >> I SEE. 
          >> YOU SAID THEY'VE GOT A LOT OF NOTORIETY LATELY. 
          >> YES. 
          >> THESE ARE SOME OF THE TOP MUNICIPAL COURSES WE HAVE. 
          ARE WE IN THAT SWEET SPOT? 
          >> YES. THEY'RE CONSTANTLY LOOKING AT THAT BECAUSE IT'S A LITTLE TRICKY BECAUSE WE MAY NOT BE IN DIRECT COMPETITION OBVIOUSLY WITH SOME OF THE OTHER PREMIER COURSES IN THE STATE THAT MIGHT BE IN SOME OF THE METROPLEX AREAS, BECAUSE WE'RE UP HERE IN A DIFFERENT AREA. 
          THEY CERTAINLY TAKE THAT INTO CONSIDERATION ALONG WITH IT IS A LITTLE BIT TRICKY TO FIND APPLES-TO-APPLES COMPARISON. 
          WE DO HAVE SOME PRIVATE CLUBS HERE LOCALLY, AND I DO KNOW THAT THEY KEEP A PULSE ON THAT, BUT IT'S A VERY DIFFERENT AVENUE MODEL THAN WHAT OURS IS. 
          THEN IF YOU LOOK AT THE PUBLIC COURSES IN OUR AREA AS WELL, THAT'S A LITTLE BIT DIFFERENT BECAUSE THE QUALITY MAY VARY GREATLY. 
          THEY'RE LOOKING AT ALL OF THOSE FACTORS AND TAKING ALL OF IT INTO CONSIDERATION. 
          I THINK THEY HAVE TESTED THE WATERS A LITTLE BIT IN PRIOR YEARS AND HAVE SEEN PEOPLE PULL BACK AND THEN AS THEY GOT USED TO IT START COMING BACK ON. 
          I WILL SAY I THINK COVID WAS ONE OF THE BEST THINGS THAT HAPPENED FOR GOLF. 
          IT RENEWED, I THINK, A LOT OF ENTHUSIASM IN THAT SPORT, AND THEN THEY'VE ALSO DONE THINGS LIKE HAPPY HOUR PRICING. 
          THE TIMES OF DAY WHERE MAYBE YOU WEREN'T GETTING A LOT OF TIMES, ENCOURAGING MAYBE NEWER GOLFERS TO COME OUT AT A REDUCED PRICE, THAT'S BEEN A HUGE SUCCESS. 
          THEN ALSO HAVING THE FLEXIBILITY TO POTENTIALLY REDUCE SOME RATES IN SOME OF THE SUPER COLD EXTREME DAYS OR MAYBE OTHER WEATHER TYPE EVENTS TO STILL ENCOURAGE PEOPLE TO COME OUT. 
          JUST ALMOST THINKING OUTSIDE OF THE BOX A LITTLE BIT HAS, I THINK, REALLY HELPED BOOST THEIR REVENUE OVER THE YEARS. 
          >> WELL, THEY'VE DONE A GREAT JOB. 
          I THINK THEY'RE A GREAT EXAMPLE FOR THE OTHER DEPARTMENTS TO LOOK AT, LIKE YOU SAID, ATTACKING AT BOTH SIDES' EFFICIENCIES AND REVENUE. 
          >> YES. 
          >> THEY'VE DONE A GREAT JOB. 
          >> YES. 
          >> THANK YOU. 
          >> MICHAEL, I KNOW WE SPOKE ABOUT THIS THE OTHER DAY. 
          I KNOW WE HAVE $1 RAISE ON THE FEES IN THE BUDGET. 
          WHAT IS IT GOING TO TAKE TO GET TO NET ZERO? HOW MUCH WOULD IT BE? IS IT $3? IS IT $4? WHAT IS IT? 
          >> IF WE'RE LOOKING AT COST RECOVERY, WE'RE LOOKING AT ABOUT $12 AROUND. 
          WE'VE BEEN A LITTLE BIT HIGHER THAN THAT, AND I THINK THE CAUTION WE WOULD USE MOVING FORWARD IS WE'VE SEEN THE ANNUAL ROUNDS OF GOLF GROW SIGNIFICANTLY. 
          WHAT WE DON'T WANT TO DO IS RAISE PRICES TO THE POINT WHERE NOW WE'RE PUSHING AND GOING BACK DOWN THE HILL. 
          [01:00:01]
IN, I'LL GIVE AN EXAMPLE, 18919, WE HAD 67,000 ROUNDS. 
          WE NOW LAST YEAR, WE WERE AT 91,000, AND WE'RE GROWING FROM THERE. 
          WE'RE SEEING SIGNIFICANT GROWTH IN THE ROUNDS OF GOLF. 
          WE'RE ALSO SEEING THAT HAPPY HOUR PROGRAM GROW EXTENSIVELY TO THE POINT WHERE WE'RE HAVING TO SCALE IT A LITTLE BIT BECAUSE WE'RE STARTING TO SEE SOME CHALLENGES ON THE COURSE. 
          I WOULD SAY WE'RE MOVING VERY POSITIVELY. 
          I THINK THE ONE THING THAT OVER THE LAST COUPLE OF YEARS, OUR COST RECOVERY WAS A LITTLE BIT LOWER BECAUSE WE HAD SOME OF THOSE PUMP ISSUES AND MECHANICAL ISSUES ON THE COURSES. 
          WITH COUNSEL APPROVING THOSE PUMP STATIONS AT ALL THE COURSES, WE THINK THAT WILL ACTUALLY HELP REDUCE THOSE OPERATING COSTS OVER THE NEXT FEW YEARS BECAUSE WE'VE BEEN HAVING THROW MONEY AT IT OVER THE LAST FEW YEARS TO MAKE THOSE REPAIRS. 
          $100,000 UNEXPECTED COST OBVIOUSLY HAS A SIGNIFICANT IMPACT ON THAT COST RECOVERY. 
          WE'RE CONTINUING TO WORK TOWARDS OUR GOAL IS TO GET COST RECOVERY. 
          I THINK WE RECENTLY BUMPED THE PRICES ON OUR DAILY, SO BEER PRICES WENT 3-350, THINGS LIKE THAT. 
          WE'RE CONTINUING TO MONITOR OUR GOLFERS AND MOVE THAT COST RECOVERY IN A POSITIVE TREND WITHOUT PUSHING GOLFERS AWAY. 
          I THINK WE WANT TO BE VERY CAREFUL THERE BECAUSE WE COULD GO BACK DOWN THE HILL VERY QUICKLY. 
          >> I THINK THEY'VE ALSO BEEN TEAMING UP WITH CVB AND SOME OTHERS TO HELP CONTINUE TO PROMOTE IT AS A TOURIST LOCATION AS WELL, BECAUSE WE GET NAME RECOGNITION OUT IN ALL PARTS OF THE STATE BECAUSE THEY'RE MAKING THOSE TOP LISTS BASED ON THE QUALITY OF THOSE COURSES, AND THE PRICE FOR THE QUALITY OF THE COURSE. 
          >> YOU WOULD NEED $12 INCREASE PER ROUND OF GOLF TO BE BREAK EVEN. 
          THAT'S WHAT WE WOULD ESTIMATE. 
          WHAT ARE OUR BIGGEST INPUT COSTS? THE INPUT COST IS GOING TO BE YOUR STAFF COSTS AND ALL THE MATERIAL COSTS, THE FLEET COSTS, SO JUST YOUR HARD OPERATING COSTS. 
          WHAT WOULD IT LOOK LIKE IF WE WENT, LET'S SAY WE SPLIT THE DIFFERENCE? SAY WE DID A $5 INCREASE. 
          I THINK IF YOU DID THAT, YOU'D HAVE A LOT OF GOLFERS UP HERE AT THE COUNSEL MEETINGS. 
          [LAUGHTER] BUT OUR JOB IS TO BALANCE BUDGETS AND NOT PLACATE CERTAIN GROUPS. 
          >> NO. AS OUR JOB A STAFF, IF THAT'S COUNSEL'S DIRECTION, WE'RE GOING TO CONTINUE TO WORK FORWARD AS GETTING IT TO COST RECOVERY, LIKE I SAID, WE WERE ALMOST AT $2,000,000, AND WE'RE ESTIMATING UNDER 300. 
          WE ALWAYS ESTIMATE HIGH, SO WE'RE HOPING TO ACTUALLY COME IN A LITTLE BIT BELOW THAT. 
          EACH YEAR, WE'RE GOING TO KEEP CHIPPING AWAY OUR GOALS TO COST RECOVERY EVEN HIGHER. 
          LIKE GEORGE HAD SAID, IF WE HAD MORE THAN SIX MONTHS OF SUMMER, WE WOULD DEFINITELY BE IN THE BLACK, BUT BECAUSE WE'VE GOT SUCH A SHORTENED SEASON, IT MAKES IT A LITTLE BIT MORE CHALLENGING COMPARED TO SOME OTHER REGIONS IN THE STATE. 
          >> BUT AGAIN, WE HAVE TO OPERATE IN A POSITIVE BUDGET, REGARDLESS OF THE RULES THAT WE HAVE. 
          I THINK THAT $1 IS NOT SUFFICIENT. 
          >> WELL, I THINK YOU GOT TO LOOK AT COST-TO ON GAME THEORY. 
          I MEAN, IF YOU'RE GOING TO RAISE IT THAT MUCH, HOW MANY ARE WE GOING TO LOSE OFF THAT? THE NET GAIN AND GREEN FEES MIGHT RESULT IN ACTUALLY A LOSS BECAUSE WE HAVE FEWER PEOPLE GO OFF BECAUSE $5 PUSHES IT. 
          DOES THAT MAKE SENSE? THERE'S A BALLOT. 
          >> I UNDERSTAND GAME. 
          >> I'M NOT SAYING YOU DON'T. I'M JUST SAYING THAT WE'VE GOT TO BE CAREFUL WITH THAT. 
          I MEAN, IF WE GO HARD AT THIS AND SAY, WELL, WE'VE GOT A COST RECOVER EVERY DEPARTMENT. LET ME TELL YOU, WE CAN'T DO IT. 
          WE'VE GOT TO BE SENSITIVE TO THE FACT OF OF WE'RE NOT PLACATING TO ANY ONE GROUP, BUT WE'RE BEING REASONABLE, I THINK, AND I'M NOT ARGUING ONE WAY OR THE OTHER, BUT WE'VE GOT TO BE SMART WITH THAT AS WELL. 
          >> A COURTEOUS REBUTTAL ON THAT WOULD BE OUR GYMS GO UP, OUR PICKLE-BALL COURTS GO UP, OUR SNOW SKIN GOES UP, AND ARE WE GOING TO QUIT DOING WHAT WE LOVE? BECAUSE IT WENT UP $3? 
          >> SOME WILL. I GIVE YOU AN EXAMPLE OF THAT. 
          SOME WILL, BECAUSE I THINK, ESPECIALLY THE SENIORS THAT GO PLAY? THEY'RE VERY CONSCIOUS OF WHAT THEY SPEND, SO $5 IS ENOUGH TO MAYBE MAKE THEM NOT PLAY. 
          I WOULD HATE TO LOSE THAT. 
          JUST AS A THEORY, THROW IT OUT THERE AND GO, WHILE WE WERE WRONG. 
          HEY, GUYS, COME BACK, WE'RE LOWERING OUR RATE. 
          THIS IS A LITTLE BIT MORE DIFFICULT TO DO. 
          I DO HAVE A WAY TO PROBABLY GET ABOUT 150,000 HATE TO THROW IT OUT THERE BECAUSE I'M A BENEFICIARY OF THIS. 
          THE PLAQUES THAT ARE OUT THERE ON THE MARKERS. 
          WHEN I FIRST OPENED MY BUSINESS, THEY CAME TO ME AND ASKED IF I WANTED TO ADVERTISE OUT AT THE GOLF COURSE. 
          I WAS LIKE, $1,600. 
          THAT'S MORE MONEY THAN I EVER I WAS CRAZY. 
          WENT AHEAD AND DID IT BECAUSE I WANTED TO BE AT THE GOLF COURSE. 
          THAT WAS IN 2002. 
          MY FACE IS STILL OUT THERE, AND I GET BLOWN UP WITH THAT BECAUSE I HAD HAIR. 
          [LAUGHTER] I MEAN, WHO'S THIS GUY? BUT I'M ON TWO HOLES OUT THERE. 
          I THINK I PAID $1,600 BACK THEN. 
          IF WE COULD DO THAT AND WE COULD DO THIS IN-HOUSE, I EVEN THINK CHARGE $2,000, 
          [01:05:03]
TO BE OUT THERE FOR TWO YEARS OR WHATEVER. 
          WE'VE GOT 72 HOLES. 
          THAT'S $144,000 LIKE THAT. 
          NOW, WE HAVE A GREAT WAY OF COST RECOVERING WITHOUT HAVING TO INCREASE GREEN FEES SO MUCH. 
          WE HAVE A REVENUE SOURCE. 
          IT'S NO DIFFERENT THAN YOU AND I TALKED ABOUT THE BANNERS AT THE PICKLE-BALL CART OR THE NTC. 
          IF WE'LL LEVERAGE THOSE, AND IT'S CRAZY TO BE THAT NOBODY'S TOUCHED THOSE FOR 23 YEARS. 
          THEY'VE BEEN OUT THERE. AMY STILL LOOKS GOOD, SAY. 
          BUT EASY WAY TO AND I THINK IT'S JUST A MATTER OF MAKING PLAQUES. 
          I THINK THEY'RE LIKE 12 BY 12 OR SOMETHING THAT BROUGHT THOSE OFF OF THOSE GRANITE MONUMENTS, LIQUID NAIL THEM BACK UP. 
          THAT'S 144,000. 
          I DON'T KNOW ABOUT COMANCHI. DO THEY HAVE THOSE MARKERS THERE? I MEAN, WE COULD PAY SOMEONE TO DO IT, BUT I THINK THAT THAT'S PROBABLY NUTS BECAUSE THE PERCENTAGE THAT THEY WOULD KEEP. 
          IF LONG AS, WE COULD DO A LOCAL SIGN COMPANY AND THEY COULD DEVELOP, WHATEVER PLASTIC THAT IS, SAY, HEY, WE NEED THESE DESIGNED TO LAST MAYBE TWO YEARS. 
          THAT'S $144,000 LIKE THAT. 
          I GUARANTEE YOU'D FILL THEM UP. 
          I HATE TO GET MINE TAKEN DOWN, BUT IT'S A WAY TO GET OUT THERE. 
          >> CAN WE SAVE THAT ONE? 
          >> YES. 
          >> WE TAKE IT OUT, WE GET THIS, WE'LL SEE WHAT HAPPENS. 
          >> WELL, JUST LAST QUESTION. 
          WHAT'S A GOLF BALL COST? 
          >> I DON'T [OVERLAPPING]. 
          >> A SINGLE GOLF BALL. 
          ANYBODY THAT PLAYS GOLF WHAT'S THE GOLF BALL COST? 
          >> DEPENDS ON WHAT GOLF BALL YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT. 
          >> A DECENT GOLF BALL. WHAT'S ABOUT THREE BUCKS? 
          >> [INAUDIBLE] ONE IS 4 BUCKS. 
          >> WE'RE TALKING ABOUT RAISING THE COST, THE COST OF A GOLF BALL THAT WE LOSE EVERY TIME WE GO OUT AND PLAY. 
          I'M NOT ASKING FOR THE MOON, BUT COME ON. 
          I MEAN, $1. THAT'S NOT ENOUGH. 
          GUYS, EVERYTHING'S GONE UP. 
          WE ALL KNOW IT'S GONE UP. 
          LET'S JUST AT LEAST BE FAIR. 
          WHATEVER THE FOLKS THAT FLAKE OFF IN THIS CITY. 
          >> THE LAST TIME, COUNSEL DID MAKE A SIGNIFICANT CHANGE. 
          I'M JUST LOOKING AT THE ROUNDS OF GOLF. 
          WE DROPPED 6,000 ROUNDS OF GOLF THAT YEAR. 
          WE DROPPED ABOUT A TENTH OF THE ROUNDS, JUST UNDER A TENTH OF THE ROUNDS. 
          >> WHAT WAS THAT CHANGE? WAS THAT INCREASE? YOU REMEMBER? 
          >> THE INITIAL JUMP? 
          >> SEEMS LIKE IT WAS $5. I CAN'T REMEMBER. 
          >> I THINK IT WAS A LITTLE BIT MORE THAN THAT. 
          BUT YEAH, IT WAS A PRETTY SIGNIFICANT DROP. 
          THAT WAS RIGHT BEFORE I GOT HERE. 
          >> YOU PROPOSE TO INCREASE GOLF PER ROUND BY $1. 
          >> YEP, AND THEN ALSO INCREASING THE ANNUAL PASSES $5 A YEAR. 
          >> THAT WOULD COST RECOVER HOW MUCH? HOW MUCH WOULD THAT NET US BASED ON LAST YEAR'S NUMBERS? 
          >> I THINK IT COULD [OVERLAPPING] I WOULD HAVE BEEN BUILT IN A COUPLE OF HUNDRED DOLLARS. 
          >> THAT WOULD BE BUILT INTO THAT COST RECOVERY. 
          IT WOULD JUMP US FROM THAT FIVE, LET ME SEE. 
          >> I'M A LITTLE LOST ON THE $12 PER ROUND ISSUE OF INCREASE BECAUSE I'VE SEEN IT GO FROM OVER A MILLION DOWN TO THE 300,000, AND YOU'RE INCREASING IT FROM LAST YEAR TO THIS YEAR. 
          THE NET SAVINGS IS AROUND 200-$250,000, AND YOU'VE ONLY INCREASED A FEW PROJECTIONS THERE. 
          I DIDN'T QUITE TRACK WHY YOU WOULD NEED TO DO MUCH MORE THAN THAT. 
          REALLY, IF YOU WERE TRYING TO GET IT COST NEUTRAL, AND WE GIVE YOU SAY, TWO YEARS TO GET THERE. 
          ARE WE NOT ON PACE TO DO THAT WITH OUR CURRENT INCREASE IMPLEMENTATION? 
          >> I THINK WE'RE AIMING TO GET TO COST RECOVERY. 
          LAST YEAR, WE WERE AIMING FOR HALF A MILLION. 
          I THINK WE WERE A LITTLE BIT HIGH BECAUSE WE HAD SOME PUMP ISSUES. 
          OUR GOAL IS TO GET IT DOWN UNDER THREE THIS YEAR AND THEN TRY TO GET IT FULLY TO COST RECOVERY. 
          WE'LL WORK WITH GEORGE AND HIS TEAM. 
          OBVIOUSLY, THE OTHER THING IS WE GENERATE OVER $1,000,000 IN CHARITY FUNDS EACH YEAR THROUGH CHARITY GOLF EVENT. 
          THOSE DON'T SHOW UP ON OUR BOOKS, BUT WE KNOW THAT, DIFFERENT NON PROFITS ARE GENERATING OVER A MILLION IN REVENUE. 
          >> I DO WANT TO GIVE KIND OF THE COURTESY REBUTTAL AS WELL. 
          YOU HAVE TO LOOK AT THESE GOLF COURSES AS ASSETS AND RESOURCES THAT ARE LOCAL TO THE COMMUNITY. 
          WHEN YOU'RE BRINGING YOUR COMPANY HERE AND YOU HAVE TWO OF THE TOP RANKED PUBLIC COURSES, AND YOUR AVERAGE PAYOUT, 60, $70,000 A YEAR, IT MAY BE FLAT, BUT IT'S REAL PRETTY OUT THERE. 
          THE GREENS LOOK GREAT. 
          THE COURSE IS PROBABLY IN SOME OF ITS BEST CONDITION THAT WE'VE SEEN IT OVER THE PAST, I DON'T KNOW, DECADES. 
          ONE THING THAT WE COULD DO, WE COULD PARTNER WITH OUR GOLF TEAM OUT THERE A LITTLE BIT. 
          I THINK I REMEMBER SOME OLDER LOOKING CHAIRS, TABLES, AND CONCESSIONS THAT HADN'T QUITE CHANGED SINCE I WAS PROBABLY A TEENAGER. 
          I THINK AT LEAST THE HOT DOGS ARE NEW, BUT EVERYTHING ELSE OUT THERE LOOKS THE EXACT SAME. 
          FOR A MODERATE AMOUNT OF MONEY, WE COULD UPDATE THE LOOK, MODERNIZE SOME OF THAT OUT THERE. 
          I THINK THE ROOFS GOT REPLACED NOT TOO LONG AGO ON THE CLUBHOUSE. 
          [01:10:01]
YOU CAN CREATE A LITTLE BIT MORE BUSINESS PROFESSIONAL OUT THERE AND UTILIZE THAT. 
          THAT'D BE A ONE TIME COST THAT WE'D BE LOOKING AT, COUNSEL, YOU COULD SHOW THAT GOLFER THAT IS YOUR CUSTOMER, HEY, NOT EVERYTHING JUST GOES UP AND STAYS THE SAME. 
          WE'RE CONTINUALLY MAKING IMPROVEMENTS. 
          WE'RE INVESTING IN YOU, OUR CUSTOMER, AND YES, THE GOLF ROUND WENT UP $1.50. 
          BUT OVERALL I WOULD JUST SAY, UNDERSTAND THE BUSINESS SIDE OF IT OF LIKE, HEY, LET'S JUST GET IT FIXED. 
          WE SHOULDN'T SUBSIDIZE THIS OR BUT THE FALLACY IN THAT IS BELIEVING THAT ONE SIDE OF TOWN PAYS FOR THE OTHER. 
          IT DOESN'T WORK LIKE THAT. 
          WE'RE ALL IN THIS TOGETHER, AND EVERYTHING HAS A COMPREHENSIVE LOOK, AND GOLF IS IMPORTANT TO THE COMMUNITY. 
          IT GOES TO FAMILY, IT GOES TO FUN, AND AS MUCH AS OUR PARKS ARE IMPORTANT OUT THERE ON THE SOFTBALL FIELDS, AND THEY'RE NOT EVER GOING TO MAKE ENOUGH TO TURF THEM, MAN, WE WANT TO TURF THOSE GUYS ONE DAY. 
          YOU LOOK AT THESE AS AMENITIES TO THE OVERALL PRODUCT OF THE COMMUNITY, AND I WOULD SAY WE HAVE AN AFFORDABILITY RIGHT NOW. 
          GOLF HAS BEEN AFFORDABLE FOR THE ENTIRE COMMUNITY, AND I DON'T KNOW THAT YOU GET THAT EVERYWHERE ELSE. 
          THE CONSEQUENCE OF THE OTHER SIDE IS, IS, WELL, JUST LET PRIVATE TAKE CARE OF IT, AND THE ONLY PEOPLE THAT GET TO PLAY GOLF OR COUNTRY CLUB, AND THEY DON'T HAVE THE PUBLIC. 
          THAT PUBLIC SIDE OF THINGS IS VERY COMMUNAL AND IMPORTANT. 
          >> AGAIN, THE COST OF A GOLF BALL WOULD GET US REALLY CLOSE. 
          I'M NOT ASKING TO OFFEND ANYONE, BUT EVERYTHING COSTS MORE. 
          MAYBE A MINDSET OF GIVING THINGS AWAY HAS GOTTEN US TO THE POSITION WHERE WE HAVE HUGE DEBTS THAT THE CITY IS GOING TO HAVE TO INCUR TO FIX THINGS, AND ARE WE GOING TO BE FORWARD THINKING? ARE WE JUST GOING TO HOLD THE LINE AND ACCEPT LOSS? THAT'S ALL I WANT TO SAY THERE. 
          >> I'D LOVE TO SAY IT'S WE'VE INCREASED AT THE COST OF A CUP OF COFFEE, BUT WE'VE INCREASED AT THE COST OF A FIFTH OF A CUP OF COFFEE TODAY. 
          OUR COST RECOVERY IS GOOD. 
          I LOVE THE DIRECTION. 
          I KNOW COUNSEL COULD GO BACK AND FORTH ON THIS AND THERE'S A BALANCE HERE SOMEWHERE, BUT WE DO NEED TO TRUST THAT YOU GUYS KNOW YOUR CUSTOMER BASE, AND THIS IS YOUR RECOMMENDATION. 
          BUT IF WE NEED TO DIG IN A LITTLE FURTHER AND LOOK AT THE OTHER NUMBERS WE CAN, COUNSEL. 
          >> THE FINAL THING TOO IS, THIS IS ONE OF OUR DEPARTMENTS THAT'S ACTUALLY CLOSE TO COST RECOVERY, AND JUST BECAUSE IT'S CLOSE, I DON'T FEEL LIKE WE NEED TO TAKE THE GIANT BITE AND JUST MAKE IT THERE, BECAUSE IF WE LOOK AT NOT PICKING ON CIVIC CENTER, BUT WE'RE TWO MILLION SHOTS. 
          WELL, WHAT DO WE DO? WELL, LET'S JUST CHARGE THREE TIMES AS MUCH TO BRING SOMEBODY IN. DOESN'T MAKE SENSE. 
          I DON'T WANT TO PENALIZE THIS DEPARTMENT FOR DOING A GOOD JOB OF BEING EFFICIENT, AND RAISING RATES AND DOING THE THING. 
          NOW, I AGREE WITH YOU. 
          I THINK EVERYBODY UP HERE WANTS A BALANCED BUDGET AND TO COST RECOVER EVERY SINGLE PLACE WE CAN. 
          BUT JUST BECAUSE THIS ONE'S CLOSE, WE LOOK AT THE LAST FIVE YEARS AND HOW THEY'VE DONE A PHENOMENAL JOB THAT JUST ALL OF A SUDDEN, NOW THAT WE'RE CLOSE, WE'RE LIKE, WELL, LET'S JUST DO IT ALL. 
          LET'S JUST DO IT ALL IN ONE. 
          BUT I APPRECIATE THAT. 
          I THINK WITH THOSE SIGNS, I THINK THAT PUTS US REAL CLOSE. 
          NOW ALL OF A SUDDEN WE'VE GOT 144,000 EXTRA. 
          >> HOW MUCH DO YOU THINK I GOT TO PAY A ECITIZEN TO TEXT ME A PHOTO OF [LAUGHTER]. 
          >> I'VE GOT MY PHONE. 
          >> DO YOU? 
          >> OH, YEAH, I GET IT ALL THE TIME. 
          >> I LOVE IT. KASHUBA, GREAT JOB. 
          WE'RE GOING TO HAND IT BACK OVER MS. STORRS, KEEP US GOING ON THE OTHER ONES. 
          >> IF WE'LL GO NOW TO PAGE 322, THIS IS PARKS AND REC ADMINISTRATION. 
          REALLY NOT ANY SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THIS AREA. 
          THEY BROUGHT IN BASICALLY A FLAT BUDGET ON THAT AND NO ADDITIONAL REQUESTS ON THAT PIECE. 
          DOWN AT THE BOTTOM OF PAGE 323 IS WHERE OUR BEAUTIFICATION AND PUBLIC ARTS DEPARTMENT IS AT, AND NO OVERALL CHANGES REALLY ON THAT ONE AS WELL. 
          AS WE GO ON IN PARKS AND REC, ON PAGE 327 IS OUR TENNIS CENTER, AND THEY'VE GOT A LITTLE BIT OF ADJUSTMENT ON REVENUE AND REALLY THE OVERALL EXPENSE, NOT MUCH OF A CHANGE IN THERE NO CHANGES TO PERSONNEL OR ANYTHING LIKE THAT. 
          I KNOW THE TENNIS CENTER HAS BEEN TEAMING UP WITH UM, NONPROFITS TO TRY TO CONTINUE TO DO IMPROVEMENTS OUT THERE. 
          THERE'S BEEN A LOT OF IMPROVEMENTS AT THE TENNIS CENTER OVER THE PAST FEW YEARS. 
          THEY'RE DOING A GREAT JOB WITH THAT AND ALMOST AT FULL COST RECOVERY THERE AND CONTINUING TO MAKE SOME HEADWAY IN THAT AREA. 
          [01:15:05]
AS YOU MOVE ON TO AQUATICS, THAT IS GOING TO BE ON PAGE 332. 
          THERE'S ON AQUATICS, THERE ARE A COUPLE OF CHANGES THAT WE'RE LOOKING AT TO THE ANNUAL POLL PASS FOR INDIVIDUALS, THE PRIVATE POOL PARTY RENTAL, AND THE TODDLER. 
          NO, I'M SORRY. I WENT TO THE WRONG LINE. 
          IT WAS JUST THOSE THREE ITEMS THERE. 
          THE ANNUAL POOL PASS, THE FAMILY OF FOUR POOL PASS AND PRIVATE POOL PARTY RENTAL. 
          AS THEY'VE BEEN WORKING THROUGH, I KNOW GETTING THE THOMPSON POOL FULLY OPERATIONAL, I THINK IT'S IN YEAR 3 NOW, IS THAT ABOUT RIGHT? THEY'RE CONTINUING TO DO SOME ADJUSTMENTS AS THEY'RE TRULY SEEING WHAT REVENUE THAT POOL IS BRINGING IN. 
          I KNOW THAT THEY HAVE BEEN RAMPING UP MORE PRIVATE RENTALS AND PARTIES AND SOME OF THOSE THINGS AND THINKING OUTSIDE OF THE BOX WITH THE OTHER POOL. 
          I THINK THAT IS SOMETHING THAT WE'RE GOING TO CONTINUE TO HAVE SOME MUCH NEEDED DISCUSSIONS ON AS WE GO FORWARD, NOT SURE THAT WE NEED TO IN THIS BUDGET YEAR, BUT WE WILL CONTINUE BRINGING UP INFORMATION ABOUT OUR OLDER POOLS, WHICH IS OUR JOHN STIFF PARK, OUR SOUTHWEST POOL, AND OUR SOUTHEAST POOL. 
          THOSE ARE AGING VERY QUICKLY. 
          WE'VE BEEN HAVING TO DO SOME MINOR AND MORE MAJOR REPAIRS TO KEEP THOSE THINGS FUNCTIONAL, BUT WE WILL NEED TO BE TALKING MORE ABOUT LONG TERM STRATEGY IN THE NEAR FUTURE. 
          BUT I THINK THEY'VE GOT MORE INFORMATION THAT'LL BE COMING OUT SOON, I THINK, RELATED TO THAT. 
          POOLS, NO OTHER MAJOR CHANGES ON THAT, JUST KIND OF ADJUSTMENTS TO HOW WE'RE ACTUALLY SEEING THE REVENUES COME THROUGH. 
          AS YOU KEEP TURNING IN YOUR BOOK TO PAGE 336, YOU'RE GOING TO SEE YOUR PARKS AND RECREATION PROGRAMS. IN THOSE AREAS, WE DO NOT HAVE ANY PROPOSED REALLY CHANGES FOR THIS YEAR. 
          THOSE THINGS ARE IN FULL SWING RIGHT NOW. 
          THEY ARE VERY FUNCTIONAL IN OUR SUMMER MONTHS. 
          THEY DO FUNCTION THROUGHOUT THE YEAR, BUT ON A SMALLER SCALE, BUT VERY ACTIVE IN OUR SUMMER MONTHS AS KIDS ARE OUT OF SCHOOL, AND THEY'RE PROVIDING A LOT OF SUMMER PROGRAMMING TO OUR YOUNGER CITIZENS. 
          THEN IF YOU TURN TO PAGE 340. HANG ON. 
          LET ME GET TO 342. YOU'LL SEE OUR WARFORD ACTIVITY CENTER. 
          THEY CONTINUE TO EXPAND THE PROGRAMMING THERE OVER AT OUR WARFORD ACTIVITY CENTER. 
          SOMETIMES I DON'T KNOW THAT THEY HAVE ENOUGH SPACE FOR ALL THE ACTIVITIES THEY'RE WANTING TO DO OVER THERE. 
          IT'D BE NICE IF JERRY COULD JUST MAYBE GO UP SOMEHOW ABOUT MAYBE THREE OR FOUR MORE STORIES AND MAYBE THEY'D HAVE ENOUGH ROOM, BUT THEY ARE MAXIMIZING EVERY SQUARE FOOTAGE OF THAT AREA. 
          I DO THINK THEY'VE GOT A COUPLE OF CHANGES TO SOME OF THEIR REVENUE FEES OR THEIR FEES ARE CHARGING OVER THERE. 
          IT LOOKS LIKE THE TODDLER PLAY EQUIPMENT, ADD ON TO A RENTAL PACKAGE, CORN HOLE BOARDS, ADD ON TO RENTAL PACKAGES, PARTY ESSENTIALS, ADD ON TO RENTAL PACKAGES, AND PARTY PLUS ADD ON TO RENTAL PACKAGES, AND PLATINUM PARTY PACKAGE ADD ON TO RENTALS. 
          AS YOU CAN HEAR, THEY GET A LOT OF RENTALS OVER THERE. 
          THEY'RE LEARNING MORE AND MORE WHAT PEOPLE ARE WANTING WHAT PEOPLE ARE DEMANDING, IN ORDER TO MAKE SURE THAT THEIR PARTIES ARE A SUCCESS. 
          THAT'S BEEN A WAY THAT THEY'VE BEEN ABLE TO ADD ON SOME ADDITIONAL FEES, SO WE CAN PROVIDE THOSE SERVICES AND THOSE ADS ON TO THOSE RENTAL PACKAGES. 
          WARFORD IS JUST CONTINUING TO GROW AND ALMOST BUST AT THE SEAMS. AS YOU KEEP TURNING IN YOUR BOOK, WE'LL GO TO PARK MAINTENANCE, WHICH IS ON PAGE 347. 
          PARK MAINTENANCE IS ONE OF YOUR BIGGEST AREAS IN YOUR PARKS AND REC DEPARTMENT. 
          THEY'RE THE TEAM THAT IS MAINTAINING ALL OF OUR PARKS FACILITIES AND ALL OF OUR PARKS AREAS. 
          THERE'S BEEN A BIG CHANGE OVER THE LAST SEVERAL YEARS AS WE HAVE SWITCHED FROM MORE INTERNAL STAFF, PROVIDING ALL OF THE MOWING AND THE MAJOR MAINTENANCE REPAIRS AT THE PARKS. 
          WE STILL HAVE A SMALL TEAM ON STAFF, BUT WE ARE OUTSOURCING A LOT OF THOSE SERVICES. 
          NOW, WE HAVE CONTRACTS FOR MOWING, FOR TREE TRIMMING, CONCRETE REPAIRS, ALL THINGS, AND WE'RE SEEING GREAT RESULTS OUT IN OUR COMMUNITY. 
          IF YOU GO BACK ON SEVERAL YEARS, I THINK WE WERE STRUGGLING, AND AS WE SWITCH THIS MODEL, IT CERTAINLY HAS BROUGHT THE OVERALL LOOK AND THE USABILITY OF THOSE PARKS TO A WHOLE OTHER LEVEL. 
          I SEE SOME LIGHTS GO ON. QUESTIONS. 
          [01:20:02]
          >> GO AHEAD, COUNCILMAN. 
          >> I KNOW I HATE TO BRING THIS UP, BUT I KNOW IT'S SOMETHING WE GOT TO DO. 
          >> SURE. 
          >> ON THE MOWING. I KNOW WE HAD THE DISCUSSION, YOU KNOW, WITH SOME OF THE PARKS THAT WE DON'T OWN THAT WE'RE STILL MAINTAINING. 
          IS THAT CORRECT? IS THAT STILL THE THING? IS THIS JUST A MATTER OF I KNOW WE HAVE A PARTNER IN AISD, AND I GET THAT OR CISD. 
          I KNOW THERE'S SOME DISPUTE OVER THE PARKS, NOT ONLY DISPUTE, BUT WE DON'T OWN THOSE, BUT YEAH, WE'RE MAINTAINING THOSE, AND IT'S TO THE TUNE OF ABOUT HALF $1,000,000, IS THAT CORRECT? 
          >> THIS IS ACTUALLY A CONVERSATION THAT STAFF AND I JUST RE ENGAGED ON WITH NEW LEADERSHIP AT AISD. 
          IN FACT, SHE ACTUALLY REACHED OUT TO ME. 
          DOCTOR PERRIS REACHED OUT TO ME THIS WEEK. 
          THIS IS ONE OF THREE TOPICS SHE LIKE TO CONVENE ON AND I SAID, YES, WE HAVE AN INTEREST IN RE EXAMINING THESE MANY, MANY DIFFERENT CONTRACTS. 
          OBVIOUSLY, WE ARE THERE ARE CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS THAT GO BACK DECADES THAT WE WANT TO TRY TO UNDERSTAND AND RESPECT AT THE SAME TIME. 
          WE NEED TO CREATE SOME CONSISTENCY. 
          THEY HAVE PUT UP SOME FENCES AND PLACE AGAIN FOR GOOD REASONS. 
          THERE'S SOME SAFETY LEGISLATION THAT CAME OUT, BUT THAT HAS COMPLICATED OUR ABILITY TO MAINTAIN. 
          THIS IS A GOOD SEGUE, I FELT AND ALONG WITH DONNIE AND MICHAEL, THAT WE NEED TO RE-ENGAGE IN THIS CONVERSATION TO FIGURE OUT WHAT IS OUR ROLE? WHAT IS THEIR ROLE? IS THERE ARE THINGS THAT WE NEED TO START SHARING OR HELPING WITH THAT WE NEED THEM TO START DOING? WE'RE RE ENGAGING IN THOSE CONVERSATIONS NOW. 
          >> THE GOAL IS, OBVIOUSLY TO RESOLVE THESE CONTRACT ISSUES ARE LACK OF CONTRACT. 
          >> THERE'S ABOUT THREE OR FOUR PARKS THAT DON'T HAVE CONTRACTS. 
          MANY OF THEM DO, AGAIN, CONTRACTUALLY OBLIGATED, AND MANY OF THESE CONTRACTS ARE DECADES IN TERMS. IT'S GOING TO BE CHALLENGING TO JUST GET OUT OF THOSE. 
          BUT WE'RE LOOKING AT TRYING TO LET CLEAN THEM UP, AT LEAST GIVE ONE MASTER CONTRACT IS MY GOAL. 
          THAT WAY, WE'RE NOT HAVING DIFFERENT TERMS FOR DIFFERENT CONTRACT, DIFFERENT PARKS. 
          BUT ALSO TO RECOGNIZING THINGS THAT WE CAN NO LONGER ACCESS LIKE THINGS THEY PUT BEHIND THE FENCE. 
          I SHOULD PROBABLY SHOULDN'T MOW THAT ANYMORE. 
          >> YOU SAID THAT WE ARE CONTRACT I KNOW THIS IS I WON'T STAY ON THIS LONG. 
          YOU SAID THAT I KNOW THERE'S SOME THAT WE'RE CONTRACTUALLY LIABLE TO DO, BUT THERE'S SOME THAT WE ARE NOT THAT WE ARE MOWING, IS THAT CORRECT? 
          >> ABOUT THREE OR FOUR OUT OF THE 50 OR 60 OR SO? THERE'S A SMALL NUMBER THAT THERE ACTUALLY IS NO CONTRACT. 
          MOST OF THEM HAVE A CONTRACT. 
          >> BUT THAT MAKE US RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTENANCE? 
          >> ME AND MOWING MAINTENANCE. GO AHEAD, MICHAEL. 
          >> THERE WAS THREE PARKS THAT HAD BEEN HISTORICALLY MAINTAINED BY THE DEPARTMENT THAT WE HAVE NO CONTRACTS IN PLACE. 
          NOW, OUT OF BEING A GOOD PARTNER, ONE OF THE THINGS THAT WE WANTED TO DO IS WHILE WE WORK TOWARDS A MASTER AGREEMENT, CONTINUE TO MAINTAIN THOSE THREE AS WE WORK TOWARDS AN IN SOLUTION. 
          I THINK THERE ARE THREE THAT CURRENTLY HAVE NO AGREEMENT. 
          >> JUST THREE? WHAT HAPPENED TO THE $500,000 THAT WE KICKED AROUND A COUPLE OF YEARS AGO? IS THAT NOT? 
          >> WELL, THAT INCLUDES ALL THOSE SCHOOL PARKS THAT WE'RE LOOKING AT. 
          A LOT OF THOSE SCHOOL PARKS HAVE AGREEMENTS THAT IN MOST CASES, WE DON'T OWN THE PROPERTY. 
          WE'RE JUST STUCK MAINTAINING SCHOOL DISTRICT PROPERTY. 
          NOW AGAIN, AS THE CITY MANAGER MENTIONED, WITH SOME OF THE RECENT IMPROVEMENTS ON THOSE PROPERTIES, IT'S COMPLICATED OUR CONTRACTORS ABILITY TO MAINTAIN THOSE SPACES AND FULFILL THEIR CONTRACT. 
          >> BUT YOU'RE YOU NEGOTIATED [OVERLAPPING]. 
          >> WE LOOKED TO START THIS ABOUT SIX MONTHS AGO. 
          BUT AS YOU RECALL, ONE, MR. LOOMIS ANNOUNCED HIS RETIREMENT, AND SECONDLY, THEY WERE CLOSING SCHOOLS. 
          WE FELT THAT WAS NOT A GOOD TIME TO TRY TO ENGAGE HIM ON THIS CONVERT, BUT I THINK THEY HAVE A NEW LEADERSHIP, AND THAT THE SCHOOL CLOSING IS NOW SETTLED FOR THE MOST PART AT LEAST ON OUR ANGLE. 
          I THINK IT'S A GOOD TIME FOR US TO RE ENGAGE ON THIS ISSUE. 
          >> THANK YOU. 
          >> THE ONES THAT WE HAVE CONTRACTS WITH, I KNOW WE SPOKE ABOUT THIS, DO WE HAVE COST RECOVERY ON THOSE, OR IS IT STRICTLY OUT OF OUT OF OUR POCKET? 
          >> STRICTLY OUT OF POCKET. 
          >> YEAH, WE DON'T MAKE MONEY ON THESE PARTS. THEY'RE PARKS. 
          >> I DON'T WANT TO MAKE MONEY, BUT I JUST WANT TO BE ABLE TO TAKE CARE OF THE RANCH WITH REVENUE. 
          >> IT COME OUT OF JUST SALES TAX AND/OR PROPERTY TAX. 
          >> YES. THE SCHOOL DOES NOT PAY US TO DO THIS. 
          >> HOW MUCH IS A PARK MAINTENANCE OF 8.6 MILLION GOES TO THE ISD ISSUE? I MEAN, JUST BALLPARK, VERY, VERY ROUGH. 
          I DON'T NEED IT TO BE TO THE DOLLAR. 
          IS THAT 25% OF IT? 
          >> I THINK WHAT WE HAD LOOKED AT WAS SAVINGS OF HALF $500,000. 
          NOW, THERE WERE SOME AREAS. 
          AGAIN, SOME OF THIS WAS OUTLINED IN THE MASTER PLAN OF AREAS THAT WE SHOULD MAINTAIN BECAUSE IT FILLS A SERVICE GAP. 
          THERE'S NOT A PARK IN THE AREA. 
          THERE'S SOME WHERE IT WAS DUPLICATED SERVICES, AND SO WE SHOULD PROBABLY LET THAT GO BACK TO THE SCHOOL DISTRICT, AND THEN THERE WERE SOME MORE WE ALREADY OWNED A PIECE AND THEY OWNED A PIECE, SO WE WOULD CONTINUE TO MAINTAIN OUR PIECE. 
          THERE'S THREE DIFFERENT SCENARIOS THAT WERE OUTLINED IN THE MASTER PLAN, AND WE'VE BASED IT OFF OF THAT. 
          >> I WOULD AT A MINIMUM, WE SHOULD BE GETTING THE RISK MITIGATION, THE FLEET UTILIZATION, AND THE FTE COST COVERED, 
          [01:25:03]
BECAUSE WE CONTINUALLY ERODE OUR REVENUE BASE IN SO MANY AREAS. 
          IT'S PENNIES, BUT PENNIES A DEATH BY 1,000 CUTS. 
          I'M RUNNING A BUSINESS FOR 28 YEARS. 
          I LOOK AT THIS, AND I'M LIKE, MAN, SOME OF THE ISSUES WE HAVE. 
          IT'S PRETTY RELEVANT. THANK YOU. 
          I'M NOT PICKING ON YOU TODAY. 
          I HOPE YOU DON'T PICK THAT. WE JUST DO WE PICK WINNERS WITH TENNIS FOLKS? DO WE PICK WINNERS WITH GOLFERS? DO WE PICK WINNERS WITH AQUATICS? THEY ALL GOT A ROW IN THE SAME DIRECTION. 
          >> WELL, I THINK WHAT WE DEFINITELY ARE GOING FOR IS RELATIONAL WITH OUR ASD PARTNER AND THEY SAY, FENCES MAKE GOOD NEIGHBORS. 
          WELL, THE FENCE IS A GOOD EXAMPLE OF HOW WE NEED TO RELATE TO EACH OTHER. 
          WE CAN'T JUST KEEP DOING WHAT WE'VE BEEN DOING WITH NO RELATIONSHIP BECAUSE YOU PUT A FENCE UP NOW. 
          HONESTLY, THE $500,000 ESTIMATE WAS TWO YEARS AGO, AND THINGS CONTINUE TO DETERIORATE. 
          I MEAN, THE MORE SPRINKLER HEADS THAT NEED TO BE REPLACED AND THE EQUIPMENT AND THE AGE OF THE EQUIPMENT. 
          SO, YOU CAN'T LOOK AT THIS IN WELL, WE'RE JUST MOWING THEIR GRASS BECAUSE WE WANT TO BE FRIENDLY. 
          YOU DO HAVE TO LOOK AT THIS. 
          THIS IS LIABILITY. 
          WE'RE ON THEIR PROPERTY. 
          WE'RE NOW BEHIND A FENCE. 
          WHAT THEY DO FOR A LIVING IS DIFFERENT THAN WHAT WE DO, SO MAYBE WE DON'T HAVE INSTRUCTIONAL VIDEOS ON ELEMENTARY AGE CHILDREN AND OUR PROTOCOLS IN MOWING AROUND THEM. 
          WE HAVE LIABILITY ISSUES THAT WE'VE GOT TO CONSIDER. 
          THEN YOU ALSO HAVE THE EQUIPMENT OF, IF WE DON'T OWN THE EQUIPMENT, BUT WE'RE BEING ASKED TO MAINTAIN IT, IS THAT AN ASSET OR A LIABILITY FOR US IN THE COMMUNITY? THE LAST THING WE WANT TO DO IS SEE SOMEBODY GET HURT. 
          I THINK WITHOUT A GOOD CONVERSATION, WE'RE GOING TO FALL SHORT ONCE AGAIN IN ANOTHER BUDGET CYCLE. 
          I'M ENCOURAGED THAT WE DO HAVE A GOOD CONVERSATION AND WE WANT TO GIVE THAT TIME. 
          WE, AS A BODY, WE DON'T WANT TO GET INVOLVED UNTIL YOU NEED US INVOLVED, AND I KNOW YOU NEED AN OPPORTUNITY TO DEVELOP THE RELATIONSHIP, LOOK AT ALL OPTIONS, COME TOGETHER AS A TEAM AND A GOOD STAKEHOLDER COMMUNITY MEMBER, AND THEN BRING THAT BACK. 
          BUT WE DEFINITELY WANT TO ENGAGE IN THAT HOPEFULLY THIS YEAR. 
          THE ONLY MAJOR CHANGE THAT THEY'RE LOOKING TO DO ON PARK MAINTENANCE, AND I WOULDN'T SAY MAJOR, IT'S MINOR, BUT THEY'RE WANTING TO ADD SOME UTILITY CARTS THAT THEY CAN USE TO DRIVE THROUGH THE PARKS AREAS INSTEAD OF DRIVING TRUCKS AND POTENTIALLY DAMAGING THE GRASS AND SPRINKLER HEADS, AND ALL THOSE KIND OF THINGS. 
          THEY HAVE ADDED THAT INTO THE BUDGET TO GET SOME UTILITY CARTS TO HELP BE MORE EFFICIENT IN THEIR OPERATIONS. 
          WITH THAT, LET'S MOVE ON TO ZOO OPERATIONS ON PAGE 353, ZOO MAINTENANCE. 
          WE HAVE KEPT THIS BUDGET EXTREMELY FLAT FOR CONTINUING TO LOOK AT POTENTIAL OTHER OPTIONS FOR THE FUTURE. 
          BUT AT THIS POINT IN TIME, WE ARE JUST PROPOSING A FLAT BUDGET ON ZOO MAINTENANCE OVERALL. GOING ON. 
          >> JUST REAL QUICK. 
          >> YEAH, SORRY. 
          >> MAYOR, DID YOU WANT TO SELL THE ZOO? I CAN REMEMBER. 
          >> MAN, NO. 
          LET'S PUT THAT OUT THERE SO THAT EVERYBODY THAT IS PAYING ATTENTION. 
          THE ZOO IS NEVER FOR SALE AND WAS NEVER FOR SALE. 
          THEN WE DID HAVE A CONVERSATION IN EXEC ABOUT, HOW DO WE IMPROVE THE CONDITIONS FOR THE ANIMALS AND OUR CUSTOMERS, AS WELL AS OUR STAFF THAT WE VALUE OVER THERE. 
          WE APPRECIATE YOU HIGHLIGHTING THAT. 
          >> JUST MAKING SURE. 
          >> COUNCILMAN, SO WE REALIZE YOU'VE BEEN HERE LESS THAN TWO MONTHS, SO WE WILL TAKE THAT INTO ACCOUNT IN THE DIRECTIONAL QUESTIONING. 
          NOW, BACK TO YOU, MS. STORRS. 
          >> YES, SO ON PAGE 358, WE'RE GOING TO MOVE ON AND TALK ABOUT ATHLETICS. 
          PAGES 358-362 COVER ALL VARIOUS ATHLETIC PROGRAMS THAT WE HAVE HERE AT THE CITY. 
          WE DO WORK WITH SOME PARTNERS IN THE COMMUNITY THAT UTILIZE OUR FACILITIES AND USE THOSE TO HELP CONDUCT SOME OF THE ATHLETICS HERE IN THE COMMUNITY AS WELL. 
          WE DO SOME IN HOUSE, AND THEN AGAIN, WE PARTNER WITH SOME NONPROFITS IN THE COMMUNITY AS WELL. 
          WE DO PAY FOR THE UPKEEP, THE MAINTENANCE, I WOULD SAY, OF THOSE ATHLETIC FIELDS, BUT WE DO HAVE CERTAIN ARRANGEMENTS WHERE NONPROFITS ARE PUTTING IMPROVEMENTS IN, 
          [01:30:03]
WHICH HAS BEEN A GOOD ARRANGEMENT FOR US AS WELL. 
          NOT REALLY ANY CHANGE ON OUR ATHLETICS AT THIS POINT IN TIME. 
          PAGE 363 AND 364 OUTLINES OUR SENIOR SERVICES. 
          AS A REMINDER OR FOR THOSE THAT DON'T KNOW, THOSE ARE HOUSED MAINLY THROUGH OUR WARFORD ACTIVITY CENTER AS WELL. 
          THEY HAVE A WING OVER THERE THAT THEY USE PARTS OF THE DAY, AND THEN I THINK IT'S ABSORBED BY OTHER ACTIVITIES AT THE WARFORD, THE REST OF THE DAY. 
          I KNOW THAT'S SOMETHING THAT'S BEEN CONTINUING TO GROW. 
          WE'RE NOT REALLY PROPOSING ANY CHANGES, JUST A FLAT BUDGET OVERALL FOR SENIOR SERVICES. 
          WITH THAT, THAT WRAPS UP PARKS AND REC FOR US. 
          >> I WOULD LIKE TO TALK A LITTLE BIT ABOUT, THOUGH I NEVER WILL HAVE AN INTENTION TO SELL THE ZOO. 
          I DO HAVE AN INTENTION TO PROMOTE AND BENEFIT OUR SENIOR COMMUNITY, AND SO I WANT TO HIGHLIGHT THIS BUDGET ITEM RIGHT HERE UNDER SENIOR SERVICES, LOOKS LIKE WE HAVE $109,000 IN EXPENDITURES, RIGHT? 
          >> YES, SIR. 
          >> COUNCIL, YOU HAVE AN OPPORTUNITY, I BELIEVE, OVER THE NEXT YEAR TO TRY TO LOOK, IF YOU LOOK AT MR. KASHUBA AND WHAT HE'S DONE WITH OUTDOOR AMARILLO, AND YOU LOOK AT THE INTEGRATION OF BRINGING BACK FAMILY EVENTS, LET'S SAY YOU'RE ONCE A QUARTER, ALMOST LIKE A HOLIDAY TYPE OUTDOOR PARK COMMUNITY. 
          WHEN YOU REALLY GET TO IT, AMARILLO IS AT THAT CRITICAL POINT WHERE WE ARE A REALLY BIG, SMALL TOWN. 
          WHEN YOU HAVE A MILLION PEOPLE, YOU HAVE SPORTING EVENTS AND TEAMS AND PRIVATE THAT MAKES ENOUGH MONEY TO DO ALL THIS FOR YOU. 
          WHAT WE'RE TRYING TO DO IS WE'RE STILL TRYING TO OPERATE LIKE WE'RE 25,000 PEOPLE ON THAT COMMUNITY LEVEL, AND HE'S DONE A FANTASTIC JOB. 
          THE BIGGEST RESOURCE THAT WE HAVE FROM THAT BABY BOOMER GENERATION IS, WE'VE GOT A BUNCH OF REALLY HEALTHY, ACTIVE, 70-80-YEAR-OLD SENIORS THAT ARE ENGAGED IN THEIR COMMUNITY, AND WE ARE NOT TAPPING INTO THAT RESOURCE. 
          MY VISION WOULD BE TO CAPITALIZE WITH MONIES INTO THIS SENIOR SERVICES. 
          NOW, THIS IS JUST ONE AREA. 
          WE COULD LOOK AT FOOD AND A FEW OTHER THINGS THROUGH COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT. 
          BUT IF WE, COUNCIL, COULD PUSH THIS OUT JUST WITH DEVELOPING A COUPLE OF CONVERSATIONS, WORKING WITH THAT SENIOR COMMUNITY, THERE'S SO MUCH MORE THAT WE COULD GET OUT OF PARKS AND REC, AND IT WILL TAKE SOME FUNDING. 
          BUT IT IS WHAT WE SHOULD BE DOING IN PUTTING THE LONGEST STANDING TAXPAYER FOR OUR COMMUNITY WHO'VE INVESTED THE MOST IN THEIR COMMUNITY, THEY HAVE THE MOST OWNERSHIP OF THESE PARKS. 
          I DON'T TAKE TOO MANY 18-20-YEAR-OLD PHONE CALLS OF, LIKE, HEY, YOU KNOW THE PARK LOOKS REALLY BAD. 
          IT DIDN'T LOOK LIKE YOU TRIMMED UP THE TREES ON THIS SIDE, YOU DID THE ONES ON THE OTHER SIDE. 
          BUT THAT 70-YEAR-OLD INDIVIDUAL THAT'S LIVED IN THAT NEIGHBORHOOD FOREVER SHE OR HE REALLY CARES. 
          HEY, YOUR GUY MISSED IT, AND SO THEY MAKE US BETTER, BUT WE CAN PLUG THEM IN, AND THOSE SENIOR SERVICES ARE SOMETHING THAT I THINK WE SHOULD BE DRIVING FOR. 
          I KNOW THE BUDGETS ARE ALWAYS TIGHT, BUT WE HAVE THE MONEY, AND IF WE'LL PUSH IT THAT WAY, WHAT YOU'LL SEE, OVERALL, THAT VISION IS NOT JUST TO HELP A SENIOR. 
          THAT VISION IS TO TAKE NORTH SIDE, SOUTH SIDE, EAST, WEST, PUT IT ALL TOGETHER IN THE WAY IN WHICH, WHERE ARE WE CURRENTLY LIVING AND PLAYING AROUND EACH OTHER AND HOW DO WE DO BETTER? I LIVE OVER ON THE NORTH SIDE OF TOWN AND I DRIVE WESTERN. 
          I DON'T EVEN KNOW WHAT ALL IS GOING ON IN SAM HOUSTON PARK BECAUSE IT CHANGES SO MUCH, BUT WEEK TO WEEK, THE ENTIRE PARK, THE LIGHTING TRANSFORMED THAT ENTIRE AREA, THE GRASS IS AS GREEN AS IT'S EVER BEEN. 
          I KNOW THAT'S ALL KASHUBA IS DOING BECAUSE HE'S MAKING IT RAIN TWICE A WEEK EVERY WEEK. 
          BUT THE PARK LOOKS GREAT, AND PEOPLE ARE HANGING OUT OUT THERE, I DON'T SEE THE MOSQUITOES AS A PROBLEM. THE FLIES AREN'T BAD. 
          I'M JUST TELLING YOU LIKE, IT IS THE COMMUNITY FEEL WHEN YOU DRIVE OVER THERE, YOU'RE LIKE, I DON'T KNOW IF THIS IS AMARILLO THE WAY I REMEMBER IT. 
          EVERYTHING THAT YOU NEED FROM MENTAL HEALTH IS FOUND IN OUR SENIORS. 
          IF YOU LOOK AT THE CONNECTIVITY THAT WE NEED FROM OUR YOUTH GROWING UP WITH THOSE GOOD MENTORS AND THOSE GOOD PEOPLE THAT SPEAK INTO THEIR LIFE. 
          YOU JUST GOT TO GET PEOPLE OUTSIDE OF THEIR HOUSE AND OUT OF THEIR CELL PHONE. 
          THAT IS PARKS AND REC. 
          ULTIMATELY, WE'RE NOT SUBSIDIZING ANYTHING. 
          WE ARE CREATING AND DEFINING OUR OWN CULTURE THROUGH PARKS AND REC. 
          COUNCIL WOULD LOVE TO SEE US DRIVE SOME MONEY INTO THAT. 
          THEN I'M ASKING RIGHT NOW, THESE SENIORS THAT ARE LISTENING, LIKE YOU GUYS ENGAGE WITH US, BRING US THOSE IDEAS AND THOSE VISIONS. 
          [01:35:02]
WE DIDN'T GO TO OUTDOOR AMARILLO, THEY CAME TO US. 
          THEY'RE WILLING TO DO THE WORK. 
          NOW WE PUT ON 4TH OF JULY EVENT WITH THEM, AND THEY'RE ALSO TAKING ON GAZEBOS AND ALL OTHER STUFF THAT'S COOL. 
          INVITATIONS OPEN. 
          I'LL OFFER MY TIME TO YOU, AND I THINK THE REST OF COUNCIL WOULD AS WELL. YES, SIR. 
          >> I JUST WANT TO REITERATE THAT, I FULLY SUPPORT WHAT YOU'RE DOING. 
          JUST WANT TO MAKE IT GREAT. 
          THERE'S NEVER BEEN A TIME WHEN PEOPLE NEED TO BE OUTSIDE. 
          FAMILIES NEED TO BE OUTSIDE AND LEAVE THE DAMN PHONES IN THE, AND JUST JUST RECONNECT AND GET OUTSIDE. 
          I SUPPORT YOU 100%. 
          PLEASE DON'T THINK ANY OF MY COMMENTS WERE NEGATIVE TOWARDS YOU OR YOUR STAFF. 
          >> WELL, SPEAKING OF SENIORS, WELCOME TO THE MEETING LESS. I DON'T WANT TO LET THAT GO. 
          >> THANKS FOR YOUR CONCERN, COUNCILMEMBER TIPPS. 
          >> YOU'RE WELCOME. 
          >> WITH THAT, ARE WE READY TO GO ONTO TRANSIT? 
          >> ARE WE? WE'RE GOING TO TAKE A QUICK BREAK. 
          >> OKAY. 
          >> WE'LL DO 10 MINUTES. WE'LL COME RIGHT BACK IN HERE. 
          ARE WE DOING GOOD ON YOUR OVERALL TIME SCHEDULE? 
          >> WE'RE GOING TO NEED TO PICK UP THE PACE A LITTLE BIT, BUT I I THINK WE CAN MAKE A SCRAM. 
          >> I DIDN'T KNOW IF COUNCILMAN SIMPSON COULD GET ON BOARD THAT QUICK. HE JUST SAT DOWN. 
          >> I KNOW MS. LAURA IS HERE, GRAYSON IS NOT BACK YET, BUT LAURA, I'M GOING TO TRY TO PLUG US BACK IN, SEEMS READY. 
          >> YES, ABSOLUTELY. 
          >> WE'RE GOING TO GO AHEAD AND LET YOU DRIVE. TAKE US TO TRANSIT. 
          >> YES, SO PAGE 372 IS TRANSIT. 
          IT COVERS SEVERAL PAGES AS YOU GO BACK TO ABOUT PAGE 379. 
          WE'VE ALREADY TOUCHED BASE A LITTLE BIT ON TRANSIT THIS YEAR. 
          THE BIG CHANGE THAT WE'RE SEEING IS THAT WE'RE TRULY TRANSITIONING OVER INTO, I GUESS, THE DIFFERENT STATUS AS FAR AS BEING A LARGER COMMUNITY, AND SO OUR GRANT ALLOCATIONS ARE NOT AS LARGE AS THEY WERE HISTORICALLY. 
          THE BIG THING THAT I WANTED TO REMIND COUNCIL IS WE'RE LOOKING AT OVERALL ACROSS ALL THE TRANSIT DEPARTMENTS, SEEING ABOUT A $1.4 MILLION REDUCTION TO THE GRANT REVENUE THAT IS COMING IN. 
          THAT MEANS THAT THOSE DOLLARS HAVE TO BE ABSORBED THROUGH THE OVERALL GENERAL FUND FUNDING. 
          SALES TAX, PROPERTY TAX, THOSE TYPE THINGS. 
          I KNOW OUR TRANSIT TEAM IS WORKING ON SOME DIFFERENT IDEAS ON WAYS TO EITHER APPLY FOR ADDITIONAL GRANT FUNDING OR OTHER TYPES OF GRANTS OR LOOKING AT, ADVERTISING OPTIONS AND SOME OTHER THINGS THAT THEY'RE HOPING TO BRING FORWARD IN THE FUTURE TO HELP OFFSET A LITTLE BIT OF THAT GRANT INCOME LOSS THAT WE'RE SEEING. 
          BUT OVERALL, I KNOW THEY'RE LOVING THEIR NEW FACILITY AND CERTAINLY APPRECIATING THE COMMITMENT THAT PRIOR COUNCIL HAS PUT IN TO HELPING GET THAT FACILITY BUILT. 
          OTHERWISE, NOT ANY BIG CHANGES COMING THIS YEAR FROM TRANSIT. 
          ANYTHING, RICH, YOU WANTED TO ADD OR IS THAT GOOD? 
          >> I DO HAVE A QUICK QUESTION ON, IT'S PRPC THAT WAS RUNNING THE PILOT, AND SO, TRYING TO PUT THAT INTO THIS YEAR'S BUDGET. 
          WERE WE ABLE TO PUT OUR MATCH INTO THE BUDGET, OR IS THAT STILL SOMETHING WE WOULD NEED TO LOOK TO PLUG IN IF WE WANTED TO DO IT? 
          >> NO. THAT WAS ACTUALLY COMING OUT OF EXISTING CHRIS ALREADY ACCOUNTED FOR THAT. 
          >> ALREADY INCLUDED CHRIS? 
          >> YEAH. 
          >> CORRECT, RICH, ALREADY INCLUDED. 
          >> YES, CORRECT, I ALREADY INCLUDED. I WAS JUST VERIFYING TO MAKE SURE I WASN'T WRONG. 
          >> I KNOW I'VE HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO HEAR FROM THE MPO AND SOME OF THE OTHER STUFF LIKE THE PULLBACK ON HOW GRANTS WORK, AND WHEN YOU GET TO A CERTAIN SIZE, NOW YOU COMPETE WITH LARGE METROPOLITAN AREAS. 
          CAN COUNCIL GET A QUICK EDUCATION ON WHY WE'RE COMPETING WITH DOLLARS THAT WE USED TO BE THE BIGGER CITY, MAYBE ON THE UPPER END, AND NOW WE'RE HAVING A HARDER TIME TO GET THAT EXTRA MILLION DOLLAR. 
          >> YEAH, SO BECAUSE CITY OF AMARILLO WENT OVER 200,000 IN POPULATION, THAT AFFECTS OUR GRANT FUNDING. 
          WE'RE NOW COMPETING WITH LARGER AGENCIES SUCH AS DARK, CAPITAL METRO, ALL OF THE LARGER AGENCIES BECAUSE OF AMARILLO'S CONTINUED GROWTH. 
          WHAT THAT DOES IS LAURA KIND OF EXPLAINED, WE HAVE LOST SOME SIGNIFICANT FUNDING. 
          BUT WE HAVE THINGS IN PLACE THAT WE'RE ALREADY ALREADY WORKING WITH THE FTA, AS FAR AS OUR PASSENGER MILES TRAVEL, OUR VEHICLE MILES TRAVEL. 
          THOSE ARE THINGS THAT WE DIDN'T HAVE TO CAPTURE IN THE PAST BECAUSE WE WERE CONSIDERED A SMALL URBAN SYSTEM. 
          AS WE GROW, EVERYTHING CHANGES FOR US, SO WE'RE HAVING TO CAPTURE THINGS AND DATA THAT WE WEREN'T CAPTURING IN THE PAST. 
          OUR PLAN IS TO BE ABLE TO PRESENT THAT TO THE FDA AND START TO BE ABLE TO SEE THAT FEDERAL FUNDING COME BACK TO US. 
          [01:40:01]
IT'LL BE A SLOW PROCESS. 
          IT WON'T HAPPEN QUICKLY, BUT IT WILL SOMETHING THAT WILL POSITIVELY AFFECT OUR GRANT FUNDING. 
          ALSO, OUR RIDERSHIP CONTINUES TO GO UP AS WELL. 
          THAT'S A KEY FACTOR AS WELL. 
          WE'RE SEEING SIGNIFICANT INCREASES IN RIDERSHIP, WHICH HELPS OUR FUNDING AS WELL. 
          >> I APPRECIATE YOU SPEAKING TO THAT. 
          I JUST WANT TO TAKE A QUICK OPPORTUNITY TO HIGHLIGHT THE PULLBACK IS NOW, BUT WE SEE IT AS TEMPORAL. 
          WE'LL GET BACK IN THAT LARGER POOL AND COMPETE. 
          BUT THEN YOU HAVE WHAT YOU NEED TO KEEP EVERY PROGRAM RUNNING WITH THIS BUDGET? 
          >> YES, I WOULD DO. 
          >> OKAY. 
          >> YES SIR. 
          >> THANK YOU. 
          >> THANK YOU. 
          >> WE'RE GOING TO SKIP OVER THE NEXT FEW PAGES IN YOUR BOOK BECAUSE THOSE ARE OUTLINING OUR STREET MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT. 
          WE'LL BE CIRCLING BACK TO THAT TOMORROW MORNING. 
          WE'LL MOVE ON TO TRAFFIC AND THE NUMBERS BEGIN ON PAGE 395. 
          WITH TRAFFIC, WE DO HAVE SOME CHANGES THAT WE'RE HOPING TO LOOK AT FOR THIS YEAR. 
          THEY ARE LOOKING TO ACTUALLY DO THIS IN A COST NEUTRAL WAY. 
          THEY'RE WANTING TO DO SOME BASICALLY SOME RE CLASSES FOR SOME OF THEIR POSITIONS, AND THEY'RE WILLING TO ELIMINATE A COUPLE OF THEIR VACANT POSITIONS THAT ARE NOT NEEDED IN ORDER TO FUND THE CHANGE IN PAY IN THE RE-CLASS OR I GUESS IT WOULD BE THE ADDITIONAL COST ASSOCIATED WITH THE RE-CLASSES ON IT. 
          DONNY, PLEASE JUMP IN AND HELP ME ON THIS. 
          I THINK IT WAS SIGNAL TECHNICIANS THAT THEY WERE LOOKING TO? 
          >> IT'S A SIGNAL TECHNICIAN, TOO, AND REALLY, IT'S MORE OF A PROGRAM THAN IT IS ANYTHING. 
          WE'RE TRYING TO CREATE A CAREER LADDER IN TRAFFIC. 
          THEY DEAL WITH A LOT OF HIGH VOLTAGE WHEN THEY'RE WORKING UP IN THOSE SIGNALS. 
          THIS CREATES A POSITION THAT THEY CAN COME IN AT AN ENTRY LEVEL AND WORK THEIR WAY THROUGH THOSE LADDERS TO POSSIBLY BECOME A SENIOR TECHNICIAN AT SOME POINT IN TIME. 
          BUT IT HELPS US WITH THAT, AND THE REORGANIZATION, I THINK IS A GOOD IDEA TO PROMOTE THOSE POSITIONS ARE A LITTLE BIT HARD TO FILL FOR US AT SOME POINT IN TIME. 
          WE HAVE SOME LONG TERM EMPLOYEES THAT ARE IN THOSE SENIOR POSITIONS THAT REALLY KNOW THE TRAFFIC SYSTEMS WELL. 
          THEY KNOW THE CONTROL PANELS REALLY WELL. 
          I THINK IT'S A VERY POSITIVE MOVE ON THEIR PART, ESPECIALLY THAT WE CAN KEEP IT NEUTRAL. 
          >> YES. I THINK IT WAS ELIMINATION OF A PART TIME AND A FULL TIME EMPLOYEE. 
          >> ALAN HAS DUG INTO THIS A LITTLE BIT DEEPER THAN I HAVE WHEN THEY WERE BUILDING THE PROGRAM, SO TO GIVE HIM AN OPPORTUNITY TO COME UP AND TALK A LITTLE BIT ABOUT WHY THEY'RE DOING WHAT THEY'RE DOING. 
          >> THANKS, STONEY [INAUDIBLE]. IT WAS ONE FULL TIME AND ONE PART TIME UTILITY WORKER. 
          THE REASON WE'RE DOING WHAT WE'RE DOING IS WE SAW SUCCESS IN THE FLEET SERVICES DIVISION WHEN THEY INTRODUCED SEVERAL YEARS AGO A STEP PROGRAM FOR MECHANICS. 
          SO FROM A FLEET MECHANIC APPRENTICE TO FLEET MECHANIC 1 TO FLEET MECHANIC 2, AND THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE VARIOUS LEVELS IS YEARS OF EXPERIENCE AND VARIOUS CERTIFICATIONS THAT THEY GET. 
          WE WANT TO BASICALLY MIMIC THAT IN THE TRAFFIC DIVISION, SO WE CAN HIRE SIGNAL TECHNICIAN APPRENTICES ONCE THEY HAVE A CERTAIN NUMBER OF YEARS OF EXPERIENCE AND SPECIFIC CERTIFICATIONS FROM TRAFFIC INSTITUTES. 
          THEY CAN PROMOTE TECHNICIAN 1, AND THEN ULTIMATELY TECHNICIAN 2, SO WE'RE AIMING TO IMPROVE RETENTION. 
          AS DONNY MENTIONED, WE HAVE ONE OR TWO EMPLOYEES THAT HAVE BEEN HERE FOR A VERY LONG TIME ARE KEY, BUT WE SEE A LOT OF TURNOVER WITH NEWER EMPLOYEES. THAT'S REALLY THE GOAL. 
          >> IF THERE'S NOTHING ELSE ON TRAFFIC, THEN LET'S MOVE ON TO AIRPORT. 
          IN YOUR BOOK, IF YOU'LL JUST TURN A COUPLE PAGES HERE. 
          WE'VE ALREADY TALKED ABOUT AIRPORT YESTERDAY AS WE WERE GOING THROUGH THE CASH FLOWS, BUT THE NUMBERS ASSOCIATED WITH AIRPORT ARE ON PAGE 405. 
          WHEN WE WERE LOOKING AT THE AIRPORT BUDGET YESTERDAY, I MENTIONED, THERE WERE SOME REVENUE ADJUSTMENTS, AND I THINK THOSE ARE BUILT INTO SOME OF THE AGREEMENTS THAT WE HAVE. 
          THEY'RE KEEPING TRACK OF THAT EACH MONTH, AND THEN I BELIEVE THEY'RE ALSO LOOKING TO ADJUST PARKING FEES. 
          THEY HAVE THAT STRATEGICALLY PLANNED OUT OVER SEVERAL YEARS, AND IT'S NOT ADJUSTING PARKING FEES EVERY YEAR, IT'S STRATEGICALLY, I THINK EVERY 2-3 YEARS. 
          THIS UPCOMING YEAR WOULD BE A YEAR THAT WE WOULD BE LOOKING TO ADJUST THOSE PARKING FEES. 
          AS YOU MAY HAVE NOTICED, IF YOU'VE BEEN OUT TO OUR AIRPORT FACILITY LATELY. 
          THERE ARE SOME MAJOR IMPROVEMENTS GOING ON TO THE PARKING AREAS, AND SO I THINK THEY'RE LOOKING TO WRAP THOSE UP. 
          I'M NOT SURE OF THE TIMELINE ON THAT. 
          I'M NOT SURE IF RICH KNOWS OR MIKE, IF YOU KNOW, OFF THE TOP OF YOUR HEAD. IN DECEMBER. 
          >> DECEMBER. 
          >> PERFECT. THOSE WILL BE COMING TO A CLOSE RIGHT AS THE PARKING FEE ADJUSTMENTS ARE GOING TO BE GOING THROUGH. 
          [01:45:05]
I KNOW THAT WAS SOME HEARTBURN I HAD, BUT THEY'LL BE WRAPPING THOSE UP AND HAVE SOME IMPROVEMENTS OUT THERE AT THOSE PARKING FACILITIES. 
          I THINK THAT COULD BE A WIN FOR OUR AIRPORT AREA. 
          I DO KNOW THAT AIRPORT HAS INCLUDED IN THEIR BUDGET, THE ADDITION, I BELIEVE, OF A NEW CUSTODIAN. 
          ANYONE WHO TRAVELS, CLEAN AIRPORT FACILITIES IS ALWAYS A TOP PRIORITY OR I KNOW IT IS FOR MYSELF AND MY FAMILY AS WE TRAVEL. 
          THAT IS SOMETHING THAT I KNOW MIKE AND HIS TEAM PRIDE THEMSELVES ON. 
          I THINK THEY'RE WANTING TO MAKE SURE THAT THEIR TEAM IS AT A LEVEL THAT IT NEEDS TO BE TO PROVIDE THAT QUALITY OF SERVICE THAT OUR CUSTOMERS ARE DEMANDING. 
          THEY'RE LOOKING TO ADD ONE, LET ME MAKE SURE THAT'S CORRECT. 
          YES, ONE CUSTODIAN ONE POSITION, SIT WOULD BE LIKE AN ENTRY LEVEL TYPE CUSTODIAN POSITION, JUST TO KEEP UP WITH THE QUALITY OF THAT. 
          DID YOU HAVE A QUESTION BEFORE I KEPT GOING? 
          >> JUST ABOUT THE AIRPORT. 
          >> OVERALL? 
          >> OVERALL. 
          >> LET ME I'LL JUST MENTION A COUPLE OF OTHER THINGS THEN. 
          IF YOU'LL REMEMBER BACK TO THE CASH FLOWS, AND LET ME FLIP BACK THERE JUST REAL QUICK. 
          I WANTED TO REMIND YOU ALL OF A COUPLE OF THINGS RELATED TO AIRPORT. 
          HANG ON, LET ME FIND THE PAGE REAL QUICK. 
          LET'S SEE HERE THERE'S DRAINAGE. 
          IF YOU GO BACK TO PAGE 41 IN YOUR BOOKS, IT SHOWED YOUR AIRPORT FUND CASH FLOWS. 
          THEY'RE LOOKING TO ACHIEVE ABOUT $7.7 MILLION IN CAPITAL SPENDING THIS NEXT YEAR. 
          A FAIR PORTION OF THAT IS GOING TO BE COMING FROM THE FAA. 
          IF YOU LOOK UP IN THAT GRANT INCOME LINE, THEY'RE LOOKING TO RECEIVE GRANT FUNDING TO THE TUNE OF ABOUT $4.5 MILLION. 
          THAT IS A HUGE WIN THAT WE HAVE THE ABILITY TO PARTNER WITH THE FAA ON THOSE GRANT PROJECTS. 
          HISTORICALLY, THE MATCHING, IT WAS A 90/10 MATCH THE AIRPORT WAS PUTTING IN 10%, BUT THAT HAS BEEN REDUCED TO A 5% MATCH. 
          THAT'S A GREAT WIN. 
          THEY'RE ABLE TO ACHIEVE A SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT OF CONTINUED CAPITAL OUT AT THE AIRPORT. 
          IF YOU ARE CURIOUS OF WHAT THEY ARE PLANNING TO DO THIS YEAR, YOU FLIP BACK TO PAGE 655, AND WE'LL TALK A LITTLE BIT MORE ABOUT THIS LATER. 
          ON PAGE 655 AT THE BOTTOM, THERE'S A SECTION TOWARDS THE BOTTOM THERE THAT OUTLINES, AND I HOPE EVERYBODY HAS THEIR READING GLASSES ON, BECAUSE THIS PRINT IS A LITTLE BIT SMALL. 
          BUT YOU'LL SEE AN OUTLINE OF WHAT THAT $7.7 MILLION IS GOING TO GO TOWARDS AND OF THAT, ABOUT 4.8 IS GOING TO COME OUT OF THE AIRPORT OUT OF THEIR FUNDS. 
          THE BIGGEST TWO PROJECTS IS THEY HAVE TERMINAL AIR HANDLERS, DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF 1.2, AND THEN THEY HAVE A PARKING FACILITY EXPANSION OF 2.8. 
          AS THEY'RE ROLLING OR FINISHING UP SOME OF THESE PARK CHANGES THAT THEY'RE WORKING ON PARKING IMPROVEMENTS THAT THEY'RE WORKING ON, THERE'S ANOTHER PHASE THAT THEY'RE HOPING TO ACHIEVE THROUGH THIS, AND I BELIEVE AND I ALWAYS GET THIS WRONG, BUT IT'S THOSE PAY TERMINALS AS YOU'RE GOING THROUGH. 
          I CAN'T REMEMBER WHAT THE CORRECT TERM IS ON THAT, BUT THEY'RE WANTING TO DO IMPROVEMENTS TO THAT. 
          WE WORK WITH A THIRD PARTY TO PROVIDE THE ACTUAL PARKING SERVICES, BUT THEY ARE PART OF OUR TEAM, AND THEIR FACILITIES ARE OLD AND IN MUCH NEED OF IMPROVEMENTS. 
          UNFORTUNATELY, THAT IS NOT SOMETHING THAT THE FAA WILL PARTNER WITH US ON BECAUSE WE MAKE MONEY OFF OF THE PARKING REVENUES, AS YOU KNOW, AND SO THEY'RE WANTING TO PUT IMPROVEMENTS INTO THOSE EXIT FACILITIES WHERE YOU PAY UPON LEAVING THE PARKING FACILITIES AT THE AIRPORT. 
          THAT'S PROBABLY ONE OF THE OTHER BIG PROJECTS, AND I KNOW THEY WERE TRYING TO FIND A WAY TO PUT IT THROUGH THE BUDGET IN PRIOR YEARS AND HADN'T BEEN ABLE TO. 
          I THINK THIS IS A HUGE WIN FROM THE AIRPORT STANDPOINT TO GET THIS APPROVED HOPEFULLY IN THE BUDGET THIS YEAR. 
          THEN YOU'LL SEE A COUPLE OF OTHER THINGS AIRCRAFT RESCUE AND FIRE FIGHTING CRASH PHONE SYSTEM. 
          WITH MOST OF THAT. 
          THE FUNDING $1.1 MILLION COMING FROM FAA AND ONLY 60,000 FROM AIRPORT. 
          THEN THEY'VE GOT SOME TAXIWAY AND ASSOCIATED SHOULDERS AND RUNWAY PAD REHABILITATION DESIGN. 
          THE BULK OF THAT WILL COME FROM THE FAA, GIS PROGRAM ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT, MOST OF THAT COMING FROM THE FAA AS WELL, 
          [01:50:01]
A MASTER PLAN UPDATE, WHICH FAA REQUIRES, AND ALSO IS GOING TO FUND THE MAJORITY OF THAT. 
          THEY'RE LOOKING TO DEMOLISH SOME OLDER BUILDINGS OUT THERE. 
          THAT WILL BE OUT OF THEIR POCKET. 
          THEN FINALLY, TERMINAL CHIMNEY REPAIRS, WHICH WILL BE COMING OUT OF AIRPORTS BUDGET AS WELL. 
          GETTING SOME REALLY GOOD PROJECTS ACROSS THE FINISH LINE ONCE THIS BUDGET IS APPROVED BY COUNCIL WITH A LOT OF IT COMING FROM ACTUAL FEDERAL FUNDING. 
          THAT'S A HUGE WIN. THAT'S PROBABLY THE BULK OF WHAT WE'RE LOOKING AT BIG CHANGES STANDPOINT FROM THE AIRPORT FOR THIS NEXT YEAR. 
          COUNCILMEMBER TIPPS, DID YOU HAVE A QUESTION? 
          >> JUST A QUESTION, AND MY IGNORANCE, WHAT IS THE EAST SIDE OF THE AIRPORT USED FOR? LIKE WHEN YOU WALK IN, YOU GO TO THE TERMINALS AND YOU DO ALL THAT. 
          WHAT IS THAT EAST SIDE? 
          >> THE EAST SIDE IS NOT USED AT ALL. 
          >> TO COUNCILMAN PRESCOTT'S GREAT SUGGESTION. [OVERLAPPING] 
          >> I'M SORRY, THE EAST SIDE OR THE WEST SIDE, OR ARE YOU TALKING ABOUT, LIKE? 
          >> I GUESS [INAUDIBLE]. 
          >> BY THE CONTROL TOWER, THAT SIDE'S NOT USED AT ALL. 
          >> IS IT FINISHED OUT? 
          >> NO, THAT'S WHERE THE OLD TERMINAL IS CURRENTLY? 
          >> ARE YOU TALKING ABOUT THE LAND OR THE ACTUAL BUILDING OF THE AIRPORT? 
          >> THE BUILDING ITSELF. 
          >> INSIDE THE AIRPORT. 
          >> THE BUILDING ITSELF. 
          >> IS THAT ALL ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES MIKE? 
          >> LOOKS LIKE THERE'S CONFERENCE SPACE AND THERE'S THAT KIND OF THING. IS IT UTILIZED? 
          >> OH, YES. 
          >> THAT'S MIKE'S OFFICE SPACE. 
          >> THAT'S YOUR OFFICE SPACE. 
          >> FOR ADMINISTRATOR. 
          >> THAT'S WHERE YOU AND YOUR STAFF ARE? 
          >> YES. 
          >> WOULD WANT TO RENT THAT OUT AND MAKE SOME MONEY? [LAUGHTER] JUST KIDDING. 
          >> I DO RENT THE CONFERENCE ROOMS OUT OCCASIONALLY. 
          >> I WAS JUST CURIOUS. I DIDN'T KNOW HOW MUCH SPACE WE HAD OVER THERE THAT WAS UTILIZED AND WASN'T? BECAUSE THE SHARED WORKSPACE, I THOUGHT THAT MIGHT BE A PLACE THAT WE DO. 
          THANK YOU. IT'S UTILIZED. 
          CONFERENCE ROOMS. THANKS, MIKE. APPRECIATE IT. 
          >> MIKE, WHILE WE GOT YOU. THE AIRPORT IMPROVEMENTS ARE GREAT, AND WE ALL SEE THEM, AND YOU HATE TO SAY LONG OVERDUE, BUT YOU WORKED FOR A LONG TIME TO GET TO WHERE YOU CAN GET AN ELEVATOR THAT YOU CAN GET UP AND DOWN AND SOME STUFF THAT'S GOOD. 
          THEN ALL THE TERMINALS ON THE INSIDE IT LOOKS GOOD. 
          IN THE PROJECTION, THE FORECAST, THAT WE'RE GOING TO HAVE SOME GOOD BUSINESS TRAVEL COMING HERE. 
          WE'RE GOING TO SEE MORE TRAVEL. 
          WHERE ARE YOU GUYS WITH ATTRACTING THAT NEXT AIRLINE? WHAT DOES IT LOOK LIKE FOR YOU? CAN WE GET THAT SANDPIPER AIRLINE THAT MEETS THAT NICHE MARKET THAT'S MORE BUSINESS TRAVEL? WHAT DO YOU NEED FROM US THAT COULD HELP PREPARE FOR THAT OVER THE NEXT COUPLE OF YEARS? 
          >> SURE. A LOT OF WHAT THE AIRLINES DO IS LOOK AT PAST DATA, SO IT'S VERY DIFFICULT TO GET DATA THAT WE DON'T HAVE ON WHAT'S COMING. 
          WE ARE COMMUNICATING WITH THE AIRLINES RIGHT NOW TO TELL THEM, LISTEN, THIS IS WHAT'S COMING, THIS IS WHAT WE'RE EXPECTING. 
          NOW, WITH THE ADVENT OF THE DATA CENTER AND EVERYTHING, I THINK WE'RE GOING TO SEE SOME ADDITIONAL TRAFFIC FROM THAT MAYBE SIGNIFICANTLY. 
          WE'RE DEFINITELY TALKING TO THEM. 
          THEY'LL REACT PRETTY QUICKLY IF THEY'RE SEEING SOME NEW UPTICK IN THE ACTUAL AMOUNT OF TRAVELERS, SO I THINK WE'LL FARE PRETTY WELL WITH THAT. 
          AS FOR NEW AIRLINES, THE INDUSTRY RIGHT NOW IS NOT CONDUCIVE TO GETTING NEW AIRLINES IN MOST LOCATIONS UNLESS THERE'S A VERY SPECIFIC NEED. 
          WE DID LOOK AT A COUPLE OF AIRLINES THAT YOU ALL HAVE SUGGESTED RECENTLY AND I'VE HAD CONVERSATIONS WITH THEM, AND WE'VE GIVEN THEM A LOT OF DATA THAT WE HAVE AND TOLD THEM WHAT'S COMING. 
          RIGHT NOW THERE'S NOTHING I CAN SAY THAT WE NEED SPECIFICALLY. 
          HOWEVER, IN THE FUTURE, SOME OF THOSE AIRLINES, IF WE'RE TRYING TO BE REALLY ON THE CUTTING EDGE OF THINGS, ARE GOING TO REQUEST THINGS LIKE REVENUE GUARANTEES AND OTHER THINGS THAT WE AT THE AIRPORT, MAY NOT BE ABLE TO WEATHER THE STORM OF THAT REQUEST. 
          HOW THE CITY IS INVOLVED IN THAT, HAS YET TO TO SEEN AND NEGOTIATED OUT, THE COMMUNITY MAY HAVE TO PUT SOME MONEY IN OR SOME GUARANTEES IN AS WELL. 
          IT DEPENDS ON WHAT THE SERVICE IS, WHAT THE AIRLINE IS, AND WHAT EXACTLY WE'RE REQUESTING. 
          >> JUST MARKET DRIVEN. 
          BUT THEN IN THE WAY OF BEING PREPPED AND READY, YOU'RE PREPPED, YOU'RE READY. 
          WHEN THAT MARKET DRIVES THAT NEXT PIECE, YOU CAN HANDLE THAT? 
          >> YES, SIR. ESPECIALLY SINCE A LOT OF THAT IS DEPENDENT UPON TERMINAL SPACE AND THINGS LIKE THAT, AND WE HAVE THE SPACE TO HANDLE THAT, SO YES. 
          >> THANK YOU, MIKE. 
          >> THE 2.8 MILLION FOR A PARKING FACILITY, 
          [01:55:03]
SO THAT'S NOT TO ADD NEW PARKING. 
          IT'S JUST TO RECONFIGURE THE WHEN YOU EXIT FROM THE PAY PARKING? 
          >> YES, IT'S BASICALLY A NEW PAY PLAZA. 
          THE OLD PAY PLAZA THAT'S THERE NOW IS VERY OLD AND HAS BEEN FALLING APART FOR A LONG TIME, SO I'VE BEEN TRYING TO REPLACE IT FOR THE PAST COUPLE OF YEARS, AND SO WE'RE LOOKING TO REPLACE THAT WHOLE WHOLE PIECE. 
          THAT'S PART OF THE ORIGINAL DESIGN OF THE NEW PARKING LOT, THE REHAB OF THE PARKING LOTS. 
          THAT'S ALL LIKE I SAID, IT'S ALL PART OF THAT BASIC PROJECT AND DESIGN. 
          IT'S ALREADY BEEN DESIGNED OUT. 
          IT'S JUST A MATTER OF GETTING IT ACTUALLY CONSTRUCTED. 
          >> I KNOW DURING THE CONSTRUCTION WE'VE HAD SOME OVERFLOW, DURING THE SUMMER. 
          ONCE WE GET THIS COMPLETED, HOW ARE WE ON PARKING SPACES TO BE ABLE TO HANDLE EVEN THE PEAK TIMES? 
          >> PEAK TIMES, ONCE THE CONSTRUCTION IS DONE, WE SHOULD BE VERY GOOD WITH THAT. 
          HOWEVER, WE ARE ALREADY PLANNING FOR AN ADDITIONAL OUTDOOR PARKING LOT TO HANDLE ANY OVERFLOW. 
          WE'LL HAVE ANOTHER APPROXIMATELY IN PHASE 1 OF THAT WOULD BE ABOUT 100 SPOTS, SO WE'LL BE GOOD WITH THAT. 
          BECAUSE EVEN DURING OUR THANKSGIVING AND CHRISTMAS HOLIDAY THIS LAST YEAR, THE OVERFLOW LOT THAT WE CREATED FROM SOME OTHER AREAS ENDED UP ONLY TAKING A FEW CARS DURING THOSE HOLIDAY PERIODS, I THINK WE'LL BE FINE. 
          >> IS IT OFTEN THAT THE PARKING GARAGE GETS 100% FULL? 
          >> RIGHT NOW, IT IS. USUALLY, IT'S MAYBE ONCE A WEEK DURING THE SUMMER. 
          BUT RIGHT NOW DURING THE CONSTRUCTION, IT'S ALMOST EVERY DAYS. 
          >> OBVIOUSLY, WE'RE SPOILED BECAUSE MOST PEOPLE HAVE GOT IT DOWN TO THE MINUTE MARK THAT THEY CAN GET OUT THERE, SO THEY PUSH IT ALL THE WAY THERE SO THAT THEY CAN STILL BOARD. 
          BUT WHEN THEY GET OUT THERE AND THEY FIND THAT THERE'S PARKING SITUATIONS, THEN THEY HAVE TO ADJUST AND THEY GET MAD AT YOU. 
          BUT IF THERE'S A PARKING ISSUE EITHER IN THE PARKING GARAGE OR ON SITE, THERE A WAY THAT WE NOTIFY PEOPLE BEFORE, MAYBE THEY'RE JUST WALKING AROUND DRIVING AROUND, LOOKING FOR A PARKING SPACE OR HOW DO PEOPLE FIND OUT IF THEY NEED TO GO AHEAD AND GO TO ULTERIOR PARKING? 
          >> SURE. USUALLY THE PARKING COMPANY THAT WE HAVE THAT MANAGES IT, IS ABLE TO TELL THEM AHEAD OF TIME AND CLOSE IT OFF RIGHT BEFORE IT GETS TO FULL. 
          USUALLY THERE'S A COUPLE OF SPOTS LEFT FOR HANDICAPPED AND THAT THING, BUT THEY'LL COMMUNICATE WITH THEM AS BEST THEY CAN. 
          THEN IF UNABLE TO FIND A SPOT, THEN WE SEND THEM ACROSS THE STREET TO THE PARKING COMPANY ACROSS THE STREET. 
          >> IS IT OF SUCH AN ISSUE THAT IN THE FUTURE, YOU MAY WANT SIGNAGE SO THAT PEOPLE BECAUSE RIGHT NOW THEY FIND OUT WHEN THEY GET THERE AND THEY CAN'T GET IN AND HOW DO THEY GET TOLD TO GO ACROSS THE STREET? 
          >> I THINK IN THE FUTURE, THAT'LL BE SLIGHTLY IMPROVED WITH THE NEW SYSTEMS THAT WE HAVE GOING IN. 
          >> GREAT. THANK YOU. BY THE WAY, YOU GIVE TOURS TO THE AIRPORT TOO, IN CASE COUNCILMEMBER TIPPS WANTS TO GO SEE WHAT THE OFFICE SPACE IS BEING USED FOR. 
          >> THANK YOU [INAUDIBLE]. APPRECIATE THAT. 
          >> PUT THAT IN THERE. 
          >> ANY TIME. 
          >> YES, SIR. 
          >> EXCELLENT. IF THERE'S NOTHING ELSE ON AIRPORT, WE'RE GOING TO SWITCH GEARS ALTOGETHER AND JUMP OVER INTO OUR HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES AREA. 
          WE'RE GOING TO START WITH VITAL STATISTICS ON PAGE 541. 
          >> VITAL STATISTICS IS ALSO RUN BY THE DIRECTION OF JENNIFER GONZALEZ THAT IS OVER OUR MIA MARIO TEAM AND OUR UTILITY BILLING TEAM. 
          THIS IS A DEPARTMENT THAT'S HOUSED DOWNSTAIRS IN THAT MAIN AREA ALONG WITH WHERE YOU CAN GO AND START OR STOP UTILITY SERVICE OR PAY A WATER BILL. 
          VITAL STATISTICS IS IN THERE AS WELL, AND THEY ISSUE THE BIRTH AND THE DEATH RECORDS FOR POTTER AND RENO COUNTY. 
          THEIR VOLUME HAS CONTINUED TO GROW AND GROW YEAR OVER YEAR WHEN THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SAFETY MADE CHANGES A COUPLE OF YEARS AGO WHERE YOU HAD TO PRESENT A VALID BIRTH CERTIFICATE IN ORDER TO RENEW YOUR LICENSE OR GET THAT MY ID OR WHATEVER IT'S CALLED. 
          THEIR NUMBERS JUST SKYROCKETED. 
          WE HAVE A LOT OF FOOT TRAFFIC, PHONE TRAFFIC, AND ONLINE SUBMISSIONS. 
          YOU CAN SUBMIT FOR A BIRTH OR DEATH RECORD ONLINE. 
          THIS IS A VERY SMALL TEAM CONSISTING OF ABOUT THREE PEOPLE IN THE GENERAL FUND, BUT IS ALSO SUPPORTED BY SOME OF THE UTILITY BILLING STAFF BECAUSE THEY'RE ALL IN THE SHARED SPACE, AND THERE IS A LOT MORE VOLUME THAN THREE PEOPLE CAN HANDLE THROUGH OUR VITAL STATISTICS AREA. 
          WE HISTORICALLY HAVE ONLY HAD ONE EMPLOYEE IN THE GENERAL FUND, AND WE'VE BEEN SLOWLY TRYING TO ABSORB A FEW MORE OF THOSE EMPLOYEES THAT TRULY DO EXCLUSIVELY WORK ON VITAL STATISTICS OVER INTO THE GENERAL FUND. 
          [02:00:06]
YOU'LL SEE THAT COSTS HAVE GONE UP A LITTLE BIT, BUT THAT'S AS WE'RE TRYING TO TRULY PUT THOSE EMPLOYEES IN THE CORRECT FUND WHERE THEY'RE DOING THE WORK. 
          THEY DO BRING IN QUITE A BIT OF REVENUE AND ALMOST FULLY SELF-SUPPORT, BUT NOT QUITE FROM THAT STANDPOINT, AND THOSE ARE ALL FEES THAT ARE OUTLINED BY STATE LAW OF WHAT THEY CAN CHARGE ON IT. 
          WE'RE CAPTURING WHAT WE CAN ACCORDING TO STATE LAW. 
          ANY QUESTIONS ABOUT VITAL STATISTICS? IF NOT, WE'RE GOING TO SWITCH OVER AND TALK ABOUT COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT. 
          NOW, I WANT TO LOOK AT THIS A LITTLE BIT DIFFERENT WAY. 
          IF YOU'LL REMEMBER BACK TO YESTERDAY, I HAD MENTIONED THAT WE WERE GOING TO SKIP OVER ALL OF THE SPECIAL REVENUE FUND CASH FLOWS, AND WE WERE GOING TO GO OVER THEM TODAY. 
          THAT'S WHAT WE'RE GOING TO DO NOW. 
          IF YOU WANT TO TURN IN YOUR BOOK, STARTING WITH PAGE 81, YES. 
          >> I DID HAVE A QUICK QUESTION ON GOING BACK TO THE HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES. 
          >> YES. 
          >> WHY IS ON LINE 2502, PAGE 538? WHY IS A BIOTERRORISM GRANT IN HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES, NOT IN LAW ENFORCEMENT? 
          >> THAT IS A GRANT, I BELIEVE THAT IS FACILITATED. LET'S SEE HERE. 
          OH, NO, THAT'S ONE OF CASEY'S GRANTS, IS THAT CORRECT? CASEY? YES. THAT'S A PUBLIC HEALTH GRANT. 
          WE'LL BE TALKING ABOUT THAT HERE IN A LITTLE BIT. 
          DO YOU WANT TO STEP UP AND GIVE A LITTLE BIT OF INFORMATION ABOUT THAT? 
          >> I WAS JUST CURIOUS WHY IT WAS, I MEAN, IT SEEMS A LITTLE MORE LAW ENFORCEMENT THAN I BET I'M WRONG. 
          >> IT WAS TRADITIONALLY CALLED BIOTERRORISM. 
          NOW, IT'S CALLED THE PUBLIC HEALTH EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS GRANT. 
          >> OKAY. 
          >> YES, SIR. 
          >> THANK YOU. 
          >> IF YOU ALL WANT TO TURN IN YOUR BOOKS TO PAGE 81, WE'RE GOING TO LOOK AT ALL OF OUR GRANT DEPARTMENTS FROM THE 10,000-FOOT LEVEL. 
          IF YOU ALL WOULD LIKE TO STOP AND DIG IN A LITTLE BIT DEEPER ON SOME OF THESE, WE ABSOLUTELY CAN, BUT I WANTED TO START WALKING THROUGH THESE FROM A HIGHER LEVEL, AND WE'VE GOT OUR SUBJECT MATTER EXPERTS IN HERE IF THERE'S QUESTIONS THAT EITHER I OR RICH CANNOT ANSWER RELATED TO A LOT OF THESE. 
          WITH OUR GRANT FUNDS, WITH OUR SPECIAL REVENUE FUNDS, THE BULK OF THESE, THE MAJORITY OF THEIR FUNDING IS COMING FROM EITHER A FEDERAL GRANT OR A STATE GRANT. 
          WE ARE BOUND BY WHAT THOSE GRANT RESTRICTIONS ARE. 
          WE DO NOT DO ADDITIONAL WORK, WE DO WHAT THE GRANT DICTATES. 
          IF WE DON'T DO WHAT THE GRANT DICTATES, WE DO NOT GET THE GRANT FUNDING. 
          IN MOST CASES, AS WE'RE LOOKING THROUGH THE SPECIAL REVENUE FUNDS. 
          THESE ARE JUST OUR BEST GUESSES FOR THE YEAR OF HOW MUCH FUNDING WE THINK WE ARE GOING TO GET. 
          THEY HAVE BUILT THEIR BUDGETS OFF OF THEIR ANTICIPATED FUNDING FOR THE UPCOMING YEAR. 
          HOWEVER, AS THOSE GRANTS START COMING IN AND WE GET THOSE ACTUAL AWARDS, THEY WILL ADJUST THEIR OPERATIONS AS NEEDED. 
          HOPEFULLY, THEY WILL EXPAND OPERATIONS, BUT IT DOESN'T ALWAYS WORK THAT WAY. 
          SOMETIMES WE HAVE GRANT CUTS. 
          WE HAVE BEEN IN A WORLD OF A LITTLE BIT UNCERTAINTY FROM THE GRANT STANDPOINT, JUST WITH SOME CHANGES IN ADMINISTRATION. 
          OUR TEAMS ARE VERY GOOD TO PAY ATTENTION TO WHAT'S GOING ON AT THE FEDERAL LEVEL TO ENSURE THAT THEY CAN MAKE MODIFICATIONS QUICKLY IN CASE GRANT FUNDING IS REDUCED OR POTENTIALLY ELIMINATED. 
          THEY ARE NOT WANTING TO PUT ANY BURDEN BACK ON THE GENERAL FUND WHERE POSSIBLE. 
          OUR TEAMS HAVE BEEN VERY INNOVATIVE IN THE WAY THEY ARE STRETCHING THEIR GRANT DOLLARS AND THE WAY THAT THEY ALSO RE-ALLOCATE PERSONNEL TO OTHER AREAS THAT DO HAVE FUNDING IF WE START FEELING A SQUEEZE ON A PARTICULAR GRANT. 
          IN OUR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AREA, ON PAGE 81, YOU'LL SEE THAT WE ARE ANTICIPATING ABOUT JUST UNDER A MILLION AND HALF OF FUNDING FOR THE YEAR. 
          THERE'S A LOT OF PROGRAMS THAT ARE RUNNING THROUGH YOUR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AREA. 
          AGAIN, THESE ARE OUR ESTIMATES FOR THE YEAR, AND THEY WILL PROVIDE OPERATIONS BASED ON WHAT THE ACTUAL GRANT AWARD COMES IN. 
          COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT, WE'RE ANTICIPATING A LITTLE BIT PULLBACK ON SOME OF THE GRANT FUNDING, BUT STILL REMAIN A VERY GOOD GRANT FUNDING SOURCE TO OUR COMMUNITY. 
          THE NEXT ONE OVER IS OUR HOUSING ASSISTANCE PROGRAM. 
          THAT IS ONE OF OUR LARGEST GRANTS THAT WE RECEIVE HERE AT THE CITY. 
          YOU'LL SEE THAT WE'RE ANTICIPATING ABOUT A LITTLE OVER $12.5 MILLION COMING IN THROUGH HUD TO HELP SUPPORT HOUSING ASSISTANCE HERE IN OUR COMMUNITY. 
          [02:05:07]
THAT IS ONE THAT THEY RUN A VOUCHERS PROGRAM THROUGH THERE, AND THEY ARE ALWAYS LOOKING FOR WAYS AS FUNDING IS AVAILABLE TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF VOUCHERS THAT ARE GOING OUT IN OUR COMMUNITY. 
          MY UNDERSTANDING IS THERE'S USUALLY A PRETTY SIGNIFICANT WAIT LIST. 
          WE NEVER HAVE A SHORTAGE OF PEOPLE NEEDING TO UTILIZE THOSE SERVICES, BUT WE ARE CONTINGENT ON HOW MUCH GRANT FUNDING COMES THROUGH ON HOUSING ASSISTANCE. 
          IF YOU'LL TURN THE PAGE TO PAGE 82, OUR HOME INVESTMENT PARTNERSHIP PROGRAM, ANOTHER STRONG FUNDING SOURCE THAT WE RECEIVE AT ABOUT A MILLION AND HALF. 
          THIS IS A GRANT THAT REQUIRES A MATCH TO COME IN FROM THE GENERAL FUNDS. 
          WE ARE LOOKING TO MATCH THE GRANT FUNDING TO THE TUNE OF ABOUT 319,000 FOR THIS NEXT YEAR. 
          THAT HAS BEEN INCLUDED, AND WE TALKED ABOUT THAT YESTERDAY WHEN WE WERE TALKING ABOUT THE GENERAL FUND TRANSFERS DEPARTMENT, WE TALKED ABOUT THE GRANT PROGRAM, I'M SORRY, THE MATCH FOR THE GRANT PROGRAM IN OUR HOME DEPARTMENT. 
          ONE THING I WANTED TO GO BACK REAL QUICK ON. 
          YOU'LL GO BACK TO PAGE 81, IN YOUR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT FUND. 
          THIS IS WHERE WE WOULD LOOK AT SHIFTING THAT LEASE PAYMENT TO THE GSRC FOR THE DAY CENTER THROUGH THIS AREA. 
          YOU WOULD SEE A TRANSFER OUT OF GENERAL FUND, A TRANSFER COMING INTO THIS COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT, AND THEN A PAYMENT GOING OUT OF THIS COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT TO THE GUYON SANDERS RESOURCE CENTER. 
          I THINK IT MAY BE CALLED SOMETHING ELSE NOW FOR THE LEASE PAYMENT. 
          THAT'S HOW THAT WOULD BE FACILITATED BASED ON THE RECOMMENDATION THAT COUNCIL MADE YESTERDAY. 
          THE NEXT ONE OVER ON PAGE 82 IS TRANSFORMATION PARK. 
          WE DO HAVE FUNDING THAT WE ARE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE BASED ON OUR MEMO OF UNDERSTANDING, AND TRANSFORMATION PARK, THE CITY OWNS THE FACILITIES THERE AT THE NIGHT SHELTER, AND WE ARE REQUIRED ACCORDING TO THE MOU, TO PROVIDE ALL OF THE UTILITIES THERE AT THAT FACILITY, AND ALSO THE BASIC REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE AT THAT FACILITY. 
          WE ARE PLANNING TO RUN THOSE THROUGH THIS NEW FUND, THIS TRANSFORMATION PARK FUND OF 2035. 
          WE CAN KEEP TRACK OF IT AND SET IT APART SO WE CAN EASILY REPORT ON HOW MUCH FUNDING IS GOING THROUGH TO TRANSFORMATION PARK. 
          THESE ARE ESTIMATES FOR NEXT YEAR, OUR BEST ESTIMATES AS THAT FACILITY HAS ONLY BEEN IN OPERATION FOR A FEW MONTHS, SO WE HAVEN'T SEEN A FULL YEAR OF OPERATIONS YET FROM THAT STANDPOINT. 
          ALSO LOOKING TO BRING MARK ZIMMERMAN TO THE AUGUST 26 COUNCIL MEETING TO DO AN UPDATE TO COUNSEL. 
          HE WANTS TO TELL YOU HOW THE FIRST, I GUESS, 90 DAYS OR SO OF OPERATIONS HAVE GONE, WHERE THEY'RE AT RIGHT NOW, WHAT SUCCESSES THEY'VE HAD, WHAT CHALLENGES THEY'VE SEEN, AND THEN DISCUSS POTENTIALLY SOME REQUESTS FOR SOME ADDITIONAL SECURITY MEASURES. 
          I'VE GOT HIM EARMARKED ON YOUR AGENDA FOR AUGUST 26 TO DISCUSS THAT. 
          THE NEXT ONE OVER ON PAGE 82 IS OUR SHELTER PLUS CARE PROGRAM, AND THAT ONE ALSO IS FULLY GRANT-FUNDED. 
          AS WE GO ON THROUGH THE GRANTS, PAGE 83 A HOUSING STABILITY SERVICES THAT GRANT IS NO LONGER REALLY AN ACTIVE GRANT AT THIS POINT. 
          WE HAVE OUR COC PLANNING GRANT IN THE MIDDLE THERE. 
          WE GET SOME GRANT FUNDING IN AND THEN EXPEND SOME OF THOSE DOLLARS OUT IN THE COMMUNITY BASED ON THOSE GRANT FUNDS COMING IN. 
          WE HAVE OUR COMING HOME PROJECT THERE ON PAGE 83. 
          THE CITY OF AMARO DOES PUT IN A SET AMOUNT EACH YEAR, AND I BELIEVE IT'S AROUND 168,000, IF I REMEMBER CORRECTLY OFF THE TOP OF MY HEAD, THAT IS GOING TO HELP WITH BASICALLY, LIKE A GRANT MATCH, I BELIEVE, THROUGH THE COMING HOME PROJECT THEY'VE BEEN ABLE. 
          WE HAD TO PUT THE FIRST DOLLARS TOWARDS THAT COMING HOME PROGRAM, AND THEN THEY WERE ABLE TO GO OUT AND START SECURING SOME OTHER RESOURCES TO HELP THAT PROGRAM. 
          THAT ONE'S BEEN IN EXISTENCE NOW FOR OVER FIVE YEARS. 
          I KNOW FOR SURE AT THIS POINT IN TIME, AND I THINK IT'S BEEN VERY SUCCESSFUL. 
          AS YOU TURN THE PAGE ON PAGE 84, WE'VE GOT OUR TEXAS EMERGENCY SOLUTION GRANT. 
          AGAIN, THIS ONE IS FULLY GRANT-FUNDED, PROVIDING RESOURCES OUT IN THE COMMUNITY THERE JUST FROM GRANT DOLLARS WITH NO GENERAL FUND OR SALES TAX OR PROPERTY TAX DOLLARS GOING IN THERE AS WELL. 
          THE NEXT ONE OVER IS OUR HMIS GRANT. 
          THIS IS ONE THAT IS USED TO HELP TRACK A LOT OF THE INFORMATION RELATED TO OUR HOMELESS POPULATION. 
          [02:10:04]
IT IS BASICALLY A SOFTWARE, OR I'M PROBABLY SAYING IT WRONG, BUT IT'S SOMETHING THAT'S USED, I BELIEVE ACROSS THE COUNTRY TO HELP TRACK STATISTICS ABOUT WHO WE'RE SERVING IN OUR COMMUNITY. 
          WE CAN SHARE SOME OF THAT INFORMATION RESOURCES ACROSS THE COUNTRY. 
          WE GET GRANT FUNDING TO HELP MAINTAIN THAT SYSTEM AND TO HELP WITH INPUT INTO THAT SYSTEM. 
          THAT'S WHAT'S RUNNING THROUGH THAT HMIS GRANT. 
          WE'RE GOING TO QUICKLY TALK ABOUT COURT TECHNOLOGY AND COURT SECURITY. 
          WE DID ACTUALLY BRIEFLY TOUCH ON THAT YESTERDAY. 
          WELL, IF THERE'S ADDITIONAL THING INFORMATION YOU WANT, WE CAN TALK MORE ABOUT IT TOMORROW AS WE HAVE OUR PUBLIC SAFETY GROUP IN. 
          THIS IS OVER AT YOUR MUNICIPAL COURT. 
          WE ARE ALLOWED BY STATE LAW TO COLLECT A FEE FOR COURT TECHNOLOGY AND A FEE FOR COURT SECURITY AS WE ARE WORKING THROUGH CITATIONS THAT ARE ISSUED IN OUR COMMUNITY. 
          WE COLLECT A FEE, AND IT HELPS PROVIDE FOR OUR MUNICIPAL COURT SOFTWARE, AND THEN ALSO FOR OUR SECURITY OVER AT MUNICIPAL COURT, WHICH INCLUDES OUR BAILIFFS. 
          EACH OF THOSE, THOSE FEES ARE SET BY STATE LAW, AND WE'RE CAPTURING THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT WE CAN, THOSE EB AND FLOW BASED ON WHAT WE'RE COLLECTING FROM CITATIONS. 
          WE HAVE, OVER THE PAST COUPLE OF YEARS, NOT BEEN ABLE TO FULLY COVER OUR COSTS FROM A TECHNOLOGY STANDPOINT OR A SECURITY STANDPOINT WITHOUT SOME DOLLARS COMING IN FROM THE GENERAL FUND, BUT THOSE ARE SMALLER AMOUNTS THAT ARE COMING IN, AND WE COVERED THOSE YESTERDAY AS WE WERE LOOKING AT THE GENERAL FUND TRANSFERS DEPARTMENT BUDGET. 
          NEXT ONE OVER IS OUR POLL SAFETY GRANT. 
          THIS IS ACTUALLY A GRANT THAT IS NEWER. 
          IT'S MAYBE A COUPLE OF YEARS OLD, AND THAT'S ACTUALLY FACILITATED THROUGH OUR ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT, AND THEY ARE PROVIDING SOME GOOD TRAINING PROGRAMS AND INFORMATIONAL PROGRAMS THROUGH THE DOLLARS THAT THEY RECEIVE ON THIS POLL SAFETY GRANT. 
          LOOKS LIKE THEY ARE SPENDING OUT OF THE REMAINING AMOUNTS OF IT, AND NOT SURE THAT WE WILL CONTINUE RECEIVING THAT GRANT GOING FORWARD. 
          THE SECOND TO WRITE ON PAGE 85 IS OUR OPIOID SETTLEMENT. 
          WE HAVE PARTICIPATED THROUGH THE STATE OF TEXAS ON SEVERAL OPIOID SETTLEMENT CASES, AND WE ARE STARTING TO SEE THOSE DOLLARS COME IN. 
          WE HAVE A LITTLE UNDER $390,000 THAT HAVE ALREADY COME IN RELATED TO THAT. 
          THOSE DO HAVE VERY SPECIFIC USES THAT WE CAN USE THOSE DOLLARS TOWARDS, AND THERE IS GOING TO START BEING A REPORTING MECHANISM THAT WE HAVE TO REPORT BACK TO THE STATE ON HOW WE'RE USING THOSE, AND THAT IT'S ESSENTIALLY COMPLYING WITH THE REQUIREMENTS THAT THEY HAVE PUT FORTH IN THOSE SETTLEMENTS. 
          WHAT WE'RE PROPOSING IN THIS UPCOMING YEAR IS WE ARE LOOKING TO ACTUALLY PARTNER SOME OF THIS SETTLEMENT MONEY WITH PUBLIC HEALTH TO GET SOME EDUCATION OUT IN OUR COMMUNITY RELATED TO OPIOIDS. 
          PUBLIC HEALTH ALREADY IS ENGAGING WITH A LOT OF THOSE CITIZENS THROUGH SOME OF THE WORK THAT THEY'RE DOING THROUGH, I BELIEVE IT'S THEIR HIV PREVENTION PROGRAM. 
          THAT'S A CAPTURED AUDIENCE THAT THEY'RE ALREADY WORKING WITH, AND SO THIS IS A WAY THAT THEY CAN TAKE THOSE SETTLEMENT PROCEEDS AND START PUSHING OUT EVEN MORE EDUCATION TO THIS PORTION OF THE COMMUNITY SAFETY CONCERNS RELATED WITH OPIOIDS. 
          THEY ALSO ARE ABLE TO GET YES NARCAN. 
          I BELIEVE THAT'S THE DRUG THAT CAN BE ADMINISTERED IF THERE'S AN OVERDOSE OF OPIOIDS. 
          PUBLIC HEALTH IS GOING ALREADY PURCHASES IT, BUT CAN USE SOME OF THE SETTLEMENT PROCEEDS TO PURCHASE MORE OF THAT. 
          MAKE SURE WE GET THAT OUT INTO THE MOST IMPORTANT AREAS IN OUR COMMUNITY, TO SOME OF OUR PARTNERS ACROSS THE COMMUNITY. 
          THAT NARCAN IS AVAILABLE IF NEEDED IN THOSE EMERGENCY SITUATIONS, THAT CAN BE A LIFESAVING MECHANISM THERE. 
          >> NEXT GRANT OVER IS OUR POLICE SAFE AND SOBER TEXTO GRANT. 
          WE GET SOME GRANT FUNDING IN FOR CERTAIN TIMES OF THE YEAR FOR OUR POLICE DEPARTMENT TO DO CERTAIN OPERATIONS TO PUT SOME ADDITIONAL OFFICERS OUT ON THE STREETS TO LOOK FOR ANY SUSPICIOUS DRIVING THAT COULD BE RELATED TO DRIVING UNDER THE INFLUENCE. 
          THE WAY THOSE GRANTS WORK IS THEY WILL PAY THE OVERTIME COSTS OR THE SALARY COSTS THAT WE HAVE FOR THOSE OFFICERS CONDUCTING THESE PROGRAMS, AND THE CITY PUTS IN THE MATCH TO COVER THE FRINGE BENEFITS. 
          THEY COVER THE BULK OF IT, AND THEN WE ADD IN A MATCH TO COVER THE FRINGE BENEFITS ON IT. 
          [02:15:01]
THESE HAVE BEEN LONG STANDING GRANTS THAT WE'VE HAD IN PLACE AND HAVE BEEN VERY USEFUL OUT IN OUR COMMUNITY. 
          AS YOU TURN THE PAGE TO PAGE 86, WE'RE GOING TO TALK A LITTLE BIT MORE ABOUT THIS LATER TODAY, BUT THIS IS OUR PHOTO TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT FUND OR ALSO KNOWN AS RED LIGHT CAMERA FUND. 
          THIS PROGRAM ENDED A FEW YEARS AGO. 
          STATE LAW ACTUALLY ELIMINATED THE ABILITY FOR COMMUNITIES TO UTILIZE RED LIGHT CAMERAS ANYMORE SEVERAL YEARS AGO. 
          WE WERE UNDER CONTRACT AND WE WERE ALLOWED TO CONTINUE FINISHING OUT OUR CONTRACT RELATED TO RED LIGHT CAMERAS. 
          YOU CAN SEE, WE STILL HAVE ABOUT 2.2 MILLION DOLLAR LEFT IN FUNDING. 
          THE FUNDING IS RESTRICTED AND CAN ONLY BE USED FOR TRAFFIC SAFETY PURPOSES. 
          WE'RE LOOKING TO SPEND ABOUT 1.2 MILLION OF THAT IN THIS UPCOMING PROPOSED BUDGET. 
          HALF OF IT, WE'RE LOOKING TO USE TO DO NEW SIGNALS IN THE COMMUNITY. 
          THE OTHER HALF OF IT, WE'RE LOOKING TO DO OTHER TRAFFIC SAFETY MEASURES, EVERYTHING FROM, I THINK, STOP SIGNS AND CERTAIN SIGNAGE OUT IN THE COMMUNITY TO KEEP PEOPLE SAFER, IF DONNY YOU WANT TO THROW IN. 
          >> THAT'S SOME TRAFFIC PERFORMANCE MEASURES THAT WE HAVE ON EXISTING SIGNALS WILL BE ONE USED FOR THAT, AND THEN WE ALSO HAVE, OF COURSE, WE HAVE CERTAIN LOCATIONS IN TOWN THAT HAVE MET OR ARE ABOUT TO MEET SPECIFIC WARRANTS THAT WOULD REQUIRE THEM TO HAVE A TRAFFIC SIGNAL SO THIS IS MONEY THAT WE WERE GOING TO USE FOR THAT. 
          WE ALSO HAVE PLANS FOR THAT, SOME OF THIS MONEY IN NEXT YEAR'S CIP AS WELL, TO BE ABLE TO USE FOR THAT AS WELL. 
          >> FOR A COUPLE OF NEW SIGNALS. 
          >> I HAVE A QUICK QUESTION. 
          >> YES SIR. 
          >> IS THIS ONLY IN CITY LIMITS OR CAN IT BE FOR TEXT, IE, THE WEST PLAINS ISSUE? CAN WE USE ANY OF THIS MONEY TO HELP [OVERLAPPING]? 
          >> WOULD JUST BE FOR US IN OUR RIGHT AWAY. 
          >> THIS WOULD BE A SOLUTION TO HELP OUT THERE? 
          >> NO, THEY HAVE LONG TERM SOLUTIONS IN PLACE FOR THAT INTERSECTION ITSELF. 
          >> THANK YOU. 
          >> JUST FOR A HEADS UP ON THIS, THAT MONEY IT IS IN AND IT'S EARNING INTEREST, BUT IT IS RUNNING OUT, AND SO IT WILL BE DEPLETED OVER THE NEXT COUPLE OF YEARS. 
          WE WILL CONTINUE TO NEED TRAFFIC SAFETY MEASURES AND NEW SIGNALS AS OUR COMMUNITY GROWS. 
          THOSE WILL HAVE TO START COMING OUT OF OUR GENERAL FUND DOLLARS IN THE FUTURE IN THE NEXT COUPLE OF YEARS. 
          WE'VE HAD OVER A DECADE OF ALMOST EVERY NEW SIGNAL IN AMARILLO HAS BEEN PAID OUT OF THIS RED LIGHT CAMERA MONEY OR THIS PHOTO TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT MONEY, BUT AS I MENTIONED, PROGRAMS OVER, MONEY IS BEING DEPLETED. 
          WITHIN THE NEXT COUPLE OF YEARS, ALL THE MONEY WILL BE SPENT, AND WE WILL HAVE TO START FUNDING ALL OF THOSE NEW SIGNALS AND THOSE TRAFFIC SAFETY MEASURES OUT OF EITHER PROPERTY TAXES OR SALES TAXES, SO JUST SOMETHING TO BE THINKING ABOUT OVER THE NEXT COUPLE OF YEARS. 
          THE NEXT ONE OVER ON PAGE 86 IS OUR HOMELAND SECURITY GRANT. 
          THESE GRANTS ARE ACTUALLY ADMINISTERED THROUGH OUR EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT, BUT THEY ARE BUYING USUALLY EQUIPMENT, VEHICLES, AND OTHER MECHANISMS FOR OUR PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENTS, SO USUALLY FOR POLICE AND FIRE. 
          THESE GRANTS EB AND FLOW DEPENDING ON WHO'S IN ADMINISTRATION AT THE FEDERAL LEVEL, BUT THESE HAVE CONTINUED TO BE STEADY GRANTS COMING IN OUR EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AREA AND HAVE REALLY HELPED SUPPORT OUR PUBLIC SAFETY EFFORTS. 
          IF YOU GO ALSO TO THE LAST ONE ON PAGE 86, COVID-19, THAT'S ACTUALLY OUR AMERICAN RESCUE PLAN ACT FUNDING THAT IS BEING SPENT DOWN. 
          ALL OF THOSE MONIES HAVE BEEN COMMITTED AND ARE TIED TO PROJECTS THAT ARE ACTIVELY BEING COMPLETED AS WE SPEAK, AND EVERYTHING WILL BE SPENT PRIOR TO DECEMBER 31ST OF 2026. 
          THOSE ARE WRAPPING UP VERY QUICKLY. 
          I THINK SOME OF THE BIGGER LAST PIECES ARE RELATED TO BROADBAND AND ALSO TO OUR DIGITAL LITERACY PROGRAM AND SO THOSE HAVE ALREADY ALL BEEN ENCUMBERED AND ARE MOVING FORWARD, AND YOU'LL SEE THIS MONEY BEING SPENT OUT OVER THIS NEXT BUDGET AND JUST A LITTLE BIT INTO THE BUDGET AFTER THAT. 
          ON PAGE 87, OUR PREP PROGRAM. 
          OUR PREP PROGRAM HAS BEEN OUR PROGRAM THAT HAS TRIED TO HELP OUR HOMELESS POPULATION STEP BACK INTO THE WORKFORCE. 
          IT'S BEEN A GREAT INITIATIVE THAT WAS FUNDED THROUGH THE AMERICAN RESCUE PLAN ACT FUNDING THAT WE RECEIVED THROUGH COVID AND THOSE DOLLARS ARE QUICKLY WRAPPING UP AT THIS POINT IN TIME AND FOR THAT PROGRAM TO CONTINUE, WE WOULD HAVE TO LOOK AT PUTTING GENERAL FUND DOLLARS IN TO SUPPORT THAT PROGRAM, AND AT THIS POINT, WE DO NOT HAVE THE BUDGET BUILT THAT WAY AND SO WE WOULD LOOK AT THAT PROGRAM WRAPPING UP TOWARDS THE END OF THIS YEAR. 
          [02:20:03]
THE NEXT ONE ON PAGE 87 IS PUBLIC HEALTH. 
          PUBLIC HEALTH HAS THREE FUNDING SOURCES. 
          HISTORICALLY, THEY HAVE BEEN MOSTLY FUNDED BY GRANTS THAT COVER A WIDE VARIETY OF THINGS RELATED TO OUR PUBLIC HEALTH, AND THEN ANYTHING THAT WAS NOT COVERED BY GRANTS WAS PICKED UP AND COVERED BY THE AMARILLO HOSPITAL DISTRICT. 
          AMARILLO HOSPITAL DISTRICT, THE PAST COUPLE OF YEARS HAS BEEN FUNDING UP TO, NOT TO EXCEED $2 MILLION. 
          WE WILL BE WORKING WITH THEM ON THEIR BUDGET HERE IN A COUPLE OF WEEKS, AND WE'RE HOPING TO MAYBE GROW THAT TWO MILLION BY ABOUT 2-3% CPI GROWTH FACTOR GOING FORWARD. 
          THEY DO HAVE LIMITED FUNDS AS WELL, AND SO WORKING WITH THEM TO HELP BECAUSE A LOT OF THE EFFORTS THAT PUBLIC HEALTH IS DOING THROUGH THEIR GRANT PROGRAMS IS ACTUALLY ADDRESSING THE SAME POPULATION THAT AMARILLO HOSPITAL DISTRICT WORKS WITH, WHICH IS OUR INDIGENCE OUT IN OUR COMMUNITY. 
          THAT'S BEEN A GREAT PARTNERSHIP OVER THE YEARS WITH OUR HOSPITAL DISTRICT. 
          THEN THIS COUNCIL APPROVED JUST UNDER 1.4 MILLION DOLLAR IN FUNDING FOR THE FIRST TIME THIS BUDGET YEAR TO START A WOMEN'S HEALTH CLINIC. 
          THAT IS UP AND RUNNING AT THIS POINT, AND I'M GUESSING Y'ALL MAY HAVE SOME QUESTIONS OR MAYBE WANT AN UPDATE FROM CASEY ON THAT. 
          WE CAN CERTAINLY BRING HER UP ON THAT, BUT SHE IS LOOKING TO CONTINUE UTILIZING THAT JUST UNDER 1.4 MILLION DOLLAR IN GENERAL FUND DOLLARS TO HELP THAT CONTINUE TO GROW AND EXPAND. 
          SHE'S BEEN ABLE TO SECURE SOME GRANT DOLLARS NOW TO TEAM UP WITH THE FUNDING THAT'S COMING FROM THE GENERAL FUND. 
          NOW THEY'RE LOOKING, I THINK, TO MAYBE START LOOKING AT EXPANDING SOME OPERATIONS. 
          CASEY, DO YOU WANT TO MAYBE GIVE THEM A QUICK UPDATE ON WHAT SOME OF THAT LOOKS LIKE? 
          >> AT YOUR AUGUST 12TH CITY COUNCIL MEETING, WE'LL BRING AN ITEM THAT WE'VE BEEN ABLE TO PARTNER WITH THE STATE OF TEXAS FOR A FAMILY PLANNING GRANT, AND THE FAMILY PLANNING GRANT WILL ALLOW US TO EXPAND OUR WOMEN'S HEALTH CLINIC TO INCLUDE PREGNANCY TESTING, CONTRACEPTION, DIFFERENT VERY BASIC HEALTH CARE FOR THE WOMEN THAT WE'RE ABLE TO SEE IN THE CLINIC. 
          THAT IS A DIFFERENT TYPE OF GRANT THAN WHAT WE'VE EVER PARTICIPATED IN BEFORE. 
          TYPICALLY, OUR GRANTS ARE STRAIGHT REIMBURSEMENT GRANTS, BUT THIS ONE IS A FEE FOR SERVICE GRANT, AND SO THERE'S A SMALL PORTION OF THE GRANT THAT IS REIMBURSEMENT, AND THEN THE LARGER PORTION OF THE GRANT IS FEE FOR SERVICE. 
          AS CLIENTS ARE COMING INTO PUBLIC HEALTH AND BEING SEEN, THEN WE WILL BUILD THE STATE OF TEXAS FOR THE CARE THAT THEY RECEIVE AT PUBLIC HEALTH. 
          WE'RE REALLY EXCITED ABOUT THAT, AND IT'LL ALLOW US TO EXPAND SERVICES THROUGH THE WOMEN'S HEALTH CLINIC. 
          THAT'LL BE AN EXCITING EXPANSION OF SERVICES THAT ARE PROVIDED THAT WILL BE ON YOUR AUGUST 12TH AGENDA. 
          >> GREAT. THEN, AS MENTIONED, WHEN WE WERE TALKING BACK ON THE OPIOID SETTLEMENT FUNDING, THAT IS A NEW INITIATIVE THAT PUBLIC HEALTH WILL BE BRINGING FORWARD IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE GRANT FUNDING THAT THEY RECEIVE FOR HIV PREVENTION. 
          THEY'RE GOING TO TAKE THESE TWO FUNDING SOURCES AND TEAM THEM UP TO DO EVEN MORE ENGAGEMENT AND EDUCATION AND GET RESOURCES OUT IN OUR COMMUNITY. 
          WE FEEL LIKE THAT'S A REALLY GOOD WIN. 
          WE SHOULD BE CONTINUING TO RECEIVE OPIOID SETTLEMENT FUNDS I THINK IT WAS OVER ABOUT A 15-20 YEAR TIME PERIOD. 
          DO NOT KNOW HOW MUCH WE WILL BE RECEIVING EACH YEAR, THOUGH. 
          THE INFORMATION IS STILL A LITTLE BIT SPOTTY COMING IN, BUT WE'RE GOING TO TRY TO START SPENDING WHAT WE'VE GOT TO MAKE SURE THAT WE ARE GETTING THOSE SETTLEMENT PROCEEDS OUT IN THE COMMUNITY TO THE RIGHT PEOPLE. 
          OTHER THAN THAT, I THINK THOSE WERE THE BIG CHANGES RELATED TO PUBLIC HEALTH. 
          I DO BELIEVE MAYBE THEY HAD SOME ADDITIONAL REQUESTS BUILT IN WITH THE FUNDING THAT THEY HAVE IN PLACE, AND I BELIEVE IT WAS A POSITION RELATED TO YOUR CMHG GRANT. I DON'T KNOW WHAT THAT IS? 
          >> YES. THAT WAS A RECLASS IN OUR COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH GRANT PROGRAM THAT IS OUR LOST TEAM. 
          >> YES. JUST A SMALL AMOUNT NEEDED TO GET THAT POSITION TO THE PROPER LEVEL THERE AND THEY'VE GOT SOME GOOD SUPPORT COMING IN TO HELP PAY FOR THAT AREA. 
          ANY OTHER QUESTIONS ON PUBLIC HEALTH? THE NEXT ONE OVER ON PAGE 87 IS OUR WOMEN INFANTS AND CHILDREN AREA, AND SO ALSO KNOWN AS WIC. 
          [02:25:04]
OUR WIC DEPARTMENT IS FULLY GRANT FUNDED AT THIS POINT IN TIME. 
          THAT'S BEEN A GREAT THING FOR OUR COMMUNITY. 
          OUR WIC GRANT SERVES ELIGIBLE WOMEN AND CHILDREN. 
          IN AMARILLO AND THE SOMEWHAT SURROUNDING AREAS, THEY PROVIDE A LOT OF EDUCATION OUT ACROSS THE COMMUNITY AS WELL, AND AS I MENTIONED, IT IS FULLY GRANT-FUNDED. 
          THEY SAW A HUGE DECREASE IN THEIR NUMBER OF CLIENTS DURING COVID BECAUSE SO MANY OTHER PROGRAMS WERE BEING FUNDED AT HIGHER LEVELS, AND YOU DO HAVE TO PUT IN SOME WORK TO GET YOUR FUNDING THROUGH WIC, WHICH IS GREAT BECAUSE IT MAKES SURE THAT PEOPLE ARE GETTING EDUCATED AND ARE DOING PROPER THINGS TO TAKE CARE OF THEMSELVES AND THEIR KIDDOS. 
          THEY SAW A DECREASE IN THEIR CLIENTELE FOR A COUPLE OF YEARS, BUT THOSE NUMBERS HAVE REALLY BEEN ON THE RISE AND I KNOW WE ARE STRETCHING THAT STAFF VERY THIN OVER AT THE WIC DEPARTMENT, BUT AT THIS POINT, STILL MAINTAINING WITHIN OUR LEVELS TO BE ABLE TO BE FULLY COVERED BY THOSE STATE GRANT DOLLARS. 
          THEY ALSO DO HAVE A COUPLE OF RE-CLASSES IN THE BUDGET TO GET SOME OF OUR DIETITIAN POSITIONS UP TO A COMPETITIVE LEVEL, SO WE CAN MAKE SURE THAT WE CAN HIRE IN THOSE POSITIONS PROPERLY. 
          THEY ARE ESSENTIAL TO RUNNING THESE GRANTS, AND THERE IS QUITE A BIT OF COMPETITION FOR THEM OUT IN THE COMMUNITY. 
          THERE'S ALSO, I BELIEVE SOME CHANGES TO THE REQUIREMENTS NEEDED FOR THE EDUCATION LEVELS, I BELIEVE, FOR DIETITIANS, AND SO I KNOW MARGARET'S BEEN REALLY GOOD TO TRY TO MAKE SURE WE'RE ADDRESSING TO GET TO A MORE COMPETITIVE SALARY BASED ON THOSE ADDITIONAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS THAT ARE BEING REQUIRED TO BE IN THESE TYPE OF POSITIONS. 
          AGAIN, THAT'S PROBABLY SOME OF THE BIGGEST CHANGES THAT WE HAVE COMING THROUGH OUR WIC DEPARTMENT, BUT THEY ARE CONTINUING TO SEEK ADDITIONAL GRANT FUNDING SOURCES WHEN THEY CAN TO CONTINUE TO EXPAND THEIR PROGRAM AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. 
          ANY QUESTIONS ON WIC? WITH THAT, IF YOU'LL TURN THE PAGE, LET'S GO TO PAGE 88. 
          ON PAGE 88, WE'VE GOT OUR POLICE JUSTICE ASSISTANCE GRANTS. 
          THESE ARE KNOWN AS OUR JAG GRANTS. 
          WE'VE GOTTEN THESE FOR SEVERAL YEARS AND THE WAY THESE COME IN, WE PARTNER WITH THE COUNTIES ON THIS AND A PORTION OF THESE GRANTS GO TO THE COUNTY. WE'RE ON PAGE 88. 
          A PORTION OF THESE GO TO THE COUNTY AND THE REST OF IT STAYS HERE AND SUPPORTS OUR POLICE DEPARTMENT. 
          SOME YEARS IT IS HELPING OUT WITH SOME OVERTIME, AND A LOT OF YEARS, IT IS HELPING WITH VARIOUS EQUIPMENT THAT WE'RE NOT HAVING TO BUY THROUGH OUR GENERAL FUND BECAUSE WE HAVE GRANT DOLLARS SUPPORTING IT. 
          THESE HAVE BEEN GREAT PROGRAMS OVER THE YEARS. 
          I DO THINK THEY'RE LOOKING OR THEY'RE ANTICIPATING A SLIGHT FUNDING DECREASE ON THESE GOING FORWARD. 
          THESE ARE ADDITIONAL GRANTS THAT EB AND FLOW DEPENDING ON WHO'S IN THE FEDERAL ADMINISTRATION. 
          AS YOU LOOK ON PAGE 88, THE MIDDLE COLUMN, THE LAST COLUMN, AND THE FIRST COLUMN ON PAGE 89, ARE ALL OF OUR CS PROPERTY FUNDS. 
          WE HAVE OUR LOCAL ONE, OUR STATE ONE, AND OUR FEDERAL ONE. 
          AS APD IS WORKING THROUGH THEIR PROCESSES AND SEIZING PROPERTY, THERE ARE A LOT OF RESTRICTIONS ON THAT PROPERTY, AND SO THEY HAVE TO WORK THROUGH A PROCESS. 
          SOME ARE TIED THROUGH AT THE LOCAL LEVEL, SOME AT THE STATE, AND SOME AT THE FEDERAL LEVEL AND SO THERE ARE CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON EACH OF THOSE AND SO THEY WORK THROUGH THOSE PROCESSES. 
          AS SOME OF THE SEIZED EITHER PROPERTY OR FUNDING BECOMES AVAILABLE, THEY START UTILIZING THAT TO HELP SUPPLEMENT THE POLICE DEPARTMENT FUNDING AS WELL. 
          OVER ON PAGE 89 IS OUR LEOS TRAINING PROGRAM. 
          THIS IS SOME GRANT FUNDING THAT WE GET IN TO HELP SUPPORT SOME TRAINING, I THINK FOR OUR AIRPORT OFFICERS, POLICE OFFICERS, AND OUR FIRE PERSONNEL. 
          THESE GRANT DOLLARS HAVE BEEN SMALLER OVER THE YEARS, AND SO I THINK THEY'VE ACTUALLY GONE DOWN OVER THE YEARS, AND THOSE ARE UTILIZED AS THEY BECOME AVAILABLE BY THOSE VARIOUS DEPARTMENTS TO ENSURE THAT THEY'RE SPENDING FOR THE MUCH NEEDED TRAINING THAT THEY NEED ACROSS ALL THOSE AREAS. 
          [02:30:02]
INTO PAGE 89 IS OUR AIP PANTEX PROJECT GRANT. 
          THIS IS FACILITATED THROUGH OUR EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AREA AND SO THERE IS ONLY A SMALL AMOUNT THAT THE GENERAL FUND PUTS IN RELATED TO THIS. 
          MOST OF THIS IS FULLY COVERED BY GRANT FUNDING AND THIS IS THE COORDINATION EFFORTS AND THE PLANNING EFFORTS THAT WE PUT IN PLACE RELATED TO THE PANTEX FACILITY BEING IN OUR AREA TO MAKE SURE WE HAVE PROPER EMERGENCY PROCEDURES AND COORDINATION BETWEEN THE CITY AND THEM IN OUR AREA. 
          >> THEN IF YOU WILL TURN TO PAGE 90, WE'RE GOING TO WRAP UP THE SPECIAL REVENUE FUNDS. 
          THESE ARE YOUR PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT DISTRICTS. 
          WE'VE ALREADY TOUCHED BASE A LITTLE BIT ON THESE. 
          I WANTED TO POINT OUT THAT WELL, A COUPLE OF THINGS. 
          THESE ARE DICTATED BY STATE LAW. 
          WE ALSO HAVE PID PETITIONS THAT ARE IN PLACE. 
          WE ARE UP TO ABOUT NINE, MAYBE 10 PIDS AT THIS POINT. 
          I'M LOSING COUNT A LITTLE BIT. 
          BUT WE HAVE SEVERAL PIDS. 
          WE HAVE A COUPLE OF VERY LONG STANDING PIDS, AND THEN WE HAVE SOME NEWER ONES THAT HAVE BEEN COMING ON. 
          WHAT THESE PIDS ARE REQUIRED TO DO, THESE PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT DISTRICTS. 
          THEY HAVE AN ADVISORY BOARD. 
          THE ADVISORY BOARD MEETS, AND DEVELOPS A BUDGET. 
          THEY ALSO THEN DEVELOP WHAT LEVEL OF ASSESSMENTS NEED TO GO OUT TO THE PEOPLE THAT LIVE IN THOSE PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT DISTRICTS. 
          THEY SET THOSE ASSESSMENTS AT A LEVEL TO MAINTAIN THE INFRASTRUCTURE AND THE AREA THAT IS COVERED BY THE PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT DISTRICT. 
          IN ALMOST ALL CASES IN AMARILLO, THOSE ARE PARK AMENITIES. 
          YOU MIGHT THINK OF COLONIES AND GREENWAYS ARE OUR CLASSIC EXAMPLES OF PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT DISTRICTS. 
          IF YOU GO TO THOSE NEIGHBORHOODS, THEY HAVE VERY DIFFERENT PARK AMENITIES THAN OTHER NEIGHBORHOODS ACROSS THE CITY. 
          THAT IS BECAUSE THEIR RESIDENTS, ARE ASSESSED AN ADDITIONAL AMOUNT ON THEIR PROPERTY TAX BILL TO COVER, THE COST OF THOSE ADDITIONAL PARK AMENITIES AND THE MAINTENANCE OF THOSE PARK AMENITIES. 
          WE HAVE OUR FINANCE TEAM HAS WORKED VERY CLOSELY WITH EACH OF THOSE ADVISORY BOARDS TO DEVELOP BUDGETS AND FIVE YEAR PLANS. 
          THEY HAVE TO SHOW THAT THEIR ASSESSMENTS ARE SET AT A LEVEL THAT THEY CAN SELF SUPPORT THEIR MAINTENANCE, ANY OUTSTANDING DEBT, AND A PROPER 90 DAY RESERVE FOR EACH OF THE UPCOMING FIVE YEARS. 
          THEY HAVE WORKED TO BALANCE THEIR BUDGET, SET THEIR ASSESSMENTS, AND IN TWO CASES, THE COLONIES AND IN THE PINNACLE PIDS, THEY ARE EACH PROPOSING $1,000,000 DEBT ISSUANCE. 
          WE TOUCHED ON THIS YESTERDAY. 
          WHAT THAT WOULD LOOK LIKE IS IT WOULD BE A CERTIFICATE OF OBLIGATION, SO IT IS IT IS BACKED BY THE CREDIT RATING OF OUR PROPERTY TAX. 
          IT GETS A HIGH AA RATING, WHICH IS WONDERFUL, WHICH HELPS KEEP THE INTEREST RATES DOWN. 
          HOWEVER, THE ASSESSMENTS FROM THE PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT DISTRICT PAY EVERY BIT OF THE DEBT SERVICE ASSOCIATED WITH THOSE DEBT ISSUANCES. 
          NO PROPERTY TAX DOLLARS, NO SALES TAX DOLLARS, NO CITY RESOURCES GO TOWARDS PAYING THE DEBT SERVICE ON THESE DEBT ISSUANCES. 
          THEY ARE FULLY SUPPORTED BY THE INDIVIDUALS THAT LIVE IN THOSE PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT DISTRICTS. 
          OUR FINANCE TEAM HAS WORKED WITH THEM. 
          THEY'RE EACH LOOKING AT DOING $1,000,000 DEBT ISSUANCE, AND I HAVE HEARD THAT THE VINEYARDS PID, POTENTIALLY MAYBE BRINGING ONE RIGHT BEFORE WE BRING ALL THE FINAL PROPOSED BUDGET, EITHER A $250,000 OR A HALF $1,000,000 DEBT ISSUANCE TO HELP PAY FOR SOME OF THEIR PARK AMENITIES. 
          I WILL KEEP YOU ALL UPDATED AS THAT I THINK THEY'RE MEETING EARLY NEXT WEEK, AND SO I WILL LET YOU KNOW IF THERE'S A CHANGE ON THAT. 
          AGAIN, NO EFFECT ON THE CITY'S BUDGET, OTHER THAN WE INCLUDE THEM IN HERE. 
          WE ARE THEIR FISCAL AGENTS. 
          WE HAVE A FULL TIME INDIVIDUAL THAT HELPS FACILITATE ALL OF THE INNER WORKINGS OF THE PIDS. 
          AS A REMINDER, OUR FINANCE DEPARTMENT HAS ASKED FOR ANOTHER ADMINISTRATIVE TYPE POSITION TO HELP FACILITATE ALL THE MEETINGS, ALL OF THE PAYMENT VOUCHERS, AND INVOICES, AND EVERYTHING THAT WE FACILITATE THROUGH ON BEHALF OF THESE PIDS. 
          BUT THAT COST WOULD BE CHARGED BACK TO THE PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT DISTRICTS. 
          THIS IS JUST A HIGH LEVEL SUMMARY OF EACH OF YOUR PIDS. 
          WE WILL BE BRINGING, YOU HAVE TO APPROVE THEIR BUDGETS THROUGH AN ORDINANCE, SO IT'S TWO READINGS, AND THOSE ARE GOING TO COME. 
          I BELIEVE IT'S THE LAST MEETING IN AUGUST AND MAYBE FIRST MEETING IN SEPTEMBER, OR IT MAY BE THE FIRST TWO MEETINGS IN SEPTEMBER. 
          [02:35:02]
YOU WILL BE SEEING THOSE AS WELL. 
          I'M SURE OUR MAYOR REMEMBERS THOSE BECAUSE THERE'S A LOT OF THEM, AND IT'S QUITE A PROCESS TO DO OVER A TWO MEETING PERIOD, BUT IT'S ALL OUTLINED BY STATE LAW. 
          ANY QUESTIONS ON OUR PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT DISTRICTS? 
          >> SO MS. LAURA, YOU GOT US THROUGH ALL OF THAT VERY WELL, AND I KNOW WE WERE ABOUT 11:30. 
          I GOT SOME QUESTIONS ON THE GROUPING OF THIS, AND THEN MAYBE THE WAY THAT WE ARE REPORTING ALL THIS. 
          IF YOU LOOK AT THIS, CAN WE TAKE THIS AS A WHOLE ALL SPECIAL REVENUE? 
          >> YES. 
          >> FUNDS AS A WHOLE? 
          >> YOU'RE RUNNING THESE RIGHT TO LEFT, AND THEY ALL RUN OVER TO A TOTAL CATEGORY ON THE LEFT? 
          >> YES, ON PAGE 81. 
          >> CAN YOU HELP ME ON, WE'LL START ON THAT PAGE. 
          MAYBE WE CAN BOUNCE BACK AND FORTH TO A COUPLE OF THESE. 
          I DON'T QUITE UNDERSTAND, I GUESS, THE MATH PROBLEM AND HOW IT'S CATEGORIZED. 
          I THINK WITH A LITTLE BIT OF EDUCATION, WE'LL UNDERSTAND HERE IF WE HAVE ANYTHING THAT WE COULD IDENTIFY AS AVAILABLE MONIES. 
          IT SAYS AVAILABLE FUNDS. 
          >> YES. 
          >> I THINK WE AS COUNSEL, WE SEE THAT WE GO, WELL, THAT MEANS MONEY THAT'S AVAILABLE. 
          THEN YOU COME DOWN TO THE BOTTOM AND YOU NORMALLY SEE, LIKE, WELL, YOU SPENT ALL THE MONEY, AND SO ONCE IT'S ZEROED OUT, THEN THAT PROGRAM HAS TO BE REPLENISHED. 
          BUT OUTSIDE OF OUR PIDS, WHICH THE PIDS HAVE A RESERVE. 
          >> THEY DO. ALL OF THE MONEY THAT THEY COLLECT FROM ASSESSMENTS HAVE TO BE USED IN THOSE PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT DISTRICTS. 
          SO ANYTHING THAT IS AVAILABLE HAS TO STAY IN THAT. 
          >> THEY'LL DIRECT THOSE? 
          >> YES. 
          >> IS EVERYTHING ELSE CATEGORICALLY RESTRICTED? 
          >> YES, SIR. THAT IS CORRECT. 
          THAT IS AN EXCELLENT QUESTION, AND I APOLOGIZE BECAUSE I DIDN'T REALLY TOUCH ON THAT AS WE WALKED THROUGH THERE. 
          MOST OF OUR GRANTS, NOT ALL OF THEM, BUT MOST OF THEM ARE MORE ON A REIMBURSEMENT BASIS. 
          WE HAVE TO SPEND THE MONEY, AND THEN WE BILL THE GRANTING AGENCY, AND THEN THEY PAY US BACK FOR IT, ESSENTIALLY. 
          THERE ARE SOME THAT ACTUALLY DO HOLD SOME AVAILABLE FUNDS THAT ONLY CAN BE USED FOR VERY RESTRICTED PURPOSES ASSOCIATED WITH THAT GRANT OR THAT SPECIAL REVENUE FUND AREA. 
          >> BUT THEN, AND THEIR GOAL IS TO IMPLEMENT THOSE MONIES INTO THE COMMUNITY ON AN ANNUALIZED BASIS, AND THEN THEY GET MORE ADDITIONAL GRANTS THAT COME. 
          >> YES, AND IT VARIES FROM ONE AREA TO THE NEXT, BUT SOME HOLD MORE BALANCES OVER A MULTI YEAR PERIOD. 
          SOME, THEY'RE TRYING TO PUSH THEM BACK OUT INTO THE COMMUNITY WITHIN MAYBE THE NEXT BUDGET CYCLE. 
          >> WITH THE IDEA OF A LITTLE EDUCATION HERE, BUT ALSO TRYING TO SEE, DO WE HAVE ANY MONIES THAT WE CAN USE TO REPLENISH SOME OF THESE PROGRAMS? CASH AND INVESTMENTS, LIKE DOWN ON THE BOTTOM THERE, WHAT ARE ASSETS TO BE CONVERTED TO CASH AND WHAT ARE CASH AND INVESTMENTS? WHAT DOES THAT MEAN? 
          >> CASH AND INVESTMENTS IS ALL IN EACH ONE OF THESE COLUMNS. 
          LET'S JUST TAKE THE FIRST ONE ON PAGE 81. THAT MIGHT BE THE EASIEST. 
          SO THE SECOND COLUMN THERE COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT. 
          AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2024, WHEN OUR AUDIT OCCURRED, OUR AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS THAT ARE POSTED ONLINE, IF YOU GO LOOK FOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT, YOU WILL SEE THAT THEY HAD CASH AND INVESTMENTS OF $95,956. 
          THAT IS ALL THE MONEY THAT THEY HAD IN THE BANK ACCOUNTS, IN MONEY MARKET ACCOUNTS AND POTENTIALLY IN CD OR OTHER TYPE OF INVESTMENT. 
          THEN IF YOU GO DOWN, YOU'LL SEE ASSETS TO BE CONVERTED TO CASH. 
          WHAT THAT IS, THOSE ARE SHORT TERM RECEIVABLES. 
          COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT, THIS IS A GREAT EXAMPLE OF ONE OF OUR GRANTS WHERE WE HAVE TO SPEND THE MONEY, AND THEN WE BILL THE GRANTING AGENCY, AND THEY REIMBURSE US BACK. 
          AT THE END OF THE YEAR, WE WERE OWED $404,000 IN GRANT MONEY BACK. 
          WE ANTICIPATE THAT WILL BE CONVERTED TO CASH WITHIN PROBABLY 30 TO 60 DAYS TOPS. 
          WE ADD THAT INTO OUR AVAILABLE FUNDS BECAUSE IT'S GOING TO BE CONVERTING INTO THE BANK ACCOUNTS, ESSENTIALLY IN A VERY SHORT TERM PERIOD. 
          >> THEN EXPLAIN LIABILITIES AND ENCUMBRANCES BELOW THAT? 
          >> YES. LIABILITIES AND ENCUMBRANCES WOULD BE ANY OF OUR SHORT TERM PAYABLES. 
          THAT COULD BE ANYTHING FROM OUTSTANDING INVOICES AT YEAR END. 
          LET'S SAY THAT WE HAD BOUGHT OFFICE SUPPLIES, AND WE HAVE THE INVOICE ON HAND, BUT THE CHECK HAD NOT BEEN CUT AT THE END OF THE YEAR. 
          IT'S SITTING IN AN ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AT END OF YEAR, BUT WE WILL BE TURNING AROUND AND PAYING THAT VERY SOON, SO IT'S GOING TO BE COMING OUT OF THE BANK ACCOUNT. 
          [02:40:02]
WE HAVE TO BACK OUT ALL OF THOSE LIABILITIES THAT ARE OWED AT THE END OF THE YEAR TO OFFSET BECAUSE WE CAN'T SAY THAT WE CAN SPEND THAT MONEY AGAIN BECAUSE WE ALREADY OWE THAT MONEY. 
          YOU COME DOWN TO A NET AVAILABLE AMOUNT. 
          >> THAT'S CORRECT. 
          >> THAT'S YOUR RESERVE. 
          >> THEN THOSE MONIES, THE LIABILITY ENCUMBRANCES ARE NOT REPRESENTED UP IN THE M&O EXPENDITURES, OR THE TAX EXPENDITURES. 
          YOU'RE ALREADY SUBTRACTING THAT OUT. 
          YOU START WITH MONEY THAT'S IN THE BANK ACCOUNT, YOU ADD IN THE REVENUES, YOU SUBTRACT THE MNOS. 
          YOU'RE SHOWING ON THIS TWO SEPARATE YEARS, SO YOU'RE NOT DOING IT TWICE, BUT THAT'S YEAR OVER YEAR. 
          >> YES. 
          >> BUT THEN WHEN YOU GET DOWN HERE TO THE BOTTOM, THESE MONIES ARE INCLUSIVE OF THOSE REPRESENTED ABOVE OR NOT INCLUSIVE. 
          I GUESS THAT'S WHERE I GET LOST IN THE MATH PROBLEM. 
          THE 12 MILLION ON THIS LINE ITEM, OR ACTUALLY, YOU KNOW WHAT, LET'S TAKE THE 418,000 FROM COMMUNITY, THAT'S GOING TO BE EASIER TO IDENTIFY. 
          THAT IS NOT REPRESENTED IN THE 1.4 ABOVE IT OF TOTAL EXPENDITURES. 
          >> THAT'S CORRECT. 
          >> YOU'RE TAKING THAT IN ADDITION TO THE CASH AND INVESTMENTS AND THE ASSETS, THE CASH THAT'S COMING IN, THOSE ARE NOT REPRESENTED IN THE REVENUES ABOVE EITHER. 
          >> THAT'S CORRECT. THE WAY THIS WORKS IS THERE AT THE BOTTOM, THAT RESERVE OR AVAILABLE FUNDS CALCULATION COMES DOWN TO A TOTAL OF $81,000, 81,387. 
          YOU TAKE THAT 81387, GO TO THE TOP OF THE MIDDLE OF PAGE 81, AND THAT'S WHERE WE START THIS TWO YEAR PERIOD LOOKING. 
          WE KNOW THAT IS EXACTLY WHAT WE HAD. 
          THEN WE ANTICIPATE RECEIVING A TOTAL OF 1.7 MILLION DOLLAR IN REVENUES IN THE CURRENT FISCAL YEAR. 
          WE ADD THAT TO OUR RESERVES, BUT WE'RE PLANNING ON SPENDING 1.6 MILLION DOLLARS IN THE CURRENT YEAR. 
          THEN WE SUBTRACT THAT FROM THAT SAME RESERVE NUMBER. 
          THEN OUR ANTICIPATED RESERVE AT THE END OF THE CURRENT FISCAL YEAR IS 123,633. 
          THEN WE TAKE THAT PLUS REVENUES ANTICIPATED FOR NEXT YEAR, EXPENDITURES ANTICIPATED FOR NEXT YEAR, DEDUCT THAT OUT OF IT, AND THEN WE THINK WE WILL END AT THE END OF FISCAL YEAR 25/26 WITH A RESERVE OF AROUND $150,000. 
          THAT'S HOW THE MATH PROBLEM WORKS. 
          >> THAT'S VERY HELPFUL. 
          IS THERE ANY OVERLAP IN SOME OF THESE FUNDING? LET'S TAKE OUR PREP PROGRAM. 
          WE JUST HAVE THAT ONE ON PAGE 87. 
          IT'S JUST A STANDALONE? 
          >> YES. 
          >> DO WE HAVE, BECAUSE IT SAYS AVAILABLE FUNDS. 
          I MEAN, DO WE HAVE THE AVAILABLE FUNDS THAT CAN OVERLAP FROM THERE, FROM LIKE OTHER MONIES? WHAT'S THE RESTRICTION? HOW WOULD WE IDENTIFY THE RESTRICTIONS? IS STAFF CURRENTLY LOOKING TO SPEND DOWN ANY OF THE MONIES THAT ARE THERE? 
          >> YES. 
          >> WE WILL AGAIN, AND ON THIS ONE, WE PROBABLY SHOULD HAVE HAD THE EXPENDITURES ON PAGE 87 TOWARDS THE TOP CLOSER TO THAT 100,000 IT'S JUST WE'RE NOT SURE IF WE'LL SPEND IT ALL IN THE CURRENT FISCAL YEAR, IF SOME OF IT MAY GET FINISHED OUT BEING SPENT NEXT YEAR, THAT IS ALL RESTRICTED ARPA FUNDS, AND IT WILL ALL BE SPENT BEFORE DECEMBER 31 OF 2026. 
          >> I THINK IF WE GO BACK TO OUR PUBLIC HEALTH, WHICH IS DONE GOOD, WE'RE FUNDING THIS 1.4 MILLION TO GET IT GOING. 
          BUT THEN IF YOU LOOK, I MEAN, PUBLIC HEALTH IS SITTING ON AVAILABLE FUNDS OF 7.7 MILLION. 
          >> YES. 
          >> IF WE HAD A DIFFERENT OUTCOME, SHOULD WE TREAT THAT AS MONEY THAT CAN BE SPENT WITHIN PUBLIC HEALTH? 
          >> YES, THAT'S CORRECT. 
          THAT'S ALL RESTRICTED TO PUBLIC HEALTH USE, BUT THOSE ARE DOLLARS THAT COULD BE SPENT WITHIN PUBLIC HEALTH. 
          >> IF WE, I'M JUST THROWING OUT AN IDEA. 
          I'M NOT SAYING THIS IS A GOOD IDEA, BUT IF WE HAD AN OUTCOME FOR HEALTH AND WELLNESS OF THE COMMUNITY, SAY WITH DENTAL, UNAFFORDABLE CHILDREN'S DENTAL OR JUST COMMUNITY DENTAL THAT WOULD IMPROVE HEALTH OUTCOMES LONG TERM THAT MAYBE WE'RE SEEING ON THAT HOSPITAL DISTRICT OFFSETTING WHATEVER THEIR COSTS ARE. 
          DO WE EVER IDENTIFY THIS MONEY AS LIKE, WELL, WE COULD LOOK AT THAT, OR WE COULD LOOK AT THIS. 
          WHAT'S THE RESTRICTION ON THAT 7.7 MILLION? 
          >> MY UNDERSTANDING IS IT HAS TO BE USED FOR A PUBLIC HEALTH PURPOSE. 
          POTENTIALLY SOMETHING LIKE A COMMUNITY DENTAL HEALTH PROGRAM COULD BE FUNDED FROM IT. 
          WE WOULD JUST WANT TO MONITOR IT VERY CLOSELY BECAUSE THAT IS A FINITE AMOUNT OF MONEY, SO IT'S NOT AN INCOMING REVENUE STREAM EACH YEAR, SO THE MONEY WOULD EVENTUALLY RUN OUT. 
          BUT YES, MAYOR, THAT IS SOMETHING THAT POTENTIALLY WE COULD. 
          [02:45:04]
          >> CAUSE THAT MONEY IS JUST GOING TO SIT IN THERE. 
          IF WE DON'T DO THAT, IT'LL JUST SIT AND TURN OVER YEAR AFTER YEAR. 
          >> YES. IT IS EARNING INTEREST. 
          IT'S NOT SITTING IDLE OR ANYTHING LIKE THAT, IT IS EARNING. 
          I DO KNOW THAT I THINK SOME OF THOSE FUNDS WERE USED TO SECURE THE SECOND FACILITY THAT PUBLIC HEALTH OCCUPIES WITHOUT HAVING TO ASK FOR ANY FUNDING FROM GENERAL FUND. 
          THAT WAS A HUGE WIN THAT WAS DONE SEVERAL FEW YEARS BACK, I GUESS. 
          I KNOW THAT CASEY WATCHES THAT FUNDING VERY CLOSELY AND TRIES TO STRATEGICALLY DETERMINE WHAT WOULD BE THE BEST USE FOR THOSE RESOURCES. 
          BUT I DO THINK THAT SOMETHING LIKE A DENTAL PROGRAM COULD BE SOMETHING THAT HER AND HER TEAM COULD EXPLORE. 
          >> HOW WOULD WE HAVE MONIES THAT ARE TRANSFERABLE, MEANING, WHO SETS THOSE RESTRICTIONS? LET'S LOOK AT THE PREP PROGRAM, WE REALLY WANT TO FUND THIS, BUT THEN THE MONIES AREN'T COMING INTO IT, BUT WE'VE SEEN A REALLY GOOD OUTCOME ON OUR COMMUNITY, AND WE DON'T WANT TO GO INTO THE GENERAL FUND TO DO THIS, BUT WE IDENTIFY MILLIONS OF DOLLARS THAT ARE SITTING HERE, AND ALL THEY'RE GOING TO DO IS EARN A LITTLE BIT OF INTEREST. 
          CAN WE TAKE SOME OF THOSE MONIES AND SHOW, WELL, THAT MONEY RIGHT THERE IS NOT ALLOWABLE BECAUSE OF THIS RESTRICTION, BUT THIS MONEY OVER HERE IS? 
          >> WELL, AND I DON'T KNOW THAT WE COULD FUND THE PREP PROGRAM BECAUSE THE PREP PROGRAMS MORE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT AND DOESN'T REALLY FALL INTO THE CATEGORY OF PUBLIC HEALTH. 
          I'M NOT SURE THAT THAT WOULD BE AN ELIGIBLE USE. 
          MOST OF THIS FUNDING CAME FROM STATE RESTRICTED PROGRAMS FOR PUBLIC HEALTH. 
          I MEAN, WE CAN'T REALLY USE IT HOWEVER WE WANT TO, IT HAS TO BE IN THAT PUBLIC HEALTH. 
          >> WE WOULD HAVE TO GO BACK TO OUR CONTRACT, AND ALSO, TOO, WE CAN ALWAYS TALK WITH THE AGENCY THAT PROVIDES THE FUNDS AND HAVE A CONVERSATION WITH THEM. 
          I'M SURE THAT CASE INTER TEAM, THAT I'M SURE THEY HAVE CONVERSATIONS ABOUT DIFFERENT IDEAS THAT THAT DO COME UP YEAR AFTER YEAR ABOUT, CAN WE DO THIS? CAN WE DO THAT? BECAUSE THERE'S ALWAYS A NEGOTIATION, CONVERSATION THAT CAN HAPPEN. 
          THAT'S HOW WE CAN DO THAT. WE CAN LOOK AT THAT. 
          BUT FROM MY KNOWLEDGE OF PUBLIC HEALTH, THE HOMELESS PROGRAM WOULD BE A BIT OF A STRETCH FOR THAT, UNLESS IT'S HEALTH RELATED. 
          >> BUT OUR DENTAL OUTREACH, NOT A STRETCH, WOULD DEFINITELY FIT WITH THAT. 
          >> IT WILL FIT 
          >> I THINK THAT COULD FIT. 
          >> YES. I MEAN, I SAY THAT, WE'D HAVE TO GO BACK AND LOOK AT THE CONTRACTS AND TALK TO THE AGENCIES. 
          >> CASEY'S ALREADY BEEN EXPLORING A LOT OF OPTIONS RELATED TO A PUBLIC HEALTH DENTAL PROGRAM. 
          I DON'T KNOW. DO YOU HAVE ANYTHING YOU WANT TO SHARE AT THIS POINT, OR SINCE THAT TOPIC'S COME UP, CASEY MIGHT BE ABLE TO EXPAND A LITTLE BIT ON IT. 
          >> I'VE BEEN WORKING WITH DIANE GILMORE AT THE DOWNTOWN WOMEN'S CENTER, AND SHE AND I HAVE PUT TOGETHER A PROPOSAL. 
          HAPPY TO TALK ABOUT THE DETAILS WHENEVER THAT TIME IS APPROPRIATE. 
          IT WOULD CERTAINLY BE AN APPROPRIATE USE OF THIS FUNDING. 
          >> IT'S UP TO YOU, MAYOR AND COUNCIL, BUT SHE COULD CERTAINLY, IF YOU HAVE THEM READY. 
          >> SHE AND I TALKED ABOUT, SO THEY DO WORK THROUGH DENTAL CARE AND DENTAL SERVICES. 
          SHE AND I HAD TALKED ABOUT $45,000 TO EXPAND THOSE SERVICES. 
          THEN WE WOULD PARTNER WITH DOWNTOWN WOMEN'S CLINIC, OR DOWNTOWN WOMEN'S CENTER AND HER TEAM TO INCREASE THOSE SERVICES. 
          >> THESE ARE TEMPORARY SERVICES, IT'S NOT LIKE AN ONGOING THING. 
          >> CORRECT. IT WOULD BE VERY. 
          >> IT'S LIKE AN OUTREACH. 
          >> VERY EXPENSIVE TO OPEN A DENTAL CLINIC. 
          >> WE'RE JUST TALKING ABOUT LIKE AN OUTREACH PROGRAM, CERTAIN TIMES OF THE YEAR, I GUESS. 
          >> RIGHT. SHE PARTNERS WITH LOCAL DENTISTS. 
          WE WOULD BE ABLE TO EXPAND THOSE SERVICES AND REFER TO LOCAL EXISTING DENTISTS. 
          >> WELL, I JUST WOULD ENCOURAGE, THE CONTINUED EDUCATION, BECAUSE I THINK FOR US, WHEN WE'RE READING THESE WE HOPEFULLY ARE TAKING IT VERY LITERALLY, WHEN IT SAYS AVAILABLE FUNDS, $17 MILLION, I WANT TO ASSUME, WELL, THERE'S 17 MILLION SITTING IN THERE. 
          NOW I KNOW JUST ENOUGH TO KNOW, WELL, THE PIDS NEED THE RESERVES. 
          BUT OUTSIDE OF THE 3.6 MILLION RESERVE THERE, THEN THE REST OF THAT MONEY IS AVAILABLE. 
          WELL, WHAT ARE THE RESTRICTIONS FOR AVAILABILITY? THEN IS STAFF ACTIVELY TRYING TO SPEND THOSE DOWN? KNOWING THAT IF WE DON'T DO THAT, WE'RE NOT GETTING THAT MONEY INTO THE COMMUNITY AS WELL AS I THINK COUNCIL WOULD LIKE. 
          >> THE NICE THING YOU'RE GIVEN THESE FUNDS, THESE ARE LITTLE SILOS. 
          UNLIKE THE GENERAL FUND WHERE IF YOU PULL THIS LEVER, THAT ONE POPS OVER THAT THIS IS A PUBLIC HEALTH IS [INAUDIBLE]. 
          YES, AS WE HAVE IDEAS MID YEAR, AS THINGS COME UP, PLEASE BRING THAT TO MY OFFICE. 
          [02:50:04]
WE'LL EXPLORE WHETHER IT'S DENTAL, WHETHER IT'S ANOTHER TYPE OF PREP, WHATEVER IT IS, AND WE EXPLORE THOSE. 
          SOME OF THESE FUNDS, WE HAVE TO AMEND, BECAUSE WE DO HAVE TO ADOPT A BUDGET. 
          WE HAVE TO APPROVE A BUDGET FOR THE AGENCIES, BUT WE CAN AMEND THOSE. 
          NICE THING AGAIN, GIVEN THERE'S AVAILABLE FUNDS AND SOME OF THESE PROGRAMS, WE CAN DO MID YEAR ACTIVITIES AND MID YEAR IDEAS, SO YOU DON'T HAVE TO DECIDE THAT THIS MONTH. 
          IF YOU WANT TO COME BACK TWO MONTHS, THREE MONTHS, FOUR MONTHS FROM NOW, WE CAN TRY TO MAKE SOMETHING HAPPEN. 
          >> THANK YOU. I APPRECIATE THE EDUCATION ON IT. 
          >> ANYTHING ELSE? MAYOR, TO YOUR POINT, I THINK WE'RE GOING TO ADD SOME ADDITIONAL VERBIAGE TO THE PAGES 81 THROUGH THE END OF THESE CASH FLOWS, AND MAYBE PUT SOMETHING LIKE AVAILABLE FUNDS RESTRICTED FOR SPECIFIC PURPOSES, WHICH BETTER ALIGNS WITH WHAT WE HAVE IN OUR AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TOO. 
          MAYBE THAT WOULD HELP WITH A LITTLE CLARITY FOR OUR READERS OF OUR BUDGET DOCUMENTS. 
          I APPRECIATE THAT FEEDBACK. 
          >> YEAH. THANK YOU. 
          >> WITH THAT, I HAVE NO IDEA IF WE'RE GETTING CLOSE TO LUNCH, STEPHANIE. 
          >> [INAUDIBLE] 
          >> PERFECT. 
          >> THIS IS RUNNING ABOUT 10 MINUTES LATE. 
          >> [INAUDIBLE] 
          >> THE PLAN WAS TO START WITH OUR UTILITY SERVICES, DEVELOPMENT SERVICES AND THEN DO CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM THIS AFTERNOON. 
          WE COULD GET STARTED ON THAT, OR IF YOU'LL WANT TO TAKE A BREAK AND HAVE LUNCH COMING IN PRETTY QUICK, WHATEVER YOU WANT TO DO. 
          >> WE WANT TO MAXIMIZE OUR TIME HERE. 
          I KNOW WE'RE DOING PRETTY GOOD. 
          TO RUN ON SCHEDULE IS NOT NORMAL. 
          I THINK WE'RE GOING TO GET THROUGH OUR AFTERNOON AND STILL HAVE TIME TO TAKE A LUNCH. 
          LET ME ASK COUNCIL, WHAT TIME DO YOU GUYS NEED TO BE OUT OF HERE TODAY? DOES ANYBODY NEED TO BE GONE BEFORE 5:00? ARE YOU GOOD IF WE WORK TILL 4:45, ISH? EVERYBODY GOOD? THEN CIP, JUST AN OVERVIEW. 
          IT'D BE NICE IF WE WANT TO BURN UP 10 MINUTES HERE. 
          IN PREVIOUS YEARS, WE'VE HAD THE BOOKS THAT ARE PHOTO. 
          >> WE'RE BRINGING THOSE. 
          DONNY, DO YOU HAVE AN UPDATE ON THOSE? 
          >> I DON'T, BUT I CAN GET ONE. 
          >> WE HAD PLANNED ON DOING IT TOWARDS THE END OF TODAY, AND SO THEY WERE PLANNING ON BRINGING THOSE BOOKS WITH THAT. 
          >> WELL, I WAS HOPEFUL BECAUSE I'M LOOKING AT OUR CAPITAL PROJECTS HERE AT THE BACK, AND I PROBABLY HAVE SAID IT WRONG SEVERAL TIMES. 
          CIP STANDS FOR CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS. 
          >> IT STANDS FOR ALL SORTS OF THINGS. 
          >> WHAT DOES IT ACTUALLY STAND FOR? 
          >> I'VE HEARD COMMUNITY INVESTMENT PROGRAM, CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS, CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM. 
          >> CAN WE CHANGE THE NAME TO CAP X SO THAT EVERYBODY UNDERSTANDS WHAT IT IS CAUSE THAT IS A TERM THAT EVERYBODY IN THE BUSINESS WORLD UNDERSTANDS THAT. 
          >> WELL, THIS IS MORE OF A GOVERNMENTAL TERM. 
          >> I'VE HAD PLENTY OF PEOPLE THAT DON'T KNOW WHAT WE'RE TALKING ABOUT, BUT JUST SO WE ALL KNOW WHAT WE'RE TALKING ABOUT, CIP, WHATEVER THAT STANDS FOR, IS LIKE OUR CAP X PROGRAM. 
          THESE ARE ONE TIME EXPENDITURES AND STAFF. 
          DO WE STILL HAVE A FIVE YEAR CIP PLAN? 
          >> YES. 
          >> IS THAT BOOK AVAILABLE FOR EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES, OR DOES IT NEED TO BE UPDATED BEFORE? COUNCIL WAS TO LOOK AT IT BECAUSE I KNOW IT CHANGES YEAR OVER YEAR. 
          >> IT DOES. WE COULD MAKE IT AVAILABLE. 
          I THINK WHAT OUR TARGET WAS TO GET YEAR 1 TO YOU TODAY SO YOU COULD SEE THAT. 
          BECAUSE THAT FIVE YEAR PLAN DOES SHIFT AROUND BASED ON NEEDS EVERY YEAR WHEN WE GO BACK AND RE-ANALYZE THAT. 
          >> YEAH. I KNOW EVERY YEAR UP UNTIL NOW, AND I DON'T KNOW IF WE'RE TRYING TO CHANGE OR IF WE'LL GET TO IT IN THE CONVERSATION. 
          COUNCIL HAS ALWAYS LOOKED AT CIP IS ANY MONIES THAT WERE REVENUED THAT WEREN'T PAID OUT DURING THE PREVIOUS YEAR. 
          AS AN EXAMPLE, SOME YEARS WERE THREE OR 4 MILLION. 
          OTHER YEARS HAVE BEEN 20 MILLION. 
          LET'S TAKE THAT $10 MILLION THAT COMES OUT. 
          THEN COUNCIL DIRECTS THOSE EXPENDITURES ALONG WITH THAT FIVE YEAR CIP PLAN SO THAT STAFF HAS THE ABILITY TO START PLUGGING IN PRIORITIES AND STAFF GETS HEARD SO THAT IT'S NOT JUST ONE DIRECTIONAL, IT'S NOT JUST MAYOR AND COUNCIL, WHERE WE THINK THIS IS WHERE THE MONEY NEEDS TO GO. 
          YOU GUYS ARE BRINGING TO US BASED ON THE NEEDS OF THE COMMUNITY. 
          THESE ARE THE AREAS THAT WE NEED TO PUSH. 
          IF YOU GOT A BRIDGE THAT'S FALLEN DOWN AND WE'VE BEEN WORKING ON IT, AND IT'S ENGINEERED AND IT'S SHOVEL READY. 
          WE FINALLY GOT THAT $5 MILLION. 
          WE NEED THAT IN YEAR 1. 
          BUT THEN THROUGHOUT THE YEAR, COUNCIL HAS ALWAYS HAD THE ISSUES THAT HAVE COME UP. 
          WELL, THAT WASN'T IN CIP, BRIDGE IS CRUMBLING. 
          WE NEED TO PULL THAT FORWARD. 
          THEN WE TOOK IT FROM YEAR 4 INTO YEAR 1, 
          [02:55:02]
AND WE BUMPED OTHER PROJECTS DOWN THE LIST. 
          ARE WE STILL GOING TO TREAT IT THE SAME? DO YOU-ALL HAVE THAT PLAN IN PLACE, OR DO YOU GUYS WANT TO GO A DIFFERENT DIRECTION? 
          >> WE DO, AND I'LL EVEN EXPAND THAT A LITTLE BIT FURTHER. 
          I MEAN, EVEN BEYOND THE FIVE YEARS, WE HAVE SOME ITEMS THAT HAVE BEEN PUSHED OUT TO WHAT WE CALL OUR YEAR 6 AND BEYOND THAT ARE NOT IN THE FIVE YEAR CIP PLANS. 
          WE HAVE, I MEAN, MAN, IF YOU REALLY LOOK AT ALL THE PROJECTS THAT HAVE BEEN IDENTIFIED IN CIP, IT IS A LONG LIST. 
          WE GO THROUGH AN EXERCISE, AND WE JUST RECENTLY DID THAT WHERE WE PRIORITIZE EVERYTHING BASED ON NEED FOR NOW, SET YEAR 1, SET YEARS 2, 3, 4 AND 5 OUT IN THE FUTURE CIP. 
          THERE ARE SOME, JUST AS YOU MENTIONED, MAYOR, THAT DO HAVE TO MOVE UP, AND WE DO HAVE TO CHANGE OUR DIRECTION AND COURSE AS WE GO. 
          I CAN EXPECT THAT WE'LL CONTINUE WITH THAT PLAN MOVING FORWARD. 
          WE ARE TRYING TO REVISE HOW WE'RE LOOKING AT CIP, AND BY THE WAY, I DO CALL A CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN. 
          THAT'S WHAT I'VE ALWAYS CALLED IT INSTEAD OF A COMMUNITY INVESTMENT PLAN. 
          BUT IN THE GOVERNMENT WORLD, THAT'S WHAT WE GENERALLY CALL IT. 
          BUT WE'RE MAKING SOME CHANGES, I THINK FOR THE GOOD AS TO HOW WE'RE APPROACHING THOSE LISTS. 
          ACMS HAVE A LOT OF SAY IN WHAT GETS PRIORITIZED AND THEY HAVE IN THE PAST TOO, BUT ALSO JUST A LOT MORE CONVERSATIONS SURROUNDING THAT AS WE START TO BUILD THAT WITH JERRY DANFORTH BEING OVER IN THAT DEPARTMENT NOW AND HE'S BEEN ABLE TO TAKE A LOOK AT THAT AND SEE SOME THINGS THAT HE WOULD WANT TO MAKE HAPPEN DIFFERENTLY THAN IT'S HAPPENING NOW. 
          I THINK FOR THE GOOD, NOT ONLY US, BUT FOR YOU AS WELL, TO HAVE A BIGGER PICTURE LOOK AT THAT. 
          STILL IN DEVELOPMENT, THOUGH, AS FAR AS WHAT WE'RE DOING FOR THOSE FUTURE YEARS. 
          >> THE $10 MILLION THAT'S IN CONSTRUCTION BUDGET, IS THAT INCLUDED IN OUR CIP AS IT'S IDENTIFIED OR IS THAT A TOTALLY SEPARATE ITEM THAT'S IN OUR LINE ITEM? 
          >> THERE IS A TRANSFER OUT OF GENERAL FUND FOR JUST UNDER $10 MILLION THAT IS IN YOUR YEAR 1 OF YOUR CIP PLAN. 
          >> ARE WE TAKING 10 MILLION OUT OF OUR CURRENT YEAR BUDGET AND PUTTING IT INTO CIP IN THAT TRANSFER? 
          >> YES. 
          >> I COULDN'T FOLLOW HOW THAT WAS. 
          WHY ARE WE DOING THAT? WHY ARE WE NOT SHOWING THAT AS JUST, LIKE? 
          >> BECAUSE IT IS ONE TIME MONEY THAT MOST OF IT IS, IF YOU'LL REMEMBER BACK TO YESTERDAY, WE HAVE ABOUT $6 MILLION COMING AS A TRANSFER IN FROM FLEET FROM SOME OF THEIR EXCESS RESERVES TO GENERAL FUND. 
          WE HAD 1.9 MILLION COMING IN FROM THE HEALTH PLAN AND 1.5 MILLION COMING IN FROM OUR RISK MANAGEMENT PLAN TO GENERAL FUND. 
          THOSE ARE ONE TIME DOLLARS. 
          THOSE ARE NOT GOING TO BE TRANSFERS WE GET EVERY YEAR. 
          WE'RE TAKING THAT MONEY THEN AND PUTTING IT INTO THE CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM. 
          >> BUDGET IS BALANCED WITH ONGOING REVENUES, AND THEN ONE TIME REVENUES. 
          YOU'VE CAPTURED THE ONE TIME REVENUES, BUT IT JUST WAS LISTED UNDER GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NEEDS, I GUESS, AND THAT GOT TRANSFERRED OVER TO THE CIP. 
          >> THAT'S CORRECT. YES. 
          >> I KNOW TODAY WE'LL GO THROUGH CIP, HERE'S HOW MUCH WATER AND SEWER, HERE'S HOW MUCH GENERAL FUND, ONE TIME MONIES, WHATEVER ELSE. 
          ARE WE STILL BEING ASKED TO HELP DIRECT THOSE MONIES IN PRIORITIZATION OR? 
          >> WE HAVE BUILT A PLAN THAT IS PROPOSED, AND AS ALWAYS WOULD TAKE FEEDBACK FROM CITY COUNCIL ON THAT, BUT WE DO HAVE A PRIORITIZATION PUT INTO THIS BUILT BUDGET. 
          >> YEAH, STAFF, THEY'VE MET VERY THOROUGHLY ON THIS BECAUSE WE HAVE A LENGTHY LIST OF PROJECTS THAT COULD BE DONE, BUT OBVIOUSLY VERY LIMITED FUNDS. 
          I KNOW DONNY AND HIS TEAMS. I'VE MOVED ALL OF THE CAPITAL DEPARTMENTS UNDER DONNY FOR PUBLIC WORKS UTILITIES, CIP&D FACILITIES. 
          HE'S MET WITH THIS TEAM VERY THOROUGHLY AND TRIED TO FIGURE OUT WHICH PROJECTS APPEAR IN OUR OPINION TO BE THE HIGHEST PRIORITY PROJECTS THAT WE NEED TO GET DONE THE FASTEST. 
          THOSE ARE ONES WE'VE BROUGHT FORWARD TO YOU. 
          >> TO ADD TO THAT, JUST SO YOU HAVE A GOOD PICTURE IN THE MAGNITUDE OF THAT. 
          WE LITERALLY HAVE OVER A BILLION DOLLARS. 
          I'M NOT TALKING ABOUT WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANTS. 
          I'M TALKING ABOUT OVER A BILLION DOLLARS IN CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS THAT HAVE BEEN IDENTIFIED, WHETHER THAT'S THROUGH MASTER PLANS, WHETHER THAT'S THROUGH OUR CURRENT NEEDS, ETC. 
          IT'S PRETTY PAINFUL TO GO THROUGH THAT LIST AND SAY, WELL, WE HAVE, FOR EXAMPLE, $11 MILLION TO WORK WITH. 
          WE HAVE TO GO THROUGH AND FIGURE OUT WHAT THOSE CURRENT NEEDS ARE WORKING WITH ALL OF OUR DIRECTORS AND ALL OF THEIR STAFF TO FIGURE OUT WHAT CAN GIVE NOW, WHAT CAN PUSH OUT A YEAR, WHAT REPAIRS CAN WE MAKE IN THE PROCESS TO KEEP SOMETHING GOING BEFORE WE HAVE TO MAKE THAT BIG CAPITAL INVESTMENT? IT IS A LARGE PROCESS, AND I THINK WHEN THAT'S IN OUR HANDS, WE HAVE A LOT OF TIME THAT WE CAN SPEND ON THAT, ESPECIALLY WITH ALL OF THE STAFF THAT WE HAVE WORKING ON THOSE ITEMS. I THINK TO GIVE YOU THAT LIST WOULD BE PRETTY OVERWHELMING FOR YOU TO 
          [03:00:01]
START CHOOSING WHAT WE WERE GOING TO BE PRIORITIZING FOR YEAR 1. 
          >> WE HAVE TO ALSO ANALYZE, WHAT ARE WE CAPABLE OF GETTING DONE IN A SINGLE YEAR WITH OUR STAFFING AND WITH OUR TIMING AND WHICH PROJECTS MAKE SENSE TOGETHER OR WHICH ONES? THERE'S A LOT OF THINGS I MEAN LEARNING FROM LESSONS IN THE PAST. 
          WE HAVE TO LEARN FROM THOSE AND RECOGNIZE, IF WE SAID WE'RE GOING TO DO A PROJECT, CAN WE ACTUALLY GET THAT PROJECT DONE? WE IDENTIFY A PROJECT, AND THEN WE CAN'T GET TO IT. 
          THAT'S ONE OF THE BIG LESSONS WE'VE LEARNED FROM RECENT YEARS ON PROPOSING PROJECTS THAT WE KNOW, WE HAVE A REASONABLE ASSURANCE WE CAN GET DONE AND ACCOMPLISHED. 
          >> COUNCILMAN, I SAW YOU. 
          >> DONNY, ON THE FIVE YEAR PLAN, DOES THAT INCLUDE THE PURCHASE OF THE LAND AND THE NEXT FIRE STATIONS THAT ARE GOING TO BE NEEDED? DOES THAT INCLUDE THE ANIMAL SHELTER THAT NEEDS TO BE UPGRADED? ARE THOSE ITEMS THAT WOULD BE ON THAT? 
          >> SURE. I DON'T HAVE THE LIST IN FRONT OF ME NOW, BUT YEAH, ABSOLUTELY. 
          >> THANK YOU. 
          >> I WANT TO HELP BALANCE THAT. 
          I MEAN, WE WANT IT TO BE COLLABORATIVE FOR SURE, AND WE DEFINITELY VALUE YOUR EXPERTISE, AND WE SEE AND WE KNOW SHOVEL READY. 
          I THINK WE ALWAYS TRY TO DO A GOOD JOB OF IDENTIFYING ADDITIONAL FUNDS. 
          LIKE THE RESERVES THAT WERE BEING CALCULATED ON EXISTING RESERVES, HOW MUCH DID THAT FREE UP? WAS IT 8 MILLION OR 12 MILLION? I DIDN'T FOLLOW THE MATH. 
          >> IT WAS 12, A LITTLE OVER 12, YES. 
          >> THAT $12 MILLION, WE DIDN'T HAVE ACCESSIBLE LAST YEAR BECAUSE WE FELT LIKE OUR FINANCIAL POLICY WAS RESTRICTING THAT MONEY TO A RESERVE CAPACITY. 
          THIS YEAR, WE FREED UP $12 MILLION TO GO TO CIP, IS THAT RIGHT? 
          >> NO, IT DIDN'T WORK OUT QUITE THAT WAY. 
          THE REASON FOR THAT WAS, WHEN WE CALCULATE OUR 90 DAY RESERVE, WE DO IT OFF OF OUR ESTIMATED SPENDING IN THE CURRENT YEAR, NOT THE FULL BUDGET, BECAUSE WE NORMALLY DON'T SPEND OUR ENTIRE BUDGET. 
          THAT WOULD BE AN ULTRA CONSERVATIVE 90 DAY RESERVE. 
          WE DO IT OFF OF WHAT WE HAVE REFERRED TO IN PRIOR YEARS, LIKE AS A REVISED ESTIMATE. 
          LAST YEAR, WHEN WE WERE CALCULATING OUR 90 DAY RESERVE IN THE GENERAL FUND, WE WERE CALCULATING IT OFF OF THE 23/24 REVISED SPENDING FOR THAT YEAR. 
          BECAUSE WE DID SUCH LARGE INCREASES FOR PUBLIC SAFETY INTO THE NEW YEAR, IT WOULD HAVE PUSHED OUR 90 DAY RESERVE REQUIREMENT UP SIGNIFICANTLY. 
          BY MAKING THE CHANGE WITH THE FINANCIAL POLICY, WE DIDN'T HAVE TO MAKE OUR RESERVE GO UP NEAR AS MUCH. 
          WE WOULD HAVE HAD TO TAKE ALL THAT ONE TIME FUNDING COMING FROM THE OTHER FUNDS JUST TO BUILD UP A RESERVE AND NOT PUT ANYTHING TO CAPITAL HAD WE NOT LOOKED AT MODIFYING OUR FINANCIAL POLICY FOR THE RESERVE CALCULATION. 
          >> I DON'T NECESSARILY FOLLOW THAT, BUT I'M STILL TRACKING WITH YOU. 
          YOU MODIFIED THE CALCULATION ON A CONSERVATIVE, BUT NOT AS CONSERVATIVE AS YOU HAD TO BASIS. 
          OUR FINANCIAL POLICY REFLECTS THAT. 
          BUT AT THE END OF THAT, WE FREED UP $12 MILLION THAT IS GOING TO END UP IN CIP? 
          >> NO, IT IS. 
          IT DOESN'T FREE IT UP. 
          IT'S JUST MONEY THAT WE DIDN'T HAVE TO SET ASIDE ABOVE AND BEYOND WHAT WE ALREADY HAD. 
          >> HOW DOES IT NOT FREE THAT MONEY UP THEN IF WE DON'T HAVE TO SET IT ASIDE? 
          >> BECAUSE WE DIDN'T HAVE IT IN RESERVES TO START WITH, WE WERE GOING TO HAVE TO BUILD IT INTO RESERVES, IN THIS YEAR. 
          BECAUSE WE MADE SUCH A SIGNIFICANT INCREASE TO THE GENERAL FUND BUDGET FROM TWO YEARS AGO TO THE CURRENT YEAR. 
          WE WERE GOING TO HAVE TO BUILD UP RESERVES THAT MUCH MORE, AND WE HADN'T DONE IT YET. 
          WE WERE GOING TO HAVE TO DO IT IN THIS YEAR. 
          >> DO YOU KNOW THE NET CHANGE OF WHAT WE DID FOR A YEAR? IF WE WOULD RESERVE 60 MILLION LAST YEAR, AND THIS YEAR, WE ONLY HAVE TO RESERVE 52 BECAUSE WE RECALCULATED, WE WOULD HAVE HAD TO HAVE INCREASED IT FROM SAY, 60-62. 
          DID WE NET THE 60-52, AND DID THAT END UP IN CIP? 
          >> I THINK GRAYSON HAD A COMMENT, AND I'M GOING TO LOOK IT UP RIGHT NOW. 
          OH, GIVE ME JUST A SECOND. 
          >> YEAH, LOOKING FOR THE DELTA BETWEEN LAST YEAR AND THIS YEAR, AND THEN WANTING TO TRACK, REALLY, I HOPE IN YOUR CIP PROGRAM, WE'LL BE ABLE TO SEE REPRESENTATIVE TOTALS OF ALL AVAILABLE MONIES. 
          BACK TO THIS POINT, AVAILABLE FUNDS CALCULATION, IF WE HAVE AVAILABLE FUNDS, WE WANT TO MAKE SURE YOU GUYS ARE DIRECTING THEM, AND WE'RE PUTTING THEM INTO PROJECTS THAT ARE READY. 
          NOW, IF WE HAVE AVAILABLE FUNDS OVER THAT, AND IT'S NOT READY, THEN WE DON'T WANT TO ALLOCATE IT TO A FUTURE PROJECT THAT'S NOT READY TO GO, BUT WE WOULD WANT TO IDENTIFY THAT JUST LIKE OUR CIVIC CENTER DISCUSSION EARLIER. 
          [03:05:03]
WE AS COUNCIL DEFINITELY FEEL LIKE THAT IS VISIONARY, AND THAT IS PART OF OUR ROLE IN LEADING THE CITY. 
          IF WE HAVE MONIES THAT ARE SITTING THERE, WE DON'T WANT TO JUST LET THEM SIT, LIKE IN THIS EXAMPLE, THEY'RE RESTRICTED IN THE SPECIAL REVENUES. 
          BUT GENERAL FUND, ONCE WE MEET OUR RESERVE TOTALS, WE DEFINITELY WANT TO HAVE AN ACCOUNTING OF WHAT IS AVAILABLE. 
          >> OUR ANTICIPATED RESERVES AT THE START OF THIS YEAR, WHAT WE BUILT IN LAST YEAR IS OUR TARGET RESERVE WAS 57 MILLION. 
          OUR TARGET RESERVE IS NOW ABOUT 53 MILLION, AND HAD WE NOT BACKED OUT THE 12 MILLION, WE WOULD BE AT 65 MILLION. 
          WE WOULD HAVE BEEN [OVERLAPPING] 
          >> WE WERE GOING TO GO 57-65 TARGET RESERVE. 
          >> THAT'S MONEY YOU WOULD HAVE HAD TO FIND. 
          IT'S NOT MONEY YOU FREED UP MONEY YOU WOULD HAVE TO HAVE FOUND IN ORDER TO MAKE IT HAPPEN. 
          >> WE FREED UP THE 57-53? 
          >> YES. WELL, WE WERE AT 57 AND OUR TARGET RESERVE NOW IS AT 53, YES. 
          >> BUT THAT DOESN'T NECESSARILY MEAN WE ONLY HAD 57 MILLION. 
          WE HAD 74 MILLION SITTING THERE, ACCORDING TO PAGE 1. 
          AVAILABLE TO BALANCE AT THE? 
          >> YES, TO START THE YEAR. 
          >> I MEAN, THAT'S REALLY WHAT THE RESERVES. 
          >> THERE'S YOUR 57 MILLION, I'M SORRY. 
          IT'S ALL RIGHT THERE ON PAGE 4. 
          OUR TARGET RESERVE WAS 57 MILLION, AND NOW IT'S CHANGING TO THE 53 MILLION. 
          >> BUT THEN THE CAPE X COMES FROM THE 74 DOWN TO THE 53. 
          THAT'S WHERE YOU'RE MOVING THOSE MONIES OVER. 
          >> YES. THAT WAS THE $10.5 MILLION THAT WE DID LAST YEAR OR I'M SORRY, THAT WE'RE DOING IN THE CURRENT YEAR FOR CIP. 
          >> WELL, IN THE 74, I MEAN, THAT WAS OUR BEGINNING AVAILABLE BALANCE. 
          BUT THEN, AS THE YEAR WENT ON, WE HAD REVENUES, EXPENSES, AND THEN WE ENDED UP ENDING AT 57 OR SO. 
          >> ON THIS PAGE, THOSE ARE BOTH ESTIMATES. 
          >> I THOUGHT WE ENDED AT 74. 
          >> NO, WE STARTED THE BEGINNING OF THE CURRENT YEAR AT 74, AND WE'RE ANTICIPATING WE'RE GOING TO END AROUND 57 MILLION. 
          THEN THAT'S WHAT WE WOULD HAVE STARTING INTO NEXT YEAR. 
          >> IS THE 50. 
          >> WE'RE ANTICIPATING WE'RE ACTUALLY GOING TO BE CLOSER TO ABOUT 53.5 MILLION. 
          >> GOING TO THE OVERALL UNDERSTANDING SO THAT WE AS COUNSEL ARE DOING A GOOD JOB FOR YOU ALL YOU GUYS ARE BRINGING THE ONE YEAR NEXT STEP, AND IT'LL BE A BOOKLET THAT WE'LL GET AFTER LUNCH HERE TODAY. 
          WE CAN GO THROUGH ALL THAT. 
          WE GET TO SEE ALL THE GOOD THINGS THAT ARE GOING TO THE COMMUNITY. 
          BUT YOU'VE IDENTIFIED ALL OF THE MONIES THAT YOU HAVE THAT YOU CAN PUSH INTO YEAR 1 AND THEN YOU'RE GOING TO RECOMMEND TO US ON THAT. 
          THEN WE ON THAT CHECKS AND BALANCES, IF WE HAVE ANY NEEDS THAT WE SEE, OR IF WE CAN MODIFY THE BUDGET REQUESTS IN ORDER TO PHASE INTO ANOTHER DEAL OR DO SOMETHING DIFFERENT THAN ANY OF THOSE MONIES THAT ARE FREED UP, THEN COULD GO TO DIFFERENT PRIORITIES THAT COUNCIL AND STAFF AGREES ON, STILL DOING ALL THE SAME. 
          >> CORRECT. AGAIN, THE WHOLE BUDGET IS A PROPOSAL OR RECOMMENDATION. 
          YES, IF THE COUNCIL WANTED TO IDENTIFY MORE FUNDS FOR CAPITAL, YES, YOU WOULD THEN NEED TO REVISIT THE THINGS WE TALKED ABOUT TODAY, YESTERDAY, AND TOMORROW MORNING TO FIGURE OUT HOW DO I CUT THAT TO PUT THIS OVER THERE. 
          >> SAME WAY WITH PAY RAISES, IF WE WERE TO IMPLEMENT A DIFFERENT MERIT, COLA, THAT WOULD CHANGE MAYBE WHAT YOU'RE ALLOTTING FOR POLICE AND FIRE, OR IF YOU HAVE YOUR PAY STUDY INCREASE VERSUS LIKE A PHASE IN APPROACH, LIKE WE TALKED WITH. 
          >> IF YOU WERE TO CHOOSE TO CUT THE PAY INCREASE 5-3 OR CUT THE FIRE 4-2, CIVILIAN FROM 4-3 THOSE ARE THINGS YOU CAN LOOK AT DOING AND IN ORDER TO FREE UP FUNDS FOR WHETHER YOU WANT TO ADD A NEW HEALTH PROGRAM OR YOU WANT TO INCREASE TO PARKS, OR IF YOU WANT TO DO CAPITAL. 
          THOSE ARE ALL PART OF THE PROCESS HERE. 
          >> WELL, I THINK WE'VE MADE A GREAT DEAL OF PROGRESS JUST IN REALLY, LIKE A SHORT DAY AND A HALF SO FAR. 
          I DON'T KNOW IF WE'VE TALKED AROUND IT ENOUGH THAT JASON'S DELI IS HERE, BUT IF NOT, LIKE, WE COULD KEEP GOING. 
          >> THEY ARE HERE. THE EVERYTHING SET OUT. 
          WITH THAT, THEN WE WILL START WITH UTILITY BILLING AND THE WATER AND SEWER UTILITIES AFTER LUNCH. 
          HOW LONG WOULD YOU LIKE TO BREAK FOR LUNCH, MAYOR? 
          [03:10:02]
          >> SINCE EVERYBODY'S GOOD WORKING UNTIL RIGHT AT 5:00, I THINK WE CAN GO AHEAD AND TAKE A LUNCH BREAK. 
          LET'S DO, LIKE 45 MINUTES. 
          WE'LL BE BACK IN HERE AROUND 12:45. 
          THAT WAY WE REALLY TAKE OFF RUNNING RIGHT AT ONE. SOUND GOOD? 
          >> GREAT. 
          >> WE'LL SEE YOU BACK HERE. THANK YOU. 
          YOU NEED ANYTHING BEFORE YOU TAKE US INTO THAT NEXT SECTION? A YOU READY TO GO? WE'LL CALL OURSELVES BACK TO ORDER AND HAND IT BACK OVER TO YOU AND START WITH UTILITY BILLING. 
          >> WE'VE ALREADY TOUCHED ON UTILITY BILLING A LITTLE BIT, BUT WE'LL LOOK AT THE ACTUAL PAGES FOR UTILITY BILLING. 
          IT IS STARTING ON PAGE 421 IN YOUR BUDGET. 
          AGAIN, WHAT WE ARE LOOKING TO DO IS TO BREAK APART THE CALL CENTER OPERATION, WHICH WE'VE REFERRED TO AS 311, BUT IS THE MY AMARILLO FUNCTION, PULLING IT THAT HAS BEEN AND HAS GROWN INSIDE UTILITY BILLING FOR THE PAST SEVERAL YEARS. 
          WE'RE LOOKING TO PULL THAT OPERATION OUT AND LEAVE 61 EMPLOYEES STILL IN THE UTILITY BILLING AREA. 
          I WANTED TO REMIND COUNSEL AND MAYBE INFORM OUR NEW COUNCIL MEMBERS THAT IN THIS PAST YEAR, CURRENT YEAR BUDGET. 
          I MEAN, COUNCIL AUTHORIZED FOR ESSENTIALLY ALL OF THE METER OPERATIONS TO GET CONSOLIDATED INTO UTILITY BILLING. 
          HISTORICALLY, UTILITY BILLING HAD THE METER READERS. 
          THE ONES THAT WE'RE GOING OUT AND MANUALLY READING ALL OF OUR METERS OR THAT WE'RE DRIVING THROUGH THE NEIGHBORHOODS AND PICKING UP THE REMOTE SIGNALS WITH THE READINGS FROM THE METERS. 
          AS WE HAVE STARTED AND GETTING CLOSER TO FINISHING THE AUTOMATED METERING INFRASTRUCTURE PROJECT, WE DISCUSSED LAST YEAR AT THE SAME TIME WITH COUNSEL ABOUT CONSOLIDATING MORE OF THE METER OPERATIONS INTO ONE AREA TO GAIN EFFICIENCIES AND JUST TO HELP PROVIDE EVEN BETTER CUSTOMER SERVICE OUT TO OUR COMMUNITY. 
          WHAT THAT LOOKED LIKE IS WE CONSOLIDATED THE METER TECHNICIANS THAT HAD HISTORICALLY BEEN IN WATER DISTRIBUTION OVER INTO UTILITY BILLING. 
          THEY GREW LAST YEAR, TAKING ON ALL OF THE METER TECHNICIAN AREAS. 
          IN THE BUDGET PROCESS, THOUGH, ALL WE MOVED WERE SALARIES AND BENEFITS. 
          WE DIDN'T ACTUALLY MOVE OVER SOME OF THE SUPPLIES AND SOME OF THE OTHER OPERATING ESSENTIALS THAT THEY NEEDED. 
          I THINK IN JENNIFER'S BUDGET THIS YEAR FOR UTILITY BILLING, WE HAVE BUILT IN SOME OF THOSE ITEMS THAT ARE NEEDED RELATED TO SUPPORTING THE METER TECHNICIANS IN UTILITY BILLING. 
          NOW, AS WE MOVED THE MY AMARILLO TEAM OUT, IF YOU TURN TO PAGE 423, RIGHT IN THE MIDDLE OF THE PAGE, YOU WILL SEE AN ACCOUNT 77630, CALLED MY AMARILLO WITH A CHARGE COMING IN FOR 1,562,737. 
          THAT IS THE CHARGE COMING FROM THE INTERNAL SERVICE FUND BACK INTO UTILITY BILLING FOR THEM HANDLING ALL OF THE CALLS AND CALL CENTER OPERATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH PEOPLE CALLING WITH INQUIRIES OR QUESTIONS ABOUT THEIR UTILITY BILLS. 
          THAT'S WHERE THAT PIECE IS COMING OUT. 
          IT'S A LITTLE HARDER TO SEE THE EMPLOYEES MOVING OUT. 
          PART OF IT, YOU CAN SEE IF YOU'LL LOOK BACK ON PAGE 421, GO TO THE SALARY AND WAGES LINE ON ACCOUNT 41100, AND YOU'LL SEE THAT THE CURRENT YEAR BUDGET IS ABOUT A LITTLE OVER 3.1 MILLION, AND IT'S GOING TO DROP DOWN TO A LITTLE UNDER 2.6 MILLION. 
          THAT'S THE SALARIES RELATED TO THE CALL CENTER GROUP COMING OUT OF UTILITY BILLING AND MOVING OVER. 
          THEN THERE'S BENEFITS, OBVIOUSLY ASSOCIATED WITH THEM AS WELL, BUT THAT WAS MOVING THAT OPERATION OUT INTO AN INTERNAL SERVICE FUND. 
          THOSE ARE THE TWO BIG CHANGES THAT WE HAVE GOING ON IN UTILITY BILLING FOR THIS YEAR. 
          ARE THERE QUESTIONS THAT I CAN ANSWER ABOUT UTILITY BILLING? 
          >> JUST TO CLARIFY A FEW THINGS. 
          UTILITY BILLING HAS ALWAYS BEEN IN GENERAL FUND? 
          >> NO. THEY'RE IN THE WATER AND SEWER FUND. 
          >> THEY'VE ALWAYS BEEN IN WATER AND SEWER? 
          >> YES. BECAUSE THEY ARE THE ONES THAT BILL AND COLLECT THE REVENUE FOR THE WATER AND SEWER FUND. 
          >> I KNOW WATER AND SEWER REVENUES ARE A LITTLE MORE FORGIVING HISTORICALLY THAN, LIKE TAXES. 
          [03:15:04]
GENERAL FUND STRUGGLES TO DO AS MUCH AS IT'S ASKED TO DO ON WHATEVER SALES TAX HAPPENS TO BE AND WHATNOT. 
          THE PHILOSOPHY OF MOVING OUT OF WATER AND SEWER AND INSTEAD OF HOUSING IT IN WATER AND SEWER AND BILLING OTHER ENTITIES OR OTHER DEPARTMENTS, ARE YOU PUTTING MY AMARILLO IN THE GENERAL FUND? 
          >> NO. IT'LL BE IN ITS OWN INTERNAL SERVICE FUND. 
          SIMILAR TO THE WAY THE IT FUND IS OR THE FLEET FUND. 
          IT'S A STANDALONE FUND THAT PROVIDES SERVICES TO A LOT OF CITY DEPARTMENTS AND THEN THEY CHARGE THOSE VARIOUS CITY DEPARTMENTS, WHETHER THEY'RE IN THE GENERAL FUND? THEY'RE IN THE WATER AND SEWER FUND. 
          IF THEY'RE IN THE DRAINAGE FUND, AIRPORT FUND, THEY WILL CHARGE THEM BACK TO EACH OF THOSE. 
          >> IN THE WAY IN WHICH YOU'RE CONSTANTLY TRYING TO DRIVE MONIES TO YOUR GENERAL FUND TO PAY FOR YOUR MOST EXPENSIVE DEPARTMENTS, AND YOU HAVE THE MOST VOLATILITY WITH SALES TAX AND UNCERTAINTY WITH STATE LEGISLATURES AND ANYTHING THAT CAN GO ON. 
          WHY DO WE CONTINUE TO SET UP LIKE, INDEPENDENT CONTRACTING DEPARTMENTS THAT CAN'T HOUSE INSIDE OF GENERAL FUND? 
          >> THIS IS AN ACCOUNTING CONCEPT FOR GOVERNMENTAL ACCOUNTING. 
          YOU HAVE THESE INTERNAL SERVICE FUNDS THAT ARE ESSENTIALLY MANY BUSINESSES INSIDE THE GOVERNMENT ENTITY THAT ARE PROVIDING SERVICES NOT TO OUTSIDE, BUT TO INSIDE USER DEPARTMENTS, AND THEY CHARGE THE SERVICES TO THEM. 
          THE REASON WE'RE PULLING IT OUT OF WATER AND SEWER, WE'RE NOT PUTTING IT IN GENERAL FUND, BUT WE'RE CHARGING GENERAL FUND. 
          WE'RE STARTING TO CHARGE GENERAL FUND IS BECAUSE WE KNOW THE STRAIN THAT'S GOING TO BE PUT ON THE WATER AND SEWER FUND OVER THE NEXT SEVERAL YEARS AS WE TRY TO WORK THROUGH THINGS LIKE LEAD AND COPPER RULES AND ESPECIALLY THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITIES. 
          WE ARE PROPOSING NOT TO HAVE OUR WATER AND SEWER RATE PAYERS PAY FOR SERVICES THAT ARE BEING PROVIDED FOR THE STREETS DEPARTMENT OR TRAFFIC DEPARTMENT OR SOLID WASTE DEPARTMENT, SOME OF THOSE THINGS. 
          WE THINK IT'S BETTER SUITED FOR GENERAL FUND DEPARTMENTS TO BE PAYING THOSE. 
          >> I FOLLOW. IS THE GENERAL FUND ABLE TO BILL THE MY AMARILLO DEPARTMENT OR TRANSFER MONEY? IS THERE ANY ABILITY TO TAKE ADDITIONAL REVENUES FROM THAT DEPARTMENT AND USE THEM TO OFFSET EXPENDITURES IN THE GENERAL FUND? 
          >> AS WE GO FORWARD, WE DO CHARGE, WE WILL CALCULATE AN ADMINISTRATIVE FEE THAT WILL BE CHARGED TO MY AMARILLO, AND THEN THAT WILL BE CHARGED BACK TO USING DEPARTMENTS. 
          PART OF IT WE'LL GET CHARGED BACK TO GENERAL FUNDS. 
          GENERAL FUND WILL CHARGE THEM AND THEN THEY'LL CHARGE GENERAL FUND BACK FOR IT. 
          BUT WE DO NOT HAVE A PROPOSED ADMIN FEE IN THAT FUND AT THIS POINT IN TIME. 
          WE'RE JUST TRYING TO. 
          WE'LL PROBABLY CALCULATE ONE TO GO IN THERE IN THE NEXT COUPLE OF YEARS BECAUSE THAT'S ALL DONE THROUGH OUR INDIRECT COST PLAN, SO IT'S BASED ON OUR LAST SET OF AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, WHICH THIS WASN'T A SEPARATE DEPARTMENT AT THAT POINT IN TIME. 
          WE WOULD PROPOSE WAITING TO PUT THE ADMIN FEE IN BECAUSE WE WOULDN'T KNOW AN ESTIMATED AMOUNT TO PUT IN AT THIS POINT IN TIME. 
          AT SOME POINT, YOU WILL SEE A CHARGE COMING FROM THE GENERAL FUND, BECAUSE THEY'LL HAVE TO PAY THE GENERAL FUND FOR SERVICES LIKE FINANCE AND HR PAYROLL, THOSE TYPE OF THINGS. 
          >> WOULD IT MAKE SENSE TO HOUSE THE MY AMARILLO INSIDE OF THE GENERAL FUND? 
          >> NO, I DON'T BELIEVE THAT WOULD BE BEST BECAUSE IT IS TRULY ACTING AS MORE OF AN INTERNAL SERVICE DEPARTMENT TO HELP OUT ALL OF CITY DEPARTMENTS. 
          >> THAT MAY BE WHERE WE WOULD DISAGREE A LITTLE BIT. 
          IT'S DOING A JOB. 
          IT'S JUST DOING IT BETTER THAN WE WERE DOING IT IN INDEPENDENT DEPARTMENTS. 
          LIKE WHAT JENNIFER CAN DO IS SHE CAN HIRE WHAT, CIVILIAN, NON-EMERGENCY CERTIFIED INDIVIDUALS TO HELP OFFLOAD CALLS THAT DON'T NEED TO GO TO 911. 
          SHE'S TRULY, LIKE, FORWARD FACING IN THAT CUSTOMER CONTACT. 
          ANIMAL MANAGEMENT PHONE CALLS AND THINGS LIKE THAT. 
          I MEAN, SHE'S PROVIDING A SERVICE JUST ON BEHALF OF THESE OTHER DEPARTMENTS, BUT SHE'S PROVIDING THEIR SERVICE. 
          WHAT WE'RE DOING IS JUST CREATING A BETTER STRUCTURE, I THINK, INSIDE OF THE FLOW CHART. 
          BUT THEN MY CURIOSITY WOULD BE, LIKE WE'VE GOTTEN SEVERAL OF THESE INTERDEPARTMENTAL FUNDS THAT ARE SET UP. 
          THEY STAND ON THEIR OWN. 
          THEY'VE HISTORICALLY REVENUED MORE MONIES. 
          THEIR RESERVES HAVE BEEN IN EXCESS. 
          BUT THEN, LIKE WE'RE NOT PULLING THAT MONEY BACK OVER INTO THE GENERAL FUND FOR COST OF DOING BUSINESS. 
          WE'RE TIGHTER ON THE GENERAL FUND THAN WHAT WE WOULD LIKE TO BE. 
          [03:20:04]
BUT THESE ARE GENERAL FUND DEPARTMENTS THAT ARE NOW BEING STOOD OUTSIDE OF GENERAL FUND. 
          LIKE IT IS A GENERAL FUND DEPARTMENT. 
          >> NO, IT IS NOT. 
          IT IS A CITY DEPARTMENT THAT SERVES THE GENERAL FUND, BUT IT ALSO SERVES THE WATER AND SEWER FUND, THE AIRPORT FUND, THE DRAINAGE FUND, ALL THE OTHER FUNDS AT THE CITY OF AMARILLO. 
          I THINK TO YOUR QUESTION ON MY AMARILLO BEING A PART OF THE GENERAL FUND IS THREE FOURTHS OF THEIR COSTS ARE TRULY RELATED TO WATER AND SEWER AT THIS POINT AND A FOURTH IS RELATED TO THE GENERAL FUND. 
          I DON'T I DON'T FEEL THAT IT WOULD PROBABLY BE APPROPRIATE FOR THEM TO BE MOVED FROM WATER AND SEWER OVER INTO THE GENERAL FUND, BECAUSE WATER AND SEWER WILL PROBABLY ALWAYS HAVE AT LEAST HALF, IF NOT, OVER HALF PROBABLY OF THE VOLUME THAT'S RUNNING THROUGH MY AMARILLO. 
          AGAIN, THIS IS A BEST PRACTICES WAY TO HANDLE THIS TYPE OF AN OPERATION INSIDE OF A GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY. 
          >> OUR RECOMMENDATION IS A SEPARATE STANDALONE FUND. 
          HOWEVER, IF THE COUNCIL WISHES TO PUT IT BACK INTO AN EXISTING FUND, WE CAN LOOK AT THIS OUR RECOMMENDATION WILL BE WATER AND SEWER, NOT GENERAL FUND. 
          >> I WOULD JUST SAY, I MEAN, WHAT YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT IS AN EXTREMELY COMMON PRACTICE IN CORPORATE BUSINESS, AND THE TERM IT USES THEY ARE SHARED SERVICES. 
          I MEAN, IF YOU HAVE A CORPORATE BUSINESS THAT HAS A LOT OF DIFFERENT ENTITIES, MANY CASES THEY'RE SPREAD ALL OVER THE COUNTRY. 
          BUT THEY'RE MANAGED IN ONE LOCATION. 
          IT ALLOWS BETTER MANAGEMENT AND IT ALLOWS A MORE EQUITABLE DISTRIBUTION TO EACH OF THE BUSINESS UNITS TO BE ABLE TO PAY FOR THE PART OF THE SHARE THAT THEY USE. 
          AGAIN, I SEE FLEET SERVICES, IT, THOSE TYPES OF THINGS ARE THE SAME. 
          I DON'T HAVE ANY PROBLEM WITH THE CONCEPT. 
          I MEAN, I THINK IT IS, LIKE YOU SAY, IT'S A BEST PRACTICE. 
          A COUPLE OF QUESTIONS I HAVE AS IT RELATES TO, SO IT LOOKS LIKE ON THE EXPENDITURE SIDE THE DEPARTMENT, SO WE'RE TRANSFERRING EMPLOYEES OUT, CORRECT? 
          >> YES. 
          >> BUT OUR EXPENSES ARE GOING UP. 
          >> THE BUDGET, AND I DON'T KNOW WHAT THE ACTUAL FINISH, BUT IF I'M UP EXPENDITURES ON PAGE 421. 
          I WOULD ASSUME THAT IF WE'RE TRANSFERRING EMPLOYEES OUT, THEN OUR EXPENDITURES WILL GO DOWN. 
          NOW, I SEE WE'RE TAKING THE CHARGE BACK ON FOR THAT. 
          BUT IS THAT A CHARGE FOR THE FULL SERVICE, OR IS IT OR DO WE NOT YET KNOW HOW MUCH THAT THIS DEPARTMENT WOULD PAY? 
          >> THE DEPARTMENT HAS BEEN GROWING PRETTY RAPIDLY. 
          THE BUDGET IN HERE REFLECTS WHERE WE WERE AT BY LAST SUMMER'S STANDARDS. 
          AS THEY'VE BROUGHT ON MORE DEPARTMENTS, THEY'RE NEEDING TO GROW THAT MY AMARILLO OPERATION. 
          THEY HAVE, I BELIEVE, A REQUEST FOR, I THINK IT WAS 14 EMPLOYEES, NEW EMPLOYEES WHICH INCREASES THAT BUDGET, WHICH WOULD INCREASE THE AMOUNT THAT'S COMING BACK TO WATER AND SEWER. 
          >> THIS IS SOMETHING THAT I KNOW YOU WERE OUT THIS MORNING. 
          WE COVERED MY AMARILLO THIS MORNING. 
          ONE OF THE REQUESTS IS FOR 14 ADDITIONAL EMPLOYEES FOR MY AMARILLO. 
          PART OF THAT YOU SEE THE OVERALL COST GOING UP IS BECAUSE WE'RE LOOKING TO EXPAND MY AMARILLO BEYOND THE EXISTING 18 EMPLOYEES. 
          THAT WAS SOMETHING THAT WE COVERED THIS MORNING BEFORE YOU WERE YOU WERE ABLE TO JOIN US TODAY. 
          >> THEN FOR THE MY AMARILLO, WE'RE GOING FROM 18 PEOPLE DOING THAT RIGHT NOW TO 32. 
          >> ABOUT 32, YES. 
          BECAUSE THE DEPARTMENT IS EXPANDING FROM UTILITIES, BUT IT ALSO DOES SOLID WASTE. 
          IT DOES PUBLIC WORKS. 
          IT DOES ANIMAL MANAGEMENT IT DOES SEVERAL DEPARTMENTS, BUT WE'RE LOOKING TO GROW ABOUT 4-5 DEPARTMENTS A YEAR, TAKING ON MORE AND MORE CALL CENTER SERVICES THROUGH THAT DEPARTMENT. 
          >> THE BIG OPERATION THEY'RE HOPING TO TAKE ON THIS YEAR IS TO OFFLOAD MORE OF THE NON-EMERGENCY CALLS THAT ARE GOING THROUGH 911. 
          >> WELL, SO IF WE'RE HELPING OTHER DEPARTMENTS, I MEAN, YOU'RE NOT QUITE DOUBLING THE NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES, BUT IT JUST SEEMS A LOT TO BE ONBOARDING AT ONE TIME. 
          >> THE OTHER PART OF THAT IS JENNIFER HAS BEEN STRETCHING HER TEAM VERY THIN AND UTILIZING SOME OF HER UTILITY BILLING STAFF TO ASSIST THE CALL CENTER AS BECAUSE THEIR VOLUMES ARE WAY TOO HIGH FOR THEM RIGHT NOW. 
          THIS IS RIGHT-SIZING THIS CALL CENTER TEAM BASED ON THEIR CURRENT VOLUME AND ON BRINGING ON SOME ADDITIONAL DEPARTMENTS IN THIS NEXT YEAR. 
          >> ONE OF THE THOUGHTS TODAY WAS FROM COUNCIL WAS THAT AS YOU'RE LOOKING AT BUDGET CHANGES, YOU MIGHT REQUEST THAT WE PHASE THAT IN INSTEAD OF DOING 14, WE DO SOMETHING LESS NEXT YEAR, AND THEN THE NEXT YEAR, AND THE NEXT YEAR. 
          THAT WAS ONE OF THE SUGGESTIONS THE COUNCIL MAY BE LOOKING AT FOR OUR FOLLOW-UPS NEXT WEEK. 
          >> WE COULD CERTAINLY DO THAT. 
          I JUST KNOW THAT WE WOULD PROBABLY HAVE TO LOOK AT SLOWING DOWN THE PACE OF PHASING DEPARTMENTS IN. 
          >> I JUST MEAN, IT'S LIKE WE'RE 
          [03:25:01]
HANDLING THAT LEVEL OF CALL RIGHT NOW WITH THE PERSONNEL THAT WE HAVE. 
          I UNDERSTAND THAT SOME PEOPLE MAY BE DOING ADDITIONAL WORK. 
          BUT BOY, IT JUST SEEMS LIKE IF YOU'RE SAVING ANOTHER DEPARTMENT WORK, THEN THAT DEPARTMENT COULD BE GIVING UP EMPLOYEES AS WELL. 
          I MEAN, IT JUST SEEMS A LOT OF EMPLOYEE. 
          I LIKE THE CONCEPT. 
          I DON'T HAVE ANY PROBLEM WITH WHAT YOU'RE DOING, BUT IT JUST SEEMS LIKE THAT'S A WHOLE LOT. 
          I MEAN, IF WE NEED 14 MORE, WELL, WHO'S HANDLING THOSE CALLS RIGHT NOW? I MEAN, AT 14 PEOPLE. 
          DOES SEEMS A LOT OF PEOPLE TO BE ON BOARDING AT ONE TIME. 
          >> I GUESS MY CONSIDERATION WOULD BE FOR COUNSEL TO CONSIDER, IF YOU'RE GOING TO CREATE A NEW DEPARTMENT, THE MY AMARILLO DEPARTMENT, AND YOU'RE GOING TO ADD EMPLOYEES AND GIVE IT ITS OWN BUDGET AND GIVE IT ITS OWN REVENUE SHARE. 
          STAFF'S GOING TO DECIDE HOW MUCH IT'S DOING FOR EACH INTERDEPARTMENT AND BILLING. 
          THE GENERAL FUND IS TAX-BASED. 
          IT'S VOLATILE SOMETIMES IN THE TAXES. 
          YOUR ENTERPRISE FUNDS ARE ENTERPRISE. THEY'RE RATE-BASED. 
          IT DOES SEEM LIKE IF YOU WERE TO HOUSE IT IN THE GENERAL FUND, YOU WOULD HAVE THE ABILITY TO CHARGE ADEQUATELY TO THOSE BASED ON THE SERVICES YOU'RE PROVIDING AND THE QUALITY OF THE SERVICES, AND THE AMOUNT OF SAVINGS THAT YOU WOULD HAVE ON THE GENERAL FUND, YOU WOULDN'T HAVE TO PAY YOURSELF. 
          LIKE ANIMAL MANAGEMENT, IF WE'RE TRYING TO GO LOOK FOR MONIES IN AMW TO IMPROVE IT, AND THEN GENERAL FUND IS GOING TO WRITE A CHECK TO MY AMARILLO TO HANDLE AMW, LIKE, WE'RE DOUBLE-DIPPING OURSELVES AT THAT POINT AND STRUGGLING TO MANAGE OUR OWN BUDGET. 
          >> IF WE MOVED IT TO THE GENERAL FUND, THEN WE WOULD HAVE TO WE WOULD NOT HAVE A REVENUE SOURCE COMING INTO MY AMARILLO, BUT WE WOULD HAVE TO USE SALES TAX OR PROPERTY TAX DOLLARS TO COVER OVER $500,000 OF THE COST OF THAT DEPARTMENT. 
          IT'S ONE AND THE SAME. 
          >> BUT THE BILLABLES ARE 2.1 MILLION? 
          >> YES. WE WOULD CHARGE 1.5-1 SO WHICH IS WHAT THE PLAN IS, AND GENERAL FUND WOULD HAVE TO ABSORB THE REST OF THE COST OF THE DEPARTMENT. 
          >> BUT GENERAL FUND IS GOING TO ABSORB THAT ALREADY IN WRITING A CHECK TO MY AMARILLO. 
          >> THAT IS CORRECT, BUT THIS IS JUST A BEST PRACTICE SETUP TO PUT IT IT'S TRULY A DEPARTMENT THAT JUST SERVES THE INTERNAL DEPARTMENTS. 
          THIS IS THE PROPER WAY TO ACCOUNT FOR A FUND LIKE THAT. 
          >> AGAIN, THE COUNCIL HAS THREE OPTIONS TO CONSIDER. 
          OUR RECOMMENDATION IS A STANDALONE FUND WHICH IS BEST PRACTICES. 
          SECOND OPTION IS TO KEEP IT IN WATER AND SEWER, AND THEN HAVE A TRANSFER FROM GENERAL FUND TO WATER AND SEWER. 
          THIRD OPTION IS TO PUT IN GENERAL FUND AND HAVE A TRANSFER FROM WATER AND SEWER TO GENERAL FUND. 
          THAT'S SOMETHING YOU ALL CAN CONSIDER AND IT'S AMONG YOURSELVES, AND THEN MAYBE NEXT WEEK, WE CAN COME BACK WITH A DECISION ON THAT. 
          >> I WOULD LIKE COUNSEL TO CONSIDER MAYBE WHERE TO HOUSE THAT IN THE OPTIONS AND FOR STAFF TO BE ABLE TO TELL US, LIKE, PROS AND CONS OF EACH. 
          LEGAL WOULD BE A GOOD EXAMPLE. 
          WE DON'T DO THIS WITH LEGAL AS HOUSED IN GENERAL FUND? 
          >> YES. NOW, WE DO THROUGH INDIRECT COST CHARGE A PIECE OF LEGAL OUT TO OTHER FUNDS. 
          BUT IF THEY ARE HIRING OUTSIDE COUNSEL, WORKING WITH THAT, THOSE AUTOMATICALLY GET CHARGED TO OTHER FUNDS. 
          IT WORKS A LITTLE BIT DIFFERENT. 
          >> SAME CONCEPT IS IF WE SPUN UP A $2 MILLION LEGAL DEPARTMENT, SET IT OUTSIDE AS AN INDEPENDENT, USED IT TO BILL BACK TO THE GENERAL FUND. 
          WE'RE NOW OVERHEADING MORE ON OURSELVES ON OUR TAX RATE, RATHER THAN IN HOUSING OUR OWN LEGAL DEPARTMENT AND USING IT IN THAT. 
          I'M NOT RECOMMENDING ANYTHING THAT WE'RE NOT ALREADY DOING. 
          MY AMARILLO COULD HOUSE IN THE GENERAL FUND THE SAME WAY LEGAL DOES. 
          >> THERE'S NO COST BENEFIT EITHER WAY, SO WE CAN DO WHATEVER COUNCIL DECIDES. 
          >> THANK YOU, MA'AM. 
          >> THE NEXT ONE WE'LL GO ON TO DIRECTOR OF UTILITIES, AND SO WE'LL WALK THROUGH ALL OF THE WATER AND SEWER UTILITY DEPARTMENTS. 
          IF YOU'LL REMEMBER BACK, WE WENT THROUGH THE CASH FLOWS YESTERDAY, AND SOME BIG TAKEAWAYS FROM WATER AND SEWER FOR THE CURRENT YEAR IS WE ARE PROPOSING A 5% RATE INCREASE TO BOTH OUR WATER AND SEWER RATES. 
          THAT IS TO FUND ABOUT $5 MILLION IN ONE TIME CAPITAL PROJECTS, AND THEN WE WOULD RE LOOK AT THAT SAME AMOUNT THAT'S ALREADY BUILT INTO THE RATES NEXT YEAR TO DETERMINE IF WE WANT TO DO ANOTHER YEAR OF ONE TIME CAPITAL PROJECTS, OR IF WE NEED TO START POTENTIALLY ISSUING DEBT TO HELP WITH OUR WASTEWATER FACILITIES AND WE COULD USE THAT RATE THAT'S ALREADY IN PLACE, 
          [03:30:01]
SO WE DON'T HAVE TO INCREASE THE RATE AS MUCH FOR OUR CUSTOMERS AT THAT POINT IN TIME. 
          THERE'S ALSO $6 MILLION OF ALREADY BUILT-IN CASH-FUNDED CAPITAL FOR WATER AND SEWER. 
          THEN AS A REMINDER, WE TALKED A LOT YESTERDAY ABOUT HOW THEIR REVENUES ARE COMING IN QUITE A BIT BEHIND OUR BUDGET PROJECTIONS FOR THIS YEAR, WE BUDGET BASED ON NORMAL AS NORMAL AS MY AMARILLO CAN GET FROM A WEATHER STANDPOINT, AND WE HAVE HAD A LOT OF RAIN, AND I THINK MAYBE EVEN TODAY IS MAYBE THE FIRST DAY OF THE SUMMER THAT WE HIT 100. 
          I DON'T KNOW IF WE'RE STILL PLANNING TO. 
          THOSE REVENUES ARE TRAILING BEHIND. 
          WHAT THAT DOES IS WE ARE LOOKING TO MAKE THAT UP IN THE NEW YEAR BY NOT BEING ABLE OR NOT FUNDING AS MUCH CASH-FUNDED CAPITAL AS WE WOULD IN A NORMAL YEAR. 
          AS WE START GOING THROUGH THE DIRECTOR OF UTILITIES ON PAGE 427, I WILL MENTION THAT THEY HAD A FEW SUPPLEMENTAL REQUESTS THAT ARE BUILT INTO OUR BUDGETS OR THEY'RE ABOVE AND BEYOND, AND IT WAS ABOUT A $200,000 INCREASE ACROSS MULTIPLE DEPARTMENTS. 
          I'LL TRY TO JUST ADDRESS THOSE AS WE WALK THROUGH THEIR BUDGETS. 
          DIRECTOR OF UTILITIES, ONE OF THE BIG CHANGES IN THIS DEPARTMENT, AND WE HAD TALKED ABOUT THIS A LITTLE BIT YESTERDAY AS WELL. 
          IT WAS RELATED TO OUR PURCHASING DEPARTMENT HAD WORKED WITH OUR INTERNAL AUDIT DEPARTMENT AND OUR FINANCE TEAM AND DETERMINED THAT OUR EXISTING WAREHOUSE OPERATION ALSO CALLED CENTRAL STORES, WAS NO LONGER NEEDED. 
          WE LOOKED AT DISSOLVING THAT OPERATION. 
          HOWEVER, WATER AND SEWERS STILL HAD A LARGE AMOUNT OF INVENTORY THAT NEEDED TO BE MAINTAINED. 
          WE MOVED A FEW POSITIONS FROM THE GENERAL FUND THAT WERE IN THE CENTRAL STORES OPERATION OVER HERE INTO THE DIRECTOR OF UTILITIES BUDGET. 
          THAT'S GOING TO BE THE MAIN CHANGE THAT YOU'RE SEEING. 
          HISTORICALLY, THEY WERE PAYING CENTRAL STORES FOR SOME OF THOSE SERVICES, AND NOW THEY HAVE JUST BROUGHT THOSE EMPLOYEES IN-HOUSE. 
          THAT'S THE BIG CHANGE WITH DIRECTOR OF UTILITIES. 
          AS WE GO TO PAGE 429, YOU WILL SEE THAT WE START ON A DEPARTMENT THAT'S CALLED WATER AND SEWER GENERAL, AND SO AS WE GO THROUGH THE NEXT COUPLE OF DEPARTMENTS, THESE ARE YOUR BIG REVENUE-GENERATING DEPARTMENTS, WE CAPTURE A LOT OF OUR WATER REVENUES, SEWER REVENUES, AND THEN WE PAY OUT. 
          THESE ARE THE DEPARTMENTS THAT WE BUDGET, OUR EXPENDITURES RELATED TO BOND INTEREST PAYMENTS, AND ALSO [INAUDIBLE] INTEREST PAYMENTS ARE IN THESE NEXT COUPLE OF DEPARTMENTS HERE. 
          AS YOU GO THROUGH ON I THINK ONE THING TO NOTE ON PAGE 430 IS OUR INTEREST INCOME NUMBERS ARE COMING DOWN SIGNIFICANTLY. 
          ONE OF THE BIG REASONS IN THE WATER AND SEWER FUND IS BECAUSE THEY HAVE BEEN SPENDING DOWN BOND PROCEEDS. 
          ONE OF THE BIG PROJECTS THAT'S BEEN UNDERWAY, AND I THINK IS CLOSER TO COMPLETION, IS THAT NORTHEAST INTERCEPTOR PROJECT. 
          AS YOU'LL REMEMBER, WE HAD A COUPLE OF DEBT ISSUANCES THAT WE DID TO HELP SUPPORT THAT. 
          IT WAS A VERY LARGE-SCALE PROJECT, AND THEY HAVE BEEN SING RIGHT ALONG WITH THAT PROJECT, SO WE HAVE BEEN REIMBURSING AS WE GO, AND SO THAT MONEY IS BEING SPENT AND NOT SITTING IN INVESTMENTS OR A BANK ACCOUNT ANYMORE. 
          WE'RE NOT GOING TO GET THAT INTEREST OBVIOUSLY ANYMORE BECAUSE NOW WE HAVE AN ASSET SITTING OUT THERE THROUGH THAT NORTHEAST INTERCEPTOR. 
          THAT IS SOMETHING THAT YOU'RE GOING TO SEE ON PAGE 430 WITH THAT INTEREST INCOME COMING DOWN. 
          THEN OF OTHER NOTE, AS YOU GO THROUGH OVER TO PAGE 431 AT THE TOP, WE HAD BUDGETED THAT A PORTION OF THE INTEREST EARNINGS FROM WATER AND SEWER GO TO GENERAL FUND IN THE CURRENT YEAR. 
          WE HAVE BUILT THIS BUDGET WHERE NONE OF THE WATER AND SEWER INTEREST WOULD BE TRANSFERRED OVER TO THE GENERAL FUND FOR THIS NEXT YEAR. 
          YOUR WATER REVENUES. 
          I THINK I MISSED THE LINE ITEM FOR IT. 
          I'M SORRY. I DON'T THINK WE'RE THERE YET. 
          SORRY. ON PAGE 431, TOWARDS THE TOP, YOU'LL SEE YOUR SEWER REVENUES FIRST, YOU'LL SEE IN THAT 34 3_O SEWER CHARGES ACCOUNT. 
          THAT IS WHERE YOU'RE SEEING YOUR GROWTH FROM ONE YEAR TO THE NEXT RELATED TO THAT 5% INCREASE ALONG WITH 
          [03:35:01]
A 1% GROWTH FACTOR JUST DUE TO OUR COMMUNITY CONTINUING TO GROW. 
          AS YOU COME DOWN THE PAGE, SOME OTHER THINGS OF NOTE IS TOWARDS THE BOTTOM OF 431 IN ACCOUNT 77840, YOU'LL SEE YOUR ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE RELATED TO SEWER THAT IS PAID BACK TO THE GENERAL FUND AT A LITTLE OVER $1 MILLION, YOU'LL SEE YOUR PAYMENT IN LIEU OF FRANCHISE FEES THAT ARE PAID TO GENERAL FUND FOR SEWER LINES BEING IN THE RIGHT AWAY OF I'M SORRY, JUST UNDER 1.9 MILLION. 
          THEN YOU'LL SEE A PAYMENT IN LIEU OF PROPERTY TAXES RELATED TO ALL THE ASSETS THAT ARE OWNED BY THE SEWER PART OF WATER AND SEWER FUND? THAT PAYMENT IN LIEU OF PROPERTY TAX GOING BACK TO THE GENERAL FUND IS AT 2.4 MILLION FOR NEXT YEAR. 
          >> DO YOU MIND TO TOTAL THAT UP FOR US REAL QUICK? I KNOW WE'RE COVERING A LOT OF GROUND. 
          WHAT'S THE TOTAL RIGHT NOW THAT'S GOING FROM WATER AND SEWER BACK TO GENERAL FUND? I KNOW THERE'S THE THREE BIG ITEMS, BUT I'M NOT SURE IF THERE'S OTHERS. 
          >> THERE WILL BE MORE HERE ON THE NEXT PAGE. 
          >> IF YOU WANT TO GO THROUGH THE NEXT PAGE, AND THEN WE CAN GO BACK AND TOTAL THEM ALL. 
          >> THE NEXT PAGE YOU'LL SEE IS AT THE TOP, THESE ARE YOUR INTEREST PAYMENTS RELATED TO YOUR WATER AND SEWER REVENUE BONDS OF 7.8 MILLION. 
          THEN YOU'LL SEE A TRANSFER TO DEBT SERVICE OF 2.5 MILLION. 
          WHAT THAT IS RELATED TO IS WE TOOK OUT TAX NOTES IN 2020 RELATED TO CITY HALL, AND PROPERTY TAXES ARE PAYING FOR HALF OF THE DEBT SERVICE, AND WATER AND SEWER IS PAYING FOR THE OTHER HALF BECAUSE WE HAVE A SIGNIFICANT PIECE OF THE WATER AND SEWER OPERATIONS THROUGH UTILITY BILLING SITTING RIGHT HERE IN CITY HALL. 
          THAT IS WHERE WATER AND SEWER IS PAYING THEIR HALF OF THE DEBT SERVICE PAYMENT. 
          THAT DEBT, I BELIEVE, MATURES WITHIN THE NEXT TWO TO THREE YEARS. 
          CITY HALL WILL BE PAID OFF. YOU'LL SEE THAT PAYMENT GO AWAY. 
          AS YOU CONTINUE COMING DOWN ON PAGE 432, YOU'LL SEE YOUR WATER METERED SALES OF 78.8 MILLION. I'M SORRY. 
          I WAS ON THE WRONG LINE OF 74.5 MILLION, AND THAT IS WHERE WE HAVE WORKED TO NORMALIZE BASED ON A NORMAL YEAR. 
          THE WATER BILLING AMOUNTS, AND THEN ADDING IN A 5% RATE INCREASE BRINGS US UP TO THE 74.5 MILLION DOLLARS. 
          HANG ON. IT'S ACTUALLY ON THE TOP OF THE NEXT PAGE. 
          SORRY, PAGE 433 AT THE TOP, YOU'RE GOING TO START SEEING THE WATER SIDE OF THE PAYMENTS GOING BACK TO GENERAL FUND. 
          YOU SEE YOUR ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE THERE ON THE WATER SIDE OF $1,184,082. 
          YOU'LL SEE YOUR PAYMENT IN LIEU OF FRANCHISE FEE. 
          THIS IS RELATED TO YOUR WATER LINES BEING IN THE RIGHT AWAY, AND THEN YOU WILL SEE YOUR PAYMENT IN LIEU OF PROPERTY TAXES. 
          THAT IS FOR ALL THE ASSETS OWNED THAT ARE WATER-RELATED. 
          THEY ARE BEING PAID BACK TO THE GENERAL FUND. 
          HERE IN A SECOND, I'LL ADD THOSE ALL UP. 
          IT'S JUST UNDER 14 MILLION. 
          IN TOTAL THAT'S GOING BACK TO GENERAL FUND. 
          >> CURRENTLY, WE HAVE ROUGHLY 14 MILLION FROM WATER AND SEWER, THAT'S BEING PAID BACK TO THE GENERAL FUND FOR FEES AND USAGE AND ALL OF THOSE THINGS. 
          NOW, THAT DOESN'T HAVE TO DO WITH ADMIN COSTS THAT ARE SHARED OR ANYTHING LIKE THAT, OR THAT INCLUDES ALL. 
          >> INCLUDES ADMIN FEES AS WELL, YES. 
          >> THEN THE INTEREST WAS 2.8 MILLION THAT WE PAID BACK TO GENERAL FUND LAST YEAR. 
          WE RAN A NUMBER TO SEE WHAT LEGALLY WE COULD DO. 
          >> YEAH, THAT WAS ESTIMATED. 
          IT'S GOING TO COME IN MUCH LOWER THAN THAT THIS YEAR. 
          LET ME LOOK BACK AND I CAN TELL YOU. 
          >> BUT THIS YEAR, WE DON'T HAVE ANYTHING BUDGETED. 
          >> NOTHING BUDGETED FOR THIS YEAR. 
          >> IT WAS CONSIDERED A GOOD IDEA LAST BUDGET SESSION TO MOVE THE 2.8 MILLION. 
          >> THAT WAS THE RECOMMENDATION FROM COUNSEL. 
          >> WAS THAT DONE? 
          >> WE'RE DOING IT THIS YEAR. YES, SIR. 
          >> WE DO HAVE THE 2.8 MILLION IN THE GENERAL FUND? 
          >> NOT THE FULL 2.8. THEIR UNRESTRICTED INTEREST EARNINGS HAS NOT IT DOESN'T LOOK LIKE IT'S GOING TO ACHIEVE THE FULL 2.8 THIS YEAR. 
          WE CAN ONLY TRANSFER UNRESTRICTED INTEREST INCOME. 
          >> DUE TO SOME LEGAL STATUTES THAT DESCRIBE WHAT'S RESTRICTED, WHAT'S UNRESTRICTED. 
          >> BOND COVENANTS. 
          >> I DON'T KNOW. I HATE TO PUT OUT A NUMBER, BUT I MEAN, THERE'S LOTS. 
          THERE'S A HIGH AMOUNT OF MONEY THAT HASN'T BEEN SPENT IN THOSE BORROWED MONIES FOR WATER AND SEWER. 
          BUT IT'S ONLY REVENUING FIVE MILLION A YEAR. 
          >> FROM AN INTEREST STANDPOINT? 
          [03:40:01]
          >> YES, MA'AM. 
          >> WE'RE ANTICIPATING THOSE BOND PROCEEDS CONTINUING TO BE SPENT DOWN IN THE CURRENT YEAR. 
          IF WE CAN COME BACK TO YOU WITH WHAT THE CURRENT OUTSTANDING AMOUNT IS ON THOSE BOND PROCEEDS. 
          THE BIGGEST ONE WAS RELATED TO THE NORTHEAST INTERCEPTOR, AND THEY ARE ALMOST DONE WITH THAT. 
          SO THOSE DOLLARS HAVE BEEN SPENT. 
          >> THAT WAS LIKE $75,000,000. SOMETHING LIKE THAT. 
          >> WHAT I MAY HAVE BEEN SEEING SIX MONTHS AGO WHERE THERE WAS LARGE OUTSTANDING BALANCES, YOU MAY HAVE PAID OUT A SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNT OF THAT. 
          I THAT'S NO LONGER? 
          >> YES. THAT'S CORRECT. 
          >> EARNING INTEREST? 
          >> YES, THAT'S CORRECT. 
          >> BUT YOU STILL PROJECT 5.8 MILLION IN INTEREST EARNINGS FOR SEWER AND WATER REVENUES? 
          >> FOR REMAINING BOND PROCEEDS AND THEN ANY UNRESTRICTED, SO THAT WOULD BE YOUR RESERVES AND THEN ANY MONEY THAT COMES IN PRIOR TO US SPENDING IT OUT. 
          >> CORRECT. I THINK WHAT I WOULD ASK IS, YOU'VE BUDGETED FOR ZERO, WOULD STAFF CONSIDER TO DO THE UNRESTRICTED AGAIN AND PUSH THAT BACK OVER TO GENERAL FUND? 
          >> IT WAS MY REQUEST THAT WE NOT DO THAT BECAUSE WE HAVE SOME LARGE COSTS COMING UP IN WATER AND SEWER. 
          THIS YEAR, WATER AND SEWER HAS STRUGGLED REVENUE WISE. 
          HOPEFULLY THAT WILL NORMALIZE NEXT YEAR, BUT GIVEN ON THE FORECAST, WE HAVE A VERY LARGE PLANT PROJECT COMING UP HERE, IT WAS MY RECOMMENDATION THAT WE TRY TO KEEP AS MUCH FUNDING IN THE WATER AND SEWER AS POSSIBLE AND AND NOT MOVE IT INTO OTHER FUNDS BECEY'RE GO GOING TO NEED ALL THE FUNDS THEY CAN GET. 
          >> FOURTEEN-MILLION TOTAL IS WHAT'S EXPECTED TO BE PAID IN THE 25-26? 
          >> YES, SIR. 
          >> ALL RIGHT. THANK YOU. 
          >> AS WE CONTINUE GOING THROUGH ON PAGE 433, ITEM I'VE TALKED ABOUT A COUPLE OF TIMES, AND I WANTED TO MENTION, RIGHT THERE IN THE MIDDLE, YOU'LL SEE A REVENUE FROM OTHER AGENCIES, WHAT THAT IS. 
          THAT'S GRANT INCOME THAT WE'RE ANTICIPATING. 
          NOW, THAT NUMBER WE TALKED ABOUT YESTERDAY MAYBE CLOSER TO 21 MILLION. 
          THAT WOULD BE THE FUNDING FROM THAT REPRESENTATIVE FAIRY AND CONGRESSMAN JACKSON POTENTIALLY HAVE AVAILABLE FOR US TO DO START DESIGN RELATED TO THE WASTEWATER FACILITY. 
          AT THE TIME WE WERE DEVELOPING THIS BUDGET, WE THOUGHT IT WAS GOING TO BE CLOSER TO 25 MILLION, SO THAT MAY BE A LITTLE BIT LESS. 
          HOWEVER, WE WILL ANTICIPATE SPENDING WHATEVER AMOUNT COMES IN AND THEN THE REST WILL WORK THROUGH THE NEXT YEAR'S BUDGET PROCESS. 
          THEN AS YOU CONTINUE TURNING PAGES, GO TO PAGE 437 IS WHERE OUR WATER PRODUCTION TEAM IS AT AND YOU WILL SEE THAT THEIR EXPENDITURES HAVE ACTUALLY GONE DOWN A LITTLE BIT AND I BELIEVE LET ME CHECK REAL QUICK. 
          PART WAS JUST THE NORMALIZING BECAUSE THIS WAS WHERE I'M SORRY. 
          THANK YOU, GRACE AND I APPRECIATE IT. 
          THE LARGEST ONE THERE WAS OUR ELECTRICITY COSTS. 
          I THINK WE HAD OUR ESTIMATE A LITTLE BIT HIGH IN THE CURRENT YEAR'S BUDGET SO WE RE LOOK AT THOSE EVERY SINGLE YEAR. 
          WE WERE ANTICIPATING POTENTIALLY THE FUEL FACTOR POPPING UP A LITTLE MORE THAN I THINK IT DID AND SO WE ARE PULLING BACK JUST A LITTLE BIT ON OUR BUDGET FOR OUR ELECTRICITY COSTS IN THIS DEPARTMENT. 
          THEN I WANTED TO POINT OUT BECAUSE WE TALKED A LITTLE BIT ABOUT THIS YESTERDAY BECAUSE I'M SEEING IT RIGHT HERE ON THE TOP OF PAGE 440, YOU'VE GOT A DEPRECIATION LINE ITEM AND AN AMORTIZATION OF WATER RIGHTS. 
          THAT'S ONE OF THOSE ITEMS THAT IS IN THE BUDGET, WE BUDGET FOR IT, BUT WHEN WE GET TO THE CASH FLOW STANDPOINT, WE BACK THOSE OUT BECAUSE THOSE ARE NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS, AND WE TOUCHED A LITTLE BIT ON THAT YESTERDAY. 
          AS YOU KEEP COMING DOWN THE PAGE ON 440, YOU'RE GOING TO SEE WATER TRANSMISSION DEPARTMENT, AND THEY BROUGHT IN ESSENTIALLY A FLAT BUDGET, SO THERE'S ONLY ABOUT LESS THAN A 2% VARIANCE YEAR-OVER-YEAR IN THAT DEPARTMENT. 
          AS YOU LOOK OVER ON PAGE 441, YOU'LL ACTUALLY SEE ON THEIR ELECTRICITY BUDGET WE ADJUSTED THAT DOWN A LITTLE BIT AS WELL, BRINGING IT DOWN TO WHAT WE'RE SEEING THE TREND AND ALLOWING A LITTLE BIT OF AN INCREASE FOR THIS NEXT YEAR. 
          AS YOU CONTINUE GOING AND GO TO THE NEXT PAGE ON PAGE 442 STARTS OUR SURFACE WATER TREATMENT GROUP, AND THEY HAVE A RELATIVELY FLAT BUDGET. 
          IT LOOKS LIKE IT HAS A SLIGHT INCREASE OF JUST ABOUT 3% IN THERE. 
          [03:45:04]
AS WE GO DOWN, IT LOOKS LIKE WE BROUGHT IN THEIR SALARIES AND BENEFITS IN LINE WITH WHAT THEY'RE CURRENTLY HIRED AT AND SO THAT LOOKS LIKE THAT'S PROBABLY THE MAIN CHANGE. 
          I'M SKIMMING THROUGH THEIR BUDGET REAL QUICK. 
          THEN THERE CRIMWA PAYMENTS. 
          YES, THANK YOU, GRAYSON. 
          IF YOU GO TO PAGE 445, AND YOU LOOK TOWARDS THE BOTTOM, IT'S CLOSER TO THE BOTTOM. 
          THE ACCOUNT IS 78,000 PAYMENT TO CRIMWA M&O. 
          WHAT THIS IS IS, SINCE THE CITY OF AMARILLO IS PART OF CRIMWA, WE DO TAKE A CERTAIN ALLOCATION OF WATER FROM CRIMWA, AND WE HAVE TO PAY THEM FOR IT. 
          EACH YEAR AS CRIMWA IS DEVELOPING THEIR BUDGET AND GOING THROUGH THEIR BUDGET APPROVAL PROCESS, THEY CALCULATE AN ANTICIPATED PORTION THAT COULD BE OUR PORTION FOR OUR ALLOCATION. 
          NORMALLY, WE COME IN BELOW THIS BUDGET, BUT WE HAVE HIT THE BUDGET RIGHT ON BEFORE, BUT NORMALLY WE COME IN A LITTLE BIT BELOW THIS BUDGET. 
          BUT THIS NUMBER RIGHT HERE IN THAT 78,000 ACCOUNT TIES DIRECTLY TO CRIMWA'S APPROVED BUDGET FOR AMARYS PORTION OF IT. 
          >> JUST TO MAKE SURE I'M FOLLOWING ALONG. 
          CRIMWA, WE OWN 40% OF CRIMWA. 
          CAN WE SAY IT THAT WAY? 
          >> ROUGHLY, YES. I THINK FOR THOSE WHO HAVE BEEN ON THE COUNCIL FOR OUR NEW ONES HERE, WE ARE PART OF A COALITION, YOU CAN SAY, LUBBOCK AMARILLO AND A BUNCH OF SMALLER COMMUNITIES, AND WE HAVE THE OWNERSHIP OF LION'S SHARE OF THAT. 
          LUBBOCK AND US ARE ALMOST DEAD EVEN FOR AMOUNT AND FLOYD NOT HERE TODAY, BRIAN, YOU MAY BE THE NEXT PERSON, BUT I WANT TO SAY IT'S AROUND 40% OR SO AS, BUT YOU'RE ABOUT RIGHT THERE. 
          WE'RE ABOUT 40, LUBBOCK IS ABOUT 40, AND THEN EVERY OTHER TOWN MAKES THE DIFFERENCE. 
          >> WHEN WE PAY CRIMWA, THE COA PAYS CRIMWA A FEE, WE'RE PURCHASING WATER FROM THEM. 
          >> THAT'S BASED ON HOW MUCH WATER WE TAKE FROM HIM. 
          >> HOW MUCH WE WANT TO PURCHASE FROM THEM VERSUS PUMPING OUT OF OUR OWN WELL? 
          >> YES. WHEN WE TALK ABOUT OUR ALLOCATION PIECE, THAT IS REALLY TIED A LOT TO THEIR OUTSTANDING DEBT. 
          THE CITY IS REQUIRED TO PAY OUR PERCENTAGE 40 I THINK IT'S 41 SOMETHING PERCENT OF THE OUTSTANDING DEBT FOR CRIMWA. 
          >> JUST LIKE YESTERDAY, WE TALKED ABOUT CRIMWA IS A WATER UTILITY, THEY HAVE FIXED COSTS AND VARIABLE COSTS AND SO THERE'S ELEMENTS OF THAT IN THERE TO WHERE THE PLANT COSTS WHAT IT COSTS FOR PERSONNEL, VALVES, AND SO FORTH. 
          THERE WAS A FIXED CUP, AND THEN YOU HAVE THE VARIABLE COST FOR TREATMENT AND PUMPING AND SO. 
          >> MY QUESTION IS, I UNDERSTAND WE'RE PAYING THEM WHEN WE'RE PURCHASING WATER FROM THEM OR WHEN WE'RE SERVICING DEBT THAT WE'RE A CO OWNER OF. 
          ON THAT IN HOUSE AND THE ACCOUNTING MAYBE SOMETHING WE'D NEED TO SEE, BUT DO THEY WRITE US A CHECK BACK? 
          >> NO. THEY BILL US MONTHLY FOR HOW MUCH WE USE. 
          >> WHEN AS AN OWNER, LET'S SAY WE OWN 41% OF THE WATER, AM I SAYING THAT WRONG? 
          >> I DON'T KNOW THAT IT'S TECHNICALLY SET UP IS LIKE A TRUE OWNERSHIP. 
          >> IF WE'RE SERVICING THE DEBT TO THE WATER RIGHTS AND WE'RE PUMPING WATER, BUT WE'RE PAYING FOR THE WATER. 
          DO THEY PAY US A DIVIDEND BACK? ARE WE GETTING OUR SHARE AS AN OWNER TO THE COA? 
          >> THE CONTRACTS NOT SET UP THAT WAY. NO. 
          >> THAT'S WHERE- 
          >> THEY'RE NOT A FOR PROFIT ENTITY SO THEY'RE NOT MAKING A PROFIT OFF OF THE WATER THAT THEY'RE SELLING. 
          >> THAT'S DEFINITELY BEEN A PART IN THAT ARRANGEMENT WHERE I'VE ALWAYS BEEN CURIOUS, LIKE, WE HAVE OUR OWN WATER RIGHTS, OUR OWN WELL FIELD. 
          WE HAVE OUR COST DERIVED FROM THAT, BUT THEN WE'RE BUYING WATER FROM CRIMWA WHICH WE ARE ALSO A PART OF. 
          I GET THE COA. BUT I JUST NEVER SAW THE MONEYS EVER COMING BACK FROM CRIMWA BACK TO COA WHEN WE PAY THEM. 
          >> THEY DON'T PAY US ANYTHING. NO. 
          >> THAT'S NOT THE ARRANGEMENT. 
          >> IT'S PRETTY NORMAL FOR A LOT OF ENTITIES. 
          A LOT OF SMALL TOWNS, THEY DON'T LIKE CANYON. THEY DON'T PRODUCE THEIR OWN WATER. 
          WE SELL IT TO THEM SO WE DON'T PAY THEM DIVIDENDS BACK. 
          THEY'RE A METER FOR US, AND THEN WE'RE LIKE A METER FOR CRIMWA. 
          >> I'M PROBABLY JUST MISUNDERSTANDING. 
          I THOUGHT WE HAD TO SERVICE DEBT TO CRIMWA. 
          >> WE DO. 
          >> THAT'S PART OF THEIR EXPENSES, YES AND SO THEY PASS THAT ON TO US VIA THE FORMULAS AND THE CONTRACT. 
          IT'S LIKE WHAT WE DO FOR AS WE RAISE DEBT, WE PASS IT ON TO OUR RATE PAYERS AND WE ADJUST RATES ACCORDINGLY, WHETHER WE WANT TO APPLY IT MORE TO RESIDENTIAL, COMMERCIAL, SO IT'S SIMILAR TO THAT PROCESS. 
          [03:50:01]
          >> DEFINITELY, MAYBE WHEN FLOYD HAS A MINUTE, WE COULD GET COUNSEL UP TO SPEED ON THAT AND HERE'S WHY WE ARE THE SECOND LARGEST WATER RIGHTS HOLDER, I THINK IN THE STATE OF TEXAS RIGHT BEHIND THE STATE. 
          THEN WE HAVE BUSINESS ENTITIES THAT ARE COMING THIS WAY. 
          WE ARE BEING MORE EDUCATED NOW ON WATER USAGE, WATER RIGHTS, LONGEVITY, HOW GOOD WE ARE HERE, SUSTAINED. 
          I THINK IT'D BE GOOD FOR COUNSEL TO KNOW WHAT IS THAT RELATIONSHIP WITH? WHAT ARE WE SERVICING IN DEBT AND STILL PAYING FOR IN MGD? 
          >> WE CAN SET THAT UP AND PLUS, WE ARE THE SECOND LARGEST WATER RIGHT PRODUCER, BUT WE DON'T HAVE THE INFRASTRUCTURE TO UTILIZE THAT AND SO THAT'S PART OF THE ISSUE. 
          CRIMWA, IT'S THERE SO I HAD TO DEFER TO FLOYD MAYBE DONNIE, BUT POSSIBLY, WE COULD SERVICE OURSELVES, BUT THEN WE HAVE TO DO INFRASTRUCTURE TO GET TO ALL OF OUR WEALTH. 
          SO WE SET UP FOR THAT. 
          >> YEAH WE HAVE AN ALLOCATION FROM CRIMWA. 
          ALL 11 MEMBER CITIES HAVE AN ALLOCATION, HOW MUCH WATER THEY HAVE. 
          WHAT THEY'RE BILLING YOU FOR IS THE PUMPING COST AND ALL THE DELIVERY OF THAT EVERY MONTH. 
          IF IT DOESN'T MEET THEIR ESTIMATE, THERE'S NO REFUND, YOU'RE JUST PAYING AS YOU GO. 
          >> YES. 
          >> FOR THE PUMPING COST. THEY'RE JUST OF THAT. 
          >> THEY SAYING THAT BASED ON HOW MUCH THEY THINK THEY'RE GOING TO PROVIDE TO ALL USERS NEXT YEAR, HERE'S OUR ALLOCATION OF IT. 
          THAT'S THEIR BEST ESTIMATE, BUT THEN WE ONLY PAY FOR WHAT WE ACTUALLY. 
          >> WE CAN REVISIT THE CONTRACT AND THERE COULD BE A TRUE UP AT THE END. THERE COULD BE. 
          IT'S BEEN A LITTLE WHILE SINCE I'VE READ THAT AND SO, IT'D BE MINISCULE VERSUS WHAT WE PAY THEM. 
          >> IF YOU LOOK ON PAGE 433, I THINK. I'M SORRY. [OVERLAPPING] 
          >> A COUPLE OF QUESTIONS. I THINK YOU SAID THAT WE SELL WATER TO CANYON. 
          WE'RE PAYING ON THE FRONT END TO CRIMWA? THEN WE OFFSET. 
          >> AGAIN, PART OF, WE DO PRODUCE OUR OWN WATER THROUGH OUR WELL FIELDS. 
          IT'S A MIXTURE AND THERE'S A WHOLE PROCESS. 
          I CAN DEFER TO MICHAEL PRICE AND DONNIE, BUT THERE'S A PROCESS YEAH, CANYON I THINK THEY HAVE SOME WELL FIELDS, I THINK, BUT THEY'RE PRIMARILY SERVICE THROUGH US SO THEY'RE LIKE A METER THAT'S LIKE YOU WOULD, YOUR HOME. 
          >> ARE THERE ANY OTHER TOWNS THAT WE SERVICE THAT WAY? 
          >> I DON'T KNOW IF THERE AREN'T. 
          >> NO, THERE'S NOT. BUT THERE'S OTHER THINGS THAT CAN HAPPEN WITH THAT. 
          IF YOU DON'T USE ALL YOUR ALLOCATION, AND I CAN SAY THIS FROM BACK WHEN I WAS IN PAMPA, WHEN YOU USE ALL OF OUR ALLOCATION, SOME OF THE OTHER MEMBER CITIES MAY NEED MORE OF THE ALLOCATION BECAUSE THEY USE MORE WATER, AND YOU CAN ACTUALLY SELL TO THAT ENTITY AS WELL, YOUR PORTION OF THE WATER, PLUS YOUR PUMPING COSTS AND EVERYTHING ELSE. 
          THERE'S A BIG POOL. EVERYBODY HAS THEIR ALLOCATIONS, BUT YOU CAN DO WITH IT WHAT YOU WISH IN THAT PROCESS, WHETHER YOU WANT TO CHOOSE TO SELL TO ANOTHER CITY OR HOWEVER YOU WANT TO MANAGE THAT. 
          >> WHAT'S THE BENEFIT OF BEING AN OWNER OF THIS? I GUESS I'M JUST NOT FOLLOWING WHY OWN IT AND HAVE EXPENSES, BUT WE HAVE NO WAY TO RECOUP. 
          >> AGAIN, I'M NOT SURE IF THE TERM OWNER IS AN APPROPRIATE TERM HERE. 
          >> NOT IT'S NOT. 
          >> WE'RE CONTRACTED INTO THIS ENTITY TO BUY WATER FROM THEM. 
          THERE'S A BOARD WE'RE NOT ACTUALLY ON THE BOARD. 
          WE HAVE REPRESENTATIVES ON THE BOARD, AND SO. 
          >> WE HAVE REPRESENTATIVES. 
          EVERY MEMBER CITY HAS REPRESENTATIVES ON THE CRIMWA BOARD TO MAKE ALL THOSE DECISIONS THAT THEY MAKE. 
          >> BUT WE HAVE A CONTROLLING INTEREST IN? 
          >> WE'RE NOT AN OWNER OF- 
          >> NO. IT'S NOT ENOUGH. 
          >> CRIMWA 
          >> AGAIN, I NEED TO HAVE FLOYD. 
          WE'LL SET UP A TIME TO HAVE FLOYD GIVE A PRESENTATION ON RIM AND I CAN I CAN SEE WHAT YOU'RE SAYING ABOUT OWNERSHIP. 
          I NEVER REALLY THOUGHT OF IT THAT WAY AND WE CAN HAVE FLOYD SPEAK TO THAT. 
          >> COUNCILMAN. 
          >> IT'S ALMOST LIKE A COOP TYPE SITUATION. 
          THEY PUT IN THE INFRASTRUCTURE. 
          WE HELP WITH THE INFRASTRUCTURE, AND THEN WE GO IN AND WE GET OUR ALLOCATION. 
          IT WOULD BE INTERESTING TO SEE IF THE ALLOCATION FROM CRIMWA AND WHAT'S ALREADY BEEN PAID IS A LESS EXPENSIVE PRODUCT PER ACRE FOOT THAN IT WOULD BE TO EXTRACT OUR OWN. 
          BUT THE CRITICAL COMPONENT WE ALL NEED TO BE THINKING ABOUT IS, WE DO HAVE THE SECOND LARGEST AMOUNT OF WATER RIGHTS IN THE STATE. 
          BUT THAT IS ONLY GOING TO BECOME MORE VALUABLE AND SO AS LONG AS WE CAN EXTRACT FROM LAKE MEREDITH AND NOT RELY ON OUR WATER RESOURCES, IT'S A MUCH BETTER STRATEGIC POSITION FOR THE CITY OF AMARILLO. 
          IF WE CAN CONTINUE TO ALLOW THAT TO STAY AND MATURE, IS A $5 AN ACRE FOOT NOW, I'M JUST THROWING A NUMBER OUT THERE WILL IT BE $250 IN 15 YEARS. 
          FROM A STRATEGIC SPOT, IT'S FANTASTIC, BUT WE DO HAVE WHAT IS IT A $500,000,000 CONNECTION TO GET IT DOWN HERE? WHILE WE CAN USE MEDITS WATER ON BEAUTIFUL YEARS WHERE WE'RE 80 FOOT RIGHT NOW AT LAKE MEREDITH SO THAT'S WHERE THAT WOULD BE THE STRATEGIC ADVANTAGE. IN MY OPINION. 
          >> YEAH, GOOD POINT. THANK YOU FOR DOING THAT. 
          JUST A FEW QUESTIONS, AND THEN I THINK IF WE COULD GET SOME OF THAT BACK FROM FLOYD AND UNDERSTAND MAYBE THE HISTORY BECAUSE BECAUSE I DON'T KNOW IF WE'VE BEEN, YOU KNOW, ONE OF THE 11 HAS IT BEEN 30 YEARS NOW OR. 
          >> I THINK WERE ONE OF THE FOUNDING ENTITIES THAT CAME TOGETHER TO FORM THIS AND I 
          [03:55:02]
KNOW I'VE DONE A BAD JOB OF FLOYD DID A MUCH BETTER JOB OF EXPLAINING CRIMWA TO YOU. 
          >> IF WE GAVE UP OUR ALLOCATION, I PROMISE YOU LOVE BROWNFIELD TO HOKA, THEY WOULD TAKE IT. 
          >> I'M SURE. 
          >> THEY'D TAKE IT IN A HEARTBEAT SO THAT WOULD NOT BE THE SPOT TO BE IN. 
          >> NOT TRYING TO GET US TO DERAILED THERE, BUT I KNOW YOU WERE GOING BACK TO. 
          >> I WAS ACTUALLY GOING TO EXPAND UPON THAT SAME CONVERSATION. 
          IF YOU TURN TO PAGE 660, WHICH IS IN YOUR DEBT PORTION OF YOUR BOOK, I'LL SHOW YOU OUR OUTSTANDING PIECE RELATED TO THE CRIMWA DEBT. 
          IT'S TOWARDS THE BOTTOM. 
          IT'S THE VERY BOTTOM SECTION ON PAGE 660, AND YOU'LL SEE THAT CURRENTLY FOR OUR PORTION OF THE OUTSTANDING CRIMWA DEBT, THERE'S A LITTLE OVER 14.2 MILLION LEFT THAT WE WOULD HAVE TO PAY. 
          THAT'S OUR PIECE OF THE TOTAL. 
          FOR THIS NEXT YEAR, WE'RE LOOKING TO PAY ABOUT 4.3 MILLION DOLLAR BETWEEN PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST TO CRIMWA AND THERE ARE TIMES THAT WE ARE PAYING OUR BOND INTEREST PAYMENTS, AND IF THEY DECIDE TO DO LIKE AN ADVANCED REFUNDING OR SOMETHING LIKE THAT, AND IT CREATES SOME SAVINGS. 
          AT TIMES, WE WILL GET A CREDIT BACK ON A FUTURE BOND PAYMENT, ESSENTIALLY, BECAUSE THEY BILL US EACH MONTH FOR OUR BOND PAYMENTS. 
          THEY MAKE THE ACTUAL BOND PAYMENT, BUT WE HAVE TO PAY OUR PIECE ALONG WITH THE OTHER PARTICIPATING CITIES AND SO THAT'S HOW IT WORKS FROM THE DEBT SIDE. 
          IF YOU TURN BACK TO PAGE 433, YOU WILL SEE IN THE TOP SECTION TO ALMOST TOWARDS THE MIDDLE THERE. 
          THERE'S A 89 200 BOND INTEREST ACCOUNT OF $665,000. 
          THAT IS THE CRIMWA INTEREST PAYMENT THAT WE'RE MAKING IN THIS NEXT YEAR. 
          THAT TIES BACK TO THAT PAGE 660 THAT WE WERE JUST ON. 
          THERE'S TWO COMPONENTS. 
          WE PAY PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST FOR OUR PORTION OF THE OUTSTANDING DEBT, AND THEN WE PAY FOR THE COST OF PUMPING AND GETTING WATER TO US FOR ANY WATER THAT WE'RE TAKING FROM CRIMWA. 
          IF THEN YOU WILL TURN, LET'S SEE, WE WERE ON PAGE 445, AND THAT WAS THE LAST BIG CHANGE IN THE SURFACE WATER TREATMENT DEPARTMENT. 
          AS YOU CONTINUE TURNING THE PAGES, A COUPLE OF PAGES OVER, GO TO PAGE 450. 
          WE'LL LOOK AT THE WATER DISTRIBUTION DEPARTMENT. 
          WHAT YOU'RE GOING TO SEE HERE IS A REDUCTION IN THE- 
          >> YOU'LL SEE A REDUCTION. 
          NO, I'M SORRY, AN INCREASE. 
          SORRY. I'M WITH YOU, COUNCIL MEMBER SIMPSON, THE PARENTHESES, HAVE ME LOOKING AT ALL OF THESE COMPLETELY BACKWARDS. 
          AS YOU LOOK THROUGH ON THOSE PAGES, THE MAJOR CHANGE HERE IS GOING TO BE RELATED TO DEPRECIATION. 
          THAT IS A NON-CASH, AGAIN, EXPENDITURE. 
          HOWEVER, WE INCLUDE THAT IN THEIR BUDGET. 
          THERE ARE SOME MAJOR CAPITAL PROJECTS THAT ARE BEING CAPITALIZED AND WE WILL START TAKING DEPRECIATION ON THEM IN THIS UPCOMING BUDGET YEAR. 
          SO YOU ARE SAYING I HAD OUR PROPERTY ACCOUNTANT CHECK THAT MAYBE FOUR TIMES FOR ME BECAUSE I KEPT LOOKING AT THAT NUMBER AND I WAS LIKE, THIS CAN'T BE RIGHT. 
          THIS DEPRECIATION HAS GROWN TOO MUCH. 
          IT GREW ALMOST OVER 50%. 
          BUT I HAVE BEEN REASSURED THAT THEY HAVE COMPLETED THAT MANY PROJECTS WITHIN THE CURRENT YEAR THAT WE WILL START TAKING DEPRECIATION IN THE UPCOMING YEARS. 
          THAT WAS THE MAJOR CHANGE. I'M SORRY, GO AHEAD. 
          >> TWO THINGS. ALL OF MY PAGES ARE, I THINK, TWO PAGES OFF. 
          IS EVERYBODY ELSE ON 448 RIGHT NOW, OR YOU ALL ON 452? 
          >> 52? 
          >> 452. MY PAGES ARE OFF, AND I THINK IT'S PROBABLY BECAUSE DID YOU ADDED SOME PAGES WHEN YOU REPRINTED AND MINUS FROM LAST WEEK? 
          >> YEAH, BUT IT DIDN'T CHANGE AND EVERYBODY HAS THE SAME ONE. 
          PAGE 452, DO YOU HAVE A LINE ITEM THAT SAYS 76,000 RIGHT IN THE MIDDLE OF THE PAGE DEPRECIATION? 
          >> 76,000? 
          >> YES. DO YOU SEE THAT? 
          >> YES. THAT IS 452. 
          >> THAT'S THE LINE ITEM WE WERE DISCUSSING. 
          >> THEN WHEN YOU SAID, TURN TO WATER DISTRIBUTION, MINE STARTS ON 448. WHAT DID YOURS START ON? 
          >> LAURA, SHE'S BEEN STARTING YOU ACTUALLY ON THE BUDGET SHEETS, 448 IS THE NARRATIVE PAGE, BUT SHE STARTED YOU ON ON 450 WHERE THE BUDGET. 
          [04:00:01]
          >> THEN OUR PAGES ARE THE SAME? 
          >> YES. 
          >> GOOD. 
          >> I GOT LOST A MINUTE AGO, AND I'M LIKE, SO I WENT BACK TO IT AND I'M LIKE, I'M TWO PAGES OFF THE WHOLE TIME. 
          >> LAURA GOT THE NUMBERS. 
          I DO THE WORDS AND SO 448 IS MINE 450 IS HERS. 
          >> LET'S START OVER. 
          >> WE'RE GOING TO NEED TO START BUDGET AGAIN. 
          DEPRECIATION, MY QUESTION WOULD BE, DO YOU EVER DO A CASH POSITION AND YOU TAKE ALL THE DEPRECIATION OUT JUST AS AN EXERCISE TO LOOK AT THOSE DEPARTMENTS? I KNOW WATER AND SEWER HAS DEPRECIATION AND A FEW OTHERS. 
          LGC WAS A GOOD ONE. 
          IF WE'RE RUNNING LGC'S BUDGET, WE HAD A WHOLE BUNCH OF DEPRECIATION THAT WE NEEDED TO PULL OUT IN ORDER TO SEE WHAT WAS OUR ACTUAL CASH POSITION. 
          THAT SOMETHING THAT YOU EVER DO? IS THAT TYPICAL? 
          >> YES, THAT'S WHAT WE DO ON THOSE CASH FLOWS AT THE FRONT OF THE BUDGET BOOK. 
          WE SHOW THE OPERATING EXPENDITURES LESS THE DEPRECIATION, SO WE PULL THE DEPRECIATION OUT. 
          >> THOSE ARE ALREADY CASH POSITIONS AT THE FRONT OF THE BOOK? 
          >> YES, SIR. 
          >> MAKES IT EASY. THANK YOU. 
          >> THANK YOU. 
          AS WE CONTINUE TURNING THE NEXT COUPLE OF PAGES, IF YOU'LL GO TO PAGE 456, WE'RE GOING TO LOOK AT OUR WASTEWATER COLLECTION DEPARTMENT. 
          AGAIN, THE BIGGEST CHANGE, IN THIS DEPARTMENT, IS OVER ON PAGE 458, AND IT'S THE DEPRECIATION LINE ITEM. 
          IT LOOKS LIKE IT'S GONE UP ABOUT 46%. 
          PART OF THIS IS CORRESPONDING EXACTLY WITH WHAT WE WERE TALKING ABOUT A MINUTE AGO THAT OUR INTEREST EARNINGS ARE GOING DOWN SO MUCH, BECAUSE WE'RE SPENDING A LOT OF OUR BOND PROCEEDS VERY QUICKLY. 
          WE'RE FINISHING PROJECTS, GETTING THEM CAPITALIZED, AND GETTING READY TO START DEPRECIATING THEM. 
          THAT'S WHERE YOU'RE SEEING THIS KIND OF FLOW ALL THE WAY THROUGH ON THESE WATER AND SEWER DEPARTMENT BUDGETS. 
          THAT WAS THE BIGGEST CHANGE THERE ON THE WASTEWATER COLLECTION DEPARTMENT. 
          IF YOU'LL TURN OVER A COUPLE MORE PAGES TO PAGE 462. 
          WE'RE GOING TO START LOOKING AT THE WASTEWATER FACILITY. 
          THIS FIRST ONE HERE IS RIVER ROAD. 
          THERE'S A COUPLE OF CHANGES I WANTED TO HIGHLIGHT ON THIS. 
          THEY DO HAVE INCLUDED IN THEIR BUDGET AT RIVER ROAD. 
          THEY ARE REQUESTING FOR THAT WE'VE ADDED IN THREE ADDITIONAL PROCESS CONTROL SHIFT FOREMAN POSITIONS. 
          I KNOW ONE OF THE TOP PRIORITIES RIGHT NOW FOR OUR WATER AND SEWER TEAM IS KEEPING A VERY CLOSE EYE ON BOTH OF THOSE WASTEWATER FACILITIES TO ENSURE THAT WE STAY ON TOP OF THINGS AND KEEP THEM RUNNING OVER THE NEXT SEVERAL YEARS AND ADDRESS THINGS BEFORE THEY BECOME MAJOR PROBLEMS, SO WE CAN MAKE SURE THAT THOSE FACILITIES ARE RUNNING PROPERLY UP UNTIL THE TIME WE START REPLACING SOME OF THEIR PIECES. 
          WE ARE LOOKING TO ADD THREE ADDITIONAL PROCESS CONTROL SHIFT FOREMANS AT BOTH RIVER ROAD AND AT HOLLYWOOD. 
          WE'LL GET TO HOLLYWOOD HERE IN JUST A SECOND. 
          BUT THAT'S PROBABLY THE LARGEST CHANGE THAT YOU'RE SEEING HERE FROM THE RIVER ROAD STANDPOINT. 
          IF YOU WANT TO CONTINUE TURNING A COUPLE OF PAGES. 
          I THINK IT'S OVER ON PAGE 464, IT STARTS THE SECOND WASTEWATER FACILITY OR HOLLYWOOD ROAD ONE. 
          AGAIN, THEY ARE LOOKING TO ADD THREE OF THOSE SAME POSITIONS, THOSE PROCESS CONTROL SHIFT FOREMANS'. 
          DONNY, NOT SURE IF YOU WANT TO EXPAND UPON WHAT THEY'RE HOPING TO A WITH THOSE NEW POSITIONS. 
          >> YEAH, SO LET ME GIVE YOU A LITTLE BIT OF BACKGROUND WHERE WE'RE AT, BECAUSE I KNOW OF THESE QUESTIONS ARE PROBABLY GOING TO COME UP, WHERE WE'RE AT BOTH THESE PLANTS, AND IT RELATES TO THE POSITIONS AS WELL. 
          WE'VE COMPLETED AN ASSESSMENT OF OUR HOLLYWOOD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT. 
          WE'RE IN THE PROCESS, AS YOU ALL JUST REMEMBER, YOU JUST APPROVED AN ASSESSMENT OF THE RIVER ROAD PLANT. 
          THOSE THINGS ARE IN PROGRESS, RIGHT NOW, TO DETERMINE WHAT WE NEED TO DO WITH ALL OF OUR FOCUS BEING ON KEEPING BOTH OF THOSE PLANTS MOVING AND ALIVE AND PROCESSING WASTE AS WE GO FORWARD. 
          SOME OF THE OTHER THINGS THAT WE'VE DONE AS WELL, WE HAVE A NEW ASSET MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THAT'S IN PLACE. 
          THAT'S SOMETHING THAT WE DIDN'T HAVE BEFORE. 
          THAT ASSET MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IS GOING TO BE VERY VALUABLE TO US, BECAUSE THEY'RE GOING TO BE ABLE TO SEE ACTUALLY LIFE EXPECTANCY OF EVERY LITTLE TINY COMPONENT THAT'S ON ALL THOSE PLANTS. 
          I'LL GIVE YOU A GOOD EXAMPLE OF THAT. 
          WE DID THE GROUNDWORK AT RIVER ROAD, LAST WEEK. 
          TWO DAYS WERE PLANNED FOR THAT, WHERE WE HAD I THINK THERE WAS ABOUT 24 PEOPLE THAT WERE ON SITE GOING THROUGH AN ASSESSMENT, INCLUDING OUR CONSULTANTS AND OUR INTERNAL STAFF. 
          [04:05:01]
THEY ANALYZED OVER 1,000 PIECES OF EQUIPMENT AT THE RIVER ROAD PLANT. 
          IT'S VERY THOROUGH TO DO THIS. 
          ONCE WE GET THOSE ASSESSMENTS BACK, THAT GOES INTO OUR INTERNAL ASSESSMENT MANAGEMENT PROGRAM SO THAT WE CAN CONTINUE TO MANAGE THESE THINGS AS WE MOVE FORWARD. 
          A LOT OF THE POSITIONS ARE MOVING TOWARD THAT, MANAGING SOME OF THE RISKS THAT WE HAVE IN PLACE AT BOTH OF THOSE FACILITIES, IT'S MUCH NEEDED. 
          I THINK IT'S GOING TO BE VERY VALUABLE TO THAT. 
          HAVE A LOT OF PROJECTS THAT ARE UNDERWAY, AND I'LL TOUCH BACK ON WHAT SHE WAS TALKING ABOUT WITH THE 5% AS WELL. 
          WE HAVE A LOT OF PROJECTS THAT ARE ONGOING RIGHT NOW, BOTH OF THESE FACILITIES THAT YOU'RE PROBABLY AWARE OF, INCLUDING CLARIFIER REHAB OR BELT PRESS REHAB, BLOWER OVERHAULS. 
          ALL THE DIFFERENT THINGS THAT WE'VE IDENTIFIED IN SOME OF THOSE ASSESSMENTS, AND EVEN THE ASSESSMENTS TO COME IS GOING TO IDENTIFY MORE THAT WE NEED TO HAVE MONEY SETTING ASIDE SO THAT WE CAN ADDRESS THOSE PROJECTS AS THEY COME UP. 
          AGAIN, WITH THE GOAL BEING TO KEEP THOSE PLANTS MOVING, PROCESSING WASTE, WHERE WE CAN CONTINUE TO GET THROUGH THIS FIVE-YEAR PERIOD, OR FOUR-YEAR PERIOD, WHATEVER THAT ENDS UP BEING, WHERE WE CAN HAVE NEW FACILITIES IN PLACE OR EXPANDED FACILITIES IN PLACE TO HANDLE THAT. 
          SOME OF THE PROJECTS ARE CURRENTLY ONGOING. 
          WE HAVE HEADWORKS IMPROVEMENTS. 
          IT'S A 4.7 MILLION DOLLAR PROJECT SHOULD START IN NOVEMBER, SO WE JUST ABOUT FINISHED WITH THE ENGINEERING ON THAT. 
          THAT'S AT THE HOLLYWOOD PLANT, DEWATERING IMPROVEMENTS, ANOTHER BIG $6.5 MILLION PROJECT THAT IS VERY IMPORTANT FOR THE PROCESSING AT THE HOLLYWOOD PLANT. 
          SKATE A SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS, JUST TO NAME A FEW OF THE THINGS THAT WE'RE DOING. 
          KEEP IN MIND, TOO, AND YOU MAY EVEN ASK YOURSELF THE QUESTION, WHY WOULD WE MAKE ALL THESE IMPROVEMENTS RIGHT NOW WHEN WE'RE LOOKING AT DOING SOMETHING DIFFERENT? THESE THINGS ARE GOING TO BE CRUCIAL, EVEN MOVING FORWARD PAST REHAB AND ALL THAT. 
          THAT HEAD WORKS FACILITY THAT WE'RE REBUILDING IS PROBABLY GOING TO BE SOMETHING OF HIGH USE TO US AS WE START GOING THROUGH THE PROCESS OF EXPANDING. 
          ALL THESE THINGS, KEEPING IN MIND WHAT WE HAVE COMING IN FRONT OF US, TAKING CARE OF WHAT WE HAVE RIGHT NOW AND MAKING SURE THAT WE HAVE THE PEOPLE IN PLACE TO ADDRESS ALL THOSE ISSUES THAT ARE IN FRONT OF US. 
          IT'S QUITE A LOAD. I ALWAYS TRY TO GIVE CREDIT WHERE CREDIT IS DUE, BUT MICHAEL PRICE AND HIS TEAM HAVE DONE A FANTASTIC JOB, AND I'VE ONLY BEEN IN THIS ROLE OVER THEM FOR A COUPLE OF MONTHS, BUT FROM WHAT I'VE SEEN, THEY'VE DONE A FANTASTIC JOB OF ANALYZING EVERYTHING THAT WE HAVE, BEING VERY CRITICAL ABOUT WHAT WE HAVE TO DO TO GET FROM POINT A TO POINT Z. 
          THEY SHOULD BE COMMENDED FOR WHAT THEY'RE DOING TO KEEP EVERYTHING MOVING. 
          WITH THE GOAL, TOO OF MAKING OUR PROCESSES WHERE WE'RE NOT HAVING TO GO OUT AND JUST WORK ON THINGS AND WRENCH ON THEM EVERY SINGLE DAY. 
          WELL, WE'RE ACTUALLY PUTTING LOGICAL PROCESSES IN PLACE TO GET US TO THAT NEXT STEP. 
          I THINK THEY SHOULD BE CREDITED FOR THAT. 
          WE'RE LOOKING AT ALL KINDS OF THINGS LIKE LOAD INCREASES WITH DEVELOPMENT. 
          WE DON'T WANT TO HAMPER ANY NEW DEVELOPMENTS THAT ARE COMING OUR WAY. 
          WE'VE ALREADY ANALYZED WHAT FARMING WILL DO TO US AS FAR AS IF WE DO RECEIVE SOME POPULATION GROWTH AND HOW THAT'S GOING TO AFFECT OUR PLANT. 
          WE'RE CONTINUALLY JUST MOVING FORWARD WITH ALL THESE PROCESSES. 
          ALL TO SAY THAT SOMETIMES WHEN YOU DO THAT, YOU HAVE TO ALSO ANALYZE YOUR POSITIONS AND REALIZE THAT YOU MAY NOT HAVE ENOUGH, AND THAT'S THE SIX POSITIONS WE'RE TALKING ABOUT. 
          I HOPE THAT'S A GOOD ENOUGH EXPLANATION I CAN ASK IT. 
          >> CAN YOU GIVE US AN UPDATE ON THE TRIP TO AUSTIN? THERE WAS SOME REALLY GOOD NEWS IN RECON THAT CAME OUT OF THAT. 
          CAN YOU GIVE US AN UPDATE ON THAT? 
          >> WE HAVE A PRESENTATION THAT'S GOING TO COME TO YOU ON THE SECOND MEETING IN AUGUST. 
          THAT'S GOING TO BE A LITTLE BIT MORE DETAILED. 
          A HIGH LEVEL, I'LL TELL YOU WHAT WE DID. 
          JERRY DANFORTH AND I MADE A TRIP TO AUSTIN. 
          THE REASON THAT WE DID IS BECAUSE THEY'RE EXPANDING THEIR WALNUT CREEK FACILITY THERE. 
          IT'S QUITE A LARGE EXPANSION. 
          IT'S ABOUT A 25 MGD EXPANSION, BUT IT MATCHED A LOT OF THE CRITERIA THAT WE HAD AT OUR WASTEWATER FACILITY HERE. 
          IT'S A 50-YEAR-OLD PLANT. 
          HOLLYWOOD IS A 60-YEAR-OLD PLANT. 
          THEY'RE IN A FLOOD ZONE. WE'RE IN A FLOOD ZONE. 
          I HAD THREE PIECES THAT WERE VERY IMPORTANT TO US TO SEE, WELL, WE WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT AND LET ME BACK UP A STEP. 
          JERRY AND I DID SOME ANALYZING, AND WE SPENT A LOT OF TIME TOGETHER JUST SAYING, I'M NOT COMFORTABLE WITH THE DIRECTION WE'RE REALLY HEADED RIGHT NOW. 
          LET'S REALLY TAKE A DEEPER LOOK, AND WE KNOW WE'VE GOT TO GET TO A 25-YEAR POINT. 
          WE KNOW THAT WE'VE GOT TO GET OUT TO 2050 WITH WHAT WE NEED TO DO, BECAUSE WE ALWAYS NEED TO BE THINKING ABOUT THAT. 
          BUT WHAT'S MORE MANAGEABLE FOR US? IS IT FIVE YEARS? IS IT 10 YEARS? IS IT 15 YEARS? WHAT IS MORE REASONABLE FOR US TO START ATTACKING NOW? WITH THE KNOWING THAT WE'RE GOING TO HAVE TO CONTINUE TO DO THAT ALL THE WAY UP TO THAT 25-YEAR POINT THAT WE GAVE YOU IN THE PRESENTATION. 
          WE WANTED TO GO TO AUSTIN WITH THE IDEAS THAT WE HAD ON HOW WE COULD EXPAND THE CURRENT FACILITIES, CONTINUE TO MAKE THEM WORK, CONTINUE TO HAVE THOSE EVEN OPERABLE AS ADDITIONS. 
          IF WE ADD AN ADDITION TO THE HOLLYWOOD PLANT, THAT THAT WOULD STILL BE OPERABLE AND COULD BE REHABBED AND ADDED TO THE MGDS THAT WE'RE TAKING IN. 
          WE HAD ALL THESE SAME IDEAS, AND AUSTIN HAD THE SAME IDEAS. 
          WHEN I TALKED TO THE UTILITIES DIRECTOR ON THE PHONE, I SAID, HEY, 
          [04:10:01]
WE'D LIKE TO COME DOWN AND VISIT WITH YOU AND JUST CLARIFY, MAKE SURE WE'RE NOT ON THE WRONG PATH IF WE PIVOT A LITTLE BIT IN OUR YEARS OUT THAT WE'RE THINKING ON EXPANDING AND REHAB. 
          WHAT I CAN TELL YOU WE LEARNED FROM THAT TRIP IS NOT ONLY DID WE HAVE ALL OF OUR IDEAS CONFIRMED BY THEM, AND THEY ROLLED OUT THE RED CARPET FOR US. 
          THEY HAD ALL OF THEIR STAFF THERE, THEIR PROCESS ENGINEERS, EVERYBODY WAS THERE TO ANSWER QUESTIONS THAT WE HAD OF HOW THEY WERE GOING THROUGH THEIR REHAB, HOW THEY WERE GOING THROUGH THEIR EXPANSIONS, EVEN LITTLE THINGS LIKE FIXING THE HEADWORKS, AND SPENDING 4.5 MILLION ON THAT. 
          YES, THAT'S A GOOD IDEA TO DO THAT BECAUSE YOU CAN USE THAT LATER. 
          THEY CONFIRMED TO ME, COUNCILMAN, THAT WE WERE ON THE RIGHT TRACK TO MAKE A LITTLE BIT OF A PIVOT THERE. 
          THAT'S WHAT'S GOING TO BE IN THAT PRESENTATION, A LITTLE BIT MORE DETAILED WITH WHAT WE'RE PIVOTING TO. 
          I SAY PIVOT LIGHTLY BECAUSE WE'RE STILL GOING TO HAVE TO REACH THAT LONG TERM GOAL, BUT I JUST DON'T KNOW THAT THAT WAS THE TARGET THAT JERRY AND I ARE LOOKING AT. 
          WE'RE MORE THINKING 10-15 YEARS. 
          AND SPEAKING WITH GRAYSON ABOUT THAT, HE FEELS THE SAME WAY. 
          I FEEL LIKE WE'RE ON A BETTER APPROACH. 
          IT'S GOING TO BE LESS COSTS UPFRONT SO THAT THE TAXPAYERS OF TODAY WILL BE PAYING FOR TODAY'S IMPROVEMENTS. 
          TAXPAYERS TOMORROW WILL BE PAYING FOR TOMORROW'S IMPROVEMENTS. 
          VERY PRODUCTIVE TRIP, NOT ONLY THAT, BUT WE ALSO MADE SOME FANTASTIC CONTACTS DOWN THERE. 
          THEY ARE STILL EMAILING BACK AND FORTH WITH JERRY AND I ON A REGULAR BASIS, ASKING US QUESTIONS ABOUT OUR PROCESS. 
          I CAN SAY THIS RAGDOCIOUSLY, I GUESS, THEY WERE REALLY IMPRESSED WITH WHAT WE'RE DOING HERE. 
          THEY WERE NOTHING BUT COMPLIMENTARY ABOUT THE APPROACHES THAT WE'RE TAKING HERE. 
          HOPE THAT ANSWERS YOUR QUESTION. 
          >> AS I MENTIONED, WE HAVE THE SIX POSITIONS BETWEEN THE TWO FACILITIES. 
          THE ONLY OTHER MAJOR CHANGE THAT'S FLOWING THROUGH THIS BUDGET, AND IT GOES IN LINE EXACTLY WITH WHAT, DONNY, WAS JUST DISCUSSING IS RELATED TO THE DEPRECIATION EXPENSE. 
          AGAIN, IT'S AT TOWARDS THE BOTTOM OF PAGE 466, AND THIS IS AT THE HOLLYWOOD PLANT, AND THAT WAS THE FIRST PLANT THAT I KNOW THEY WERE STARTING TO ADDRESS SOME THINGS WITH. 
          AS THOSE PROJECTS ARE GETTING COMPLETED, WE ARE CAPITALIZING THOSE, AND WE WILL START DEPRECIATING THEM, AND THAT'S WHY OUR DEPRECIATION EXPENSE IS CONTINUING TO RISE IN THAT AREA. 
          IF YOU TURN THE PAGE, WE'LL GO OVER THE LAST DEPARTMENT IN THE WATER AND SEWER FUND, AND THAT'S OUR ENVIRONMENTAL LAB. 
          THE NUMBERS START ON PAGE 472. 
          ON PAGE 472, WE'VE GOT A COUPLE OF ADDITIONAL ITEMS THAT WE HAVE PUT INTO THIS BUDGET. 
          YOU CAN PROBABLY SEE IT A LITTLE BIT EASIER. 
          IF YOU TURN TO THE PAGE ON PAGE 475, THEY HAVE A REQUEST FOR THREE COMPLIANCE INVESTIGATORS, AND DONNY COULD PROBABLY GIVE US A LITTLE BIT MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THOSE COMPLIANCE INVESTIGATORS. 
          OTHER THAN THAT, THEIR BUDGET REALLY DID NOT SEE A WHOLE LOT OF CHANGE FROM CURRENT YEAR BUDGET TO NEXT YEAR BUDGET. 
          >> YOU SAID THAT I COULD GIVE AN UPDATE ON THAT. 
          I'M ACTUALLY GOING TO HAVE TO LET, MICHAEL PRICE, GIVE THE UPDATE ON THE COMPLIANCE INVESTIGATORS, IF THAT'S OKAY WITH YOU. 
          HE CAN PROBABLY EXPLAIN WHAT THOSE ARE MORE THAN I COULD, BUT IT WOULD NOT BE AS PRETTY A ELOQUENT AND WITH A COOL ACCENT LIKE HE HAS. 
          >> WE'RE LOOKING FOR THREE COMPLIANCE INVESTIGATORS. 
          WE CURRENT TEAM IS AT 700 HOURS OVERTIME SINCE OCTOBER OF THIS YEAR. 
          WE'RE PUSHING THE STAFF TO A POINT WHERE THEY'RE STRUGGLING TO GET THEIR CPD, TO GO OVER AND GET THEIR TIME OFF, VACATION PLANNING. 
          OUR REGULATORY BURDEN IS INCREASING. 
          WE'RE HAVING TO GET INTO MORE ARENAS AND DEAL WITH MORE REGULATORY ENFORCEMENT ISSUES. 
          >> IF YOU WOULD, DESCRIBE WHAT A COMPLIANCE INVESTIGATOR DOES. 
          >> A COMPLIANCE INVESTIGATOR IS ONE OF OUR STAFF MEMBERS WHO GOES OUT AND SITE SAVE FOR THE MS4 ISSUES, AND THEY INVESTIGATE ISSUES THAT GET REPORTED IN OUR MONITOR SITES IN THE FIELD TO ENSURE THAT THEY ARE ABLE TO THE INDUSTRY COMPLIES. 
          IF THERE ARE ISSUES, THEN THEY WORK WITH THE ENFORCEMENT PROCESS. 
          >> I UNDERSTAND, WHEN YOU SAY MS4, WE'RE TALKING TCQ, EROSION CONTROL, WATER MANAGEMENT MITIGATION? 
          >> YES, SIR. 
          >> DUST CONTROL BARRIERS, ALL SORTS OF THINGS THAT THE STATE WOULD LIKE TO SEE REGULATORY CONTROLS ON, LET'S CALL IT? 
          >> YES, SIR. WE RESPOND TO THAT REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT STUFF? 
          >> CURRENTLY, WE ARE COMPLAINT-DRIVEN. 
          [04:15:02]
WE HAVE TO BE CONTACTED. 
          HEY, THERE'S AN EXCESSIVE AMOUNT OF SOIL ON THE STREET OR WHATEVER BEFORE WE ISSUE AN INVESTIGATION; IS THAT CORRECT? 
          >> MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC CONTACT US WHEN THEY HAVE CONCERNS, AND OUR INVESTIGATORS GO OUT TO RESPOND. 
          >> IF YOU'RE ADDING THREE ADDITIONAL INVESTIGATORS, WE, AS COUNSEL, SHOULD EXPECT AN INCREASE IN REGULATORY CONTROLS. 
          WHERE WE WEREN'T DOING THINGS PREVIOUSLY, WE WOULD BE DOING THEM. 
          SOME THINGS ARE IN CODE, STATUTE, LAW, THAT SOMETIMES, LIKE DAY-TO-DAY OPERATIONS, YOU'RE NOT NECESSARILY, WELL, WE HAVEN'T BEEN ASKED TO DO THAT THE WHOLE TIME, NOW WE ARE. 
          I THINK ABOUT A LOT OF THE BUILDING COMMUNITY IN JUST PUTTING UP EROSION CONTROL FENCING AND THE ISSUES THAT THAT CAN CAUSE, AND HOW MUCH WE ARE MITIGATING. 
          THE PARTICULATES, I THINK THEY CALL THEM INTO GETTING INTO THOSE PLAYA LAKES. 
          SHOULD WE EXPECT THAT IF WE ADD THOSE ADDITIONAL THREE POSITIONS, WE'RE GOING TO HAVE AN INCREASE IN REGULATION ACROSS THE CITY? 
          >> THE WORKLOAD IS MOST LIKELY GOING TO REMAIN CONSTANT. 
          IT ALLOWS STAFF TO BE USED MORE EFFECTIVELY. 
          I DON'T FORESEE AN INCREASE IN ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS, BUT I CAN'T SPEAK TO THAT. 
          >> BUT RIGHT NOW, THOSE ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS ARE WORKING OVERTIME. 
          >> THEY'RE WORKING SO FAR SINCE OCTOBER 1 IS 700 HOURS OF OVERTIME. 
          STAFF ARE GIVEN A CHANCE TO TAKE A VACATION. 
          IT'S GETTING DIFFICULT TO MAINTAIN THEIR ABILITIES. 
          >> WELL, I DO MEAN THIS A LITTLE TONGUE IN CHEEK, BUT BEING ONE OF THE GUYS THAT GETS REGULATED FOR DUST CONTROL, ON A JOB SITE, IN A TOWN WHERE THE WIND BLOWS 50, 60 MILES AN HOUR, I'D LOVE FOR THEM TO TAKE A DAY OFF. 
          THERE'S NO REASON FOR THEM TO FEEL THE NEED TO WORK OVERTIME. 
          AS FAR AS OUR OBLIGATION TO MEET OUR TCQ GUIDELINES, THERE DOESN'T SEEM TO BE A LOT OF HARD AND FAST SCIENCE ON SOME OF THAT. 
          IT'S DO YOUR BEST, AND THE STATE DOES ITS BEST. 
          I JUST HAVE A CONCERN WITH ADDING THOSE ADDITIONAL THREE POSITIONS FOR THAT. 
          AS A GUY WHO'S CONCERNED ON THE CUSTOMER SIDE OR THE BUSINESS COMMUNITY SIDE, CAN YOU POINT TO MAYBE A DELIVERABLE OR AN OUTCOME THAT'S FAVORABLE FOR THE COMMUNITY? WHAT ARE WE PREVENTING? WHAT LIFESAVING ITEMS ARE WE GETTING OUT OF THIS? 
          >> WE'RE FULFILLING OUR REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS TO TCQ, WHICH ALLOWS US TO AVAIL OF STATE FUNDING FOR UNDERGROUND PROGRAMS. WELL, I THINK WE'RE REDUCING IF WE'VE GOT 700 HOURS OF OVERTIME, WE'RE JUST BRINGING THIS BACK. 
          I DON'T THINK WE'RE GOING TO SEE ADDITIONAL REGULATION. 
          WE'RE JUST GOING TO SEE THAT THE EMPLOYEES THAT WE DO HAVE ARE NOT WORKING OVERTIME. 
          >> I WANT TO CLARIFY SOMETHING, TOO. 
          THAT'S NOT WHAT THEY SPEND THEIR TIME DOING ALL THE TIME. 
          THERE ARE OTHER VERY IMPORTANT ITEMS THAT WE'RE DEALING WITH WHEN IT COMES TO BOD. 
          WE'RE TALKING ABOUT THINGS THAT ARE PUT IN THE WASTE STREAM. 
          WE'RE TALKING ABOUT INFILTRATION THAT BRINGS IN MORE STORMWATER, THINGS LIKE THAT, INTO OUR WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANTS. 
          IT'S MORE THAN JUST THAT. 
          WE'RE UNDER THE SAME REGULATIONS THAT THE CONSTRUCTION COMPANIES ARE UNDER AS WELL, LIKE OUR LANDFILL. 
          WE HAVE TO HAVE DUST CONTROL IN PLACE. 
          IT'S THE LAW. THERE'S NO WAY AROUND THAT. 
          BUT I DON'T THINK THAT I JUST DON'T WANT YOU TO HAVE THE IMPRESSION THAT THAT'S WHAT THEY'RE BEING HIRED FOR IS TO DO THAT. 
          THE REGULATIONS ARE WIDE. 
          >> BASICALLY, THAT'S WHAT I'M ASKING FOR. 
          I'D LIKE TO KNOW, LIKE WHAT ARE THE DELIVERABLES? WHAT ARE THEY DOING? 
          >> WE COULD GET A COMPLETE LIST OF THOSE REGULATIONS THAT THEY'RE LOOKING INTO, OR IF THAT WOULD HELP. 
          I DON'T KNOW THAT WE WOULD HAVE THOSE HERE TODAY. 
          >> THE WAY I SEE IT IS YOU GOT 700 HOURS OF OVERTIME. 
          WE'RE JUST GOING TO ELIMINATE THOSE. 
          >> IT'S ELIMINATING THE OVERHEAD AND THE COST OF OVERTIME. 
          >> I DON'T KNOW WE'RE GOING TO GAIN MUCH OF ANYTHING EXCEPT HAVING THE APPROPRIATE STAFF. 
          >> THAT'S CORRECT. 
          >> LET ME ASK A QUESTION, THOUGH, BECAUSE THE MATH DOESN'T EQUATE TO ME. 
          WE'VE GOT 700 HOURS OF OVERTIME. 
          REST OF THIS YEAR, IF WE MAINTAIN THE SAME PACE, WE MAY HAVE 1,000 HOURS OF OVERTIME. 
          WE'RE ON TRACK FOR 1,000 HOURS OF OVERTIME. 
          >> OH, FOR THIS FISCAL YEAR? 
          >> YES. BUT LIKE ONE EMPLOYEE WORKS 2,080 HOURS A YEAR, WHY DO WE NEED 6 EMPLOYEES TO MAKE UP FOR 700 HOURS OF OVERTIME? THAT'S WHAT DOES IT? 
          >> IT'S THREE EMPLOYEES. 
          >> WELL, THREE EMPLOYEES. 
          >> I DON'T THINK THAT'S THE ONLY REASON, IS JUST THE OVERTIME. 
          I THINK THERE ARE ALSO REGULATIONS THAT WE CONTINUE TO HAVE TO ENFORCE THAT MAYBE WE DIDN'T HAVE TO ENFORCE BEFORE. 
          [04:20:04]
WE CAN DO SOME MORE HOMEWORK ON THIS AND BRING THIS BACK THE NEXT DAY, IF THAT WOULD SUIT, MR. PATH, OR YOU GUYS, IF YOU WOULD LIKE TO SEE SOME OF THESE THINGS THAT WE'RE HAVING TO ENFORCE, OR EVEN NEW REGULATIONS AND THINGS THAT WOULD HAVE TO BE IN PLACE FOR THIS. 
          I APOLOGIZE FOR NOT HAVING ALL THE ANSWERS FOR THAT ONE TODAY. 
          THIS ONE, I HAVEN'T DONE A BUNCH OF HOMEWORK ON MYSELF. 
          >> WELL, I JUST WANT TO MAKE IT TO YOU, AND I KNOW IN THE WHOLE BUDGET, AND MAYBE TOMORROW, WE COULD QUICKLY GO THROUGH THIS ONE MORE TIME. 
          I THINK WE'RE LOOKING AT ADDING 40 FTES TO THE BUDGET FOR NEXT YEAR, SOMETHING ALONG THOSE LINES. 
          WHEN YOU'RE LOOKING AT EMPLOYEE EXPENSES BEING YOUR LARGEST GROUP OF EXPENSES, I'D JUST LIKE TO MAKE SURE THAT WE'RE JUST DOUBLE AND TRIPLE-CHECKING. 
          WE'RE ADDING 14 AND ONE DEPARTMENT, BECAUSE THAT'S REALLY HOW EXPENSES CAN GET EMPLOYEES ARE YOUR LARGEST EXPENSE. 
          I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT IF WE'RE ADDING THIS, THAT THERE'S A DEFINITE NEED FOR IT, AND I WASN'T HEARING MUCH OTHER THAN 700 HOURS OF OVERTIME AS TO WHY WE NEED TO ADD THREE EMPLOYEES INSTEAD OF MAYBE ONE. 
          I AGREE, ELIMINATING THE OVERTIME AND ALLOWING PEOPLE TO TAKE THEIR VACATION IS A GOOD THING, BUT I JUST COULDN'T GET HOW IT TAKES THREE EMPLOYEES TO DO THAT INSTEAD OF JUST ONE. 
          >> THIS MAY HELP. WHENEVER WE FIRST GOT OUR BUDGET NUMBERS BACK FROM MR. PRICE AND HIS TEAM, THERE WERE A LOT MORE POSITIONS THEY WERE ASKING FOR THAN JUST THIS. 
          WE HAD TO NARROW THAT BACK DOWN, AND WE SAID, WHAT'S THE MOST IMPORTANT TO YOU? THIS WAS THE 6 AND THE 3RD THAT WERE THE MOST IMPORTANT, WHICH MADE THE LIST TO THEM AND THEIR DEPARTMENT, WHAT THEY NEEDED AS FAR AS ADDITIONAL POSITIONS. DOES THAT MAKE SENSE? 
          >> IT DOES. FOR ME, I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE I'VE GOT A VISUAL. 
          HERE'S HOW WE NEED THIS, AND WHY WOULD WE NEED THREE INSTEAD OF ONE? 
          >> I'LL GET THAT FOR YOU. 
          >> I THINK WE NEED TO SEE THE WHY. 
          LIKE I SAID, 700 HOURS OVERTIME IS ONE THING, BUT WHAT'S NOT BEING DONE BECAUSE YOU DON'T HAVE THEM, OR WHAT'S NOT GOING TO BE ABLE TO GET DONE BECAUSE YOU DON'T HAVE THEM? MAKE SENSE? 
          >> YEAH. WE'LL GET THAT FOR YOU. 
          WE SHOULD HAVE HAD THAT TODAY, OR I SHOULD HAVE HAD THAT TODAY, AND I DID, AND THAT'S ON ME. 
          >> THAT'S OKAY. I KNOW WE'RE ASKING SOME DIFFERENT QUESTIONS, AND I THINK THE OTHER THING THAT HELPS YOU JUSTIFY THIS, WE HATE TO ADD POSITIONS OR GROW THE LOCAL BUDGET THAT HAS TO BE COMPENSATED FOR WITH THE HOPE OF A REGULATORY AGENCY GIFTING US A GRANT. 
          KNOWING THAT THE AGENCIES HAVE ALREADY PULLED BACK, LIKE A GREAT ONE, IS IN TRANSIT, WHERE WE SEE A LARGE REDUCTION IN OUR TRANSIT FUNDS. 
          YOU JUST DON'T KNOW WHAT HAPPENS AS THE CITY CONTINUES TO GROW. 
          THE NEED IS THE NEED, AND WHEN WE NEED TO SERVICE THOSE CUSTOMERS, WE'RE PROTECTING THE COMMUNITY FROM DAMAGE BECAUSE WE DIDN'T REGULATE THEIR NEIGHBOR. 
          THAT IS WHAT YOU GUYS DO, AND THAT'S GOOD. 
          BUT THEN I DON'T KNOW THAT WE'RE OUT OF COMPLIANCE WITH THAT REGULATORY AGENCY. 
          I'D BE CURIOUS, HOW MANY GRANTS DID THEY SAY? WELL, WE WANTED TO GIVE YOU THIS, BUT WE COULDN'T BECAUSE WE DIDN'T SEE ANY ENFORCEMENT OF THESE STATUTES. 
          IF YOU POINT TO ANY OF THAT, I THINK WE COULD SEE IT. 
          I JUST HAVEN'T, I'M UNAWARE OF. 
          >> I DON'T THINK WE'RE OUT OF COMPLIANCE. 
          >> WE'LL GO BACK TO REVISIT THE NUMBERS, AND THAT'S A GOOD THING FOR US TO LOOK AT. 
          ONE THING IS NOT JUST GRANTS, TOO, BUT WITHOUT MENTIONING THE INDUSTRY'S NAME, I THINK THE COUNCIL IS AWARE OF AN INDUSTRY WE HAD RECENTLY THAT CAUSED US TO BE FINED SIGNIFICANT DOLLARS BY TCQ FOR BEING OUT OF COMPLIANCE AT OUR PLANT. 
          THESE POSITIONS HERE, WHETHER WE ADD 1, 2, 03, OR JUST TO KEEP THE ONES WE HAVE AS PART OF THE ROLE, ARE TO KEEP THESE INDUSTRIES IN COMPLIANCE SO THAT THE RIGHT PAYERS ARE NOT PAYING THESE FINES FROM TCQ, LIKE WE SOLVE WITH THIS PARTICULAR INDUSTRY? IT MAY NOT BE A LIFE SAFETY THING, BUT IT DOES HIT THEIR POCKETBOOKS. 
          IN TCQ, THEY EXIST, THEY HAVE A STICK, AND THEY WILL USE THAT STICK. 
          THESE POSITIONS HERE ARE TRYING TO KEEP US FROM GETTING HIT WITH THAT STICK. 
          >> GOOD. THANK YOU FOR THE PAUSE. 
          >> JUST TO FOLLOW UP. 
          IS IT POSSIBLE TO GET A LIST OF LESS YOU SAID 40 THAT WE'RE ADDING? 
          >> I THINK THERE'S A LIST IN HERE, A PAGE IN HERE THAT DOES HAVE A BREAKDOWN. 
          >> IF YOU GO TO THE VERY FRONT OF YOUR BOOK AS YOU LOOK IN YOUR TRANSMITTAL LETTER, AND I APOLOGIZE. 
          THESE ARE NOT, ACTUALLY, PAGE-NUMBERED. 
          IT'S IN THAT VERY FIRST SECTION RIGHT BEHIND THE COVER PAGE THERE. 
          IF YOU GO BACK A COUPLE OF PAGES, THERE'S A CHART THAT OUTLINES THE 44 POSITIONS THAT ARE ADDED TO THIS PROPOSED BUDGET, AND IT SHOWS BY DEPARTMENT WHAT WE'RE LOOKING AT. 
          >> THAT'S WHAT I WAS LOOKING FOR. THANK YOU. 
          >> YES, THANK YOU. YOU'RE WELCOME. 
          >> JUST LOOKING AT THAT HOPE NOT, YOU DO HAVE IT. 
          NEVER MIND. THAT'S VERY HELPFUL. THANK YOU. 
          >> YOU'RE WELCOME. OTHER QUESTIONS FOR THE WATER AND SEWER UTILITIES FUND, AT THIS POINT? ALL RIGHT, IF NOT, LET'S SWITCH GEARS AND TALK SOLID WASTE. 
          IF YOU TURN IN YOUR BOOKS TO PAGE 478, 
          [04:25:07]
IT STARTS THE BEGINNING OF OUR SOLID WASTE COLLECTION DEPARTMENT. 
          NOW, AS A REMINDER, WE HAVE ALREADY TALKED ABOUT SOME CHANGES THAT SOLID WASTE IS PROPOSING FOR THIS UPCOMING YEAR. 
          THE FIRST ONE I WILL NOTE IS ON THE BOTTOM OF 478 AND THE TOP OF 479. 
          THESE ARE OUR RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL FEES, AND WE ARE PROPOSING A 7% INCREASE. 
          WE ARE LOOKING TO FILL A COUPLE OF POSITIONS IN OUR SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL DEPARTMENT THAT WOULD HELP WITH A NEW DANGEROUS STRUCTURE REMOVAL PROGRAM. 
          ALONG WITH, I THINK IT WAS AROUND $500,000 IN EQUIPMENT THAT IS NEEDED TO FACILITATE THIS IN-HOUSE PROGRAM. 
          ALONG WITH FUNDING FOR A RECLASS IN OUR CITY MARSHAL DEPARTMENT AND ONE NEW ADMINISTRATIVE POSITION, I BELIEVE THAT WOULD HELP FACILITATE THE NEW DANGEROUS STRUCTURE REMOVAL PROGRAM. 
          ALONG WITH THAT, THEY ARE LOOKING TO PUT ABOUT $60,000 MORE TOWARDS THE ANNUAL DUMPSTER REPLACEMENT PROGRAM. 
          THEY'RE ALSO LOOKING TO FUND $0.5 MILLION IN THE EXTENSIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS TYPE PROJECTS FOR SOLID WASTE, AND DONNIE CAN TOUCH BASE ON THAT A LITTLE BIT, AND THEN ANOTHER $275,000 FOR LANDFILL ENGINEERING SERVICES. 
          I WANTED TO CORRECT MY NUMBER THERE. 
          THE EQUIPMENT NEEDED FOR THE DANGEROUS STRUCTURE DEMOLITION PROGRAM LOOKS TO BE ABOUT $715,000. 
          THE 7% INCREASE INCLUDES ADDITIONAL DUMPSTER REPLACEMENT AND ALL THE FUNDING NEEDED FOR THE DANGEROUS STRUCTURE REMOVAL PROGRAM. 
          WHY DON'T I PAUSE THERE AND LET DONNIE GIVE A LITTLE BIT MORE INFORMATION ABOUT WHAT THAT PROGRAM MIGHT LOOK LIKE? 
          >> I'LL TALK ABOUT THE DEMOLITION PROGRAM IN JUST A SECOND. 
          THE INCREASE FOR THE DUMPSTERS IS TO TAKE CARE OF THE INCREASED COST THAT WE'RE SEEING IN THAT, AS IT GOES UP WITH EVERYTHING ELSE, JUST TO COVER THAT, SO WE CONTINUE TO PUT THE SAME NUMBER OF DUMPSTERS BACK INTO THE PROGRAM THAT WE HAVE BEEN DOING FOR THE PAST COUPLE OF YEARS, WHICH HAS WORKED WELL. 
          ON THE DANGEROUS STRUCTURAL REMOVAL PROGRAM, THERE ARE A COUPLE OF REASONS WHY WE'RE TALKING ABOUT THIS AND WANTING TO MAKE THIS A RECOMMENDATION TO COUNSEL. 
          NUMBER ONE, I'VE SUCCESSFULLY IMPLEMENTED A PROGRAM LIKE THIS BEFORE, INTERNALLY BUILDING A DEMOLITION PROGRAM THAT WOULD TAKE CARE OF BLIGHTED STRUCTURES IN THE RESIDENTIAL AREAS, AND IT WORKED VERY WELL. 
          IN THAT PROGRAM, WE TOOK DOWN OVER 500 STRUCTURES IN A COMMUNITY OF $20,000. 
          JUST TO GIVE YOU AN EXAMPLE OF THAT. 
          IN AMARILLO, THIS YEAR, WE'VE TAKEN DOWN 20. 
          IT'S VERY DIFFICULT IN THE PROCESS THAT WE HAVE TO GET THINGS DONE. THERE ARE CONTRACTORS. 
          THERE ARE ALL KINDS OF DIFFERENT THINGS YOU HAVE TO GO THROUGH IN THIS PROCESS TO MAKE IT WORK. 
          WHEN I BUILT THE PROGRAM, AND I THINK MR. PATH BUILT THE SAME PROGRAM WHEN HE WAS IN PARIS AS WELL, WITH AN INTERNAL DEMOLITION PROGRAM. 
          WE STARTED TALKING ABOUT THAT EARLY ON WHEN HE ARRIVED HERE, THAT WE NEED TO BE DOING THIS INTERNALLY. 
          WE TALKED TO THE MARSHAL'S OFFICE, WE TALKED TO SOLIDWORKS, AND STARTED WORKING THROUGH A PLAN ON THAT. 
          IT DOES SEEM LIKE WHAT WE NEED TO DO. 
          WE'RE DOING THIS IN THE NAME OF PUBLIC SAFETY AND COMMUNITY HEALTH. 
          AS WE ALL KNOW, THERE WAS IN TALK WITH THE MARSHAL YESTERDAY. 
          I JUST SAID, IF YOU COUNTED RIGHT NOW, YOU HAD MANY HOW MANY STRUCTURES THAT ARE RESIDENTIAL THAT NEED TO COME DOWN, PROBABLY AT THIS POINT TODAY, IT'S A LITTLE OVER 1,200. 
          THOSE NUMBERS REGENERATE. 
          YOU'LL SEE THAT HAPPEN IN COMMUNITIES. 
          IT JUST HAPPENS OVER AND OVER AGAIN WHERE PEOPLE MOVE OUT OF AN OLD STRUCTURE, AND IT STAYS THERE, AND THEY DON'T BOARD IT UP, AND IT BECOMES A DANGEROUS STRUCTURE. 
          WE HAVE ISSUES WITH FIRE HAZARDS. 
          IT ATTRACTS CRIMINAL ACTIVITY. 
          >> REALLY QUALITY OF LIFE IN A NEIGHBORHOOD IS REALLY AFFECTED BY THAT AS WELL. 
          IT'S ONE OF THE BIGGEST REQUESTS WE GET OR COMPLAINTS WE GET TOO IS THAT WHY HAVE YOU ALL NOT TORN DOWN THE STRUCTURE. 
          THERE'S A LARGE PROCESS THAT GOES INTO THAT, AND WE HAVE SOME GAPS THAT I THINK THAT THIS WOULD TAKE CARE OF AS WELL. 
          LET ME TELL YOU WHAT THIS PROGRAM WOULD LOOK LIKE. 
          WE WOULD DO A CITY RUN DEMOLITION PROGRAM FOCUSED EXCLUSIVELY ON RESIDENTIAL, AND WHY RESIDENTIAL, BECAUSE COMMERCIAL IT'S A WHOLE DIFFERENT ANIMAL. 
          YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT ASBESTOS ASSESSMENTS, ASBESTOS ABATEMENTS, AND THINGS LIKE THAT THAT GET REALLY BETTER FOR A CONTRACTOR TO TAKE CARE OF. 
          WHAT WE ENVISION HAPPENING IS THAT THE CITY MARSHAL WOULD CONTINUE TO HANDLE WHAT THEY DO IN THEIR OFFICE NOW. 
          THAT'S THE ADMINISTRATIVE SIDE OF THE PROGRAM. 
          THEY WOULD DO THE INSPECTIONS, THEY WOULD DO THE REQUIRED BY LAW HEARINGS, THEY WOULD DO THE REQUIRED IF YOU HAVE A PROPERTY, SOMETIMES THEY DON'T EVEN HAVE AN OWNER THAT YOU CAN FIND ANYWHERE. 
          THEY HAVE TO POST NOTICES AND PAPERS AND 
          [04:30:02]
LET PEOPLE KNOW WE'RE FIXING TO DO SOMETHING AND DEBATE THIS PROPERTY OR CONDEMN THIS PROPERTY. 
          ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATION THAT WOULD TAKE PLACE, ENSURING QUALITY CONTROL OF THE PROJECTS, MAKING SURE WE HAVE THE RIGHT PLACE. 
          WE'RE GOING AFTER THE RIGHT TARGETED ADDRESS WHEN WE ACTUALLY DO THE DEMOLITION OF A PROPERTY. 
          SOLID WASTE WOULD MOBILIZE EQUIPMENT, THEY WOULD DO A DEMO OF THE STRUCTURE, THEN THEY WOULD REMOVE IT AS WELL AND TAKE IT OUT TO THE LANDFILL. 
          THERE WERE DAYS IN THE PROGRAM THAT I HAD DEVELOPED BEFORE WHERE WE WERE DOING THREE A DAY. 
          NOW, THERE ARE OTHER DAYS WHERE THERE ARE BIGGER STRUCTURES, BIGGER HAZARDS, OTHER THINGS WHERE YOU'RE NOT DOING THAT MANY. 
          MAY TAKE THREE DAYS TO GET ONE STRUCTURE DOWN. 
          BUT THERE WERE TIMES WHERE WE WERE HITTING TWO AND THREE A DAY WITH THIS TYPE OF PROGRAM. 
          IT WOULD REQUIRE AN EXCAVATOR AND AN OPERATOR TO GO IN THAT. 
          IT WOULD REQUIRE A HAUL TRUCK TO TAKE THE EXCAVATOR TO THE SITE. 
          GENERALLY, THAT'S GOING TO BE YOUR SAME OPERATOR THAT'S GOING TO DRIVE THE TRUCK THERE. 
          HE'S GOING TO OFFLOAD THE EXCAVATOR, AND HE'S GOING TO GO TO WORK, TEARING DOWN THAT STRUCTURE. 
          IT WOULD REQUIRE A ROLL-OFF TRUCK TO DELIVER ROLL-OFFS TO THAT SITE. 
          A THREE IS THE NUMBER THAT WE HAVE IN MIND FOR THAT, AND THESE ARE LARGE ROLL-OFF. 
          THESE ARE THE 30-YARD CONTAINERS, WHERE THEY WOULD DELIVER ALL THREE OF THOSE. 
          THEY WOULD START THE DEMO PROCESS. 
          ROLL OFF WOULD BE HAULED OFF. 
          BY THE TIME HE GETS BACK, THE NEXT ONE'S FULL, AND YOU JUST ROTATE THAT UNTIL YOU LOAD BACK UP AND GO TO THE NEXT LOCATION AND CONTINUE TO GO THROUGH THESE PROCESSES AFTER THEY'VE GONE THROUGH THE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESS IN THE MARSHAL'S OFFICE. 
          AGAIN, A SEMI TRUCK OPERATOR THAT WOULD OPERATE THE TRACO, A ROLL OFF TRUCK DRIVER, AND THEN THE AD MAN IN THE MARSHAL'S OFFICE AS WELL TO HANDLE THE HEARINGS AND NOTICES AND ALL THE THINGS, BECAUSE A WORKLOAD OVER THERE WILL INCREASE GREATLY IF THIS PROGRAM GOES INTO EFFECT. 
          THE BENEFITS TO THE COMMUNITY FOR ME IS THAT WE HAVE A FASTER RESPONSE. 
          WE'RE TAKING CARE OF THESE ISSUES AS THEY COME UP, EVEN THOUGH IT IS A PROCESS ADMINISTRATIVELY TO GET THROUGH IT. 
          I THINK WE'RE GOING TO BE DOING A LOT FASTER THAN WE'RE DOING IT NOW. 
          THE LONG-TERM COST OF THE WAY WE'RE DOING IT NOW, YOU'RE GOING TO SEE A SAVINGS IN THAT, IF WE'RE DOING IT INTERNALLY, NO DOUBT ABOUT THAT. 
          IT'S MORE VISIBLE TO THE COMMUNITY. 
          I THINK YOU HAVE MORE CUSTOMER SATISFACTION, AND WE'RE FORECASTING THAT WE'RE GOING TO BE ABLE TO GET THIS AND HIT IT RUNNING WITHIN THE FIRST YEAR, SHOULD THIS BE APPROVED BY COUNCIL AND START. 
          WE'VE ALREADY GOT A PRETTY GOOD IDEA OF WHAT EQUIPMENT WE WOULD NEED TO ORDER. 
          WE'VE GOT AN IDEA OF WHAT TYPE OF PERSON. 
          I'LL SAY THIS, THE EXCAVATOR JOB IS ONE OF THE MOST POPULAR JOBS THAT I HAD. 
          EVERYBODY WANTED THAT JOB BECAUSE YOU'RE JUST TEARING DOWN HOUSES ALL DAY LONG, AND IT'S ACTUALLY A PRETTY COOL JOB TO HAVE. 
          I DON'T THINK WE'LL HAVE TROUBLE FILLING ANY OF THESE POSITIONS AT ALL. 
          IT WOULD REALLY JUST ENHANCE OUR SERVICE TO THE COMMUNITY TO BE ABLE TO TAKE CARE OF SOME OF THESE STRUCTURES. 
          NOW, THE OTHER PIECE OF THAT TOO, SOMETIMES WE HAVE A FIRE-DAMAGED PROPERTY, THAT WOULD POSE A DANGER TO THE COMMUNITY. 
          WE CAN'T JUST GO IN AND DO THIS WITH EVERY SINGLE PROPERTY. 
          BRIAN AND I HAVE HAD MANY CONVERSATIONS ABOUT THIS. 
          JUST BECAUSE IT CATCHES ON FIRE, DON'T MEAN THAT WE CAN GO ON PRIVATE PROPERTY AND DEMO. 
          THERE'S STILL A PROCESS YOU'D HAVE TO GO THROUGH. 
          HOWEVER, THERE ARE SOME BURNOUTS TO WHERE IT'S JUST A DANGEROUS STRUCTURE. 
          THERE'S WALLS THAT ARE ABOUT TO FALL. 
          THE INSIDE OF THE BUILDING IS COMPLETELY GONE. 
          THE ROOF HAS ALREADY COLLAPSED. 
          WE DON'T WANT ANYONE GOING IN THERE AND GETTING HURT, AND WE HAVE THE ABILITY THROUGH AN EMERGENCY A SITUATION TO GO IN THERE AND REMOVE THAT. 
          THEY WOULD BE ABLE TO TAKE CARE OF SOME OF THOSE THINGS LIKE THAT AT A VERY MINIMAL. 
          I DON'T THINK IT'S GOING TO BE THE BULK OF THEIR WORK. 
          BUT IF WE HAVE A DANGEROUS SITUATION ON OUR HANDS, THIS CREW WOULD BE ABLE TO MOBILIZE AND HELP WITH SOME OF THAT. 
          I THINK IT'S A GREAT IDEA. 
          AGAIN, AS GRAYSON MENTIONED, EVERYTHING WE'RE PRESENTING TO YOU IS JUST RECOMMENDATIONS AND IDEAS, BUT THIS IS SOMETHING THAT WE THINK WOULD REALLY HELP OUR COMMUNITY. 
          I CAN ANSWER ANY QUESTIONS IF YOU MIGHT HAVE ABOUT THE PROGRAM ITSELF. 
          >> HOW LONG DOES THE PROCESS TAKE RIGHT NOW FROM BEING NOTIFIED THAT THERE'S A STRUCTURE THAT NEEDS TO BE TAKEN CARE VERSUS WHEN IT'S COMPLETELY DONE? 
          >> THE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESS, IT DEPENDS ON HOW LONG IT TAKES TO GET AHOLD OF SOMEONE. 
          SOMETIMES YOU HAVE A WILLING PROPERTY OWNER THAT SAYS, YOU GO AHEAD AND DO YOUR THING, AND IT JUST TAKES A MATTER OF A FEW WEEKS TO GET IT DONE. 
          BUT THEN THERE'S SOME WHERE WE HAVE TO DO A LOT OF PROPERTY RESEARCH, AND WE'RE LOOKING AT MONTHS TO GET IT DONE. IT'S A VARIABLE. 
          >> WITH US DOING THIS IN-HOUSE, DOES IT SPEED THINGS UP? 
          >> WHERE IT'S SPED IT UP WHEN I'VE RUN THE PROGRAM BEFORE IS THAT WELL, I'LL TELL YOU WHAT WE DID WITH THAT PROGRAM. 
          WE STARTED HAVING ALL OF OUR HEARINGS, AND WE STARTED HAVING THEM WEEKLY WHERE WE WERE JUST GOING THROUGH. 
          WE HAD A PERSON THAT CAN HANDLE IT. 
          WE HAD THAT ADMINISTRATIVE PERSON. 
          WE WERE HAVING THE HEARINGS, WE'RE HAVING THE PROCESS. 
          THEN BY THE TIME YOU GET A LIST BUILT UP, THEN THEY CAN GO OUT AND START DOING THE DEMOS, AND THEN IT JUST CONTINUES. 
          WHILE YOU'RE GOING THROUGH THE WEIGHT OF GETTING THE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESS DONE, THEY'RE ALREADY OUT ON THE STREETS TAKING CARE OF THE ONES THAT ARE ALREADY. 
          IT TAKES A LITTLE BIT TO GET THERE, BUT ONCE YOU GET INTO THAT, YOU'LL NEVER SEE THAT GAP OF TIME OF, WE'RE WAITING TO GET THIS ONE DONE. 
          WE'RE WAITING TO HIRE A CONTRACTOR. 
          WE'RE WAITING TO GO THROUGH THE BID PROCESS. 
          ALL THOSE THINGS ARE JUST PRETTY MUCH ELIMINATED. 
          IT DOES SPEED IT UP. 
          IT TAKES A LITTLE BIT OF TIME TO GET THERE. 
          [04:35:02]
          >> THANK YOU. 
          >> WE'VE GOT A COUPLE OF QUESTIONS JUST ON THE BUDGET. 
          WOULD IT BE TO YOU, LAURA, OR DONNY OR THE FIRST ONE WAS, WHEN WAS THE LAST TIME WE LOOKED AT ON LINE 33520? WHEN WAS THE LAST TIME WE INCREASED RATES AT THE LANDFILL? 
          >> LAST YEAR, I BELIEVE. 
          >> I BELIEVE SO TOO. 
          >> WE'RE LOOKING TO DO A CPI INCREASE OUT AT THE LANDFILL THIS YEAR. 
          A 3% WOULD BE WHAT WE'RE LOOKING OUT FOR THIS YEAR AS WELL. 
          >> I WAS JUST WANTED TO GET AHEAD OF THAT IF WE HAVE ALL THE CONSTRUCTION THAT WE'RE EXPECTING. 
          THERE'S GOING TO BE A LOT OF DEBRIS COMING OUT THERE, AND IT MIGHT FILL OUR SALES UP FASTER. 
          >> IT DOESN'T GENERATE A LOT OF MONEY WITH THE RATE INCREASES YOU DO AT THE LANDFILL, BUT WE ALWAYS TRY TO KEEP UP WITH AT LEAST OUR COST. 
          >> 41620. 
          WE WENT FROM 230,000 IN UNSCHEDULED OVERTIME TO 20,000. 
          WELL DONE. AM I READING THAT RIGHT? 
          >> YES. LET ME JUST TELL YOU, SOLID WASTE IN GENERAL, BOTH IN DISPOSAL, BOTH IN COLLECTIONS, WE'VE TRIED TO DO. 
          ALAN HARDER IS BACK HERE, AND WE CAN GIVE HIM A LOT OF CREDIT FOR THAT. 
          WE STARTED FOCUSING ON IT A COUPLE OF YEARS AGO, TO WHERE WE WERE STARTING TO REDUCE IT OVER TIME BECAUSE WELL, FIRST OF ALL, WE WERE ABLE TO GIVE SOME RAISES TO EQUIPMENT OPERATORS THAT HAPPENED A COUPLE OF BUDGETS AGO. 
          THANKS TO THE COUNCIL GIVING US A LITTLE BIT OF EXTRA MONEY, THAT WE COULD PAY THE STARTING WAGE. 
          THAT HAS HELPED WITH THAT, BECAUSE WHEN YOU HAVE ALL THESE ROUTES THAT HAVE TO BE RUN, AND YOU ONLY HAVE HALF STAFF TO DO THAT. 
          THEY'RE ALL WORKING OVERTIME. 
          WE'VE BEEN ABLE TO STAY SOMEWHERE AROUND 80%, IF I'M WRONG, TELL ME, ALLEN, ABOUT 80% IS WHERE I THINK WE'RE AT STAFFING LEVEL-WISE. 
          >> EIGHTY-SIX. 
          >> EIGHTY-SIX. EVEN BETTER. THERE WAS A TIME WHERE WE WERE AT 60. 
          AT 86% STAFFING LEVELS FOR SOLID WASTE, THAT IS REALLY GOOD, AND THAT'S HELPED ELIMINATE SOME OF THAT OVERTIME. 
          WE'VE ALSO HAD SOME CLEANUP DAYS WHERE THEY'VE ORGANIZED A CLEANUP DAY WHERE WE BROUGHT IN OTHER DEPARTMENTS TO HELP US WITH MEETING OUR REGULATORY ISSUES AT THE LANDFILL, WITH CLEANUP AFTER WIND-BLOWN DAYS. 
          THAT'S HELPED REDUCE THE OVERTIME. 
          WE GET IT ALL DONE IN A QUICKER MANNER, BUT WE ALSO UTILIZE SOME OTHER DEPARTMENTS THAT HAD A LITTLE BIT OF OVERTIME, THEY COULD HELP US WITH THAT. 
          THEY'VE JUST DONE A REALLY GOOD JOB OF MANAGING THAT. 
          YES, THANKS FOR POINTING THAT OUT BECAUSE IT IS A POSITIVE. 
          >> YOU HAD A 154 OR 190 A 230 DOWN TO A 20,000. 
          THAT'S INCREDIBLE. WHATEVER YOU'RE DOING, THAT'S PRETTY COOL. 
          >> I AGREE. WE'LL PASS THAT ALONG. 
          >> ONE LAST QUESTION ON THIS TOPIC. 
          I GOT IN TROUBLE YESTERDAY FOR SAYING ONLY ONE MORE QUESTION WHEN I HAVE MORE QUESTIONS. 
          51,800 FUEL AND OIL FOR THIS YEAR, WE'RE AT 10,532, WHICH IS A LITTLE OVER 60% REDUCTION. 
          WHY ARE WE DOING THAT SO MUCH LOWER? 
          >> BOY, I DON'T KNOW IF ALLEN CAN ANSWER THAT. 
          I DON'T KNOW IF YOU CAN OR NOT. 
          >> ARE YOU ON PAGE 46? 
          >> 486. 
          >> YES. AGAIN, WE RUN THROUGH THOSE ESTIMATES BASED ON WHAT USAGE IS LOOKING LIKE, AND I THINK WE HAD IN CERTAIN APARTMENTS. 
          I'M LOOKING AT THIS ONE. WE HAD ANTICIPATED FUEL PRICES GOING UP A LITTLE BIT MORE THAN WHAT WE ACTUALLY HAVE SEEN, AND SO WE'VE PULLED BACK A LITTLE BIT ON OUR BUDGET RELATED TO FUEL IN A LOT OF OUR DEPARTMENTS. 
          >> THERE WAS JUST A FLUCTUATION THERE, BUT AT THAT 10,532. 
          WE MIGHT WANT TO LOOK AT THAT A LITTLE CLOSER. 
          >> ARE YOU FINISHED? 
          >> I AM LESS. [LAUGHTER] 
          >> HEY. YOU HAVE ONE MORE IF YOU WANT IT. 
          >> LET ME ADD SOMETHING TO THAT BECAUSE RICH JUST POINTED SOMETHING OUT THAT I TOTALLY FORGOT ABOUT. THANK YOU, RICH. 
          WE'VE CONVERTED ALL OF OUR SOLIAT TRUCKS OVER TO SOME ROUTING SOFTWARE THAT'S JUST BEEN FANTASTIC. 
          A LOT OF TIMES WE WOULD HAVE DELIVERY OF RUNNING A ROUTE IN THE NORTH PART OF TOWN. 
          DRIVING ALL THE WAY BACK DOWN TO THE TRANSFER STATION AND DRIVING ALL THE WAY BACK UP TO THE ROUTE AND GOING THROUGH THAT. 
          THIS ROUTING SOFTWARE, ACTUALLY, IT'S SMART SOFTWARE, SO IT KNOWS WHEN ANOTHER TRASH TRUCK IS CLOSER TO AN EXISTING ROUTE, IT HAS TO GET PICKED UP ON. 
          THEY'LL JUST PICK THAT UP, AND THEN THEY'RE SENDING THEM OVER HERE, AND WE'VE REALLY BECOME VERY EFFICIENT. 
          AT ANOTHER ALLEN PROJECT. 
          WE STARTED THAT ABOUT THREE YEARS AGO, BUT HE REALLY HAS TAKEN THAT ACROSS THE FINISH LINE. 
          WE HAVE THAT NOT ONLY IN OUR TRASH TRUCKS NOW, BUT WE ALSO HAVE IT IN A SEPARATE DEPARTMENT, OR SWEEPERS TO START TO UTILIZE THAT SO THAT WE CAN SEE MORE EFFICIENCIES OVER THERE. 
          THANK YOU, RICH FOR POINTING THAT OUT BECAUSE IT'S IMPORTANT TO NOTE THAT WE'RE USING TECHNOLOGY TO BE MORE EFFICIENT IN OUR ROUTING, WHICH ALSO ELIMINATES OVERTIME. 
          IT'S DIRECTLY RELATED TO THAT. 
          >> I GUESS WE'RE ENTERING OUR THIRD YEAR OF THE DUMPSTER REPLACEMENT PROGRAM, 
          [04:40:04]
WHEREAS I THINK WE WERE ON PACE OF REPLACING A DUMPSTER EVERY 26 YEARS. 
          I THINK THAT WAS TO BE CUT ABOUT AND A HALF, GIVE AN UPDATE ON HOW WE'RE DOING ON THAT. 
          >> THE PLAN WAS REDUCED DOWN TO A 13-YEAR CYCLE, AND WE'RE HITTING THAT. 
          OUR SOLID WASTE DEPARTMENT DOES A GREAT JOB OF GETTING THE DUMPSTERS IN AND GETTING THEM OUT IN THE FIELD. 
          THEY'VE ACTUALLY WORKED WITH OTHER DEPARTMENTS TOO TO FIND PLACES AROUND TOWN. WHERE CAN PRE-STAGE THEM? WE'RE NOT HAVING TO GO ALL THE WAY BACK TO THE SERVICE CENTER, WHICH IS JUST HERE SOUTH OF DOWNTOWN, TO DELIVER THOSE. 
          I SAW SOME COMMENTS RECENTLY PEOPLE SAYING, WELL, I DON'T KNOW WHERE THESE DUMPSTERS ARE BECAUSE I HAVEN'T SEEN MINE, AND IT IS TRUE THERE ARE SOME OUT THERE THAT IT'S GOING TO TAKE 13 YEARS TO GET TO ON A 13 YEAR CYCLE, BUT I HAVE NOTICED THERE ARE A SIGNIFICANT NUMBER OF NEWER DUMPSTERS IN ALLEYS ACROSS THE CITY. 
          IT'S NOT JUST ISOLATED TO CERTAIN AREAS. 
          WHEN WE GET REPORTS OF DUMPSTERS WITH THE BOTTOMS FALLING OUT OR WITH THE LIDS MISSING, WE'RE ABLE TO RESPOND IMMEDIATELY NOW AND GET A NEW DUMPSTER WITH PLASTIC LID. 
          VERY HAPPY WITH THE PROGRESS OF THAT. 
          >> DO WE HAVE A LONG WAITING LIST, OR ARE WE ABLE TO KEEP UP WITH REQUESTS THAT COME IN? 
          >> AS REQUESTS COME IN, WE GET A NEW ONE PUT OUT WITHIN A MATTER OF A DAY OR TWO. 
          THERE'S REALLY NOT A WAITING LIST. 
          THEN OUR COLLECTION DRIVERS, THEY IDENTIFY DUMPSTERS THAT HAVE, SAY, BOTTOM OUTS WHERE THE BOTTOM IS FALLING OUT OR MISSING LIDS, THEY REPORT THOSE, AND THEY GET REPLACED. 
          >> AS I RECALL, THERE'S REALLY WHEN YOU NEED STORAGE SPACE AND JUST THE TIME TO DELIVER, THERE'S A MAXIMUM NUMBER THAT WE COULD PROBABLY DELIVER IN ANY YEAR, WHICH I GUESS IS AROUND 1,400. 
          IT LOOKS LIKE WE'RE SCHEDULED TO DO 1,400 NEXT FISCAL YEAR. 
          >> THAT'S RIGHT. YES, SIR. TO BE MORE EFFICIENT IN THE WAY WE'RE DOING THAT, WE'VE ACTUALLY JUST THIS YEAR, BEGUN TARGETING SPECIFIC NEIGHBORHOODS, WHERE WE SEE DUMPSTERS IN GENERALLY A WORSE CONDITION. THAT'S ANECDOTAL. 
          THERE'S NO WAY TO REALLY MEASURE WHAT NEIGHBORHOOD HAS WORSE DUMPSTERS THAN ANOTHER. 
          INSTEAD OF DRIVING TO VARIOUS PLACES AROUND TOWN, WE'LL STILL DO THAT ON INDIVIDUAL REQUESTS. 
          WE'RE GOING THROUGH IN WHOLESALE REPLACING ALL THE DUMPSTERS IN A NEIGHBORHOOD. 
          ONES THAT ARE STILL IN A DECENT CONDITION, WE SEND THOSE BACK TO OUR WELDING SHOP AND MAYBE PUT A NEW BOTTOM ON THEM, NEW COAT OF PAINT, SO WE CAN USE THEM AGAIN, AND THEN THE ONES THAT ARE REALLY BEYOND REPAIR, WE SEND THOSE OUT FOR SCRAP AND RECOVER A VERY LITTLE BIT OF MONEY. 
          >> GOOD. THANK YOU. APPRECIATE THAT. 
          >> I'M GOING TO ADD TO THAT, TOO, THAT OUR COMPLAINTS, COUNCILMAN SIMPSON, HAVE REALLY DROPPED OFF IN THAT CATEGORY. 
          WE USED TO SEE THOSE COMING IN. 
          IT WAS ONE OF THE BIGGEST COMPLAINTS WE HAD, AND THEY'VE REALLY DROPPED OFF A LOT. 
          >> IT'S PROBABLY TWO QUESTIONS. 
          FOLLOW EACH OTHER. I ONLY GET ONE? 
          >> NO. 
          >> WHERE DO WE FIND THIS DANGEROUS STRUCTURED DEMO PROGRAM IN THESE NUMBERS HERE, BECAUSE I'M LOOKING AND I CAN'T SAY IT. 
          ARE YOU ASKING FOR FTES ON THAT? ARE YOU GOING TO BE USING? 
          >> WE'RE ASKING FOR THE EQUIPMENT AND THE FT? 
          >> THE EQUIPMENT. 
          >> IF YOU'LL GO TO PAGE 488, 488 HAS TWO NEW SOLID WASTE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 1 POSITIONS IN THERE. 
          THAT IS PART OF IT. BEAR WITH ME. 
          I KNOW YOU AND I DISCUSSED THIS EARLIER ABOUT WE NEED A CHEAT SHEET GUIDE FOR USING THE CITY BUDGET. 
          IF YOU GO TO PAGE 655, AND AGAIN, GET YOUR READERS OUT. 
          THOSE OF YOU THAT HAVE THEM. IF YOU GO JUST A LITTLE PAST THE MIDDLE, YOU'RE GOING TO SEE A SECTION CALLED SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL IMPROVEMENT FUND. 
          THE VERY LAST LINE ITEM IN THAT SECTION SAYS EQUIPMENT FOR DANGEROUS STRUCTURED DEMOLITION PROGRAM OF $715,000. 
          THAT'S GOING TO BE THE BULK OF THE COST UPFRONT JUST TO GET THE EQUIPMENT IN PLACE. 
          THEN, IF YOU'LL BEAR WITH ME, WE HAVE NOT COVERED THIS BUDGET YET. 
          WE'RE GOING TO GO TO THE CITY MARSHAL BUDGET. 
          LET ME FLIP TO THAT PAGE REAL QUICK. 
          IT'S IN OUR PUBLIC SAFETY AREA. 
          IF SOMEBODY FINDS IT FASTER THAN ME, PLEASE LET ME KNOW. 
          IF YOU TURN TO PAGE 121, YOU'RE GOING TO SEE A NEW POSITION FOR A DANGEROUS STRUCTURE SPECIALIST OF 41,600, THAT'S JUST AN ANTICIPATED SALARY COST. 
          >> THE REASON THESE ARE SPREAD OUT, WE REALLY DON'T TRY TO MAKE LIFE TOO DIFFICULT ON EVERYONE, BUT AS DONNIE WAS MENTIONING THIS PROGRAM, REALLY, THE CITY MARSHALS DEPARTMENT HAS A HUGE ROLE IN IDENTIFYING AND DEPLOYING THIS TEAM. 
          HOWEVER, THE TEAM THAT'S ACTUALLY REMOVING THE DANGEROUS STRUCTURES REALLY BELONGS MORE IN OUR SOLID WASTE TEAM BECAUSE THAT'S REALLY MORE IN LINE WITH THE WORK THAT THEY DO, AND THEN THE EQUIPMENT, 
          [04:45:01]
THAT'S A WHOLE OTHER THING. 
          THEY'RE BUYING THAT BASICALLY AS A CAPITAL PURCHASE, CIP PURCHASE THAT'S WHY IT'S IN THE VERY BACK OF THE BOOK. 
          THERE'S COMPONENTS THROUGHOUT YOUR ENTIRE BUDGET THAT ALL COME TOGETHER TO MAKE THIS DANGEROUS STRUCTURE TEAM. 
          >> THANKS. 
          >> YES. 
          >> WHILE YOU'RE THERE IN THE CITY MARSHALS, WHAT'S THE LINE ITEM TOTAL FOR THE CONTRACTOR PAYOUTS FOR REMOVAL OF ALL OF THE STRUCTURES THAT WE'RE CURRENTLY DOING? 
          >> IF YOU LOOK AT THE BOTTOM OF PAGE 119, YOU'LL SEE A BUDGET FOR 330,000 UNDER THE 67,110 DEMOLITION CONDEMNATION PROPERTIES. 
          THAT IS WHAT WE HAVE BEEN UTILIZING TO PAY CONTRACTORS. 
          THEN I BELIEVE COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT STILL HAS SOME FUNDING, AND YOU'LL JUST BEAR WITH ME. 
          I'LL FIND IT AND THEN LET YOU KNOW WHERE IT'S AT. 
          >> I THINK WE ENDED UP PUTTING THE 200,000 FROM COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT IN THIS LINEUP. 
          >> JUST TO [OVERLAPPING]. 
          >> WELL ZEROED OUT COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT. 
          THERE'S 200 THAT CAN ONLY GO TO LODE MED INCOME NEIGHBORHOODS. 
          >> BY TRANSFERRING THIS TO SOLID WASTE, I DON'T KNOW, WHAT'S THE TOTAL COST OF THE PROGRAM INCLUDING THE EQUIPMENT? 
          >> I'VE GOT IT, JUST A SECOND. 
          >> THEN THE EQUIPMENT 715. 
          >> BASICALLY SOLID WASTE WILL BE COVERING THE COST OF TEARING THOSE DOWN, SO THIS FUNDING SOURCE COULD BE USED FOR COMMERCIAL. 
          WE'VE ALSO HAD INCIDENTS OF JUST SECURING BUILDINGS, AND WE DON'T HAVE A SET LINE ITEM FOR FENCING OR BOARDING UP WINDOWS. 
          I THINK THAT'S A LOT OF WHAT THE CASH COULD THEN GO TOWARDS AND SOLID WASTE, WE ACTUALLY PAYING THE LABOR AND EQUIPMENT COSTS, SO TEAR DOWN AS MANY AS POSSIBLE. 
          >> NOT PROPOSING A DEDUCT OUT OF CITY MARSHAL? 
          >> NO. 
          >> IN ORDER TO DO THIS ONE. 
          >> WE JUST MAY USE IT DIFFERENTLY DEPENDING ON THE NEEDS. 
          IT MAY GO TO MORE COMMERCIAL SINCE THEY CAN DO ALL THE RESIDENTIAL IN HOUSE. 
          >> WHAT'S THE TOTAL COST, DONNY? 
          >> WELL, WE'RE LOOKING UP, SO IT WAS A 715+83? 
          >> PROBABLY $800. 
          >> I'M SORRY. DID YOU ALSO HAVE THE CITY MARSHAL COMPONENT. 
          >> WHICH WAS A 45,850. 
          >> $850,000 TO ENHOUSE EVERYTHING, AND WE REALLY JUST AREN'T PAYING OUT THAT MUCH TO CONTRACTORS. 
          >> THAT'S CORRECT. WERE NOT GETTING LESS, WE'RE ONLY GETTING A HANDFUL OF HOMES TORN DOWN [OVERLAPPING]. 
          >> I THINK LAST YEAR WE DID 24 THIS YEAR, WE AT 20, SO WE'RE RIGHT ON PACE FOR THAT. 
          >> IT'S MUCH BETTER VALUE FOR THE DOLLAR AMOUNT. 
          >> ONE HUNDRED AND THIRTY GRAND IS WHAT IT LOOKS LIKE BECAUSE YOUR ACTUAL. 
          WELL, NO, IT SAYS ACTUAL WAS 35 GRAND, BUT THEN BUDGET WAS 130. 
          DO WE THINK THAT ACTUAL IN 23/24 IS CORRECT? PAID 35,000. 
          >> PORTION OF THAT WAS IN COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT. 
          >> OH, THAT'S PROBABLY CORR. 
          >> THEN THERE MAY BE A PIECE ACTUALLY IN BUILDING SAFETY, BUT I'LL LOOK. 
          REMEMBER, WE SPLIT APART THE CITY MARSHAL OUT OF BUILDING SAFETY HISTORICALLY SO SOME OF THESE ACTUALS ARE VERY NEW TO THIS CITY MARSHAL AREA. 
          >> THERE'S AN UPFRONT COST FOR THE EQUIPMENT SO THAT GOES AWAY. 
          YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE YOUR MAINTENANCE OF YOUR EQUIPMENT, BUT THAT'S YOUR UPFRONT COST FOR THE FIRST YEAR. 
          WE KNOW WE CAN GET AT LEAST, FIVE, SIX, SEVEN YEARS OUT OF THAT, DEPENDING ON WHAT. 
          IT'S A PRETTY RUGGED ENVIRONMENT FOR THE TRACK OVER, THAT'S WHAT IT'S BUILT FOR. 
          >> ONLY OTHER THING THAT I WOULD, I GUESS, HAVE A QUESTION ON. 
          LANDFILL, THE MAIN COMPLAINT THAT I GET OUT THERE IS FROM SOME OF OUR HAULERS. 
          THAT'S THEIR BUSINESS. 
          THEY ARE ALMOST ALWAYS REQUESTING THEIR OWN LANE, SPLITTING IT UP AS YOU GO IN. 
          THEY SAY, WE USED TO DO THIS, AND I DON'T KNOW IF WE'RE STILL DOING IT OR NOT. 
          CAN YOU SPEAK TO THAT OUT? 
          >> WE DON'T REALLY DO THAT SO MUCH, AND IT REALLY COMES DOWN TO STAFFING. 
          WE OPERATE THE LANDFILL WITH THE STAFFING THAT'S REQUIRED BY OUR PERMIT, AND SO WE TRY TO MAINTAIN A VERY SMALL WORKING PACE. 
          WHEN YOU COME THROUGH THE LANDFILL, WE ONLY HAVE ONE SCALE. 
          EVERYBODY HAS TO GO ACROSS IT, SO WITHOUT ADDING SCALES AT THE LANDFILL, THERE'D BE NO WAY TO DO THAT. 
          THEN WHEN YOU GET UP INTO THE LANDFILL, WHAT WE CALL THE WORKING PHASE WHERE YOU DROP OFF THE TRASH, WE OPERATE THAT AS SMALL AS WE POSSIBLY CAN. 
          THE REASON FOR THAT IS AT THE END OF EVERY DAY, WE HAVE TO COVER UP THAT WASTE WITH A CERTAIN AMOUNT OF DIRT, AND WE'RE WHAT WE CALL A DIRT POOR SITE. 
          WE DON'T HAVE A LOT OF EXCESS DIRT TO DO THAT, SO WE TRY TO OPERATE A VERY SMALL FOOTPRINT. 
          THAT'S WHAT ALLOWS US TO BE EFFICIENT WITH THAT DIRT. 
          IT ALSO ALLOWS US TO GET AS GOOD A COMPACTION RATE AS WE POSSIBLY CAN AND EXTEND THE LIFESPAN OF THE LANDFILL. 
          TO HAVE A DEDICATED SPACE FOR EVERY WASTE HARD THAT WE GET WOULD BE A VERY LARGE OPERATING FOOTPRINT WOULD BE VERY INEFFICIENT. 
          >> YOU'RE WORKING AT THE MAX WITH WHAT YOU'VE GOT A BALANCE OUT THERE, YOU WOULD SAY? 
          >> SIR, I DO BELIEVE SO. 
          >> THEN IN THE COST, ARE YOU INCREASE IN COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL COST? 
          >> YES, SIR. THE RATE INCREASE IS COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL. 
          [04:50:03]
          >> DID WE LOOK AT BOTH IN THE WAY ARE THEY EQUAL, OR ARE THEY A LITTLE SEPARATE? 
          >> EQUAL, 7% EACH. 
          >> 7% OF BOTH. 
          NOW, THE MARKET COULD HANDLE THE COMMERCIAL INCREASE, I GUESS, A LITTLE BIT MORE FOR MARKET COMPS, RESIDENTIAL. 
          WERE WE ABLE TO TIER THAT LIKE WE DID LAST TIME? 
          >> THERE'S A TIER FOR IN THAT THERE ARE DIFFERENT RATES BASED ON SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL APART, I SHOULDN'T SAY APARTMENT COMPLEXES, THOSE WOULD BE COMMERCIAL, BUT DUPLEXES. 
          >> WHAT'S THE TOTAL GROSS THAT'S COMING IN ON THAT 7%? DO YOU REMEMBER? 
          >> IT'S RIGHT AT 2 MILLION. 
          >> TWO MILLION FOR 7% INCREASE? 
          >> YES. 
          >> COUNSEL, ANY CONCERNS ON RATE INCREASE ON TRASH? I KNOW WE LABOR AT THIS POINT QUITE A BIT LAST LECTURE. 
          >> IN THE DEMO PROGRAM IS NOT THE ONLY THING THAT'S IN THAT RATE INCREASE. 
          THERE'S OTHER ITEMS IN THERE AS WELL. 
          WE TALKED ABOUT THE DUMPSTERS, THE INCREASE FOR THAT. 
          WE HAVE OUR ENI AMOUNT IN THERE AS WELL, THAT TAKES CARE OF ALL OF OUR MAINTENANCE, DIFFERENT THINGS AT THE LANDFILL, WE HAVE TO DO FOR RAISING GAS WELLS, DIFFERENT THINGS LIKE THAT. 
          WE ALSO HAVE A LINE ITEM IN THERE, I BELIEVE IT'S AROUND 250,000, SOMEWHERE IN THERE FOR OUR ENGINEERING SERVICES, IT TAKES CARE OF ALL OF OUR PERMITTING, ALL OF OUR INTERVIEW COMPLIANCE, SURVEYS, ALL THE THINGS WE'RE REQUIRED TO DO REGULATORY THROUGH OUR CONSULTANTS. 
          IT'S MORE THAN JUST THE DEMO PROGRAM AND THE RATE INCREASE. 
          >> WHERE WE, I KNOW WE TALKED ABOUT THIS LAST YEAR, BUT I ASKED YOU TO CALL THEM AND GET A QUOTE. 
          IF YOU REMEMBER THAT, I'M NOT COMPETITIVE OR THE COMMERCIAL. 
          WHERE ARE WE ALIGNED WITH THAT WHEN WE HAUL OFF THEM? YOU REMEMBER THAT? 
          >> YEAH. I REMEMBER IT AND WE WENT DOWN THAT ROAD AND THEY JUST WON'T SHARE. 
          YEAH. YOU JUST CAN'T FORCE IT OUT OF THEM, AND I DON'T BLAME THEM. 
          >> BUT WHERE ARE WE? WE HAVE TO KNOW. 
          WE CAN CALL A CONTRACTOR. 
          WHERE ARE WE ON OUR COMMERCIAL RATES? 
          >> BELOW MARKET. 
          >> WE'RE STILL BELOW MARKET. 
          >> I WOULD BELIEVE THAT WE WOULD BE, YEAH. 
          >> I KNOW WE TALKED ABOUT THAT. WHY WOULD WE NOT CAPTURE THAT? WE DON'T WANT TO FORCE THEM SOMEWHERE ELSE, BUT WHY WOULDN'T WE CAPTURE A LITTLE BIT MORE OF THAT WHEN WE KNOW THAT THERE'S SOME TO TAKE? 
          >> THIS GOES BACK TO A LITTLE BIT ABOUT THE GOLF COURSE CONVERSATION WE HAD EARLIER, SAME DEAL. 
          ONE OF OUR LARGEST CUSTOMERS IS A SCHOOL DISTRICT HERE IN AMARILLO. 
          I KNOW THAT AT ONE POINT IN TIME THEY WERE SHOPPING OTHER RATES. 
          THEN THEY CAME BACK AND SAID, THERE'S NO WAY WE'RE GOING TO DO THAT. 
          WELL, IF YOU THINK ABOUT THIS, IF YOU DO GET COMPETITIVE AND YOU COME CLOSE TO THE OTHERS MARKET WISE, IF WE EVEN KNEW WHAT THAT RATE WAS, THEN THERE'S A POSSIBILITY YOU COULD LOSE THAT CUSTOMER AND THEN YOUR REVENUES ARE GOING TO GO REALLY JUST TO HAVE TO KEEP THE SAME AMOUNT OF PEOPLE. 
          YOU STILL HAVE TO OPERATE YOUR LANDFILL. 
          YOU STILL HAVE TO DO THE THINGS THAT YOU'RE DOING. 
          >> I GUESS I'LL STILL COME BACK TO WE CAN FIND OUT THAT RATE. 
          WE REALLY CAN'T FIND OUT THAT RATE. 
          NOW, I DON'T KNOW IF WE COULD FIND OUT THE RATE OF A HUGE CLIENT LIKE THAT BECAUSE I'M SURE IT'S PROBABLY DIFFERENT ON SCALE. 
          >> I HAVE A VERY GOOD RELATIONSHIP WITH A LOT OF THE SOLID WASTE COMPANIES HERE, AND I THINK ALLEN DOES, TOO. 
          I EVEN HAVE SOME IN OTHER CITIES THAT PRETTY CLOSE WITH, AND THEY JUST WILL NOT SHARE THAT INFORMATION. 
          >> WELL, I FEEL LIKE IF MAYOR STANLEY CALLS AND SAYS THAT HE'S CALLING FOR HIS CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, THEY'D PROBABLY GIVE HIM A BID FOR A DUMPSTER. 
          >> THAT'S A GOOD POSSIBILITY. 
          >> IT IS GOOD. 
          >> UNLESS HE MIGHT NOT SAY HIS NAME. 
          >> I'M NOT SAY HIS NAME, BUT I'M SAYING WE ALL GOT CELL PHONE. 
          FORGET THAT, BUT I'M NOT SAYING THAT MAYBE, JUST LIKE WHAT PRESCOTT WAS SAYING, WE DON'T TAKE THE FULL THING AND GET UP THERE RIGHT UP NEXT TO EVERYBODY ELSE, BUT WHY DON'T WE TAKE WHAT WE CAN BUT STILL STAY EXTREMELY COMPETITIVE TO WHERE WE'RE STILL LESS THAN THEY ARE SO THAT WE DON'T LOSE THEM. 
          IS IT MAKING SENSE? BECAUSE I KNOW WAS TAKEN TWO JUMPS OVER THE LAST TWO YEARS, AND WE'RE STILL LOWER THAN MARKET. 
          I GUESS THAT'S MY QUESTION. 
          I GET WHAT YOU'RE SAYING IS, WE DON'T WANT TO PROCESS WHERE WE LOSE CUSTOMERS, BUT IF WE'RE STILL WAY UNDER, WHY WOULDN'T WE CAPTURE THAT? 
          >> SURE. 
          >> WE CAN DO SOME WORK HERE AND SEE WHAT WE CAN DO TO TRY TO FIND OUT SOME NUMBERS FOR Y'ALL AND BRING IT BACK TO Y'ALL. 
          I ALSO HAD IT WHEN I DID WENT IN PARIS, I PRIVATIZED MY SOLID WASTE SERVICE THERE AND NONE OF THE LOCAL ENTITIES WHEN I WAS TRYING TO FIGURE OUT PRICING, THEY WOULD NEVER SHOW THAT AS WELL, EITHER, BUT WE CAN TRY TO DO SOME WORK HERE SO WE CAN GET TO YOU Y'ALL AND BRING BACK SOME NUMBERS FOR MAYBE AN ADDITIONAL INCREASE. 
          >> I'M JUST CURIOUS. I DON'T KNOW IF WE CAN IF WE TAKE 10% AND WE'RE STILL WAY UNDER MARKET. 
          I FEEL LIKE WE'RE UNDER CHARGING. IT MAKE SENSE? BUT WE MIGHT NOT BE, 7% PUT IS JUST RIGHT AT THE SWEET SPOT. I HAVE NO IDEA. 
          >> SURE. WE'LL DO SOME MORE RESEARCH ON THAT, SEE IF WE CAN FIND AN ANSWER FOR YOU. 
          >> DONNY, I KNOW WE'RE JUST LOOKING AT THIS YEAR'S BUDGET, BUT WHEN I DO THINK ABOUT THE 7% RATE INCREASE, I WANT TO THINK FORWARD A FEW MORE YEARS FROM NOW WHEN WE'VE GOT WATER AND SEWER THAT WE'RE HAVING TO PAY FOR, 
          [04:55:01]
THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT FOR THOSE CUSTOMERS, MANY ARE WHO ALSO PAYING THE SOLID WASTE BILL, THEY'RE PROBABLY GOING TO SEE RATE INCREASES THERE. 
          I JUST WONDER, THIS 7%, IS IT SETTING US UP FOR THE FORESEEABLE FUTURE? AS WE LOOK AT THE TOTAL BILL THAT PEOPLE MAY BE GETTING IN THE NEAR FUTURE, PARTICULARLY WHEN THEY MAY BE GETTING TWO INCREASES A YEAR ON WASTEWATER AND THE WATER, WE WANT TO KEEP THE INCREASE AS LOW AS POSSIBLE, BUT IF TAKING A 7% INCREASE, IS THIS GOING TO SET US UP WELL FOR THE FUTURE SO WE DON'T NEED THREE MORE 7% INCREASES WHILE WE'RE ALSO DOING, WHO KNOWS, WHAT ON THE WATER SEWER LINE? 
          >> WELL, WHEN IT COMES TO THE DEMOLITION PROGRAM ITSELF, I THINK IT SETS IT UP FOR THE FUTURE FOR SURE. 
          I THINK IF YOU DON'T DO THAT, THEN YOU STILL HAVE THE SAME PROBLEM THAT YOU HAVE NOW. 
          IT'S NOT GOING TO GO AWAY. 
          IN FACT, IT'S GOING TO GET MORE AND MORE, AND THAT'S THE REASON THAT WE STARTED EVEN TALKING ABOUT THAT PROGRAM. 
          EVEN IF WE'RE GOING TO HAVE RATE INCREASES IN OTHER AREAS, YOU STILL HAVE THE BLIGHT PROBLEM THAT YOU'VE GOT TO TAKE CARE OF. 
          THERE'S SOME WAY YOU'VE GOT TO ADDRESS THAT. 
          I HEAR WHAT YOU'RE SAYING, AND I AGREE WITH YOU THAT WE NEED TO LOOK AT THOSE THINGS AND SEE HOW THE FULL IMPACT WHAT IT'S GOING TO DO TO THE CUSTOMERS, BUT AT THE SAME TIME, IT'S THE CUSTOMERS WHO ARE WANTING THE BLIGHT TAKEN CARE OF, TOO. 
          THAT'S THE REASON WE DESIGNED THE PROGRAM IN THE FIRST PLACE. DOES THAT MAKE SENSE? 
          >> IT DOES. WELL, AND I GENERALLY THINK IN THE BUSINESS WORLD, IT'S PROBABLY JUST BETTER TO REGULARLY TAKE RATE INCREASES, JUST BECAUSE IF YOU GOT TO MAKE UP, BUT INSTEAD OF BEING SEVEN EVERY YEAR, MAYBE IT'S JUST ONE OR TWO TO BE ABLE TO. 
          BECAUSE AGAIN, I THINK WE'RE GOING TO SEE A LOT OF PRESSURE ON RESIDENTS. IT'S COMING. 
          WE'VE GOT TO HAVE THAT THING, AND I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT WE'RE SET UP OKAY FOR THE FUTURE SOLID WASTE SO THAT WE CAN CONTINUE TO OPERATE. 
          >> THIS PROGRAM WOULD CONTINUE TO OPERATE THAT WE'RE PRESENTING TO YOU IF THAT ANSWERS YOUR QUESTION. 
          WE ALSO BUILT IN A PLAN THAT WE KNOW THAT WE'RE GOING TO HAVE TO REPLACE EQUIPMENT IN SEVEN YEARS, WHATEVER THAT NUMBER TURNS OUT TO BE IN THE EVALUATION, THAT WOULD STILL BE SET UP IN THE CIP. 
          IT MIGHT TAKE A SLIGHT INCREASE TO TAKE CARE OF THE DIFFERENCE IN COST BETWEEN NOW AND SEVEN YEARS FROM NOW OF THOSE PIECES OF EQUIPMENT, BUT THOSE ARE BUILT INTO THAT RENTAL RATE THAT WE TALKED ABOUT EARLIER IN FLEET. 
          >> WELL, I JUST THINK, AGAIN, AS WE LOOK AT THESE VARIOUS RATE INCREASES, WHATEVER THEY MAY BE LOOKING AT THEM NOT ONLY INDIVIDUALLY, BUT HOLISTICALLY AS WHAT PEOPLE ARE GOING TO HAVE TO PAY. 
          WE'RE GOING TO HAVE TO PAY IT TO GET SOME OF THESE SERVICES, JUST TRYING TO BE AS PRUDENT AS WE CAN TO POSSIBLE TO BE ABLE TO KEEP THOSE PEOPLE THAT ARE PAYING THE BILLS IN MIND. 
          >> YES, SIR. 
          >> THANK YOU. 
          >> HEY, LAURA, DO YOU HAVE THE BREAKDOWN ON THE INCREASE THAT IT WOULD BE 7% ON THE RESIDENTIAL AND 7% YEAR? 
          >> YES. IF YOU'LL LOOK AT THE BOTTOM OF PAGE 478, YOU'LL SEE THE RESIDENTIAL INCREASE OF ABOUT 1.4 MILLION, AND THEN OVER AT THE VERY TOP OF 479 IS THE COMMERCIAL INCREASE OF ABOUT 673,000. 
          THEY'RE ON DIFFERENT PAGES, BUT WE HAVE SEPARATE ACCOUNTS TO TRACK OUR RESIDENTIAL CUSTOMERS AND OUR COMMERCIAL. 
          >> WHAT'S THE LANDFILL INCREASE? 
          >> THE LANDFILL INCREASE, IF YOU TURN A COUPLE PAGES BACK, WE HAVE A 3% CPI ON PAGE 485. 
          IF YOU LOOK AT THAT ACCOUNT 3352 LANDFILL CHARGES, IT'S ABOUT 117,000. 
          >> I AM YOUR CUSTOMER ON THAT, SO BETTER QUALITY SERVICE, MORE EFFICIENCIES, THE EQUIPMENT RUNNING, NOT HAVING THE BACK WHEELS OFF WHILE YOU'RE OUT THERE FIXING. 
          HOW LONG DOES IT TAKE TO GET SOMETHING FIXED, A LONG TIME, RIGHT? 
          >> DEPENDS ON WHAT IT IS. IF IT'S A COMPACTOR, YEAH. 
          >> ARE WE DOWN ONE COMPACTOR, ARE WE BACK UP AND GOING? 
          >> I THINK WE'RE BACK UP WITH ALL OF THEM. 
          >> I THINK THE LAST CHECK I HAD THEY WERE ALL RUNNING, BUT THAT CAN CHANGE DAILY AS WELL. 
          THAT'S A PRETTY ROUGH ENVIRONMENT. 
          >> BEING THE GUY THAT WOULD PAY THE 3% INCREASE, LIKE A 9% INCREASE, DOESN'T CHANGE ANY OF MY BUSINESS PLANNING, ESPECIALLY IF I'M TURNING ROLL OFFS AROUND QUICKER. 
          IF THEY'RE DROPPED AND BACK BECAUSE MY INCREASE WAS THERE, BUT MY EFFICIENCIES WERE THERE. 
          AS YOUR CONTRACTOR AND YOUR BUILDING COMMUNITY, WE CAN SEE BENEFITS IN THAT. 
          IS THERE ANYTHING THAT WE CAN DO IN THAT LANDFILL? I KNOW YOU'RE INCREASING AT 3% ANYWAY, BECAUSE THAT'S REALLY WHERE, I DON'T WANT TO SAY YOU DON'T HAVE THE CHOICE TO DO BUSINESS WITH US, 
          [05:00:02]
BUT THAT'S YOUR ASSET OUT THERE, MORE SO THAN THE COMMERCIAL SIDE OF THE COLLECTION. 
          >> YOUR ASK, IS THERE ANYTHING THAT WE CAN DO TO INCREASE EFFICIENCIES OF LAND FILL? WE STRIVE TO DO THAT DAILY. 
          A LOT OF THAT IS DEPENDENT UPON WEATHER, IT'S DEPENDENT UPON EQUIPMENT. 
          IT'S DEPENDING ON HOW MANY PEOPLE ARE COMING OUT THAT DAY, TOO, WHICH WE CAN'T CONTROL, AND THAT'S A ANY LANDFILL. 
          SOME DAYS, YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE THERE'S DAYS WHERE YOU CAN GO OUT THERE AND THERE'S NOT A LINE AT THE SCALE HOUSE AT ALL. 
          YOU GO TO ANOTHER DAY AND THERE'S A LINE THAT GOES ALL THE WAY OUT. 
          WE CAN LOOK AT THAT, BUT I THINK WE'RE ALREADY DOING EVERYTHING WE CAN TO INCREASE EFFICIENCIES WITHOUT ASKING FOR MORE BUDGETARY, MORE EQUIPMENT, MORE WORKING SPACE, MORE THINGS LIKE THAT, THAT WOULD BE VERY EXPENSIVE. 
          >> DO WE THINK, AS FAR AS THE EMPLOYEES GO, DO WE KNOW IN THAT PAY STUDY? 
          >> DOES IT GO TOWARDS THAT IN ANY WAY? 
          >> THAT'S INCLUDED IN THAT PAY STUDY, LET GRAYSON SPEAK TO THAT, IF WE WOULD, BUT WE WOULD EVALUATE THOSE POSITIONS AS WELL AND HOW THEY COMPARE TO OTHER POSITIONS RELATIVE IN THE MARKET. 
          WE'VE DONE A PRETTY GOOD JOB OF KEEPING THE EMPLOYEES OUT THERE, AND IT'S VERY IMPORTANT AT THE LANDFILL. 
          THERE'S A LOT OF THINGS WE'RE TRYING TO DO. 
          WHEN WE THINK ABOUT EFFICIENCIES OUT THERE, WE'RE THINKING ABOUT THE CUSTOMERS, BUT WHAT WE'RE THINKING ABOUT MORE THAN ANYTHING IS SPACE THAT WE'RE USING WHENEVER WE'RE ACCEPTING TRASH. 
          HE KNOWS, I REQUIRE 1,200 ON THAT COMPACTION RATE OUT THERE. 
          WE SHOULD BE HITTING THAT. 
          THERE WERE TIMES WHERE WE WERE HALF OF THAT. WE WERE AT 600. 
          THAT'S MONEY, THAT'S SPACE, THAT'S NOT ACCEPTABLE, AND THEY BROUGHT THAT BACK UP AND DONE A REALLY GOOD JOB OF BEING EFFICIENT WITH WHAT WE'RE DOING ON OUR WORKING FACES, WHICH I THINK OVERALL INCREASES THE EFFICIENCY FOR THE CUSTOMERS COMING IN BECAUSE THEY'RE ABLE TO GET THEIR LOADS IN THERE. 
          WHEN THEY'RE SPREAD OUT ACROSS 100 YARD PATH, IT'S 50 YARDS WIDE SIZE OF A FOOTBALL FIELD, THEY MAY BE ABLE TO GET IN AND OUT OF THERE, BUT NOW THEY'RE GETTING STUCK AND WE'RE HAVING OTHER ISSUES OUT THERE, TOO. 
          IT'S LIKE A CONSTRUCTION PROJECT OUT THERE. 
          YOU'RE BUILDING THAT LANDFILL UP AS YOU GO, AND WE WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT WE'RE TAKING CARE OF IT AND OUR CUSTOMERS AS BEST WE CAN. 
          I THINK STAFFING LEVEL WISE, WE'RE PROBABLY IN A GOOD SPOT. 
          OUR SCALE HOUSE COULD BE MORE EFFICIENT IF THERE WERE THREE SCALE HOUSES OUT THERE, IT WOULD BE MORE EFFICIENT, BUT STILL WHEN THEY GET TO THE WORKING PACE, YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE THE SAME ISSUE WHEN YOU GET THERE. 
          I THINK WITH THE SETUP THAT WE HAVE, WE'RE PROBABLY BEING ABOUT AS EFFICIENT AS WE CAN BE. 
          >> THANK YOU. MS. LAURA. 
          >> WE MADE OUR WAY TO THE LANDFILL PIECE. 
          I THINK WE'VE TALKED ABOUT ALL OF THE MAJOR CHANGES RUNNING THROUGH SOLID WASTE. 
          IF THERE'S NOT ANY OTHER QUESTIONS, I THINK WE CAN MOVE ON TO DRAINAGE UTILITY, AND THAT WILL BEGIN ON PAGE 492. 
          WELL, IT'S AT THE BOTTOM OF 491 AND GOING OVER TO PAGE 492. 
          NOW, AS A REMINDER, WE TALKED PRETTY HEAVILY ABOUT THIS YESTERDAY AS WELL. 
          WE LOOKED AT THEIR CASH FLOWS. 
          WE DID MENTION THERE'S NOT ANY PROPOSED RATE INCREASE FOR OUR DRAINAGE FEES FOR THIS YEAR. 
          WE DID ALSO MENTION THAT WE DON'T HAVE ANY CIP OR CAPITAL PLANNED. 
          HOWEVER, WE ARE LOOKING TO PUT ALL OF THE ENI OR THE EXTENSIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS, THE SMALLER MISCELLANEOUS TYPES REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE PROJECTS INTO THE OPERATING BUDGET FOR OUR DRAINAGE TEAM. 
          IF YOU LOOK OVER ON PAGE 493, TOWARDS THE BOTTOM, YOU'RE GOING TO SEE AN ACCOUNT 68 300 R&M IMPROVEMENTS, THAT'S REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE IMPROVEMENTS. 
          YOU'LL SEE THAT THAT ACCOUNT GREW SIGNIFICANTLY BY JUST UNDER $786,000. 
          WHAT WE HAVE LEARNED OVER THE LAST SEVERAL YEARS IS THAT THE MAJORITY OF THE PROJECTS THAT OUR DRAINAGE TEAM DOES WITH THEIR ENI ACCOUNT, IS THEY ARE NOT DOING LARGE SCALE CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS, THEY'RE SMALLER REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE TYPE PROJECTS THAT WE ARE NOT CAPITALIZING. 
          WE'RE HAVING TO MOVE THAT ALL OVER INTO THEIR OPERATING BUDGET TO EXPENSE IT OUT ANYWAYS. 
          THIS SAVES A STEP OR A COUPLE OF STEPS FOR EVERYONE. 
          IT ROLLS IT STRAIGHT INTO THEIR OPERATING FUNDS. 
          >> I'M SURE I'D LIKE TO SPEAK TO THAT FOR JUST A SECOND SO YOU CAN UNDERSTAND BETTER WHAT ALAN'S IDEA WAS ON THAT. 
          WE HAD AN EXTENSIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS ACCOUNT THAT WE WOULD DO PUMP REPAIR, WE WOULD DO PLAYA LAKE MAINTENANCE, THINGS LIKE THAT. 
          WHEN WE REVISED ALL OF OUR MAINTENANCE PLANS WITH HOW WE WERE DEALING WITH PLAYA LAKES, HOW WE WERE DEALING WITH PUMP MAINTENANCE, HOW WE WERE DEALING WITH RECURRING REPAIRS AND THINGS LIKE THAT, SHELVING PARTS SO THAT WE HAD THINGS ON 
          [05:05:03]
THE SHELF WHEN WE HAVE A FAILURE THAT WE CAN IMMEDIATELY REPLACE IT. 
          IT JUST MADE MORE SENSE THAT NOW THAT'S BECOME AN OPERATION, WHERE IT'S PART OF OUR OPERATIONS. 
          ALAN HAD THE IDEA, LET'S JUST MOVE THAT IN THERE, SO WE JUST HAVE THAT OPERATIONAL MONEY THAT WE CAN SPEND TO DO ALL THE THINGS THAT WE'RE DOING RELATED TO MAINTENANCE, MAINLY AT THE PLAYA LAKES, THE PUMP STATIONS, AND THINGS LIKE THAT. 
          BUT THERE ARE OTHER THINGS THAT HAPPENED THERE AS WELL, LIKE CURBING GOT A REPLACEMENT AND OTHER ITEMS, TOO. 
          IT JUST MADE MORE SENSE. IT'S BECOME A PART OF OUR OPERATIONS. 
          DRAINAGE UTILITY IS STILL PRETTY NEW FOUNDED IN 2012, AND I KNOW THAT IT SOUNDS LIKE THAT WAS A LONG TIME AGO, BUT WE'RE STILL REFINING ALL OF OUR PROCESSES, AND THAT BEING ONE OF THEM. 
          I THINK IT'S A MUCH BETTER WAY TO OPERATE. 
          IT MAKES IT EASIER FOR THEM. 
          NOT THAT WE GOT TO GO TOO DEEP, BUT THEIR IS THE 46 MILLION THAT WAS APPROVED, 2.5 YEARS AGO NOW. 
          >> WE CAN TALK ABOUT THAT IF YOU WOULD LIKE. 
          >> YES, SIR, IF YOU WOULD, I THINK WE'VE ADVANCED. 
          HAVE WE ADVANCED 42 MILLION OFF OF THAT, OR WAS IT 38? 
          >> IT WAS 38 THAT WE ISSUED. 
          WE HAVE A REMAINING ABOUT $3 MILLION THAT WE STILL HAVE THE ABILITY TO ISSUE. 
          I TALKED WITH THE TEAM ON THIS, AND WE DEBATED PUTTING IT IN THIS UPCOMING BUDGET, BUT THEY WANT TO GIVE IT, I THINK ONE MORE YEAR AS SOME OF THESE PROJECTS GET CLOSER TO COMPLETION BEFORE WE ISSUE THAT LAST. 
          >> WHAT'S THE AMOUNT THAT'S BEEN SPENT OUT OF THE 38? 
          >> DO YOU ALL HAVE THAT INFORMATION IN HANDY? 
          >> HOW MUCH? 
          >> ABOUT THREE MILLION SO FAR. 
          ALL OF THAT IS ON DESIGN AND ENGINEERING. 
          WE'RE SITTING ON AROUND 35 THAT WE'VE GOT IN THAT INVESTMENT ACCOUNT. 
          THEN IT'S PRODUCING INTEREST. 
          THE INTEREST ON THIS, ARE YOU SHOWING LIKE A MILLION A YEAR? 
          >> ABOUT A MILLION A YEAR. YES, SIR. 
          >> SURELY, IT'S MAKING MORE THAN THAT, 38 MILLION AT 4.5? 
          >> ALL THE INTEREST INCOME FOR OUR DRAINAGE BONDS ARE RECORDED IN THIS FUND. 
          >> BUT ALL DO YOU HAVE IT SHOWING OR AM I SEEING IT CORRECTLY? IT SAYS $1 MILLION? 
          >> YES. IT'S $1 MILLION THERE, YES. 
          >> IS THAT AN OVERCHARGE ISSUE, LIKE ARE LIMITED ON THAT OR? 
          >> THIS PAST YEAR, WE ACTUALLY BROUGHT IN ABOUT 1.3, SO IT WAS A LITTLE OVER $1 MILLION, BUT AS INTEREST RATES HAVE PULLED BACK A LITTLE BIT, AND WE CAN HAVE OUR FINANCE TEAM DOUBLE CHECK THAT NUMBER AND MAKE SURE THAT'S STILL A GOOD ESTIMATE. 
          >> AGAIN IT'S NOT AN ARBITRAGE ISSUE. 
          IT'S JUST UNDER THE PUBLIC FUNDS INVESTMENT ACT, WE'RE LIMITED IN WHAT WE CAN PUT THE MONEY INTO. 
          BUT NOW AS YOUR COUNCIL RECALL HERE, ABOUT A COUPLE OF MONTHS AGO, DONNIE PRESENTED TO YOU ALL GAME PLAN TO SPEND THAT FUNDING. 
          WE ARE RESIGNED, BUT LAUREN'S LAKE, PLAYA 7, A COUPLE OF OTHER ONES THERE, SO WE ARE WORKING A WAY. 
          PART OF THE THOUGHT HERE WAS AGAIN, LEARNING LESSONS LEARNED FROM YEARS PAST, WE DIDN'T WANT TO TRY TO DO THOSE PROJECTS AND TAKE ON MORE PROJECTS. 
          WE WANTED TO FOCUS ON THE ONES WE GOT ON OUR PLATE NOW, GET THOSE DONE, AND THEN THE NEXT YEAR, BRING BACK MORE TO WORK ON. 
          >> YOU PROBABLY DO REMEMBER IT, I WANT TO SAY, I REMEMBER ROUGHLY 16 MILLION THAT YOU HAD BUDGETED GOING OUT THIS NEXT YEAR OUT OF THAT 38. 
          >> THAT'S PROBABLY PRETTY CLOSE. 
          I DON'T REMEMBER IT OFF THE TOP OF MY HEAD, BUT I CAN TELL YOU THAT ALL OF THOSE PROJECTS ARE IN FULL SWING RIGHT NOW AS FAR AS ENGINEERING. 
          WE HAVE ONE THAT WE'RE READY TO DO THE WORK ON IT. 
          SOME OF THEM ARE LONGER THAN OTHERS, BUT WE'RE ON TRACK AND ON TIME TO MEET OUR DEADLINES WITH THAT BOND FUNDING. 
          HERE'S THE OTHER PIECE OF THAT, TOO, IS THAT YOU REMEMBER THE ORIGINAL ESTIMATES THAT CAME IN WERE MUCH LOWER THAN WHAT THE ACTUAL PERS ARE, SO WE'RE THANKFUL THAT WE HAVE THAT INTEREST MONEY THAT CAN HELP US BRING THOSE PROJECTS ACROSS THE FINISH LINE. 
          >> MS. LAURA, IF YOU DOUBLE CHECK IT, I GUESS THAT THING WORKS OUT TO LIKE 2.8% INTEREST AT THAT RATE. ROUGHLY 
          >> ON 38 MILLION IS WHAT YOU'RE SAYING? ABOUT 4%. 
          >> IT'S ABOUT 4%. 
          >> IT'S ABOUT A 1.5 MILLION. 
          BUT AGAIN, WELL, ON THAT 38 MILLION, THAT'S ALL IN A FIDELITY ACCOUNT. 
          YOU KNOW OFF THE TOP OF HEAD WHAT DELI'S MAKING RIGHT NOW? 
          >> ABOUT 1.5. 
          >> WE'LL DOUBLE CHECK THOSE. 
          >> IF YOU DOUBLE CHECK BECAUSE I KNOW IT WAS LIKE ANYWHERE 43-47 ON THOSE FIDELITY. 
          I THOUGHT THAT WAS PROBABLY EARNING. 
          >> THAT'S ALSO ASSUMING THE MONEY HAS NOT TOUCHED THE ENTIRE 12 MONTHS. 
          WE'RE HOPING TO SPEND SOME MONEY THROUGHOUT THE YEAR, WHICH WILL BRING LESS INTEREST COMING IN. 
          >> THAT'S A GOOD POINT. WE TRY TO PROJECT SPENDING DOWN SOME OF THOSE PROCEEDS DURING THE YEAR TO NOT OVERESTIMATE OUR INTEREST. 
          >> CAN I TAKE A MOMENT TO BRAG ON SOMETHING AS WELL? I THINK IT'S GOOD FOR YOU TO HEAR THIS BECAUSE WE ALWAYS WANT YOU TO KNOW WHEN WE'RE BEING FRUGAL WITH THE MONEY THAT YOU'VE GIVEN US. 
          THIS IS IMPORTANT TO ME, BUT JERRY DANFORTH, 
          [05:10:01]
JUST LAST WEEK THROUGH ABOUT SIX WEEK NEGOTIATION ON A LARGE CONTRACT FOR ONE OF THOSE PROJECTS, HAS SAVED US ABOUT A $0.5 MILLION THROUGH THOSE NEGOTIATIONS, NORTH OF $0.5 MILLION. 
          IF HE CONTINUES TO DO THAT ON EVERY ONE OF THESE PROJECTS, JUST BEATING THEM UP UNTIL THEY GIVE ON THINGS THAT DON'T MAKE SENSE IN THESE CONTRACTS. 
          HE'S DONE A REALLY GOOD JOB OF THAT, AND I THINK IT'S GOOD TO MENTION THAT BECAUSE AS ALL OF THOSE FIVE OR SIX PROJECTS MOVE FORWARD AND WE GET INTO THOSE NEGOTIATIONS FOR THE ACTUAL SCOPE OF THE SERVICES, WE'RE NEGOTIATING THOSE PRETTY HARD TO MAKE SURE WE GET THE BEST DEAL WITH THAT. I'M VERY PROUD OF THAT. 
          >> WE'LL WAIVE THE SCHOOLING FOR THE NEXT CHANGE ORDER YOU PRESENT. 
          HEY, YOU KNOW WHAT? IF YOU'RE GOING TO RAG ON DANFORTH, HOW LONG HAS IT BEEN SINCE WE'VE SEEN A CHANGE ORDER, JERRY? 
          >> WELL 
          >> IT'S BEEN A MINUTE. AM I JINXING IT? IS IT COMING ON THE 12TH? DANG IT. I JUST THOUGHT WE TURNED THE CORNER. 
          >> JERRY'S OUR ON TIME UNDER BUDGET GUY. 
          HE DOESN'T LIKE TO DO THAT UNLESS IT'S ABSOLUTELY NECESSARY. 
          >> COUNCILMAN PRESCOTT, PREVIOUS COUNCIL HAD MANDATED NO CHANGE ORDERS AS JUST A NEW IMPLEMENTED POLICY. 
          WE NEVER REALLY QUITE GOT THAT DONE. 
          NOW, JERRY, WE KNOW WHAT YOU'RE DOING OVER THERE, AND WE DO APPRECIATE YOU. 
          GOOD JOB. DID YOU HAVE ANYTHING? 
          >> I GOT A QUICK QUESTION, 6830 OR 300 LINE ITEM, 68, 300, PAGE 493. 
          IT'S A R&M IMPROVEMENTS 826,384. 
          WHY IS THAT JUMPED UP SO MUCH? 
          >> THAT WAS THE ENI ACCOUNT THAT WE USED TO PUT IN THEIR CAPITAL PROGRAM THAT NOW THEY'RE GOING TO RUN THROUGH THEIR OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT EARLIER. 
          WE HAD JUST BRIEFLY TOUCHED ON THAT EARLIER. 
          >> THAT'S THE ONE WE WERE TALKING ABOUT JUST A MOMENT AGO. 
          >> OKAY. 
          >> AGAIN, THAT'S WHERE WE HAVE PROJECTS THAT THE MONEY WAS RIGID DEDICATED TO AS CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS, BUT WE REALIZED THAT WE WERE DOING MORE REPAIRS. 
          INSTEAD THE MONEY BEING IN THE CAPITAL SIDE, IS GOING TO BE IN THE REPAIR SIDE. 
          THAT'S WHERE THE DEPARTMENT SPENDS A LOT OF THE TIME TO RUN REPAIRS. 
          >> AGAIN, I JUST SCRIM INTO ALL OF YOU FOR YOUR ABILITY TO NAVIGATE THROUGH THIS MONSTER DOCUMENT. 
          IT'S PRETTY IMPRESSIVE. 
          >> A COUPLE OF OTHER JUST QUICK THINGS TO POINT OUT, JUST THINGS THAT WE'VE ALREADY TALKED ABOUT, BUT JUST POINTING THOSE OUT ON PAGE 492, RIGHT BEFORE YOU GET TO YOUR EXPENDITURES AREA, YOU WILL SEE A TRANSFER IN OF $2 MILLION. 
          THAT IS THE $2 MILLION COMING IN FROM THE FLEET FUND. 
          WE DISCUSSED THAT YESTERDAY. 
          SINCE DRAINAGE HAD DECIDED TO PAY FOR SOME OF THEIR EQUIPMENT THAT THEY HAD ALREADY PAID INTO THE FUND FOR, WE'RE PROPOSING TO MOVE TWO MILLION BACK TO HELP GET DRAINAGE BACK WHOLE AGAIN. 
          LET'S SEE, ON PAGE 494, WE DID TALK A LITTLE BIT ABOUT THIS IN SOME OF THE OTHER FUNDS, BUT YOU WILL SEE THEIR DEPRECIATION LINE ITEM, AND THIS IS WHERE THEY'RE GETTING CAPITAL PROJECTS FINISHED AND COMPLETED AND CAPITALIZED, DEPRECIATION HAS GONE UP. 
          IT'S RIGHT IN THE MIDDLE OF THE PAGE THERE, AND THAT 76,000 ACCOUNT DEPRECIATION HAS GONE UP 1.15 MILLION. 
          THAT'S A WIN FOR THE DEPARTMENT BECAUSE THEY ARE GETTING PROJECTS COMPLETED, GETTING ON CAPITALIZED, AND WE'RE STARTING TO DEPRECIATE THOSE. 
          ANY OTHER QUESTIONS THAT WE CAN ANSWER ON DRAINAGE? IF NOT, THIS MIGHT BE A VERY NATURAL STOPPING POINT TO TAKE MAYBE A QUICK BREAK AND THEN WE COULD MOVE INTO OUR DEVELOPMENT SERVICES AREA. 
          >> YOU'RE 255 RIGHT NOW. 
          HOW MUCH TIME DO YOU THINK YOU NEED TO GET THROUGH THAT, AND THEN WE NEED TO RESERVE SOME TIME FOR OUR CIP? 
          >> YES. 
          >> HE HAS ALL THAT READY. HE BROUGHT IT WITH HIM. 
          >> EXCELLENT. IF WE COULD TAKE A LITTLE BIT SHORTER BREAK, WE'VE COVERED A LOT ON CIP, BUT JUST TO ALLOW ENOUGH TIME IF COUNCIL WANTS TO DIGEST SOME MORE ON THAT, WE'LL PROBABLY NEED A GOOD HOUR AND A HALF TO HOUR AND 45 MINUTES TO GET THROUGH THE REST OF THIS. 
          >> JUST ON DEVELOPMENT SERVICES. 
          >> AND CIP. 
          >> OH, AND CIP? 
          >> YES, SIR. I'M SORRY. ALL OF IT. 
          >> YOU CAN DO IT ALL. 
          >> WE CAN GET US OUT OF HERE IN FIVE. 
          YES, IF THAT WORKS. 
          >> LET'S TAKE A QUICK BREAK. 
          SO 10 MINUTES OR SO, WE'LL BE RIGHT BACK HERE. 
          WE'RE GETTING BACK IN HERE, APPRECIATE THE BREAK. 
          MS. LAURA, WE'RE GOING TO GO BACK YOUR DIRECTION AND SEE IF WE CAN WORK THROUGH DEVELOPMENT SERVICES NEXT. 
          >> REAL QUICK BEFORE SHE DOES THAT. 
          OBVIOUSLY, THE BUDGET IS STILL A DRAFT DOCUMENT, AND I KNOW COUNCIL WILL BE LOOKING AT SOME CHANGES TO MAKE NEXT WEEK OR SO, BUT OBVIOUSLY, LIKEWISE, STAFF, WE'RE ALSO ALWAYS LOOKING THIS THING OVER AND OVER AGAIN. 
          DURING THE BREAK, I'VE ASKED STAFF TO REVISIT THE AMARILLO POSITIONS, AS WELL AS THE INVESTIGATOR POSITIONS IN THE LAB DEPARTMENT. 
          [05:15:01]
WE'RE GOING TO GO BACK AND RE LOOK AT THOSE POSITIONS AND THE REQUEST FOR THAT. 
          WE'LL BRING BACK TO YOU ALL SOME INFORMATION AFTER WE'VE REGROUPED ON THOSE POSITIONS. 
          >> THAT'S GREAT. MR. PATH, WE APPRECIATE THAT. 
          I THINK IF WE GO THROUGH TOMORROW AFTERNOON, ONE THING THAT WOULD BE HELPFUL, WHEN WE SAT DOWN, WE REVIEWED THE BUDGET, AND WE DIDN'T HAVE AS IN DEPTH LOOK AT IT, IT JUST SAID 44 POSITIONS TO US. 
          NOW, I THINK IF WE GO BACK THROUGH IT, WE GIVE YOU GUYS AN OPPORTUNITY TO GO BACK. 
          WELL, THIS IS WHY WE NEED THIS. 
          THIS IS THE OUTCOME THAT WE'RE GETTING TO. 
          TOMORROW, ONCE WE GET THROUGH LUNCH, I THINK IF WE COULD JUST GIVE IT BACK TO YOU GUYS, MAYBE THAT 44 GOES DOWN TO 40. I DON'T KNOW. 
          >> YES. THAT'S TRUE, DIFFERENT LINES. 
          THESE WORKSHOPS ARE MUCH FOR US AS IS FOR YOU AS WELL. 
          GETTING YOUR FEEDBACK. I'M CENTER TAKING NOTES. 
          I'M READING YOUR FACIAL EXPRESSIONS, I'M READING THE ROOM, AND ALSO, MY JOB IS TO TRY TO GET A SUCCESSFUL BUDGET ACROSS THE FINISH LINE. 
          I'M ALSO TAKING CUE ON WHAT I'M SEEING AND HEARING FOR THE OVERALL GOOD OF THE BUDGET. 
          WE'LL PROBABLY HAVE SOME MORE CHANGES TO MAKE HERE AND THERE, AS WELL AS WHAT YOU GUYS REQUEST WE DO. 
          >> WE'RE GOING TO MOVE ON TO PUBLIC WORKS. 
          IF YOU'LL TURN TO PAGE 499. 
          REALLY, THE ONLY CHANGE RELATED TO OUR PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IS THERE'S BEEN ACTUALLY A REDUCTION IN OVERALL EXPENDITURES, AND THAT WAS RELATED TO SOME OF THE MID YEAR CHANGES ASSOCIATED WITH DONNIE BECOMING AN ASSISTANT CITY MANAGER AND ALAN BEING PROMOTED INTO THE PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR POSITION, AND WE JUST HAVE THE 149. 
          >> THE ONE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR AT THIS POINT. 
          THEY WERE ABLE TO GIVE SOME MONEY BACK TO THE GENERAL FUND. 
          AS WE MOVE ON TO CAPITAL PROJECTS AND DEVELOPMENT ENGINEERING, THIS IS A DEPARTMENT THAT IS ACTUALLY SPLIT ACROSS GENERAL FUND AND ACROSS OUR WATER AND SEWER FUND. 
          IF YOU GO TO PAGE 506, YOU'RE GOING TO SEE THE GENERAL FUNDS PORTION OF THE CAPITAL PROJECTS AND DEVELOPMENT ENGINEERING TEAM. 
          THE WAY THIS WORKS, AND I'M GOING TO LOOK TO JUSTIN TO CORRECT ME ON THIS, BUT I BELIEVE WE HAVE MAYBE 52% OF THE DEPARTMENT ALLOCATED TO GENERAL FUND AND 48% TO WATER AND SEWER. 
          WHAT THAT IS, IS OUR ENGINEERING TEAM AND OUR CAPITAL PROJECTS TEAM ARE REALLY HELPING DO A LOT OF GENERAL FUND TYPE PROJECTS, SO STREET PROJECTS. 
          THEY'RE DOING A LOT OF WORK IN THAT AREA, BUT ALSO FOR WATER AND SEWER. 
          ONE THING I THINK DONNIE AND JERRY AND I HAVE ALREADY DISCUSSED IS, WE MAY, IN THE NEXT FEW YEARS, WANT TO START ALLOCATING A DEDICATED PIECE OVER INTO DRAINAGE UTILITY AS WELL, BECAUSE THEY DO A LOT OF DESIGN AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT FOR DRAINAGE. 
          THOSE ARE PROBABLY THE BIGGEST INTERNAL CUSTOMERS IS FOR STREETS, WATER AND SEWER, AND DRAINAGE. 
          NOW, AS THEY DO VERY SPECIFIC PROJECTS THAT THEY ARE WORKING ON THAT WE WILL EVENTUALLY START CAPITALIZING THOSE PROJECTS. 
          THEY DO CHARGE THEIR TIME OUT TO THOSE CAPITAL PROJECTS. 
          THE REASON FOR THAT IS IF WE WERE TO CONTRACT WITH OUTSIDE GROUP FOR A&E SERVICES, WE WOULD BE PAYING A BILL AND IT WOULD BE PART OF THE ASSET COST. 
          WELL, THE SAME IS TRUE IF IT'S WITH OUR IN HOUSE ENGINEERING TEAM AND DESIGN TEAM. 
          WE DO WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT WE'RE VALUING OUR ASSETS AS THEY'RE BEING CONSTRUCTED AT THE RIGHT AMOUNT. 
          THEY DO CHARGE OUT TIME. 
          THEN IT COMES BACK IN TO EITHER THE GENERAL FUND OR THE WATER AND SEWER FUND, BASICALLY AS A REIMBURSEMENT BACK IN. 
          IT'S LESS COST TO THE GENERAL FUND OR LESS COST TO THE OPERATING SIDE OF THE WATER AND SEWER FUND, AND IT'S CAPTURED OUT IN THAT CAPITAL PROJECT. 
          ON CAPITAL PROJECTS AND DEVELOPMENT ENGINEERING, I KNOW THERE'S BEEN A WHOLE LOT GOING ON WITH THAT TEAM WITH THE NEW LEADERSHIP WITH JERRY DANFORTH. 
          I DON'T KNOW IF DONNIE WANTS TO TOUCH A LITTLE BIT ON THAT. 
          >> I DO. 
          >> GO FOR IT. 
          >> CHANGES OVER THERE. OF COURSE, COSTNEA JOHN WAS THERE FOR A LONG TIME AND TOOK A JOB ELSEWHERE. 
          WE STARTED TO MAKE SOME CHANGES, NOT ONLY IN JUST PERSONNEL, BUT ALSO IN OUR APPROACH IN THE WAY THAT WE'RE HANDLING THINGS IN CAPITAL PROJECTS AND DEVELOPMENT ENGINEERING. 
          JERRY, AS MOST OF YOU ALL KNOW, BRINGS A WEALTH OF KNOWLEDGE WHEN IT COMES TO THE CONSTRUCTION SIDE OR THE BUSINESS SIDE OF THINGS. 
          JERRY AND I SET OUT AT THE VERY BEGINNING AND SAID, WE'RE GOING TO TAKE A MORE BUSINESSLIKE APPROACH IN CAPITAL PROJECTS AND ENGINEERING TO TAKE CARE OF OUR PROJECTS EXPEDIENTLY, TO MAKE SURE THAT WE'RE ON TIME WITH OUR PROJECTS, TO MAKE SURE THAT IF WE'VE TAKEN ON A BOND PROJECT THAT WE'RE 
          [05:20:03]
PUSHING THAT THING AS HARD AS WE CAN TO GET IT OUT NOT ONLY TO A CONSULTANT, BUT IF WE'RE DOING IT IN HOUSE, TO MAKE SURE THAT WE FINISH THOSE JOBS ON TIME. 
          HE'S DONE A GREAT JOB OF THAT. 
          THERE HASN'T BEEN A LOT OF REORGANIZATION OVER THERE IN THAT DEPARTMENT SO MUCH. 
          BUT WHAT I DO SEE OVER THERE WHEN I GO AND LOOK AT THE CULTURE OF WHAT HE'S BEEN ABLE TO DO IN A VERY SHORT AMOUNT OF TIME IN CP&DE, IT'S A VERY POSITIVE CULTURE THAT'S OVER THERE RIGHT NOW. 
          NOW, WE PUT A LITTLE PRESSURE ON TONY TODAY, AND IF SHE'S WATCHING ONLINE, TONY, THANKS FOR GETTING ALL THE CAPITAL PROJECT BOOKS PUT OUT. 
          I KNOW SHE WAS HAVING SOME SOFTWARE ISSUES EARLIER, AND SHE'S DONE A PHENOMENAL JOB. 
          BUT HIS TEAM OVER THERE FANTASTIC. 
          IT'S FULL OF CIVIL ENGINEERS. 
          IT ALSO HAS PROJECT MANAGEMENT GROUPS THAT GO OUT AND ACTUALLY LOOK AND DO INSPECTIONS OUT ON JOBS. 
          THEY PROCURE RIGHT AWAYS. 
          WE HAVE IT'S A VERY BUSY DEPARTMENT FOR ONE THAT'S VERY SMALL, BUT I WANT TO BRAG A LITTLE BIT ABOUT JERRY BECAUSE I THINK HE'S REALLY DONE SOME THINGS, NOT THAT KYLE DIDN'T DO A GOOD JOB, BUT IT'S A DIFFERENT APPROACH THAT JERRY IS TAKING OVER THERE. 
          WHAT WE'RE SEEING RIGHT NOW IS THAT THINGS ARE COMING OUT FASTER, AND HE WILL FIGHT FOR THOSE DOLLARS. 
          HE CORRECTED ME DURING THE BREAK AND SAID, $500,000? IT WAS MORE LIKE OVER 1 MILLION THAT I'VE ALREADY SAVED ON THAT CONTRACT. 
          THAT'S THE MENTALITY HE BRINGS TO IT, NOT ON THE ENGINEERING SIDE, BUT ON THE CONSTRUCTION AND NEGOTIATION SIDE. 
          WE'RE DOING SOME REALLY GOOD THINGS OVER THERE. 
          OUR DRAINAGE PROJECTS ARE BEING MANAGED IN THERE, THAT 40 MILLION THAT WE TALKED ABOUT EARLIER. 
          THEY ARE CONSTANTLY MEETING ON THAT. 
          I KNOW THEY WERE IN A MEETING ON THE GEORGIA STREET CONSTRUCTION PROJECT TODAY, STAYING ON TOP OF THAT. 
          I CALLED JERRY ON THURSDAY OF LAST WEEK AND SAID, WHAT ARE YOU GUYS DOING I NEED TO MEET WITH YOU? HE SAID, SORRY, I'M OUT HERE ON THE GEORGIA PROJECT. 
          HE GETS HIS BOOTS ON THE GROUND, AND HE'S REALLY DONE A GOOD JOB. 
          I COULD PROBABLY JUST KEEP ON GOING, BUT I WANTED TO BRAG WHERE WE HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO DO THAT, THAT I THINK THAT THAT PROJECT THAT DEPARTMENT IS IN VERY GOOD HANDS, AND WE'RE DOING SOME REALLY GOOD THINGS OVER THERE. 
          >> AS FAR AS THEIR BUDGET REPORTS HERE, THERE'S ONE RECLASS THAT WE'VE INCLUDED IN IT, AND IT'S RE-CLASSING AN ENGINEERING ASSISTANT TWO TO A PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE NUMBER 2, AND I THINK THAT'S JUST BASED ON THE WORKLOAD THAT THEY'RE SEEING OVER THERE. 
          THEY'RE TRYING TO START MAKING SOME STRATEGIC CHANGES EVEN TO THE POSITIONS AS THEY CAN AS WE'VE GOT SOME NEW LEADERSHIP WITH THAT TEAM THERE. 
          THIS IS ONE THAT HAS A LOT OF OUR PROFESSIONAL STAFF IN FROM THE ENGINEERING SIDE. 
          WE DO AT TIMES SEE SOME FLUCTUATIONS IN THEIR SALARIES AND BENEFITS FROM ONE YEAR TO THE NEXT, JUST BASED ON WHAT MARKET IS DICTATING THAT WE'RE HIRING IN THOSE ENGINEERS AT. 
          DEFINITELY A LOT OF COMPETITION FOR ENGINEERS IN THE AMARILLO AREA. 
          QUESTIONS THAT WE CAN ANSWER ON CAPITAL PROJECTS AND DEVELOPMENT ENGINEERING, YOU'RE GOING TO HEAR A WHOLE LOT MORE FROM THEM AT THE END OF THE DAY TODAY AS WE'RE TALKING ABOUT CIP, AND I SEE THAT WE'VE GOT SOME NICE THICK PACKETS IN FRONT OF US FOR ALL OF THAT. 
          >> QUICK QUESTION ON PAGE 517, 61200, THE POSTAGE. 
          WHAT'S GOING ON ON THE POSTAGE EVERY THREE YEARS? WHY WE HAVE SUCH DRASTIC. 
          >> WE'RE ABOUT TO JUMP FORWARD TO THAT'S OUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT. 
          THAT'S THE NEXT DEPARTMENT UP. 
          THEY ACTUALLY HAD TO DO SOME REQUIRED NOTICES RELATED TO A REZONE? 
          >> WHAT WAS OUR COMPREHENSIVE PLANS AND ZONING ORDINANCE AS WELL? WE'RE JUST NOT SEEING THE NEED TO DO AS MANY. 
          >> WE GOT TO DO IT EVERY THREE YEARS, IS THAT EVERY THREE YEAR? 
          >> IT'S EVERY FEW YEARS THAT WE HAVE A MAJOR PROJECT, AND THAT THAT ONE PARTICULAR REQUIRED US TO NOTICE THE ENTIRE COMMUNITY. IT WAS EXTENSIVE. 
          >> CAN WE GET WE LIKE CINDY MILLS OR SOMETHING? 
          >> NOT WITH STATE LAW. THEY'RE STILL OLD SCHOOL. 
          >> THAT'S A GREAT TRANSITION ON OVER TO PAGE 516, AND WE CAN TALK ABOUT OUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT. 
          OUR PLANNING DEPARTMENT HERE HAS PRESENTED A FAIRLY FLAT BUDGET. 
          THERE WAS A REQUEST IN FOR ONE CHANGE, AND LET ME GET TO MY NOTES HERE. I APOLOGIZE. 
          >> ON GRANTS RELATED POSITION. 
          >> THANK YOU. YES. ADDING ANOTHER GRANTS POSITION BASICALLY A LITTLE BIT. 
          >> BASICALLY TAKING WE HAD IN THE POLICE DEPARTMENT. 
          THEY HAD THEIR OWN PART TIME GRANT WRITER. 
          WE WANTED TO TRY AND BRING THAT OVER TO PLANNING UNDER JOHN BARNES, OUR GRANTS AND SPECIAL PROJECTS MANAGER, AND ALSO UPGRADE IT TO FULL TIME TO HELP SUPPLEMENT THE WORK THAT HE'S DOING CITYWIDE. 
          THEY WOULD STILL TAKE ON PUBLIC SAFETY, GRANT WRITING AND MONITORING, BUT ALSO BE ABLE TO EXPAND TO OTHER PROGRAMS AS WELL. 
          >> THAT IS A TYPE POSITION THAT PAYS FOR ITSELF. 
          AS THEY'RE BRINGING IN ALL THOSE ADDITIONAL GRANT DOLLARS, 
          [05:25:02]
YOU MAY NOT SEE IT COMING OBVIOUSLY INTO THE PLANNING DEPARTMENT, BUT THEY'RE HELPING THE CITY GET MORE AND MORE PAID FOR OUT OF GRANT DOLLARS. 
          THOSE POSITIONS HAVE BEEN HAVE EASILY PAID FOR. 
          >> WE'VE SEEN IT WORK OUT WELL SINCE JOHN COORDINATES WITH THE NORMANDY GROUP ON THE FEDERAL OPPORTUNITIES, BUT JUST FROM A GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE OF BEING FAMILIAR WITH THE CITY PLAN AND THE OTHER MASTER PLANS, IT MAKES A LOT OF SENSE FOR THAT HOLISTIC VIEW OF WHAT GRANTS WE'RE GOING AFTER AND TRYING TO KEEP IT UNDER ONE UMBRELLA. 
          >> WAS THERE A PART TIME FT IN THE POLICE DEPARTMENT? 
          >> THERE WAS. 
          >> THAT'S GOING AWAY. 
          >> IT'S MOVING OVER TO PLANNING AND UPGRADING TO FULL TIME. 
          >> BUT THE PERSON DOING IT IN THE POLICE DEPARTMENT. 
          >> WE ENDED UP HAVING A VACANCY. 
          SHE DECIDED TO RETIRE, SO THIS WAS A GOOD OPPORTUNITY TO MAKE THE SWITCH OVER TO PLANNING TO ABSORB IT AND UPGRADE IT TO FULL. 
          >> IT'S ONLY AN INCREASE OF A FT. 
          >> THAT'S RIGHT. 
          >> THANK YOU. 
          >> THEN THE OTHER ITEM THAT WE HAVE IN PLANNING THAT IS A CHANGE FOR THIS YEAR, IT'S SOMETHING THAT THEY ARE LOOKING TO IMPLEMENT A COUPLE OF NEW SOFTWARE PROGRAMS THAT THEY ARE PLANNING TO SHARE THE COSTS WITH ALSO OUR TAX INCREMENT REINVESTMENT ZONE NUMBER 1 AND NUMBER 2, AND SPLIT THE COST OF THESE TWO SOFTWARES THREE WAYS. I BELIEVE ANDREW FIELD. 
          >> YES. THAT'S RIGHT. IT'S TWO DIFFERENT PROGRAMS. ONE IS FOR THE OVERALL INTAKE AND MANAGEMENT OF ALL OUR INCENTIVE AGREEMENTS AND DATA COLLECTION. 
          AS WELL AS SHARING PUBLICLY THE RESULTS OF THAT, HAVING A DATABASE ONLINE SO EVERYONE CAN TRACK THE PROGRESS OF THOSE INCENTIVES AND MAKE US A LITTLE MORE EFFICIENT BECAUSE RIGHT NOW, WE'RE BASICALLY A ONE MAN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT SHOW IN DREW. 
          HE LEADS ALL THE DISCUSSIONS, BUT ALSO HAS TO DO ALL THE BACK END ADMINISTRATIVE PIECE. 
          THIS WILL ALSO ALLOW PEOPLE TO APPLY FOR INCENTIVES THROUGH THAT SOFTWARE AND TRACK IT A LOT EASIER. 
          THE SECOND SOFTWARE IS A DATABASE THAT'S GOING TO ALLOW US TO TRACK, IT'S CELL PHONE RELAYED, DATA. 
          YOU CAN TRACK SALES TAX, ACTIVITY AT DIFFERENT EVENTS, JUST TO HELP BUILD OUR CASE WHEN WE'RE TALKING TO THESE DIFFERENT RETAILERS OR ANOTHER BIG PROJECT THAT'S COMING THROUGH THAT WE GOT TO TRY AND ENCOURAGE THEM TO CONSIDER AMARILLO, JUST GIVING US THAT RESOURCE OF MORE INFORMATION TO HELP SELL AMARILLO. 
          WE SEE DIFFERENT OPPORTUNITIES, WHETHER IT'S DOWNTOWN WITH THE CIVIC CENTER AS FAR AS OUR MAJOR EVENTS, WHETHER IT'S PARKS, OUR MAJOR RETAIL CENTERS, JUST TO HELP SHARE THAT STORY WITH POTENTIAL RETAILERS. 
          WE'LL BE ABLE TO SHARE THAT COST AGAINST TIERS NUMBER ONE, TIERS NUMBER TWO, THAT WILL BENEFIT, SO PLANNING IS NOT HAVING TO CAPTURE ALL OF THOSE COSTS. 
          >> I THINK BOTH TIERS BOARDS WERE VERY AGREEABLE AND WE SAW THE BENEFIT OF THIS AS WELL. 
          YOU'LL SEE THOSE COMING THROUGH. 
          YOU ALL WILL BE SEEING THEIR BUDGETS TO APPROVE IN SEPTEMBER AT ONE OF YOUR SEPTEMBER MEETINGS, AND SO WE'RE WORKING WITH THEM TO FINALIZE EACH OF THEIR BUDGETS RIGHT NOW. 
          THOSE PIECES WILL BE COMING ON BOARD. 
          ANY OTHER QUESTIONS ABOUT PLANNING? IF NOT, IF YOU WANT TO TURN OVER TO PAGE 522, WE'LL START LOOKING AT BUILDING SAFETY. 
          I DID TALK A LITTLE BIT ABOUT BUILDING SAFETY EARLIER WHEN WE WERE GOING THROUGH OUR REVENUE PROJECTIONS, AND I MENTIONED THAT BUILDING PERMITS, WE'RE BUDGETING ABOUT A MILLION DOLLARS MORE THAN THE PRIOR YEAR. 
          IF YOU LOOK ON PAGE 523, UP THERE, ALMOST AT THE TOP IN THAT 31910 BUILDING PERMITS ACCOUNT. 
          THEY'RE NOT PROPOSING ANY KIND OF A FEE CHANGE, EXCEPT FOR THEY DO HAVE BUILT INTO THEIR ORDINANCE FOR A CPI ADJUSTMENT EACH YEAR. 
          IT'S, I GUESS, THE GREATER OF 3% OR A CPI ADJUSTMENT. 
          WE HAVE BUILT IN A 3% CPI ADJUSTMENT INTO THEIR FEES. 
          YOU'LL BE SEEING THAT COME THROUGH IN YOUR BUDGET ORDINANCES. 
          BUT JUST FROM THE TREND THAT WE'RE SEEING IN BUILDING PERMITS, THOSE HAVE CONTINUED TO REMAIN STRONG. YES, SIR. 
          >> ONE THING THAT I GUESS, I'D LIKE TO PUT IT OUT THERE BEFORE WE GO THROUGH THIS. 
          NOT ASKING FOR A QUESTION RIGHT NOW, BUT THE FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE. 
          I THINK NOW WE'RE CHARGING FOR FIRE INSPECTIONS. 
          I DON'T KNOW THAT WE WERE DOING THAT BEFORE. 
          IF WE WERE, MAYBE US AS THE COMMUNITY DIDN'T REALLY PICK UP ON IT. 
          IN THE OVERALL, WHAT IT LOOKS LIKE WITH BUILDING SAFETY IS WE'VE DONE A PRETTY GOOD JOB OF GETTING VERY EFFICIENT, STREAMLINING SOME THINGS. 
          WE DON'T HAVE NEAR THE PROBLEMS THAT WE HAVE OVER THERE, AND I'LL DEFEND THAT. 
          I KNOW THERE'S PLENTY OF BUILDERS OUT THERE THAT STILL CAN POINT TO WHAT HAPPENED YESTERDAY THAT THEY CAN'T BELIEVE, BUT I PROMISE YOU, IT IS VASTLY IMPROVED. 
          BUT IN BEING ABLE TO DO BUSINESS WITH THE CITY, HAVING TO DO BUSINESS WITH MULTIPLE DEPARTMENTS. 
          AS AN EXAMPLE, WE HAD TO GO TO THE FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE TO PAY A $50 FEE. 
          COULDN'T EVEN PAY IT OVER THE PHONE WITH A CREDIT CARD. 
          [05:30:01]
NOT THAT IT'S A BIG DEAL THAT YOU'RE CHARGING ME THE $50, EVEN IF YOU WEREN'T LAST YEAR, BUT COULD WE INCORPORATE ALL THAT IN THAT BUILDING SAFETY DEPARTMENT BILL, WHICH RIGHT NOW, IT LOOKS LIKE WE'RE DOING A GOOD JOB OF REVENUING PRETTY WELL OVER THERE. 
          >> I THINK OUR GOAL IS TO TRY AND MOVE THEM TO THE MGO SYSTEM THAT BUILDING SAFETY IS ON. 
          I THINK IT'LL STILL BE A SEPARATE BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION, BUT SIMILAR PAYMENT PROCESS. 
          IN THE INTERIM, WE ARE LOOKING TO SEE IF THERE'S AN OPPORTUNITY TO DO A THIRD PARTY CREDIT CARD PAYMENT OPTION UNTIL WE CAN GET THAT BUILT OUT OFFICIALLY THROUGH MGO. 
          >> THE OTHER THING JUST WITH MORALE AND CULTURE THAT WOULD REALLY HELP. 
          WE DO A PRETTY GOOD JOB OF RECOGNIZING THE AUTHORITY OF THE FIRE MARSHAL. 
          WE AS THE CUSTOMER WORKING WITH BUILDING SAFETY, WE UNDERSTAND, HEY, YOU'RE THE AUTHORITY, HAVING JURISDICTION. 
          YOU COME OUT, YOU INSPECT. 
          WE HONOR AND RESPECT THAT. 
          WE WANT YOU TO DO YOUR INSPECTION. 
          WHATEVER YOU FIND WE'LL FIX. 
          WE ALSO KNOW FIRE MARSHAL HAS THE LAST SAY. 
          IF WE HOOKED THOSE TWO TOGETHER, KNOWING THAT THAT'S GOING TO HAPPEN EVERY TIME, COULD WE AT LEAST STREAMLINE THOSE BILLS TOGETHER AND DO, LIKE THE INTERNAL OR BILL THEM AT THE SAME TIME ON THE FRONT END, EVEN IF IT SHOWED UP SEPARATE? 
          >> WE CAN REVIEW THOSE AND SEE WHAT OPTIONS WE HAVE. ABSOLUTELY. 
          >> THE TECHNOLOGY FEE, IS THAT STILL BEING BILLED OUT OR NOW THAT WE HAVE A GOOD COST REVENUE HERE, DO WE HAVE ANY OF THOSE LITTLE FEES WHERE WE WERE, I DON'T WANT TO SAY IRRITATING, BUT IT CAN BE AN ANNOYANCE TO OUR CUSTOMERS. 
          IN TRYING TO GET ALONG BETTER WITH OUR COMMUNITY, DO WE HAVE ANY OF THOSE LITTLE FEES THAT WE COULD REMOVE AND STILL KEEP OUR RATE WITH OUR CPI? 
          >> CAN YOU GIVE AN EXAMPLE OF THAT DOLLAR TECH FEE? 
          >> IT'S $7 OR $10 TECHNOLOGY FEE EVERY TIME LIKE THAT WE PULL A PERMIT. 
          I PULL A $40 PERMIT FOR A DEMO ON A SMALL THING THAT AND BEFORE I KNOW IT, IT'S $80 BECAUSE THERE'S THIS FEE. 
          THINK ABOUT IT LIKE A SMALL CONTRACTOR THAT MAYBE HE JUST PAYS OUT OF POCKET ON THAT, AND HIS IS JUST A LUMP, BILL OF $400. 
          WELL, $100 MIGHT BE JUST GOING TO THE CITY ON SOMETHING SMALL LIKE. 
          >> GO AHEAD. 
          >> I WAS GOING TO SAY, JUST FOR FRAME OF REFERENCE, IF YOU'LL TURN TO PAGE 523, AND YOU'LL GO ABOUT TWO THIRDS OF THE WAY DOWN TO THE 37265 ACCOUNT TECHNOLOGY FEE. 
          THAT'S WHERE THAT REVENUES COMING IN. 
          IT APPEARS TO BE HOVERING AROUND MAYBE 100-110,000 EACH YEAR. 
          >> CAN YOU GIVE US THAT LINE ITEM AGAIN? 
          >> 37265 ON PAGE 528? 
          >> IT SHOULD BE SIMILAR BECAUSE WE'VE NEVER RAISED IT. 
          >> NO, IT'S ALWAYS BEEN FLAT. 
          >> WHAT A WONDERFUL THING IF YOU LOOK UP THERE FOR, ONCE AGAIN, MORALE AND CULTURE AND GETTING ALONG AND GOING TOWARDS OUR CUSTOMER FRIENDLY ENVIRONMENT. 
          WE GO FROM 3.1-4.1 MILLION, A MILLION DOLLAR VARIANCE IN ONE YEAR FOR MULTIPLE REASONS, BUT CAN WE WAIVE THE TECHNOLOGY FEE? 
          >> AS A POTENTIAL CONSIDERATION, SOMETHING LIKE THAT AND THEN INCORPORATING ANY OF THE OTHER FEES. 
          SO IF I HAVE A FEE WITH THE FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE AND I HAVE A FEE WITH MAYBE ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH IS A BAD EXAMPLE, BUT THERE COULD BE MULTIPLE THINGS THAT WE COULD AT LEAST PUT IN THAT OVERALL BILL ON THE FRONT END. 
          AND THEN THAT WAY THAT CONTRACTOR ACCOUNTS FOR IT, HE PAYS IT, HE'S HAPPIER. 
          THEN IF WE COULD EVER, WE UNDERSTAND AS THE BUILDING COMMUNITY, YOU HOLD THE CARDS. 
          YOU HAVE THE C.E.O. 
          I'M NOT GOING TO DO ANYTHING WITHOUT YOU. 
          NOT TO MENTION, YOU SELL THE MOST VALUABLE RESOURCE IN WATER. 
          I AM GOING TO PAY YOU. 
          IF I DON'T PAY ANYBODY ELSE, YOU'RE GETTING PAID. 
          WE GOT AWAY FROM ALLOWING OUR CUSTOMERS TO HAVE AN ACCOUNT OR BE ABLE TO PAY. 
          NOW WE DO CREDIT CARDS AND DIFFERENT THINGS LIKE THAT. 
          WOULD WE EVER BE ABLE TO WITH THIS CURRENT SOFTWARE SYSTEM THAT WE HAVE, GO BACK TO AN ACTUAL BILLABLE. 
          >> I MEAN, AS FAR AS A TECHNOLOGY FEE, THAT IS SOMETHING THAT IF COUNSEL DECIDES THEY DON'T WANT TO CHARGE SOMETHING LIKE THAT, IT'S AN ORDINANCE CHANGE. 
          THEN WE MAKE ADJUSTMENTS ON R N. THAT'S REALLY AT COUNSEL'S DISCRETION ON IT. 
          WHEN WE IMPLEMENTED THIS, WE WERE LOOKING KIND OF AT BEST PRACTICES ACROSS OTHER GOVERNMENT ENTITIES. 
          WE HAVE SEEN MORE TECHNOLOGY FEES AS PART OF THE WAY TO HELP GOVERNMENTS AFFORD THE CONTINUED RISING COSTS OF TECHNOLOGY. 
          THAT WAS SOMETHING THAT WAS PUT IN SEVERAL YEARS AGO, PROBABLY 2017, MAYBE I DON'T KNOW, SOMEWHERE IN THERE. 
          [05:35:05]
THAT'S COMPLETELY UP TO COUNSEL'S DISCRETION. 
          IF YOU'LL WOULD LIKE US TO REMOVE IT, THEN WE CAN BRING AN ORDINANCE CHANGE RELATED TO THAT, OR IF YOU'D LIKE US TO CHANGE IT, WE CAN CERTAINLY DO THAT AS WELL. 
          IT'S UP TO THIS BODY TO MAKE THAT ADJUSTMENT. 
          >> IT WOULD JUST BE ON THIS DEPARTMENT. IT WOULDN'T BE ACROSS THE BOARD. 
          >> IF YOU WANTED TO, I'M SURE BRIAN CAN WRITE IT THAT WAY. 
          >> CONSIDERATION FOR COUNSEL YOUNG THINK THROUGH THAT AS WE WORK THROUGH THE BUDGET. 
          IF YOU WANT TO CONTINUE, I KNOW I JUMPED IN ON THE FRONT END. 
          THOSE ARE JUST A FEW THINGS LIKE AS WE WALK THROUGH THIS ONE, THAT WOULD BE HELPFUL ON OUR SIDE. 
          >> THE OTHER CHANGE THAT WE'VE SEEN COMING THROUGH THIS BUDGET IS ON PAGE 525, AND THIS IS WHAT WE WERE JUST TALKING ABOUT WITH TECHNOLOGY. 
          IF YOU LOOK AT THE LEASE COMPUTER SOFTWARE ACCOUNT, 69 300, ABOUT A THIRD OF THE WAY DOWN THE PAGE. 
          WE USED TO UTILIZE TYLER TECHNOLOGY, AND IT WAS A MUCH MORE EXPENSIVE SOFTWARE PRODUCT RUNNING US CLOSER TO HALF A MILLION A YEAR. 
          THAT COST HAS COME DOWN, AND IT'S PRETTY MUCH IN LINE WITH WHAT OUR TECHNOLOGY FEE IS. 
          IT'S RIGHT AT ABOUT 110,000 PER YEAR. 
          SO THE TECHNOLOGY FEE IS COVERING THE COST OF THAT SOFTWARE, WHICH IN BEST PRACTICES, THAT'S HOW THAT'S NORMALLY DONE. 
          BUT, AGAIN, WE CAN DO WHATEVER COUNCIL DIRECTS US ON THAT. 
          NEXT, WE CAN TURN OVER TO ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH, AND WE'VE GOT SOME PROPOSED CHANGES IN ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH. 
          IF YOU'LL THE NUMBERS START AT THE VERY BOTTOM OF PAGE 531. 
          THIS IS A DEPARTMENT THAT HAS COME A LONG WAY OVER THE YEARS. 
          IT USED TO BE HIGHLY SUBSIDIZED BY THE GENERAL FUND. 
          NOW, I KNOW ANTHONY LOSES ALL SLEEP AT NIGHT, IF HE EVER HAS TO USE ANY GENERAL FUND MONEY. 
          I HAVE ATTEMPTED TO RECRUIT HIM A FEW TIMES OVER TO OUR BUDGET TEAM BECAUSE HE IS ONE OF OUR EXPERTS WHEN IT COMES TO BUDGETING. 
          HE ANALYZES ALL OF THEIR REVENUE SOURCES, STAYS DEFINITELY ON TRACK WITH STATE LAW CHANGES, WHICH I HAVE HEARD THERE'S SOME COMING DOWN THIS YEAR RELATED TO ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AREA. 
          THEN HE ALWAYS IS LOOKING FOR INNOVATIVE WAYS TO CONTINUE TO ACHIEVE FULL COST RECOVERY. 
          IN THIS BUDGET, WE HAD TALKED ABOUT THAT ENVIRONMENTAL HAD SOME VARIOUS RATE CHANGES. 
          ON THE FIRST ONE THAT HE HAS BUILT IN ACROSS THE BOARD ON HIS FEES IS THE SAME AS WHAT WE SAID, ON BUILDING SAFETY. 
          IT'S A 3% OR CPI INCREASE. 
          WHAT WE'VE BEEN USING THIS YEAR IS THE 3% AMOUNT, AND THAT'S ALREADY BUILT IN AND APPROVED IN HIS ONGOING ORDINANCES FOR HIS FEES. 
          THE OTHER SIDE OF IT IS HE IS PROPOSING A $0.50 PER MONTH VECTOR PROGRAM FEE ON UTILITY BILLS THAT WOULD FULLY COST RECOVER HIS VECTOR PROGRAM, ONE THAT HAS BECOME A VERY HOT TOPIC, I THINK THIS YEAR, ESPECIALLY AS WE'VE HAD A LOT OF RAIN. 
          I KNOW WE HAVE HAD TO SCRAMBLE TO PULL IN ADDITIONAL RESOURCES THIS YEAR TO HELP SUPPORT ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND ALL OF THEIR VECTOR PROGRAM. 
          THIS IS SOMETHING THAT I KNOW WE'VE TALKED ABOUT IN PREVIOUS YEARS, AND I SPOKE WITH OUR CITY MANAGER ABOUT IT, AND I KNOW ANTHONY DID AS WELL AND DONNY. 
          THIS WAS SOMETHING THAT WE FEEL WOULD BE VERY IMPORTANT TO HELP WITH THE STABILITY OF OUR GENERAL FUND. 
          THIS IS ALSO SOMETHING THAT'S VERY COMMON IN OTHER COMMUNITIES IS CHARGING A VECTOR CONTROL FEE. 
          I WOULD PASS IT OVER TO DONNY TO SHARE A LITTLE BIT MORE OR IF HE WANTS TO BRING ANTHONY UP TO TALK A LITTLE BIT ABOUT THE VECTOR. 
          I'M SORRY. I KEEP SAYING DONNY. 
          WE MAKE TOO MANY CHANGE. I'M SORRY. 
          >> MR RICH. 
          >> RICH. THANK YOU, RICH. 
          >> YEAH, THERE'S A COUPLE OF THINGS THAT COUNSEL SHOULD BE AWARE OF. 
          THERE'S BEEN SOME PRESSURE ON THEIR BUDGET THIS YEAR. 
          THERE HAVE BEEN THREE BILLS THAT CAME OUT OF THE STATE. 
          THE LATEST MOVES REGULATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF FOOD TRUCKS TO THE STATE LEVEL. 
          THE OTHERS CAP OR ELIMINATE SOME OF THE FEES THAT ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH WAS COLLECTING, AND THAT HAS ABOUT A HALF MILLION DOLLAR IMPACT ON THEIR REVENUES. 
          THEY'RE UNDER PRESSURE ALREADY. 
          AS FAR AS VECTOR CONTROL, OUR MOSQUITO CONTROL REQUESTS WENT UP 500% THIS YEAR, ABOUT 100% THE PREVIOUS TWO YEARS. 
          WE'RE SEEING INCREASED DEMAND FOR SERVICES, BUT WE ALREADY KNOW THAT WE HAVE A FUNDING GAP COMING. 
          THAT'S WHY WE STARTED LOOKING OR ANTHONY, I WON'T TAKE CREDIT. 
          [05:40:02]
STARTED LOOKING AT, HOW ARE WE GOING TO DEAL WITH, ONE, DECREASING FUNDING AND INCREASE OUR SERVICES. 
          WHEN WE LOOKED OUTSIDE OF OURSELVES, ADDING THE VECTOR CONTROL FEES PRETTY COMMON. 
          I THINK CANYON DOES $1.50 ON THEIRS. 
          BORGER DOES A DOLLAR. 
          I THINK HARFORD DOES A DOLLAR FOUR MONTHS OF THE YEAR, AND PANHANDLE DOES TWO. 
          THAT'S WHY WE WERE PROPOSING ABOUT 50 CENTS. 
          THAT GETS US ABOUT 400. 
          I THINK IT'S 439,000, SO IT MAKES UP THAT GAP AND ALLOWS US TO EXPAND OUR SERVICES. 
          THE OTHER THING THAT I DIDN'T KNOW, I ASSUMED COMING INTO THIS THAT MOSQUITO CONTROL IS A SUMMER ACTIVITY, AND IT'S REALLY NOT. IT'S YEAR ROUND. 
          BECAUSE WE'RE A DESERT, WE HAVE AN ALMOST YEAR LONG GROWTH SEASON FOR MOSQUITOS. 
          THEY'RE DOING THINGS LIKE MAKING SURE THAT WE'RE TREATING GROWTH AREAS ON PUBLIC LANDS. 
          I THINK THEY'RE FATHEAD MINNOWS. 
          WE'RE GROWING AS PREDATORS. 
          THEY WORK YEAR LONG TO CONTROL THE MOSQUITO POPULATION. 
          THAT WOULD ACTUALLY FUND THE HEAD COUNT WE NEED TO ACTUALLY GET ON TOP OF A PROBLEM WE KNOW WE HAVE. 
          >> ANTHONY, HOW DID THE NEW FEE SCHEDULE WORK? YOU KNOW, I KNOW YOU IMPLEMENTED THAT LAST YEAR, IS THAT CORRECT? HAS THAT HELPED? WAS IT WELL RECEIVED? PROBABLY WASN'T THAT WELL RECEIVED, HAS IT HELPED? 
          >> I'M ASSUMING YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT OUR FEE SCHEDULE FOR OUR FOOD PROGRAM? 
          >>YES. 
          >> WE DID IMPLEMENT A FEW CHANGES LAST YEAR, BUT ONE OF THE MAJOR IMPACTS WE'RE GOING TO SEE THIS FISCAL YEAR IS SENATE BILL 1008, WHICH ESSENTIALLY IT SETS A STATE STANDARD FOR WHAT YOU CAN CHARGE. 
          YOU CAN ONLY DO IT ONE OF TWO WAYS, AND IT CHANGES EVERYTHING THAT WE WERE DOING. 
          SO ESSENTIALLY, WE HAVE TO CHARGE WHAT THE STATE CHARGES, AND NOW IT'S BASED UPON GROSS SALES, AND THAT'S REALLY THE ONLY OPTION YOU HAVE. 
          IN SOME CASES, OUR FEES ARE GOING UP FOR SOME FACILITIES, AND OTHER FACILITIES ARE BEING ELIMINATED ALTOGETHER. 
          I THINK OVERALL, WE'LL LOSE ABOUT 350 PERMITTED FACILITIES. 
          HALF OF THAT WILL GO TO THE STATE AS THEY CLAWED THOSE BACK FROM US, AND THE OTHER HALF, WE ARE EXEMPTED FROM PERMIT. 
          WE JUST CAN'T PERMIT ANYMORE. 
          >> WHAT ABOUT THE ONES OUT OF MARKET? WE TALKED ABOUT OUTSIDE THE CITY THAT WE WERE INSPECTING, AND WE HAD A DIFFERENT FEE SCHEDULE. 
          ARE WE ALLOWED TO CHARGE DIFFERENTLY FOR THAT? 
          >> IT'S NOT. IT'S CAPPED. WOW. 
          >> CAN'T CHARGE ANYTHING OTHER THAN WHAT THE STATE CHARGES, WHICH IS THEY HAVE THREE TIER SYSTEM. 
          IT'S LIKE TIER 1, 2 OR 3, AND IT'S BASED UPON GROSS SALES, AND YOU CAN'T CHARGE. 
          >> NOT LOCATION LAW. 
          >> ANYTHING SORT OTHER THAN THAT. 
          >> IS IT BENEFICIAL FOR US TO CONTINUE TO DO THOSE INSPECTIONS OUTSIDE THE CITY BECAUSE I KNOW THAT THAT'S A HUGE DRAIN ON FUEL, TIME, ALL THE THINGS. 
          >> HONESTLY, I'M A BIG PROPONENT OF THE PUBLIC HEALTH DISTRICT, AND I THINK AMARILLO, BEING THAT SERVICE PROVIDER IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT. 
          IF NOT US, IT WOULD BE THE STATE OF TEXAS. 
          AND IF THE STATE OF TEXAS, YOUR SERVICE DELIVERIES WOULD GO WAY DOWN. 
          I MEAN, I THINK THEY HAVE THREE INSPECTORS FOR THE TOP 26 COUNTIES. 
          THEY DO ONE INSPECTION ROUGHLY EVERY 2 - 3 YEARS. 
          THAT'S JUST NOT ENOUGH. 
          I THINK OUR COMMUNITY AMARILLO AND OUR COMMUNITY, AS GREATER AMARILLO WOULD TRULY SUFFER IF WE DIDN'T CONTINUE BEING THE SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE PUBLIC HEALTH DISTRICT. 
          >> AS BIG A PROPONENT AS YOU ARE, LIKE I SAID, BEING EFFICIENT IN THAT TYPE DEAL. 
          RESPECT THAT FOR SURE. 
          >> SURE. 
          >> BUT THAT'S GREAT. THANK YOU. 
          >> I DO DEFINITELY THINK THERE'S OTHER WAYS AND OTHER THINGS WE SHOULD BE CONSIDERING FOR COST RECOVERY METHODS. 
          I'VE PUT FORTH SOME OF THOSE IDEAS AND THOUGHT PRACTICES, AND I THINK WE'LL HAVE FUTURE CONVERSATIONS ABOUT IT. 
          >> GREAT. 
          >> BUT I DEFINITELY THINK WE SHOULD LOOK AT STUFF LIKE THAT. 
          >> OKAY. GREAT. THANKS. 
          >> ONE THING IF YOU WANT TO DO THE COST RECOVERY, I NOTICE YOU'RE NOT TAKING ADVANTAGE OF THE TECHNOLOGY FEE. 
          [LAUGHTER] GO LOOK AT BUILDING SAFETY. 
          THEY'RE DOING A GOOD JOB WITH THAT. 
          WE USED TO, YOU TOOK IT OUT, SO IT MIGHT BE SOMETHING TO THINK ABOUT. 
          >> WE JUST HAD A TECHNOLOGY FEE COME AVAILABLE. 
          >> NOT YET, NOT SO FAST. 
          >> OURS WAS ELIMINATED ABOUT THREE YEARS AGO, I BELIEVE. 
          >> SO MOSQUITO MITIGATION AND OTHER INSECTS. 
          >> IT'S MOSQUITO AND BLACK FLY. 
          PRIMARILY, WE TREAT FOR MOSQUITO, BUT THE CHEMICALS WE SPRAY ALSO HAVE AN IMPACT ON FLY POPULATIONS. 
          >> WHAT'S YOUR COVERAGE AREA? 
          >> WE JUST DO THE LIMITS OF AMARILLO THAT'S A GREAT QUESTION. 
          WE ARE IN A PUBLIC HEALTH DISTRICT. 
          WE DO ALL SERVICES WITHIN THE PUBLIC HEALTH DISTRICTS, EIGHT ENTITIES, EXCEPT FOR MOSQUITO CONTROL, BECAUSE IT'S VERY COSTLY, AND IT'S ONLY PAID FOR OUT OF TAX DOLLARS CURRENTLY. 
          THAT IS LIMITED TO THE LIMITS OF AMARILLO. 
          >> RIGHT NOW WE'RE PAYING FOR IT OUT OF TAX DOLLARS. 
          YOU'RE PROPOSING TO PAY FOR IT ON A RATE PAY SYSTEM. 
          YOUR ONLY WAY TO REALLY MANAGE THAT OR THE ONE THAT YOU'VE PROPOSED IS THE WATER BILL. 
          [05:45:06]
          >> YOU HAVE THREE OPTIONS REALLY IN THE STATE OF TEXAS. 
          YOU HAVE EITHER TAXES. 
          YOU HAVE A MOSQUITO CONTROL DISTRICT, WHICH IS THE MODEL THAT THE STATE WANTS EVERYONE TO BE IN. 
          IT'S JUST THERE'S ONLY EIGHT OF THEM IN THE STATE OF TEXAS AND ARE VERY HARD TO PASS. 
          THEY HAVE TO PASS AT THE COUNTY LEVEL. 
          HAS TO GO TO THE CITIZENS FOR VOTE, AND IT'S A TAXING ENTITY. 
          IF WE DID THAT, I'D BE A GOOD PROPONENT OF IT, BUT IT TAKE A LOT OF WORK TO GET THERE, AND WE WOULD HAVE TO SERVICE THE ENTIRE DISTRICT. 
          ESSENTIALLY WHAT YOU SEE TODAY FOR OUR BUDGET WOULD PROBABLY TRIPLE OR QUADRUPLE IN ORDER TO DO THAT. 
          IT'S A GREAT LONG TERM OPTION, BUT IT'S NOT VIABLE TODAY. 
          I THINK THE BEST PATH FORWARD AND THE MOST COMMON WOULD BE A WATER RECHARGE. 
          >> YEAH. SO ON OUR WATER BILL, CURRENTLY, WATER USAGE, SEWER, TRASH, AND THEN DRAINAGE IS THE FOURTH ONE. 
          >> YES. THAT'S IT. 
          >> YES. 
          >> THEN I KNOW DRAINAGE WAS A BIG ONE TO GET OVER AND EDUCATE AND GET EVERYBODY TO UNDERSTAND. 
          BUT, LIKE, WE DEFINITELY HAVE SEEN IN THE LAST COUPLE OF YEARS THE FLOODING AND THE LARGE EXPENSE OF DRAINAGE AND HOW WE'RE TRYING TO MITIGATE, ALMOST 100 YEARS OF PLANNING WHERE THEY DAISY CHAINED, PUMPS AND PLAYS TOGETHER. 
          SO BEING ALL THINGS WATER BILL, I JUST WOULD LOOK FOR ANY OTHER WAY OTHER THAN PUTTING A SMALL CHARGE ON A WATER BILL. 
          I THINK IT LEADS YOU IN THAT CONVERSATION OF THAT REAL SLIPPERY SLOPE. 
          IT WASN'T TOO LONG AGO, LIKE OUR PDP, THEIR MAIN THING WAS LIKE A STREET FEE. 
          WE WERE GOING TO CHARGE JUST THE WATER USERS TO PAY FOR ALL THE STREETS. 
          THAT DIDN'T THAT DIDN'T REALLY SEPARATE THE COMMERCIAL GUY THAT DOESN'T LIVE HERE, WHO'S TEARING UP THE STREETS VERSUS OUT OF TOWN IN TOWN. 
          IT JUST THERE WAS A LOT OF UNFAIRNESS. 
          WE GOT A LOT OF PUSHBACK ON IT. 
          THE THING ABOUT THAT 50 CENTS IS, THAT'S ONLY 50 CENTS, BUT THE ISSUE IS PROBABLY THE COST IN PUTTING THAT ON A WATER BILL. 
          I THINK YOU'D HAVE SUCH AN UPFRONT COST WITH YOUR CUSTOMERS, WHO ARE OUR BOSSES SAYING, YOU ARE TRULY, LIKE NICKEL AND DIAMOND US TO DEATH DOWN HERE, LIKE 50 CENTS COME ON. 
          I WOULD BE A PROPONENT OF THE VECTOR PROGRAM AND BUILD YOU IN THE BUDGET, BUT PAY FOR IT WITH THE TAX DOLLARS. 
          I FIND IT EASIER TO FIND IT IN THE TAX RATE THAN I WOULD TO PUT IT OVER ON THE WATER BILL. 
          MR. PATH, DID YOU HAVE [OVERLAPPING] 
          >> I WAS GOING TO SAY, YES, THAT WOULD BE YOUR ONLY OPTION. 
          WE ONLY HAVE SO MANY VEHICLES TO UTILIZE FOR CHARGE AND CITIZENS. 
          IT EITHER IS TAXES OR IT IS THROUGH THE UTILITY BILL TYPICALLY. 
          SO OTHER THAN JUST YOUR FEES FOR BILLING SERVICE AND PERMITS AND SO FORTH, BUT THE ONLY WAY TO ACTUALLY CHARGE THE CITIZENS IS EITHER THROUGH TAXES OR UTILITY BILLS. 
          WELL, IF YOU IF YOU WISH TO REMOVE IT FROM A VECTOR FEE OFF UTILITY BILL, YOU'D HAVE TO YOU'D HAVE TO CUT SOME EXPENSES HERE IN ORDER TO APPLY TO THE TAX. 
          WE HAVE MAXED OUT IN THIS BUDGET HERE YOUR TAX OPTIONS. 
          >> I THINK THAT WE'RE PREPARED TO DO THAT. 
          I GREATLY RESPECT PREVIOUS COUNSEL, AND I THINK THIS COUNCIL OUR WILLINGNESS TO PROTECT THAT WATER BILL AND TO NOT STEP ACROSS THAT LINE OF START TO PUTTING THOSE ON IT BECAUSE LIKE THE VECTOR IS ONLY $0.50, BUT I PROMISE THERE'S ANOTHER SERVICE THAT WE COULD TIE TO THE WATER BILL AND THEN ANOTHER ONE AND ANOTHER ONE. 
          AND THEN THERE IS NO REGULATORY CONTROL ON THAT IN THE WAY LIKE WE SIT UP HERE. 
          WELL, IF WE WANT A TRIPLE OR QUADRUPLE OR 10X, THE VECTOR FEE, WE JUST COULD. 
          IT'S A RATE SYSTEM. 
          SAME WAY WITH LIKE A STREETS ISSUE, LIKE, YOU LOOK AT $400,000,000 WORTH OF STREET REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS. 
          YOU COULD EASILY HAVE A VERY LARGE AMOUNT OF MONEY ON A WATER BILL, WHERE AT SOME POINT, WE'VE LOST SIGHT OF THAT OLDER PERSON THAT LIVES IN THE CITY OF AMARILLO ON A FIXED INCOME, AND SO ON AND SO FORTH. 
          I APPRECIATE THE RESPECT AND THE THE PROTECTION OVER THAT WATER BILL. 
          I THINK WE AS COUNSEL SHOULD LOOK FOR, IS THIS 500,000. 
          >> IT'S ROUGHLY 440,000, I THINK. 
          >> I THINK THAT OUR EFFICIENCIES ARE DEFINITELY THERE AND BEING ABLE TO HELP FIND THAT MONEY FOR YOU. 
          YOU'RE REALLY GOOD ON COST RECOVERY. 
          YOU'VE DONE A GREAT JOB IN REALLY PUTTING IT TO THE PENNY AND WORKING SOME OF THOSE FEES, SO LET US TRY TO HELP YOU ON THAT AND THEN STILL HAVE MY SUPPORT ON THE VECTOR PROGRAM, JUST WANT TO BILL IT IN A WAY THAT GOES WITH THE SENTIMENT WE HAVE TOWARDS OUR CUSTOMER BASE. 
          >> MAYOR I JUST WANT TO REMIND YOU. 
          I DON'T THINK WE'VE TOTALLY LOST SIGHT OF THE SENIORS THAT MAY HAVE THAT BECAUSE WE FREEZE THEIR TAXES AT 865. 
          WE DO ACKNOWLEDGE THEM AND THEY'RE CONTINUING TO GET THOSE SERVICES, SO JUST A LITTLE NOTE THERE. 
          I'M NOT ARGUING WHAT YOU'RE SAYING AND I KNOW THIS, 
          [05:50:02]
BUT WE DO HAVE LOTS OF CHALLENGES THAT WE FACE, AND LIKE YOU SAID, WE'VE GOT TWO PLACES TO GET IT. 
          ONCE WE AGREE THAT THERE'S A PROBLEM, JUST LIKE WITH THIS, THEN THEN WE CAN COME TO THE SOLUTION, BUT JUST A LITTLE NOTE. 
          >> WELL, IT'S A GOOD REMARK AND WELL RECEIVED. 
          I DEFINITELY KNOW IT'S A BALANCE, AND SO JUST TRYING TO KEEP US BALANCED THERE, AND WE HAVE A DIFFERENT COUNCIL. 
          COUNCIL COULD FEEL DIFFERENTLY AS A BODY. 
          I KNOW PREVIOUSLY, WE WERE AGAINST ANY FEES GOING ON THE WATER BILL, SO BUT WE COULD HAVE THAT DISCUSSION AS WE GET INTO SOME OF THE OTHER STREET DISCUSSIONS. MS. LAURA. 
          >> ANYTHING ELSE ON ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH? WITH THAT, THEN I THINK WE ARE READY TO MOVE ON TO A FURTHER DISCUSSION ON THE CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM. 
          NOW, I WILL SAY, AS DONNY MENTIONED, TONY IN OUR CPN DE DEPARTMENT IS AN ABSOLUTE ROCK STAR, AND SHE ALSO PRESENTED A NICE BIGGER SHEET FOR YOU GUYS TO LOOK AT THAN WHAT WE HAVE IN THE BACK OF YOUR BUDGET BOOK. 
          IT'S A MUCH SMALLER PRINT, BUT THIS PACKET AND DONNY THESE HAVE ALL BEEN HANDED OUT TO COUNSEL AS WELL. 
          >> WHAT WAS THAT LAURA? 
          >> COUNCIL HAS A COPY OF THESE? 
          >> THEY DO HAVE COPIES OF THOSE. 
          >> THIS THICK PACKET HERE? DO ALL HAVE THIS?PERFECT. 
          THE FIRST TWO PAGES OF THIS THICK PACKET ARE A DUPLICATE OF WHAT'S IN YOUR CAPITAL TAB IN THE BACK OF YOUR BOOK. 
          I ALSO WANTED TO [INAUDIBLE] I'M GOING TO HAVE JUSTIN HAND OUT ONE MORE THING. 
          WE DIDN'T GET OUR CASH FLOWS ADDED INTO THE TAB, AND WE'LL ADD THAT INTO OUR PROPOSED BUDGET BOOK HERE SOON SO I JUST HAD HIM PRINT A COPY OF THIS OUT FOR Y'ALL SO WE CAN GO THROUGH THIS. 
          JUST REAL BRIEFLY. 
          THE PAGE THAT JUSTIN JUST HANDED OUT, THIS IS A CASH FLOW LOOKING AT OUR DEDICATED CONSTRUCTION FUNDS. 
          THIS DOES NOT INCLUDE WATER AND SEWER, IT DOES NOT INCLUDE DRAINAGE, IT DOES NOT INCLUDE AIRPORT. 
          THEIR CAPITAL IS ALL BUDGETED INSIDE EACH ONE OF THEIR OVERALL FUNDS, AND WE CAN FLIP BACK TO THOSE AT THE FRONT OF THE BOOK AS NEEDED, BUT WHAT I WANTED TO SHOW YOU ON HERE, YOU'LL SEE, THERE'S ABOUT EIGHT DIFFERENT CONSTRUCTION FUNDS THAT WE MAINTAIN THAT ARE MORE GENERAL TYPE CONSTRUCTION FUNDS, THEY ARE PROVIDED WITH MONEY THAT NORMALLY ORIGINATES INSIDE OF YOUR GENERAL FUND DEPARTMENT. 
          THE FIRST ONE THERE IS YOUR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION FUND. 
          THIS IS WHERE WHEN YOU SAW AN ALMOST $10 MILLION TRANSFER OUT OF GENERAL FUND TO GO FUND CAPITAL PROJECTS. 
          ON THE SECOND COLUMN HERE BY THE TOTAL IS WHERE THAT MONEY IS GOING. 
          WE MOVE THE MONEY OVER IN HERE AND IT HOLDS IT AS THE PROJECT IS BEING CONSTRUCTED AS SOON AS IT'S COMPLETED, THE PROJECTS CLOSED, IT'S CAPITALIZED, AND THEN IT IS REMOVED FROM THIS FUND, AND THEN WE START DEPRECIATING THE ASSET. 
          THE STREET ASSESSMENTS FUND, WHICH IS RIGHT NEXT TO IT THERE, YOU WILL SEE THAT FUND, WHAT WE USE IT FOR IS FOR ALL OF OUR DEVELOPER PROJECTS. 
          AS A DEVELOPER IS CONSTRUCTING STREETS, AND THEN GIVING THEM OVER TO THE CITY AND THE CITY'S ACCEPTING THEM, WE ARE RUNNING THOSE PROJECTS THROUGH THE STREET ASSESSMENTS FUND THERE. 
          THE NEXT ONE IS OUR STREET IMPROVEMENT FUND. 
          THIS IS THE FUND THAT OUR ANNUAL SUMMER MAINTENANCE TYPE PROGRAM IS GOING THROUGH, AND SO WHAT WE'RE TRYING TO DO IS ALL OF OUR STREET FUNDED PROJECTS OTHER THAN OUR 2016 VOTER APPROVED PROP 1 BONDS ARE RUNNING THROUGH THE STREET IMPROVEMENT FUND. 
          WE HAVE A GOLF COURSE IMPROVEMENT FUND. 
          IT STILL COLLECTS A FEE PER ROUND OF GOLF, AND IT USED TO COLLECT INSIDE THIS FUND, AND THEN THEY WOULD DO IMPROVEMENTS AS NEEDED TO THE GOLF COURSE. 
          WELL, SEVERAL YEARS AGO WHEN WE DID THE REDESIGN AND RECONSTRUCTION OUT THERE AT ROSS ROGERS, WE ISSUED DEBT FOR THAT, AND SO THOSE DOLLAR AMOUNTS THAT ARE COMING IN OFF OF THE ROUNDS OF GOLF ARE COMING THROUGH THIS FUND TO PAY FOR DEBT SERVICE ASSOCIATED WITH THAT DEBT ISSUANCE. 
          THE SOLID WASTE IMPROVEMENT FUND, THAT IS WHAT WE WERE TALKING ABOUT EARLIER WHEN WE WERE TALKING ABOUT SOLID WASTE, HOW THEY WERE GOING TO HAVE ABOUT HALF MILLION DOLLARS IN ENI PROJECTS. 
          [05:55:01]
THAT COMES THROUGH THIS FUND. 
          ALSO THE DUMPSTER REPLACEMENT PROGRAM RUNS THROUGH THIS FUND. 
          THEN THE EQUIPMENT THAT THEY'RE GOING TO PURCHASE FOR THE DANGEROUS STRUCTURE REMOVAL PROGRAM, WE'LL RUN THROUGH THIS FUND AS WELL. 
          THEN YOU HAVE A BIVINS IMPROVEMENT FUND WITH HARDLY ANY FUNDING IN IT. 
          THOSE FUNDS ARE RESTRICTED TO USE ON THE OLD BIVINS BUILDING WHERE THE CHAMBER OF COMMERCE AND CVB AND CENTER CITY ARE LOCATED. 
          THERE'S A SMALL AMOUNT OF FUNDING IN THERE THAT WE'RE PROBABLY GOING TO DO SOME REIMBURSEMENT SOON BECAUSE I BELIEVE THERE'S A PROJECT UNDERWAY IN THAT RIGHT NOW. 
          THEN YOU'LL SEE YOUR CIVIC CENTER IMPROVEMENT FUND. 
          AS I MENTIONED, WHEN WE COLLECT HOT TAXES, IT ESSENTIALLY SPLITS, HALF GOES TO CVB TO PAY THEM FOR DOING TOURISM EFFORTS, LESS 1.1 MILLION THAT THEY CONTRIBUTE TO DEBT SERVICE. 
          WE HAVE DEBT SERVICE THAT WE'RE PAYING ON THE PARKING GARAGE AND ON THE IMPEF, AND THEN WE PAY FOR THE NET OPERATING LOSS AT CIVIC CENTER. 
          EVERYTHING ELSE COMES INTO THIS FUND TO DO CAPITAL PROJECTS. 
          WE ARE EXCITED BECAUSE WE'RE GOING TO BE ABLE TO DO ABOUT 2.2 MILLION IN PROJECTS OUT OF THE CIVIC CENTER IMPROVEMENT FUND THIS YEAR. 
          PART OF IT WILL BE FUNDED BY VENUE DISTRICT AND PART BY THE CITY. 
          YOU'LL ALSO SEE AN M&O EXPENDITURE ON THE CIVIC CENTER IMPROVEMENT FUND. 
          THAT'S WHERE THEY'RE PASSING THE DEBT SERVICE ALONG TO PAY FOR. 
          THAT'S WHERE THEY'RE PAYING THE DEBT SERVICE ON THE BASEBALL PARK AND ON THE PARKING GARAGE. 
          THEN THAT LAST ONE IS WHERE WE HAVE BEEN DOING ALL OF OUR 2016 VOTER APPROVED BONDS, AND SO WE DO NOT HAVE ANY ADDITIONAL PROJECTS TO APPROVE IN THAT AREA. 
          WE'RE JUST TRYING TO SPEND OUT THE REMAINING MONEY. 
          YOU'LL SEE WE HAD ABOUT 23 MILLION LEFT AT THE END OF THIS LAST FISCAL YEAR 9/30/24. 
          >> ARE THOSE MONIES RESTRICTED? 
          >> YES. 
          >> JUST TO MAKE SURE WE'RE ALL STAYING ON THE SAME PAGE HERE. 
          THIS PIECE OF PAPER RIGHT HERE YOU'RE REFERRING TO AS A FUND. 
          WHAT'S THE NAME OF THIS FUND? 
          >> NO, THIS IS SEVERAL FUNDS. 
          THERE'S EIGHT FUNDS LISTED HERE. 
          THESE ARE ALL CONSTRUCTION FUNDS, LIKE GOVERNMENTAL CONSTRUCTION FUND. 
          >> THIS DOESN'T EXIST TOGETHER, IT'S ON ONE PAGE AS A SUMMARY, BUT EACH ONE IS ITS OWN FUND. 
          >> THAT'S CORRECT. 
          >> THEN YOU'RE REPRESENTING THE SAME THING, THE 24/25 UP TOP, THE 25/26 DOWN BELOW? 
          >> YES. 
          >> IF YOU LOOK AT THE '25, '26, WHEN YOU'RE REFERRING TO BOND PROCEEDS, IF WE GO TO STREET IMPROVEMENT, YOU SEE THE 28.1, AND THAT IS THE 2016 STREET BONDS. 
          >> SAY THAT AGAIN, WHAT NUMBER WERE WE. 
          >> GO DOWN TO '25, '26 LOWER HALF, BOND PROCEEDS OVER UNDER STREET IMPROVEMENT? 
          >> YES. 
          >> TWENTY EIGHT MILLION? 
          >> YES. 
          >> GO AHEAD. 
          >> IF YOU'LL GO BACK TO YOUR DEBT SCHEDULE BACK ON PAGE 660 IN YOUR BUDGET BOOK, THAT WILL TIE BACK TO OUR ESTIMATED SERIES 2026 DEBT ISSUANCE OF 28,170,000. 
          LET ME TELL YOU HOW WE GOT TO THAT NUMBER. 
          WE HAD TARGETED DOING ABOUT 20 MILLION PER YEAR. 
          WE WERE NOT ABLE TO ISSUE THE ARTERIAL RECONSTRUCTION BONDS FOR THIS CURRENT YEAR, AND SO WORKING WITH DONNY AND HIS TEAM, WE WOULD RECOMMEND GOING AHEAD AND ISSUING THOSE WITH NEXT YEAR'S ROUND OF ISSUANCES. 
          NORMALLY, THIS NUMBER WOULD BE CLOSER TO A LITTLE OVER 20 MILLION, BUT WITH THAT ADDITIONAL EIGHT MILLION, WE DID NOT INCLUDE THIS YEAR, IT WOULD BRING IT UP TO 28 MILLION. 
          AGAIN, IF COUNCIL WOULD LIKE. 
          THEN THAT WOULD GIVE US ESSENTIALLY 16 MILLION TO DO, WELL, I DON'T KNOW THAT'S GOING TO BE THE SPLIT NECESSARILY. 
          PART OF THE MONEY WOULD GO TOWARDS ARTERIAL RECONSTRUCTION, AND PART WOULD GO TOWARDS SUMMER MAINTENANCE, BUT IT'S NOT CALLED THAT. 
          >> YES. THE REASON THAT THAT ONE IS STILL UNDER DESIGN, THE CURRENT IS STILL UNDER DESIGN FOR RECONSTRUCTION. 
          >> WE HAVE MISSED OUR WINDOW TO ISSUE THOSE BONDS FOR THAT ARTERIAL RECONSTRUCTION IN THIS YEAR, AND SO WE WOULD HAVE TO PUSH IT INTO THE NEXT FISCAL YEAR. 
          >> YEAH, AND ISSUE BOTH OF THEM AT THE SAME TIME. 
          TWO YEARS OF THE CONSTRUCTION. 
          >> YEAH. I'M TRYING TO STAY CAUGHT UP HERE IF I GO BACK TO SERIES 2026 ESTIMATED UNDERNEATH PROPERTY TAX SUPPORTED DEBT. THAT'S WHERE YOU'RE POINTING ME TO. 
          >> YES. 
          >> THAT'S 4.7 MILLION. 
          >> NO. I'M SORRY. 
          IF YOU GO UP TO THE SECTION RIGHT ABOVE THAT, THE ONE YOU WERE LOOKING AT IS FOR THE FIRE APPARATUS? 
          >> CORRECT. 
          >> GO UP ONE MORE SECTION UNDER THE COMBINATION TAX AND REVENUE CERTIFICATES OF OBLIGATION? 
          >> GOT YOU. 
          >> THERE'S A SERIES 20. 
          >> THAT'S THE SERIES 2026. 
          [06:00:01]
          >> THAT'S FOR STREETS. YES. 
          >> IS THAT YOUR STREETS AT 28 MILLION? 
          >> YES, SIR. 
          >> THAT DOES NOT INCLUDE THE $34 MILLION IN THE 2016? 
          >> NO. THOSE HAVE ALL BEEN ISSUED, AND WE ARE JUST SPENDING OUT THE REMAINING BOND PROCEEDS. 
          PART OF IT WAS CASH FUNDING, BUT THERE WAS ABOUT 23 MILLION STILL SET ASIDE TO COMPLETE THE 2016 STREET PROJECTS AS OF SEPTEMBER 30TH, 2024. 
          YOU'LL SEE THAT NUMBER, MAYOR, ON THE FAR RIGHT AT THE VERY TOP ON THIS ONE PAGE SHEET. 
          FAR RIGHT, VERY TOP. SEE THE 23 MILLION NUMBER? 
          >> YES, MA'AM. 
          >> THAT WAS APPROXIMATELY WHAT WAS LEFT BETWEEN BOND PROCEEDS, AND THERE IS A LITTLE BIT OF CASH FUNDING IN THAT AS WELL, SUPPORTING THE COMPLETION OF THOSE PROP 1 PROJECTS. 
          >> DOES THAT INCLUDE THE INTEREST THAT WAS EARNED ON THOSE? 
          >> YES. IT INCLUDES ALL THE INTERESTS AS WELL. 
          >> WE HAD ROUGHLY 34 MILLION. 
          WE HAD THE FOUR MILLION IN INTEREST, SO 38, BUT THEN WE'VE DONE STREET WORKS WITH SOME OF THAT MONIES, AND THEN YOU'RE SAYING AFTER DESIGN AND WHATEVER ELSE WE HAD FOR THE GEORGIA PROJECT, THERE'S 23 MILLION LEFT. 
          >> IT'S NOT THE GEORGIA PROJECT. WELL. 
          >> IS IT NOT? 
          >> ARE YOU TALKING ABOUT THE RECONSTRUCTION? PART OF THAT RECONSTRUCTION IS FOR, ALL FOR GEORGIA. YOU'RE RIGHT. 
          >> IS THAT CORRECT? THAT'S WHERE THAT'S GOING. 
          THE 28 MILLION IS PROPOSED IN 2026? 
          >> I'M SORRY SAY THAT AGAIN. 
          >> THE 28 MILLION IS PROPOSED IN 2026? 
          >> YES. THE 28 MILLION HAS NOT BEEN ISSUED YET. 
          THAT WOULD BE OUR RECOMMENDATION FOR THE NEXT ROUND OF STREET DEBT ISSUANCES TO KEEP THOSE IMPROVEMENTS GOING TO OUR STREETS. 
          >> THROUGH TAX SUPPORTED DEBT? 
          >> YES, SIR. 
          >> THEN THIS BUDGET CONSIDERS THAT OR DOES NOT CONSIDER THAT? 
          >> IT WOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE FOLLOWING YEARS TAX RATE. 
          IT WOULD BE ON THE 2026 TAX RATE. 
          WE WOULD BE LOOKING AT THE DEBT SERVICE PAYMENTS FOR THAT AT THE SAME TIME NEXT YEAR. 
          IT WOULD BE ISSUED LATER IN THIS FISCAL YEAR, AND SO THE FIRST PAYMENTS WOULD NOT COME UNTIL THE '26, '27 FISCAL YEAR. 
          >> IN YOUR BUDGET DOCUMENTS, ALL YOUR PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST PAYMENTS IN THE '25, '26 IS ALL FOR DEBT YOU'VE ALREADY ISSUED. 
          WHETHER IT'S THIS YEAR OR LAST YEAR, SO THE NO SHE WOULD BE ISSUING NEXT YEAR WILL COME LIVE ON YOUR BUDGET THE FOLLOWING YEAR. 
          WHEN YOU LOOK AT BONDS TO BE ISSUED, THAT DEBT PAYMENT IS NOT SHOWN IN THIS BUDGET. 
          THAT'S A FUTURE BUDGET. 
          DEBT PAYMENT IS NO CHEAP ALREADY ISSUED. 
          >> LET ME ADD JUST ONE CLARIFICATION ON THAT. 
          THAT IS THE CASE WITH BOTH THE FIRE APPARATUS AND THE STREET PROJECTS, THE OTHER PROPOSED DEBT ISSUANCES, THE ONES FOR THE PIDS, THE ONE THAT WE HAVE NOT DONE YET FOR WATER AND SEWER THAT'S ALREADY BEEN APPROVED IN THE CURRENT YEAR'S BUDGET AND THE FLEET DEBT ISSUANCE, THOSE DEBT SERVICE AMOUNTS ARE INCLUDED IN YOUR PROPOSED BUDGET HERE. 
          THE REASON FOR THAT IS THEY ARE NOT CONTINGENT ON PROPERTY TAXES. 
          PROPERTY TAX, YOU CAN ONLY AFFECT THE PROPERTY TAX RATE ONCE A YEAR, AND SO ANYTHING THAT IS BACKED BY PROPERTY TAXES, WHICH WOULD BE OUR STREET PROJECTS AND OUR FIRE APPARATUS REPLACEMENT, WE HAVE A VERY SHORT WINDOW WHERE WE CAN ISSUE THOSE BONDS. 
          OTHERWISE, IT NEEDS TO GO INTO THE FOLLOWING YEAR'S TAX RATE. 
          ABSOLUTELY. 
          GRAYSON EXPLAINED THAT PERFECTLY ON WHAT WE'RE TALKING ABOUT HERE WITH THE STREET PROJECTS AND ALSO THE FIRE APPARATUS 
          >> THE 43 CENT PROPOSED RATE. 
          >> DOES NOT INCLUDE THOSE. 
          >> DOES INCLUDE ANYTHING THAT WILL BE ISSUED THAT'S TAX SUPPORTED? 
          >> THAT'S CORRECT. 
          >> ONLY GOING TO COVER OR CONSIDER THOSE THAT HAVE ALREADY BEEN VOTED IN, BUT HAVEN'T BEEN FUNDED YET. 
          >> YES. 
          >> NO, THEY'VE ALL BEEN FUNDED. 
          THEY'VE BEEN APPROVED, ISSUED, AND WE'VE RECEIVED THE FUNDS. 
          >> WELL, YOU ALREADY HAVE RECEIVED THE FUNDS. 
          >> YES. 
          >> WE ARE COMMITTED TO PAYING THAT DEBT NOW. 
          >> ON THIS PIECE OF PAPER RIGHT HERE, IS THIS HELPFUL IN FOLLOWING ALONG ON THE CIP? DO THESE TIE TOGETHER THE NUMBERS? 
          >> YES. THE NUMBERS THAT YOU'LL LOOK AT IS AT THAT VERY BOTTOM SECTION WHERE IT SAYS EXPENDITURES, AND YOU SEE CAPITAL EXPENDITURES, THOSE NUMBERS TIE BACK TO THE TOTALS COLUMNS ON THESE TWO PAGES. 
          BUT YOU CAN SET THIS ASIDE NOW. 
          I JUST WANTED TO WALK YOU THROUGH THE CASH FLOW STANDPOINT. 
          [06:05:02]
WE CAN TURN OUR ATTENTION ONCE THEY'RE READY. 
          I CAN WALK US THROUGH THE CIP, AND THEN WE CAN HAVE DONNA AND ANDREW AND JERRY GIVE FURTHER EXPLANATION ON A PROJECT-BY-PROJECT BASIS, IF YOU'RE READY. 
          IF YOU'LL PULL OUT THIS. 
          >> CAN WE PREFACE IT WITH SOMETHING, TOO BEFORE WE START, LAURA? ANDREW AND I ARE SITTING HERE TALKING ABOUT IT. 
          WE HAD SOME SOFTWARE ISSUES TODAY TRYING TO GET THIS TO YOU. 
          THERE WERE SEVERAL GLITCHES IN THE OLD SYSTEM AND THE NEW SYSTEM AND TRYING TO GET THIS PRINTED OUT AND GET IT DONE. 
          WE HAD TO GO BACK AND DO THIS IN A MANUAL WAY. 
          SOME OF THIS INFORMATION IN HERE IS NOT GOING TO BE CORRECT, BUT WE CAN WALK THROUGH IT AS WE GET TO. [OVERLAPPING] 
          >> ON THE BACK PAGES. I THINK IF THAT'S OKAY, CAN YOU ALL MAYBE DISREGARD THIS SMALL HANDOUT? WE NEED TO REPLACE THIS. 
          WE FOUND SOME SOFTWARE ISSUES ON THIS SMALL HANDOUT. 
          I THINK OUR TIME WOULD BE WELL USED TODAY IS GOING THROUGH THE THICK PACKET. 
          THE THICK PACKET IS WHAT WE'RE PROPOSING FOR THIS UPCOMING 26, 27 YEAR. 
          WE'LL JUST SET THOSE OTHER ONES AT THE SMALL ONE ASIDE, AND WE WILL GET YOU ALL A NEW COPY SOON ON THAT. 
          ON THIS THICK COPY HERE, WE'VE ALREADY TOUCHED BASE ON A LOT OF THESE ITEMS. I'M GOING TO WALK AS QUICKLY THROUGH THESE. 
          PLEASE STOP ME AS SOON AS YOU HAVE QUESTIONS. 
          BEHIND THE FIRST TWO PAGES, WHICH SUMMARIZES THE PROJECTS, ARE DETAILED PAGES RELATED TO EACH INDIVIDUAL PROJECT. 
          THERE'S MORE INFORMATION BACK THERE, AND THEN WE'VE GOT OUR SUBJECT MATTER EXPERTS RIGHT UP HERE TO ANSWER QUESTIONS. 
          THE FIRST PROJECT WE'RE GOING TO LOOK AT IS IN OUR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION FUND, AND WE ARE EXPECTING FULL GRANT FUNDING FOR IT. 
          AND IT'S THE EMERGENCY OPERATION CENTER. 
          THIS IS ONE. I'M GOING TO PASS IT TO ANDREW. 
          >> THIS IS ONE, IF YOU LOOK AT THE PROJECT SHEET, IT DOESN'T QUITE MATCH UP. 
          WE HAD AN ERROR WITH THE ONE WE PUT IN THERE. 
          BUT THIS WAS PART OF REPRESENTATIVE FAIRLEY PUT IN A REQUEST THROUGH THE STATE APPROPRIATIONS TO GO ORIGINALLY FOR EMERGENCY OPERATION CENTER, SIREN WAREHOUSE AND EQUIPMENT STORAGE WAREHOUSE. 
          WHAT ENDED UP GETTING PUT IN THE BUDGET WAS JUST EMERGENCY OPERATION CENTER IMPROVEMENTS, AND IT GOT INCREASED FROM WE WERE REQUESTING AROUND 1.5-2 MILLION. 
          IT GOT INCREASED TO FIVE MILLION. 
          WHAT WE PLUGGED IN IS BASICALLY A PLACEHOLDER FOR EMERGENCY OPERATION CENTER IMPROVEMENTS THAT WE'RE STILL GOING TO WORK THROUGH TDM TO GET ACCESS TO AND CONFIRM WHAT IT CAN BE USED FOR. 
          BUT THE GOAL WOULD BE TO REMODEL THE EXISTING EOC. 
          IT WOULD BE ADDING A SIREN AND A RESOURCE WAREHOUSE. 
          IT WOULD ALSO BE ADDING SOME EQUIPMENT AS FAR AS A FORKLIFT TO MOVE ALL THOSE SUPPLIES, AND ALSO A SIREN MAINTENANCE INSTALL VEHICLES. 
          ALL THAT'S CAPTURED IN THAT FIVE MILLION DOLLARS, BUT WE'RE STILL WORKING THROUGH THE STATE LOGISTICS ON HOW WE ACCESS THOSE FUNDS. 
          >> THE NEXT ONE DOWN IS OUR OUTDOOR WARNING SIREN SYSTEM EXPANSION. 
          THIS IS AN ONGOING ONE FOR $50,000 THAT OUR EMERGENCY OPERATIONS AREA HAS. 
          THEN DOWN IN OUR FACILITIES AREA, WE HAVE 600,000 FOR FACILITIES, CAPITAL MAINTENANCE, E&I. 
          THIS IS A WHOLE SLEW OF THINGS THAT WE THROW AT JERRY THROUGHOUT THE YEAR AS WE NEED NEW ROOFS OR WE NEED BOILERS OR ALL ITEMS THAT NEED TO BE ADDRESSED IN THE MULTITUDE OF FACILITIES ACROSS THE CITY OPERATIONS. 
          THE NEXT COUPLE OF ITEMS DOWN IS ACTUALLY OUR RECOMMENDATION TO FINISH USING THE REMAINING BOND PROCEEDS AND INTEREST EARNINGS FROM THE TAX NOTES WE ISSUED FOR CITY HALL. 
          JERRY, AS YOU GUYS ALL KNOW, BROUGHT THE PROJECT IN UNDER BUDGET, AND HE'S VERY GOOD ABOUT DOING THAT. 
          THERE'S A LITTLE BIT OF BUDGET SAVINGS FROM THE CITY HALL PROJECT ALONG WITH SOME INTEREST EARNINGS. 
          I THINK WE WERE ANTICIPATING ABOUT 2.8 MILLION IN TOTAL. 
          WE ARE RECOMMENDING TO DEMOLISH THE OLD CITY HALL FOR 1.5 MILLION. 
          WE HAVE ALREADY SOME SPACE NEEDS HERE AT THE NEW CITY HALL. 
          IT'S AMAZING WE'RE A FEW MONTHS IN, AND WE'VE ALREADY OUTGROWN SOME OF OUR SPACES. 
          LOOKING TO FINISH OUT SOME ADDITIONAL SPACE HERE IN THIS BUILDING FOR ABOUT 1.2 MILLION. 
          THEN WE HAVE SOME SHELVING NEEDS HERE FOR THE NEW CITY HALL, FOR OUR CITY SECRETARY DEPARTMENT AND OUR VITAL STATISTICS DEPARTMENT, PRICED AROUND 115,000. 
          THAT IS NOT NEW MONEY, THAT'S EXISTING MONEY THAT HAS ALREADY BEEN ISSUED THAT WE ARE NEEDING TO SPEND TIMELY TO COMPLETE THAT DEBT ISSUANCE. 
          THE NEXT ONE DOWN IS APD CHILLER REPLACEMENT OF 547,000. 
          [06:10:04]
WE ARE LOOKING TO DO A NORTH BRANCH ROOF REPLACEMENT FOR OUR LIBRARY FACILITY FOR 759,000. 
          WE ARE ALSO LOOKING TO DO SIMS MUNICIPAL BUILDING IT SERVER, HVAC REPLACEMENT FOR 156,000. 
          THEN THE LAST ONE IN OUR FACILITIES AREA IS THE DOWNTOWN LIBRARY ROOF AND HVAC REPLACEMENT AT 1.8 MILLION. 
          NEXT SECTION DOWN. 
          >> CAN I ASK A QUESTION? 
          >> YEAH, SORRY. 
          >> DONNA, GO AHEAD. 
          >> THESE HARD NUMBERS. WE'RE JUST GUESSING. WHAT IS THIS? 
          >> NO, THEY'RE NOT HARD NUMBERS. 
          WHAT WE DO IN A SCENARIO LIKE THAT IS WE'LL GET ESTIMATES FROM MULTIPLE VENDORS. 
          KEEP IN MIND THE NUMBERS; IT'S NOT JUST A ROUGH NUMBER. 
          THE NUMBER IS TO RAISE CHILLERS, TO MOVE ELECTRICAL. 
          IT'S A LOT MORE COMPLEX THAN JUST REPLACING A ROUGH. 
          >> IT'S A LITTLE STEEP. 
          >> IT IS A BIG NUMBER, BUT WE ARE TALKING ABOUT RAISING A CHILLER SYSTEM UP AND CHANGING THAT DUCT WORK AND THEN CHANGING THE ELECTRICAL THAT FEEDS IT. 
          THEN IT EVEN INCORPORATES SOME ISSUES WITH THE FIRE MARSHAL AS WELL TO MAKE SURE WE'VE GOT SOME OF THOSE ISSUES ADDRESSED, TOO. 
          >> GREAT. THANK YOU. 
          >> ON THE OLD CITY HALL DEMOLITION, WHAT'S OUR PLANS FOR WHAT WILL GO THERE AFTER THE BUILDING IS DOWN? 
          >> WELL, THAT NUMBER THAT YOU'VE GOT ON OLD CITY HALL DEMOLITION REFLECTS MULTIPLE THINGS AS WELL. 
          KEEP IN MIND, THE ELECTRICAL OUTLET OF THE OLD CITY HALL ACTUALLY FEEDS PART OF THE EXISTING CIVIC CENTER. 
          THAT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM HAS TO BE MOVED. 
          IT'S NOT JUST A STRAIGHT-UP DEMOLITION PROJECT. 
          OLD CITY HALL IS TIED IN WITH THE CIVIC CENTER AS FAR AS BACKUP ON REFRIGERATION. 
          WE'VE GOT CHILL WATER LOOPS THAT RUN THROUGH THERE. 
          THE CHALLENGE IS WHEN WE TAKE THAT OUT, WE'RE JUST LOOKING AT A GREEN SPACE GOING BACK IN, AND I DO WANT TO SAY THIS IN FRONT OF EVERYBODY. 
          NO PLANS ARE IN EXISTENCE TO TAKE THAT FOUNTAIN OUT OF PLACE NOR THOSE DEDICATION BRICKS. 
          >> WHAT ABOUT THE TREES? 
          >> [LAUGHTER] THANK YOU, COUNCIL MEMBER. 
          >> I'M JUST GIVING YOU A SOFTBALL. 
          >> IT'S GOING TO HAPPEN, YES, I WILL TEAR UP SOME TREES TAKING DOWN THE BUILDING. 
          >> WILL IT JUST BE GRASS? WILL THERE BE NO TREES LEFT? 
          >> NO, WE STILL HAVE TO MEET DOWNTOWN STANDARDS WHEN WE DO SOMETHING LIKE THIS. 
          THE GREEN SPACE IS GOING TO BE REGULATED. 
          WE'LL COORDINATE THAT WITH PLANNING IN PARKS DEPARTMENT AS FAR AS WHAT'S THE BEST DESIGN THAT WOULD FIT THAT LOCATION? 
          >> WELL, I THINK WHATEVER WE CAN DO TO MAKE IT NOT JUST SOMETHING OTHER THAN A PARKING LOT IN ASPHALT, BUT SOMETHING THAT COULDN'T BE USEFUL IN THE INTERIM UNTIL SOMETHING ELSE, IF ANYTHING ELSE EVER HAPPENS WITH THAT. 
          >> THAT WILL BE CONSIDERED. 
          THAT WILL BE PRESENTED TO COUNCIL TO TAKE A LOOK AT. 
          >> IS THAT PART OF THE 1.5 MILLION? 
          >> IT IS INITIALLY. UNLESS SOMEBODY ASKED FOR AN AMPHITHEATER OR SOMETHING LIKE THAT, THAT'S OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OF WHAT WE ESTIMATED THAT WE WOULD BE DOING. 
          >> THANK YOU. 
          >> OUR NEXT SECTION DOWN IS A PROJECT FOR MUNICIPAL COURT, AND THIS IS FOR A FIRST-FLOOR REMODEL. 
          IT'S ACTUALLY OUR MUNICIPAL COURT AND OUR POLICE DEPARTMENT ON THE FIRST FLOOR OVER AT THE POLICE BUILDING. 
          THIS IS A FULL REVAMP OF THAT AREA, AND I'LL LET ANDREW AND JERRY EXPLAIN A LITTLE MORE. 
          >> THIS IS ACTUALLY THE FIRST THREE PHASES OF A FIVE-PHASE PROJECT THAT WOULD ACTUALLY BE AROUND 6.5 MILLION. 
          WE TRIED TO REDUCE IT DOWN TO AS LOW OF A NUMBER AS WE COULD WHILE STILL GOALS AND ALSO THE ADA REQUIREMENTS ONCE WE START TOUCHING CERTAIN AREAS, BUT THIS CAME ABOUT FROM AN EFFICIENCY STANDPOINT, BUT MORE IMPORTANTLY A SAFETY STANDPOINT, FROM AN AUDIT THAT WAS DONE AT MUNICIPAL COURT, WHICH I WON'T DO JUSTICE ON TRYING TO EXPLAIN. 
          IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS, WE'VE GOT DONNA, JUDGE HAMILTON HERE. 
          BUT AS FAR AS THE CONSTRUCTION PLAN, IN THESE FIRST THREE PHASES, YOU'VE GOT THE FRONT ENTRANCE OF MUNICIPAL COURT, SOME OFFICE ADDITIONS, CONFERENCE ROOM, BAILIFF AREA, AND BREAK ROOM REMODEL. 
          IT'S ABOUT 3,000 SQUARE FEET, AND ALSO INCLUDES A METAL DETECTOR AND BAG SCANNER TO GO WITH IT. 
          WE ALSO HAVE ALL THE ADA IMPROVEMENTS REQUIRED FOR TOUCHING THE PROJECT. 
          PHASE 2 WILL BE UPGRADING AND REMODELING THE PUBLIC AND COURT RESTROOMS. THAT'S ABOUT 1,000 SQUARE FEET. 
          THEN THE LAST PIECE IS REMODELING THE COURTROOM CENTRAL JURY, 
          [06:15:01]
AND LEGAL OFFICES AROUND 4,800 SQUARE FEET AND THE COURTROOM HALLWAYS. 
          >> NEXT ONE DOWN IS AN AED REPLACEMENT PROGRAM FOR OUR POLICE DEPARTMENT OF $75,000. 
          I THINK THIS IS AN ONGOING ONE. 
          >> YES. WE'VE STILL GOT A FEW YEARS LEFT TO TRYING TO KEEP UP ON AED REPLACEMENT. 
          >> NEXT, WE'VE GOT AN ENI ACCOUNT THAT WE'RE HOPING TO SET UP FOR ANIMAL MANAGEMENT AND WELFARE. 
          >> YES, THIS ONE WE WERE TRYING TO TAKE A DIFFERENT APPROACH ON. 
          IT WAS ORIGINALLY INSERTED AS CAT ROOM KENNEL REMODEL AND JUST ANOTHER PHASE OF KENNEL REMODELS. 
          WE DECIDED TO TRY AND PLACE IT AS AN ENI ACCOUNT TO GIVE US A LITTLE MORE FLEXIBILITY OF WHAT THAT MONEY CAN GO TOWARD, WHETHER IT'S PROGRAMMATIC, MICROCHIPPING, VOUCHER OR ITS FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS. 
          KNOWING 650,000, ONE, NOT GOING TO GO VERY FAR OUT THERE, AND TWO, KNOWING THE STATE OF THE BUILDING AND GOING THROUGH SOME OF THE WORK WE'VE BEEN TRYING TO ACCOMPLISH WITH FACILITIES. 
          ONCE WE START TOUCHING IT, THE STATE GETS INVOLVED, AND THEY MAY REQUIRE US TO UPDATE THE ENTIRE BUILDING FOR ADA, WHICH MAKES IT COST-PROHIBITIVE. 
          THIS IS JUST TO ALLOW SOME FLEXIBILITY, BUT STILL SETTING ASIDE THAT AMOUNT TO INVEST INTO AMW. 
          >> WE'RE JUST EARMARKING THIS MONEY JUST FOR AMW. 
          WE DON'T KNOW WHAT FOR, JUST SOMETHING. 
          >> YES. IT'S EITHER GOING TO BE PROGRAMS CONTINUING. 
          WE'VE GOT TO SET ASIDE RIGHT NOW FOR VOUCHERS OF AROUND 500,000, I BELIEVE FOR VOUCHERS THAT PROGRAM. 
          THIS COULD GO TOWARD CONTINUING THAT PROGRAM BECAUSE IN THE CURRENT BUDGET, WE DON'T HAVE AN ONGOING REVENUE SOURCE OR EXPENSE LINE ITEM 4 FOR THOSE EXPENDITURES. 
          THIS COULD CONTINUE TO GROW THAT PROGRAM, OR WE CAN CONTINUE TO WORK WITH FACILITIES TO FIND THE BEST WAY TO INVEST THOSE DOLLARS THAT WILL ALLOW US TO MEET ADA AND THOSE REQUIREMENTS OR I THINK WE'LL PROBABLY CONTINUE TO HAVE DISCUSSIONS WITH COUNSEL OF WHAT THE LONG-TERM PLAN IS FOR THE AMW FACILITY, IF WE CONTINUE TO THROW MONEY INTO THAT OUTDATED FACILITY, OR DO WE TRY AND FIGURE OUT AN ALTERNATIVE. 
          >> THANK YOU. 
          >> OUR NEXT SECTION IS RELATED TO PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT SERVICES. 
          I'M GOING TO LET ANDREW WALK US THROUGH EACH ONE OF THESE. 
          >> YES. THE BUSINESS IMPROVEMENT GRANT, WE'VE BEEN GOING FOR A COUPLE OF YEARS NOW AND HAVE EXHAUSTED THOSE FUNDS THROUGH OUR NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN PROCESS. 
          THIS IS TO CONTINUE THAT PROGRAM. 
          IT'S A MATCHING GRANT. 
          IT'S AROUND $20,000 MATCH. 
          THE BUSINESSES THAT ARE MAKING IMPROVEMENTS HAVE TO BE OUTWARD-FACING INVESTMENTS IN THE FACILITY, AND THEY HAVE TO MATCH IT. 
          DOLLAR FOR DOLLAR, BUT WHAT WE'VE SEEN IS USUALLY IT'S 2:01, 3:01, SO WE'RE SEEING MAJOR INVESTMENTS TO ENCOURAGE THAT REINVESTMENT, THAT ALSO JUST ENCOURAGES THE ENTIRE NEIGHBORHOOD TO CONTINUE TO INVEST IN THEIR BUILDINGS. 
          THEN WE'VE GOT QUITE A FEW, THE SAFE STREETS FOR ALL, PHASE 1, PHASE 2, AND THEN THE ROUTE 66 GATEWAY. 
          THOSE ARE SAFE STREETS FOR ALL PROGRAM PROJECTS. 
          THE FIRST YEAR IS STRICTLY FOR DESIGN. 
          THEN WE HOPE TO TAP IN IN THE FOLLOWING YEARS FOR CONSTRUCTION THROUGH THE MPO, CATEGORY 7 FUNDS, AND OTHER OPPORTUNITIES TO ACTUALLY COMPLETE THE CONSTRUCTION. 
          THEN THE SAME GOES FOR SOUTHWEST 45TH AS FAR AS PEDESTRIAN SAFETY PROJECTS. 
          THESE ARE REALLY DESIGNED TO GET SHOVEL-READY FOR FUTURE DOLLARS THAT WE CAN GET THROUGH OTHER PROGRAMS. 
          >> ONTO THE NEXT AREA, WE'VE ALREADY TALKED ABOUT TWO OF THESE FAIRLY EXTENSIVELY WHEN WE WERE TALKING EARLIER TODAY ABOUT THE RED LIGHT CAMERA OR THE PHOTO TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT FUND. 
          IN OUR TRAFFIC AREA, YOU'LL SEE THAT THE FIRST PROJECT IS THE TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS IMPROVEMENTS ENI OF 600,000 AND THAT WILL COME FROM THE PHOTO TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT FUNDING. 
          THE VERY LAST ONE IN THAT SECTION IS THE TRAFFIC SIGNAL NEW CONSTRUCTION OF 600,000, ALSO TO COME FROM THAT PHOTO TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT FUNDING AS WELL. 
          THEN WE HAVE TWO IN THE MIDDLE THERE FOR PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND ARTERIAL STREET LIGHTS THAT WOULD JUST COME FROM OUR GENERAL FUND OF 65,000 AND $60,000. 
          >> NEXT ITEM DOWN IS ONE THAT WE SEE EVERY YEAR. 
          IT'S OUR PARK MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT AND IMPROVEMENT, AND THAT IS AT 922,000, AND THEY DO A WIDE VARIETY OF PROJECTS EACH YEAR OUT OF THAT FUNDING. 
          OUR FIRE OPERATIONS, WE HAVE TALKED A LOT ABOUT THAT VERY LAST PROJECT IN THE FIRE CATEGORY OR IN THE FIRE SECTION. 
          THAT IS THE 4.7 MILLION THAT ALSO IS ON THE DEBT SCHEDULE TO DO FIRE APPARATUS, 
          [06:20:03]
AND I BELIEVE IT'S THREE ENGINES? 
          >> YES. THAT'S CORRECT. 
          >> THREE ENGINES THAT WE'RE LOOKING TO REPLACE FOR THE 4.7 MILLION. 
          THEN THE TOP ONE THERE, THE FIRE APPARATUS EQUIPMENT, WE NEED SOME ADDITIONAL DOLLARS TO PUT EQUIPMENT ON THAT FIRE APPARATUS AS IT COMES IN. 
          THEN WE ARE LOOKING TO DO SOME REPAIRS OR IMPROVEMENTS AT THE FIRE TRAINING TOWER, AND THEN DO EMS CARDIAC MONITORS. 
          >> YES. 
          >> THEN THE NEXT ONE DOWN IS OUR FIRE MARSHAL IS NEEDING SOME OFFICE RENOVATIONS, AND WE'VE GOT BUDGETED 120,000 THERE. 
          >> THAT'S FROM COMBINING THE PREVIOUS FIRE MARSHALS OFFICE WITH MORE EMPLOYEES FROM FIRE. 
          THEY'RE VERY TIGHT QUARTERS IN THAT LOCATION THAT THEY'RE IN. 
          THIS WOULD ALLOW THEM MINOR REMODEL TO HAVE SOME MORE OFFICE SPACE FOR THE STAFFING THAT WE BROUGHT IN WITH THE REORGANIZATION. 
          >> I'M SORRY, QUESTION? 
          >> WELL, IT'S BEEN A MINUTE, BUT I'M JUST THINKING THAT. 
          FOR THIS CITY HALL, WE'RE EXPANDING THIS TO, YOU SAID, 1.2 MILLION. 
          WHERE HAVE WE RUN OUT OF SPACE? WHAT DEPARTMENT? 
          >> FINANCE DEPARTMENT AND IT. 
          >> POTENTIALLY SOME WITH OENI. 
          >> YEAH. 
          >> OENI. 
          >> THANKS. 
          >> THE NEXT SECTION DOWN IS OUR STREET IMPROVEMENT FUND. 
          WE ACTUALLY KEEP THIS IN ITS OWN FUND TO KEEP OUR STREET DOLLARS SINCE THEY'RE A HIGH PRIORITY BY OUR COUNCIL. 
          WE KEEP IT IN OUR STREET IMPROVEMENT FUND. 
          THE FIRST ONE IS THE STREETS ENI, AND SO THIS I'LL LET DONNY TALK WHAT STREETS ENI IS USED FOR. 
          THIS IS AN ANNUAL FUNDING THAT WE SEND OVER FOR 2.5 MILLION. 
          >> THIS WOULD NORMALLY BE SOMETHING WE'D USE FOR MILL AND FILL OR DEVELOPMENT. 
          AGAIN, THE USE FOR IT NOW BE FOR DEVELOPMENT PARTICIPATION IN FUNDING OTHER LARGER REPAIRS AND PROJECTS THAT WE HAVE THROUGHOUT THE YEAR. 
          THEN YOU LOOK AT THE ARTERIAL RECONSTRUCTION. 
          THERE'S A COUPLE OF THOSE IN THERE. 
          ONE OF THOSE IS FOR ONGOING PLANS FOR RECONSTRUCTION, AND THEN THE OTHER ONE WOULD BE ONE FOR 24/25, AND THEN ONE OF COURSE FOR 25/26. 
          SO THAT WOULD BE TWO RECONSTRUCTION PROJECTS. 
          THEN THE FINAL ONE IS A VARIOUS RE-STREET RESURFACING, THAT'S SUMMER MAINTENANCE PROGRAM THAT YOU GUYS HAVE FUNDED AS WELL. 
          >> THOSE ARE THE PROJECTS THAT WOULD COME FROM THE PROPOSED DEBT ISSUANCE WE TALKED ABOUT JUST A MINUTE AGO ON PAGE 660 FOR 28,000,170. 
          >> TO DRILL DOWN IN THAT, LET'S MAKE SURE WE DIDN'T MISS ANYTHING. 
          THE 12 MILLION STREET RESURFACING CURRENTLY BUILT WITHIN THE CURRENT RATE? 
          >> CORRECT. 
          >> WITHIN THE $0.38, THAT 12 MILLION IS FUNDED? 
          >> NO. IT WOULD BE IN THE NEXT YEAR'S PROPERTY TAX RATE. 
          BECAUSE WE DID ISSUE DEBT FOR 12 MILLION FOR STREET RESURFACING THIS YEAR, BUT THIS IS GOING TO BE YEAR 2 OF THAT PROGRAM. 
          IT'D BE A NEW DEBT ISSUANCE. 
          >> WHAT WE HAVE ISSUED THE 12 MILLION IS WITHIN THE $0.38? 
          >> YES. BUT THIS IS THE NEXT YEAR OF PROJECTS. 
          >> THIS IS AN ADDITIONAL 12 MILLION THAT WOULD BE WITHIN THE $0.43. 
          >> NO. IT WOULD BE ADDED INTO THE NEXT YEAR'S TAX RATE. 
          >> GO AHEAD. 
          >> NO, I WAS GOING WHERE YOU WERE GOING AT FIRST, BUT WE HAVE THE PROGRAM THAT'S ONGOING NOW, BUT THIS IS THE ONE FOR NEXT YEAR. 
          >> I'M GOING TO RESTATE IT. THE 12 MILLION PREVIOUS IS WITHIN THE $0.38. 
          >> IT'S WITHIN THE $0.43 THAT WE ARE APPROVING RIGHT NOW. 
          BECAUSE WE ISSUED THE DEBT IN THIS YEAR, SO WE WILL PAY THE FIRST ROUND OF DEBT SERVICE IN THIS NEXT YEAR'S BUDGET. 
          OUR PROPERTY TAX RATE OF $0.43 IS PAYING FOR THAT DEBT SERVICE FOR THE FIRST TIME. 
          >> SAY IT AGAIN. I'M FOLLOWING YOU. 
          >> TYPICALLY, YOUR FIRST PAYMENT IS ABOUT 6-8 MONTHS AFTER YOU GET THE MONEY? WE GOT THE MONEY EARLIER THIS CALENDAR YEAR. 
          THEN THE FIRST PAYMENT IS PROBABLY WHAT? NOVEMBER THIS YEAR? 
          >> I BELIEVE THEY'RE IN FEBRUARY. 
          >> FEBRUARY. 
          >> THE 7.9 MILLION FUTURE BOND PROCEEDS AS WELL? 
          >> YES, SIR. 
          >> ON TOP OF THE $0.43? 
          >> YES. IT WOULD BE IN THE 2026 TAX RATE. 
          >> THE 8.26 ANNUAL THAT'S ON TOP OF AS WELL? 
          >> YES, THAT WOULD BE IN A FUTURE TAX RATE. 
          >> THEN YOUR 28 MILLION, IS THAT CUMULATIVE OF ALL THOSE THREE? 
          >> YES, SIR. THAT'S JUST THE TOTAL. 
          >> DONNY, HELP ME REMEMBER. 
          THE 12 MILLION THAT WE ALREADY PUT OUT IN THE ROADS, WE'VE ALREADY FUNDED IN THE $0.43, AND IT'S ALREADY GONE. 
          YOU'VE GOT THOSE HEADING THAT DIRECTION, RIGHT? 
          [06:25:02]
          >> CORRECT. THE PROJECT THAT IS UNDERWAY NOW. 
          >> THEN WE DID $2 MILLION LESS? 
          >> FOR PATCHING? CORRECT. 
          >> PLUS WE HAVE 34 MILLION IN EXISTING BOND REVENUES. 
          THAT ARE GOING OUT. THEY'RE ALREADY COMMITTED TO GEORGIA, BUT THESE MONIES WON'T GO TO [OVERLAPPING] 
          >> IT GOES TO 23 AT THIS POINT. 
          >> WHAT DO YOU MEAN 23? I GUESS I'M LOST. 
          WE WERE AT 38, AND SO DID WE SPEND DOWN SOME OF THAT MONEY FOR OTHER STREET PROJECTS? 
          >> YES. DONNY AND THEM HAVE BEEN WORKING DILIGENTLY TO SPEND THAT MONEY DOWN AS FAST AS THEY CAN. 
          WE'RE DOWN TO 23 MILLION LEFT. 
          >> THIS GOES BACK TO DONNY'S PRESENTATION EARLIER THIS YEAR, TALK ABOUT THE GANTT CHART, TRYING TO GET THE PROP ONE OR TWO FUNDS SPENT DOWN. ONE OF THEM WITH GEORGE TO. 
          BUT THERE WERE SEVERAL OTHER PROJECTS THAT WERE IN VARIOUS STAGES OF EITHER CONSTRUCTION OR DESIGN THAT THOSE ARE ALL BEING WORKED ON BEHIND THE SCENES. 
          THAT MONEY IS BEING SPENT DOWN. 
          >> RUN THE TOTAL WITH ME, IF YOU WOULD, 38 MILLION PLUS FOUR MILLION. WE'RE AT 42. 
          THEN DONNY, WE ADD THE 12 ON TOP OF THAT. 
          THAT'S 54 MILLION. 
          THAT'S BEFORE WE GET TO THIS SHEET. 
          I WANT TO MAKE SURE BECAUSE IT'S COMPLICATED. LET ME START OVER. 
          >> THE TWO MILLION WAS OUT OF YOUR WORKING BUDGETS AND YOUR GENERAL FUNDS. 
          THOSE WERE NOT BOND FUNDS. 
          >> CORRECT. I'M NOT SEPARATING BOND FUNDS. 
          BECAUSE YOU'VE GOT 2016 BOND FUNDS. 
          THEN YOU'VE GOT 2026 FUTURE PLUS YOU'VE GOT A 12 THAT IS IN YOUR CURRENT. 
          >> YOU'RE LOOKING AT TOTAL STREET WORK IS WHAT YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT. 
          >> I'M JUST LAYING OUT THE TOTAL OUTLAY. 
          YOU HAD 38 MILLION, AND WE'VE SPENT, SAY 15 MILLION OF THAT IF YOU'RE TELLING ME THERE'S 23 LEFT. 
          BUT THERE WAS 38, THEN WE PUT OUT TWO $2 MILLION CONTRACTS, IS THAT RIGHT? 
          >> I THINK THAT'S CORRECT. WE DID TWO DIFFERENT [OVERLAPPING] 
          >> 2.5. 
          >> AN ADDITIONAL TWO THERE SO THERE'S SEVEN. 
          SO 38+7. 
          SO WE'RE AT 45. THEN WE DID THE 12 MILLION. 
          WE WOULD GO ON TOP OF THAT. 
          THAT'D BE 57 TOTAL. 
          >> IT WASN'T 4+2.5. 
          I THINK IT WAS 2.5 AND 2. 
          IT WAS 4.5, NOT 7.5. 
          >> I APOLOGIZE. I THOUGHT THERE WERE TWO $2.5 MILLION CONTRACTS THAT WERE LET TOTAL OF 5 MILLION, CORRECT, ALAN? IT IS 7.5 [OVERLAPPING] 
          >> FIVE AND A TWO? 
          >> YES. NOT 7.5 BUT 7. 
          WE'RE AT 57 MILLION. 
          FOLLOW. WE ALL AGREE? I'M TRYING TO MAKE SURE I'M SEPARATING, THAT 57 MILLION ALREADY [OVERLAPPING] 
          >> IT MAY BE BEST THAT WE WRITE THIS DOWN. 
          >> I THINK SO. 
          >> YEAH. 
          >> OR IF YOU TELL US WHERE WE'RE HEADED WITH THE MATH PROBLEMS, SO WE CAN MAKE SURE WE GET IT ALL THERE. 
          >> TRYING TO SEPARATE BECAUSE IT'S CONFUSING IF YOU'RE LOOKING AT ANOTHER OUTLAY OF ANOTHER 12 MILLION THAT YOU HADN'T VOTED ON YET, AND YOU DON'T HAVE FACTORED IN YOUR CURRENT PROPOSED TAX RATE. 
          YOU'RE GOING TO BRING THAT ON LATER, BUT EVERYTHING THAT'S EITHER PAID FOR OUT OF CURRENT COLLECTED MONIES OR BUDGETED WITH CURRENT COLLECTED MONIES IN THE '25 YEAR. 
          >> SO YOU'RE WANTING TO KNOW HOW MUCH OUR EXPENDING FOR STREETS IN THE CURRENT YEAR '24/'25 BUDGET AND PLUS THE PROPOSED UPCOMING BUDGET. 
          IS THAT THE NUMBER YOU'RE LOOKING FOR? 
          >> EASIEST WAY TO SEPARATE IT IS IN $0.43, EVERYTHING THAT WOULD BE INCLUDED WITHIN THAT $0.43. 
          THEN WHAT'S NOT INCLUDED IN THAT $0.43? BECAUSE WHAT YOU'RE REPRESENTING HERE, AND I WANT TO DOUBLE CHECK IS $28 MILLION WORTH OF STREET WORK THAT'S NOT INCLUDED IN THE $0.43, CORRECT? 
          >> YES. THAT WOULD BE YOUR TWO YEAR FROM NOW BUDGET. 
          >>YES. 
          >> IF WE RUN THE MATH PROBLEM, AGAIN, WE HAD 38 MILLION, THAT INCLUDES THE INTEREST. 
          BUT THERE'S 23 MILLION OF THAT LEFT. 
          DON'T WORRY ABOUT THAT MATH PROBLEM. JUST ADDING IT UP. 
          IT'S 38 MILLION PLUS, WE DID ANOTHER SEVEN MILLION. THAT'S 45. 
          THEN WE DID 12. 
          THAT'S 57. 
          THAT'S THE TOTAL OUTLAY IN STREET PROJECTS SO FAR. 
          >> WHAT WE CAN DO IS, LET'S STAFF WORK ON THIS AND WE'LL GET YOU BACK SOME NUMBERS. 
          WHAT YOU'RE ASKING FOR IS FOR THE $0.43 PROPOSED FOR NEXT YEAR, HOW MUCH OF THAT IS DEDICATED TO STREET WORK? 
          >> BECAUSE THE $0.43 REPRESENTS THE 12 MILLION THAT DONNY'S ALREADY PUSHED OUT, BUT THERE'S ANOTHER 12 MILLION THAT'S NOT REPRESENTED IN THAT $0.43, AND I DON'T WANT TO GET ANY OF US OR OUR CITIZENS CONFUSED IN THE WAY THAT'LL COME ONLINE. 
          >> YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT HOW MUCH OF THAT $0.43 IS DEDICATED TOWARDS THE PROP 1, 
          [06:30:06]
HOW MUCH IS DEDICATED TOWARDS THE 12 MILLION WE DID THIS YEAR, AND THEN WHAT ELSE THERE IS, SO. 
          >> AS A REMINDER, PROP 1 WAS WHAT? EIGHTY NINE MILLION. 
          YOUR $0.43 IS SUPPORTING &89 MILLION. 
          >> THE QUESTION WE'RE TRYING TO GET ANSWERED HERE. 
          HOW MUCH ARE WE SPENDING ON STREETS IN NEXT FISCAL YEAR? IS THAT WHAT WE'RE TRYING TO GET HERE? 
          >> I THINK WHERE I'M GOING IS I WANTED TO SEE HOW MUCH WE'VE PUT OUT IN STREETS IN THIS CURRENT YEAR AND IN THIS NEXT FISCAL YEAR. 
          REALLY, WHAT WE'RE LOOKING AT IS 57 MILLION PLUS ANOTHER 28 MILLION. 
          >> YEAH, WE'LL WORK ON SOME NUMBERS. 
          I'LL GET BACK TO YOU. [OVERLAPPING] 
          >> LET ME JUST MAKE SURE, SO I'M NOT CONFUSED BECAUSE IF I GOT TO EXPLAIN TO THE CITIZENS IF I'M CONFUSED, BUT WHAT YOU'RE TRYING TO FIND IS CITIZENS, WE SPENT THIS MUCH YEAR IN THIS CURRENT FISCAL YEAR OF WHICH WE'RE SITTING ON STREETS, AND OUR PLAN IS WE'RE GOING TO SPEND THIS MUCH NEXT YEAR BECAUSE WE'VE ALREADY ISSUED THE DEBT THAT WILL BE SPENT NEXT YEAR. 
          WE'VE ALREADY ISSUED IT. WE'RE JUST GOING TO START PAYING IT. 
          >> I'M DRIVING AT THE POINT OF, CURRENTLY, WE'LL HAVE SPENT $57 MILLION WHEN WE VOTE THIS THROUGH. 
          BUT WE'RE VOTING THROUGH A PLAN THAT'S GOING TO SPEND ANOTHER 28 MILLION THAT WILL BE ON NEXT YEAR'S BUDGET CYCLE. 
          THAT'LL GIVE US A TOTAL OF $85 PLUS MILLION. 
          >> WELL, I THINK WE NEED TO BE CAREFUL OF THROWING NUMBERS OUT THERE UNTIL THEY COME BACK AND GIVE US THE EXACT NUMBER. 
          THAT'S WHY I WAS SAYING, WHAT WE'RE LOOKING FOR IS WHAT WE HAVE SPENT AND WHAT WE WILL SPEND. 
          >> TO CONFUSE IT A LITTLE BIT MORE, WE HAD 10 MILLION IN OUR STREETS FUND EVERY YEAR, WAS IT 10 MILLION? 
          >> FOR OPERATIONS? 
          >> FOR OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE AND ALLIES. 
          >> NO, IT'S ABOUT 12.5 MILLION. 
          >> IT'S 12.5 MILLION. 
          >> YEAH. 
          >> REMEMBER, TOO, THAT AGAIN, WE'D PROPOSE TO BRING BACK TO YOU IN THE BUDGET $28 MILLION WORTH OF DEBT ISSUANCE. 
          BY APPROVING THE BUDGET, YOU'RE NOT SAYING GO FORTH AND JUST GET THAT MONEY. 
          WE WILL BRING BACK TO YOU A 8.2, A 12.7, AND YOU WILL VOTE ON EACH OF THOSE EACH TIME. 
          >> I WOULD LIKE TO THINK THAT WE COULD GET THAT ISSUED OUT, BUT I'M LOOKING AT IT FEELING LIKE, MAN, $57 MILLION. 
          I DON'T KNOW THAT WE ARE GOING TO GET THAT SPENT BEFORE. 
          SHOULD WE APPROPRIATE ON THIS IN THIS CIP PLAN OR SHOULD THAT BE YEAR 2? CAN WE GET THE 57 OUT AND THE 28 OUT, IS WHAT I'M TRYING TO GET AT. 
          >> THAT IS THE PLAN. 
          >> DOES THIS 28 NEED TO SIT IN YEAR 1 OR YEAR 2? 
          >> NOW, AGAIN, THE 28, YOU WOULD BE ISSUING THAT FOR WORK TO BE DONE END OF NEXT YEAR, DESIGN INTO NEXT YEAR, WORK TO BE DONE TWO, THREE YEARS FROM NOW. 
          RIGHT NOW, WE'RE WORKING THROUGH THE CURRENT FUNDING, WHICH IS GOING TO LAST FOR THE NEXT 12-18 MONTHS. 
          YOU'D BE ISSUING DEBT SOMETIME THE NEXT 18 MONTHS TO THEN GET READY FOR DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION OF THE NEXT 36 MONTHS OR SO. 
          AGAIN, THE 28 MILLION, YOU ISSUE THAT THIS NEXT 18 MONTHS OR SO. YOU'RE TRACKING, OR? 
          >> WE'RE ALL TRACKING TOGETHER. 
          I GUESS PROBABLY WHEN YOU GUYS BRING BACK THE TOTALS OF WHAT WE'VE SPENT, CAN YOU BRING BACK MORE OR LESS THE COMMITMENT OF, YES, WE'RE COMMITTED TO SPENDING THIS OVER THE NEXT 12 MONTHS, AND YOU SHOULD PLAN ON ISSUING IT. 
          THAT'S WHY WE'RE LEAVING IT IN THE CIP. 
          OR IF WE WANTED TO PLAN AHEAD, I DON'T MIND PLANNING AHEAD FOR YEAR 2, BECAUSE WE'VE GOT SO MUCH MONEYS THAT WE DIDN'T SPEND. 
          >> THIS IS NOT SAYING WE'RE GOING TO SPEND THE $20 MILLION IN THE NEXT FISCAL YEAR. 
          WE'RE GOING TO ISSUE THAT. 
          BUT IT'S PROBABLY GOING TO LAST LIKE EVERY BOND DOES, TWO, THREE, FOUR YEARS. 
          >> I UNDERSTAND THAT. 
          I'M JUST SAYING WHEN THE FUNDING WOULD BEGIN. 
          >> ALSO TO THIS, THIS IS GOING TO CHANGE BETWEEN NOW AND WE ACTUALLY GO TO ISSUE, COMING LESS WE MAY THINK. 
          DESIGN THIS PART FIRST. 
          THIS IS JUST A PLAN FOR THE NEXT 18 MONTHS. IT'S GOING TO CHANGE. 
          >> SORRY TO GET US OFF TRACK. 
          YOU DIDN'T TALK ABOUT THE 79 AND THE 12 YET, I DON'T THINK. 
          I THINK I GOT INVOLVED AT THE 28. 
          LET'S GO BACK THROUGH THERE. 
          LAURA, I'LL HAND IT BACK OVER. 
          >> THE 28 IS WHAT THE 8.26, THE 7.9 ON THE TOP OF PAGE 2 AND THE 12 MILLION. 
          THOSE THREE ADDED TOGETHER ARE THE PROPOSED DEBT ISSUANCE OF 28,170,000. 
          >> THEN WE WOULD HAVE THE ONGOING FUNDING OF 2.5 MILLION THAT WOULD BE FOR MILL AND PHIL, IF I'M REMEMBERING THAT CORRECTLY. 
          OTHER QUESTIONS ON STREETS AT THIS POINT, BECAUSE THAT'S THE END OF STREETS CAPITAL PROPOSED? NEXT, SOLID WASTE. 
          WE HAVE TALKED THIS ONE THROUGH PRETTY THOROUGHLY. 
          THE TOTAL REQUEST IS $3,065,901. 
          [06:35:06]
THE TOP RIGHT THERE IS OUR ANNUAL FUNDING OF THE DUMPSTER REPLACEMENT PROGRAM THAT WE'VE DISCUSSED, THAT WAS PUT IN PLACE A COUPLE OF YEARS AGO, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL $6,612 FOR THE ADDITIONAL COST ASSOCIATED WITH THAT DUMPSTER REPLACEMENT PROGRAM, AS OUR COST OF EVERYTHING'S GOING UP. 
          THEN WE WOULD HAVE THE 500,000 FOR AN ENI ACCOUNT FOR SOLID WASTE TO GET MULTIPLE PROJECTS ACCOMPLISHED IN THIS NEXT YEAR. 
          WE HAVE 275,000 ASSOCIATED WITH LANDFILL ENGINEERING SERVICES, AND THEN THE 715,000 FOR THE EQUIPMENT FOR THE DANGEROUS STRUCTURED DEMOLITION PROGRAM. 
          AS A REMINDER, THOSE BOTTOM FOUR PROJECTS THAT I JUST WENT OVER ARE ALL INCLUDED IN THE FUNDING FROM THE 7% RATE INCREASE FOR SOLID WASTE COLLECTION FOR THIS YEAR. 
          THE 1.5 MILLION, THAT TOP PROJECT IN THAT SECTION, COMES FROM A RATE INCREASE FROM A COUPLE OF YEARS AGO, SO WE STILL ALREADY HAVE THAT FUNDING MECHANISM IN PLACE. 
          QUESTIONS ON THIS ONE? 
          >> THE QUESTION THAT I DO WANT TO KEEP SEPARATE. 
          IT'S GREAT TO SEE BOND PROCEEDS. 
          BUT THEN, WHEN WE HAVE GENERAL FUNDS, SLASH RESERVES, IT'S EASY TO FEEL LIKE THAT'S ALL COMING OUT OF RESERVES. 
          ARE YOU ABLE TO SEPARATE WHAT IS GENERAL FUND, BECAUSE WE HAD A RATE INCREASE, VERSUS WHAT IS ACTUALLY A DEDUCT TO THE RESERVE ACCOUNT? 
          >> THOSE ARE ALL COMING STRAIGHT FROM GENERAL FUND BECAUSE THEY ARE COMING STRAIGHT FROM THE RATES THAT SOLID WASTE PROVIDES. 
          I APPRECIATE YOU MENTIONING THAT, MAYOR. 
          I FORGOT TO GO OVER THAT AT THE START OF THIS. 
          IF YOU GO BACK TO PAGE 1 AND YOU GO TO ALL THE PROJECTS THAT ARE LISTED THERE FROM THE GENERAL FUND/RESERVES. 
          IF YOU'LL REMEMBER, WE'RE PROPOSING THAT THERE IS JUST UNDER $10 MILLION, AND I'M GOING TO FLIP BACK TO THE ACTUAL NUMBER, JUST UNDER $10 MILLION, IT WOULD BE 9,422,000 IT'S GOING TO BE TRANSFERRED FROM GENERAL FUND OVER TO FUND THESE PROJECTS. 
          PART OF THIS, AS I MENTIONED, THE 2.8 MILLION DOES NOT NEED TO COME FROM GENERAL FUND BECAUSE IT IS UNSPENT BOND PROCEEDS AND INTEREST EARNINGS OFF THE CITY HALL PROJECT. 
          I'M CALLING IT RESERVES. 
          IT'S REALLY BOND PROCEEDS, BUT IT'S NOT NEW BOND PROCEEDS. 
          I WAS AFRAID IF I LABELED A COLUMN THAT WAY, IT WOULD BE CONFUSING BECAUSE IT'S NOT NEW BOND PROCEEDS. 
          IT'S EXISTING MONEY THAT WE HAVE SITTING IN INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS RIGHT NOW. 
          WE ARE PLANNING TO DO, AGAIN, THE FINISH OUT OF THE ADDITIONAL SPACE AT CITY HALL, THE OLD CITY HALL DEMOLITION AND THEN THE SHELVING FOR CITY SECRETARY'S VITALS FROM EXISTING RESERVE MONEY THAT IS SITTING THERE RIGHT NOW THAT IS DEDICATED FOR THE CITY HALL PROJECT. 
          ALSO, WE WERE LOOKING AT THIS FUND, AND WE DETERMINED THERE WAS SOME ABILITY TO UTILIZE ABOUT A MILLION DOLLAR OF THE RESERVES OUT OF THIS GENERAL CONSTRUCTION FUND. 
          WHAT YOU'RE SEEING IS GENERAL FUND IS SENDING ALMOST $10 MILLION OVER. 
          WE'RE DRAWING DOWN A MILLION THAT WAS SITTING IN THIS FUND FROM CLOSED PROJECTS. 
          I THINK GRAYSON MAY HAVE DISCUSSED THAT WITH A LOT OF YOU THAT WE'VE HAD A HUGE TEAM EFFORT GOING ON OVER THE PAST SEVERAL MONTHS TO GO THROUGH ALL OPEN PROJECTS, AND IF THEY'RE EITHER COMPLETED AND NOT CLOSED, GET THEM CLOSED, GET THEM CAPITALIZED, OR IF THERE IS A PROJECT THAT'S OPEN THAT HAS STALLED, OR IF SOME THINGS COME UP WHERE WE CAN'T MOVE FORWARD, GRAYSON HAS DIRECTED US TO WORK TO CLOSE THOSE OUT. 
          THIS IS WHERE YOU'RE STARTING TO SEE SOME OF THE RESERVES FROM PROJECTS THAT HAD PREVIOUSLY BEEN FUNDED CLOSING OUT, AND THEN WE ARE NOW BRINGING IT TO YOU ALL, SAYING, HEY, HOW DO YOU WANT TO SPEND THIS MONEY? HERE'S OUR RECOMMENDATION, BUT YOU CAN GO FROM THERE. 
          THERE'S ABOUT A MILLION DOLLARS IN THIS GENERAL CONSTRUCTION FUND THAT IS FROM THOSE CLOSED PROJECTS. 
          WE'RE TRANSFERRING MONEY TO THE TUNE OF JUST UNDER 3.1 MILLION FROM GENERAL FUND FOR SOLID WASTE ONLY. 
          THAT'S OUT OF SOLID WASTE REVENUES. 
          WE'RE TRANSFERRING JUST UNDER $10 MILLION OF GENERAL FUND ONE TIME DOLLARS TO FUND PROJECTS IN THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION FUND. 
          WE ARE SPENDING DOWN THE REMAINING 2.8 MILLION OF BOND PROCEEDS FOR CITY HALL PROJECT IN GENERAL CONSTRUCTION FUND, AND WE ARE SPENDING DOWN A MILLION DOLLAR OF RESERVES FROM CLOSED PROJECTS IN THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION FUND. 
          >> THANK YOU FOR THAT. IS IT EASIER TO SEPARATE THIS VERTICALLY WITH ADDITIONAL COLUMNS TO CATEGORIZE THOSE, OR WOULD IT BE EASIER AT THE BOTTOM TO DOCUMENT THAT? 
          [06:40:01]
IF THE TOTAL IS 19.2 MILLION, HERE'S HOW MUCH ACTUALLY CAME OUT OF YOUR RESERVES FROM GENERAL FUND VERSUS, YOU KNOW, HERE'S THE NEXT AMOUNT THAT CAME OUT OF RATE PAY INCREASE. 
          LIKE EVERYTHING WITH DONNIE'S IS COMING OUT OF A RATE PAY INCREASE. 
          IF WE DON'T HAVE THAT ITEMIZED, I'M GOING TO LOOK BACK ON IT AND THINK IT ALL CAME OUT OF THE RESERVES. 
          >> YEAH, WE CAN PUT SOME ADDITIONAL NOTES ON HERE. 
          YEAH. LET US WORK ON THAT. 
          WE'LL FIND A WAY TO NOTE TAKE SOME OF THAT. 
          >> MAYBE JUST BELOW THESE GRAND TOTALS. 
          IF YOU CAN JUST RUN BASICALLY WHAT YOU SAID, I THINK IT MIGHT BE EASY FOR US TO TRACK IT. 
          >> YEAH, WE WILL WORK ON THAT. 
          >> LAURA, JUST TO CLARIFY WHAT I HEARD YOU SAY, LIKE LAST YEAR WHEN WE DID BUDGET, AND WE HAD KIND OF THE WORKING BUDGET. 
          WE HAD THIS MONEY SET ASIDE AND WE COULD USE IT FOR ONE TIME PROJECTS. 
          WE HAD BOTH, RIGHT? 
          >> YEAH, WE HAD ABOUT THREE MILLION OF EACH. 
          >> YEAH, ABOUT THREE MILLION OF IT. 
          WHAT YOU'RE SAYING NOW IS INSTEAD OF DOING THAT, WE'VE TAKEN THOSE RESERVES. 
          WE'VE TAKEN THAT, WHATEVER YOU WANT TO CALL IT, EXCESS, WHATEVER I THINK HE CALLED IT SLUSH FUND. 
          BUT WE TAKE THAT, THIS IS THE PROPOSED. 
          THAT'S WHAT YOU'RE SAYING, YES? 
          >> THESE ARE SEPARATE FUNDS OUTSIDE OF GENERAL FUND. 
          NOW, THEY ORIGINALLY CAME FROM GENERAL FUND BACK WHENEVER THOSE ORIGINAL PROJECTS WERE FUNDED. 
          THE MONEY WAS MOVED OVER, PROJECTS WERE SET UP, AND THEN THE TEAM HAS WORKED HARD TO ADDRESS THOSE THAT ARE DONE. 
          WE'VE CLOSED THEM, AND IT'S IN THESE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT RESERVES. 
          IT'S A LITTLE BIT DIFFERENT FROM WHERE THE WORKING BUDGET WAS COMING FROM LAST YEAR. 
          THIS IS A NEWER PROCESS FOR US, WHERE GRAYSON HAS DIRECTED THE STAFF TO GO THROUGH ALL PROJECTS. 
          ANYTHING THAT'S NOT UNDERWAY, LET'S GET IT CLOSED, AND THEN LET'S BRING IT BACK TO COUNCIL AND SAY, HEY, THESE ARE IN OUR CONSTRUCTION FUNDS. 
          WHAT OTHER CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS DO YOU WANT TO DO WITH THOSE? IT'S SIMILAR, BUT IT'S A LITTLE BIT DIFFERENT THAN HOW WE WERE DOING THE WORKING BUDGET. 
          >> BUT IN THAT CLOSE PROJECTS THAT WE WENT THROUGH AND WE DISCUSSED, YOU SAID THERE'S ABOUT A MILLION THAT WAS BROUGHT OVER FROM THAT, IS THAT CORRECT? 
          >> YES. IN THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION FUND. 
          >> IN THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION FUND. 
          THEN WE HAD 2.8 IN THE CITY HALL BOND PROCEEDS. 
          >> YES. 
          >> THAT'S A SEPARATE. 
          >> YES. 
          >> THEN THE 9.4 ON THE GENERAL FUND? 
          >> YES. THAT'S COMING STRAIGHT FROM GENERAL FUND. 
          THAT WAS US BRINGING SOME OF THE EXCESS RESERVES FROM FLEET AND HEALTH PLAN AND RISK MANAGEMENT. 
          WE'RE RECOMMENDING TO USE THOSE FOR THESE CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS. 
          >> OKAY. THANK YOU. 
          >> YES, YOU BET. WE WILL WORK ON HELPING THIS BE A LITTLE MORE CLEAR THAN MUD AT THIS POINT. 
          I KNOW IT'S A LOT OF INFORMATION, BUT WE'LL LOOK AND SEE IF WE CAN PUT SOME ADDITIONAL DETAILS ON THIS TO HELP CLARIFY THAT, ESPECIALLY THAT ONE COLUMN ON THE GENERAL FUND/ RESERVES. 
          IF YOU'LL FLIP BACK TO THAT SECOND PAGE, WE HAD GONE OVER THE SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL IMPROVEMENT FUND. 
          NOW WE'RE DOWN TO THE CONVENTION ANNEXE IMPROVEMENT FUND. 
          THIS IS YOUR CIVIC CENTER IMPROVEMENT FUND. 
          WE HAVE ALREADY TOUCHED BASE HIGH LEVEL ON THIS, BUT HERE WE CAN LOOK AT SOME MORE DETAILS RELATED TO IT. 
          WE'RE LOOKING TO HAVE A TOTAL OF 2.2 MILLION IN PROJECTS. 
          WITH 1.3 OF THAT COMING FROM THE CITY'S HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAXES AND 908,000 COMING FROM OUR VENUE DISTRICT FUNDING. 
          NOW, THAT'S ALSO A HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAX, BUT IT'S RESTRICTED FOR JUST VENUE DISTRICT PURPOSES. 
          WE'VE GOT A LIST OF PROJECTS HERE. 
          WE'RE LOOKING AT DOING SOME ICE PLANT REPAIRS. 
          WE'RE ALSO LOOKING TO DO NORTH END LED LIGHTING UPGRADES FOR 250,000. 
          WE'RE LOOKING TO PUT ABOUT HALF A MILLION MORE INTO THE SANTA FE PAVILION, AND I WILL TOSS THAT OVER TO RICH TO EXPLAIN WHAT THAT IS. 
          >> THAT'S THE LAST REMAINING MONEY THAT WILL ALLOW US TO FINISH OUT NOT ONLY THE RESTROOMS, BUT THAT WOULD ADD THE BAR AS WELL. 
          THAT WOULD FINISH OUT THE PAVILION. 
          >> WE HAD THAT GOOD DISCUSSION EARLIER ABOUT THE CIVIC CENTER POSSIBILITIES, I MEAN, JUST THROWING STUFF AROUND. 
          I JUST LOOKED AT THE LIGHTING OF $250,000 ON THE NORTH END. 
          ARE THERE ANY OF THESE THAT MIGHT BE LIKE, MAYBE WE HOLD OFF ON THIS UNTIL WE? 
          >> NO, NOT REALLY. MOST OF THESE ARE LIKE THE LEDS; THERE'S A RETURN ON INVESTMENT ON THOSE. 
          IF YOU LOOK AT OUR UTILITIES, OUR ELECTRICITY DROPPED $114,000 BECAUSE OF THE LEDS WE'VE ALREADY PUT IN. 
          THIS ACTUALLY HAS ROI ON GETTING IT DONE. 
          THEN THE OTHER BIG THINGS THAT YOU LOOK AT, LIKE THE FIRE ALARM PANEL, THAT'S GOT TO BE REPLACED. 
          IT'S BECOME A MAINTENANCE ISSUE. 
          THAT'LL BECOME A HAZARD. 
          JERRY'S TELLING ME I HAVE TO REPLACE IT. 
          THEN THE COOLING TOWERS, SAME THING. 
          THE COOLING TOWERS ARE WHAT, ABOUT A DECADE BEYOND THEIR USEFUL LIFE? WE'RE REPLACING THOSE BEFORE THEY FAIL. 
          >> GOT YOU. 
          >> WE TRIED TO FOCUS ON INFRASTRUCTURE PROJECTS. 
          [06:45:04]
THINGS THAT WE KNOW WE JUST HAVE TO GET DONE. 
          >> WHAT WAS THE PAVILION? THE PAVILION IS IT'S THE FUNDING IT WOULD TAKE TO FINISH THE BAR PORTION OF THE RESTROOM PROJECT, SO THAT WOULD GET RESTROOMS AND CONCESSION. 
          >> THEY HAVE ABOUT 1.3 MILLION SET ASIDE FOR THAT RIGHT NOW, AND THEN THIS WOULD BE IN ADDITION TO THAT TO DO THAT FULL STRUCTURE FOR THE RESTROOMS IN THE BAR FACILITY, CORRECT? YEAH. 
          >> I APPRECIATE RICH, YOU GAVE ME SOME INFORMATION. 
          I WAS ABLE, AND I APOLOGIZE I WAS NOT HERE FOR THE DISCUSSION EARLIER, SO I MAY BE GOING OVER SOME THINGS, BUT I KNOW THAT WE HAD THE DISCUSSION TODAY. 
          BUT, YOU KNOW, I KIND OF LOOKED BACK AT THE PAVILION HISTORY. 
          YOU GOT ME, I THINK A THREE YEAR PERIOD OF LOOKING AT ALL THE USAGE AND HOW MUCH REVENUE THAT IT HAD GENERATED, AND I AGREE THAT WE HAVE A PROBLEM WITH THE PAVILION, BECAUSE GOING BACK AND LOOKING AT IT, I THINK WE'VE HAD I THINK ONLY FIVE GROUPS USE IT THAT PAID FOR IT. 
          NOW, WE'VE HAD THE CITIES USED IT, THE POLICE DEPARTMENTS USED IT. 
          WHEN I LOOKED AT THAT, WE'RE OVER A TWO YEAR PERIOD, WE'RE AT ABOUT $49,000 IN REVENUE ON SOMETHING THAT I THINK COST US BETWEEN 2.5 AND 2.7. 
          WHEN WE WERE FIRST PRESENTED THIS, IT WAS LIKE, OH, THERE'S LOTS OF OPPORTUNITIES. 
          PEOPLE WANT TO DO CONCERTS AND THOSE TYPES OF THINGS. 
          BUT THAT WAS BEFORE WE STARTED. 
          I'M A LITTLE HESITANT, AND THEN I KNOW ALSO THIS GRANT, THIS WAREHOUSE DEMO. 
          UNTIL WE MAYBE HAVE A LITTLE BIT MORE ROBUST CONVERSATION ON THE CIVIC CENTER. 
          I THINK I'M A LITTLE BIT HESITANT AT PUTTING ANOTHER $565,000 OF HOT TECH INTO THE PAVILION ON HOPES, AND MAYBE IT WILL WORK BECAUSE BECAUSE I'M JUST GETTING MORE AND MORE CONCERNED ABOUT THE AMOUNT OF HOT TAX MONEY THAT WE'RE HAVING TO PUT INTO SOMETHING WHERE WE DON'T REALLY KNOW WHERE, I MEAN, IT'S FILLING A GAP ON THE CIVIC CENTER. 
          WE'RE NOT REALLY GETTING A RETURN ON OUR INVESTMENT, AND WE'RE TAKING MONEY AWAY FROM THE CONVENTION AND VISITORS BUREAU THAT PROMOTES THIS AREA AND DOES GET A RETURN. 
          SO I DON'T KNOW. 
          FROM MY PERSPECTIVE, AND I KNOW WE HAD A LITTLE BIT OF DISCUSSION TODAY. 
          THERE'S SOME INFORMATION THAT I WOULD LIKE TO PRESENT AT COUNCIL AT SOME POINT IN THE NOT TOO DISTANT FUTURE ABOUT THE CIVIC CENTER TO MAYBE MAKE SURE THAT WE'RE LOOK I AGREE WITH DON, I THINK IF THERE'S WANT SOME THERE THAT WE GOT TO HAVE, PROCEED FORWARD WITH, BUT THE NEEDS, I WOULD JUST SAY I'D LIKE FOR US TO MAYBE HAVE A MORE ROBUST CONVERSATION ABOUT THIS BEFORE WE COMMIT THIS AMOUNT OF HOT TAX TO DOING THIS TO FIGURE OUT, IS THIS THE HIGHEST AND BEST USE? WHAT ELSE DO WE NEED TO DO TO HELP CLOSE THIS FUNDING GAP? 
          >> I'M GLAD YOU BROUGHT THAT, [INAUDIBLE] BECAUSE I WAS GOING TO ASK THE EXACT SAME QUESTION. 
          THEN ALSO, IS THE GRANT STREET WAREHOUSE DEMO, THE 165, THAT'S PART OF YEAH. 
          >> I THINK IT IS TO CREATE MORE PARKING FOR THE PAVILION AND MAKE IT HAVE ADA COMPLIANT PARKING. 
          >> IT ISN'T. IT'S JUST A DANGEROUS STRUCTURE. 
          THAT'S AN UNUSABLE BUILDING. 
          AT SOME POINT, IT'S GOING TO HAVE TO BE DEMOLISHED, NO MATTER WHICH DIRECTION WE GO. 
          >> SURE. 
          >> WOULD THAT 500,000 GO INTO, I MEAN, COULD IT BE USED FOR ADDITIONAL LED LIGHTING TO GET THE ELECTRICITY COSTS DOWN AND GET A FASTER ROI OR STRUCTURES AT THE CIVIC CENTER THAT WE NEED TO, I MEAN, MORE DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE CIVIC CENTER THAT NEED BETTER LIGHTING, THINGS LIKE THAT? 
          >> SURE. I TURNED TO JERRY, HOW FAR ALONG ARE WE? 
          >> ACTUALLY, WE'RE GETTING VERY CLOSE TO HAVING THE COMPLETE CIVIC CENTER REFURBISHED WITH LED. 
          THE FIRST PHASE, WE DID THE COLISEUM IN SEVERAL OF THOSE AREAS. 
          THIS LAST PHASE, WE DID THE NORTH EXHIBIT HALL AND THE SOUTHWEST EXHIBIT HALL. 
          THAT'S WHERE WE SAW THE BIG REBATES AND THE BIG REDUCTIONS IN POWER. 
          THIS IS THE LAST TRANCHE OF THE CIVIC CENTER LIGHTING TO GET THAT DONE. 
          WE DO RECEIVE THE ENERGY TAX CREDITS ON THAT WHEN WE DO THAT. 
          I THINK THE LAST ONE WE GOT IT LIKE A $27,000 REBATE ON IT. 
          THERE IS SOME VALUE TO IT, AND AS RICH REFERENCED, WE DO SEE QUITE A REDUCTION IN THE POWER CONSUMPTION ON THAT FACILITY. 
          AS FAR AS THE PAVILION, I DO WANT TO ADDRESS, IF YOU'RE FINE WITH ME COMMUNICATING IT, RICH. 
          ON THE PAVILION, THE HISTORY OF THE PAVILION, IT WAS ORIGINALLY GOING TO GO FOR THE RODEO, AND THAT WAS THE BIG BITE. 
          BUT TO MAYOR STANLEY'S CREDIT, RAISING THE ELEVATION, PUTTING THE CONCRETE FLOOR, IT GAVE US A LOT OF OTHER OPPORTUNITIES BUT DURING THAT WHOLE DESIGN PHASE. 
          RESTROOMS WERE NEVER PART OF THE CONVERSATION. 
          [06:50:01]
WHEN YOU WANT TO USE OR LEASE THAT SPACE, THE CHALLENGE FOR THE CIVIC CENTER IS IF YOU WANT TO DO A CONCERT OR A MAJOR VENTER, EVEN THE EVENTS THAT WE'VE HAD THERE, A LOT OF THE PEOPLE THAT WANT TO UTILIZE IT ARE RESTRICTED BECAUSE THEY HAVE TO BRING IN THEIR OWN PORTABLE POTTIES AND STUFF LIKE THAT. 
          THAT'S REALLY A CHALLENGE WHEN IT COMES TO LEASING THAT SPACE FOR LARGE SCALE EVENTS. 
          THAT'S THE REASON IT'S PRESENTED THAT WAY. 
          >> I UNDERSTAND, BUT I'M SKEPTICAL. 
          >> BUT THE OTHER THING IS, LOOKING HOLISTICALLY AT THE CIVIC CENTER, I THINK HOPEFULLY IT'S SOMETHING THAT WE CAN GET AROUND TO; JUST BECAUSE WE'VE GOT SUCH A WIDE GAP. 
          I'M JUST LIKE, HOW DO WE CLOSE THE GAP? I THINK THERE'S JUST A LOT OF ISSUES, BECAUSE IT'S ONLY GOING TO GET WORSE AS WE HAVE TO USE MORE AND MORE HOT TAX MONEY BECAUSE THE COST ARE OUTPACING OUR REVENUES, ON THE CIVIC CENTER, BY A CONSIDERABLE AMOUNT TO THE POINT THAT IN THE NOT TOO DISTANT FUTURE, WE'RE GOING TO BE TAKING A WHOLE LOT MORE HOT TAX IF THIS TRAIN CONTINUES. 
          THERE'S A BIGGER PROBLEM HERE I THINK, THAN JUST THIS. 
          BUT BEFORE WE FIGURE OUT A PLAN FORWARD AND THE BEST WAY TO USE HOT TAX OR OTHER RESOURCES, I'D JUST LIKE TO MAYBE JUST HAVE A BRIEF LOOK AT WHERE WE ARE AND WHERE WE'RE HEADING, AND IS THERE A REAL PROBLEM WITH THE CIVIC CENTER IN THE FUTURE? IS IT GOING TO BE A REAL PROBLEM? IS IT NOT A REAL PROBLEM? DO WE WANT TO DO ANYTHING ABOUT IT? DO WE NOT WANT TO DO ANYTHING ABOUT IT? BEFORE MAYBE WE DO ANY MORE MAJOR PROJECTS. 
          NOT THAT THIS SKILLS COULDN'T STILL HAPPEN NEXT YEAR OR THE NEXT FISCAL YEAR, BUT I'D REALLY LIKE TO HAVE A LITTLE BIT MORE CONFIDENCE LEVEL THAT THERE'S GOING TO BE SOME DEMAND FOR IT BEFORE WE SPEND ANOTHER $600,000 ON IT. 
          >> ABSOLUTELY. MY INTENTION WAS ONLY TO GIVE YOU THE HISTORY OF IT, AND THE WAY IT DEVELOPED UP. 
          >> ANY OTHER QUESTIONS ON THAT? AS MENTIONED, THE LAST FOUR PROJECTS WERE PROPOSED, THE FIRE ALARM PANEL REPLACEMENT, THE COOLING TOWER REPLACEMENT, THE IT ACCESS POINTS AND FIBER UPGRADES, AND THE AUDITORIUM, AND GLOBE-NEWS CENTER AUDIO UPGRADES ARE PROPOSED TO BE FUNDED FROM THE NEW DISTRICT, AND WE ARE MEETING WITH THEM IN AUGUST TO GET THEIR FEEDBACK. 
          THEIR BUDGET WILL SUPPORT IT, BUT TO GET THEIR FEEDBACK ON IF THEY WANT TO FUND THESE ITEMS. 
          >> AVERAGE ON THE AUDIO SIDE FOR THE AUDITORIUM, THIS IS SOMETHING WE TALKED ABOUT WHEN WE TOURED IT WITH [INAUDIBLE], THAT THAT WAS A BIG PROBLEM. 
          THIS SOLVES THAT PROBLEM. 
          >> YEAH, AND IT ALSO ADDRESSES SOME OF THE AUDIO ISSUES THAT WE'RE HAVING ACTUALLY IN THE GNC, AS WELL. 
          >> GOOD. GREAT. THANKS. 
          >> IF THERE'S NO OTHER QUESTIONS ON CIVIC CENTER, LET'S GO DOWN TO THE MIDDLE OF THE PAGE THERE UNDER THE WATER AND SEWER FUND. 
          THAT FIRST PROJECT THERE, WHERE THEY'RE LOOKING TO COMPLETE $36 MILLION IN PROJECTS. 
          THE LAST PROJECT THERE LISTED AS THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT EXPANSION PHASE 1 DESIGN. 
          AGAIN, THAT IS LOOKING TO BE FUNDED FROM GRANT DOLLARS. 
          WE HAVE IT EARMARKED HERE IN THE BUDGET AT 25 MILLION. 
          IT'S SOUNDING LIKE IT MAY BE A LITTLE BIT LESS THAN THAT. 
          BUT WE WOULD ONLY EXPEND IN THIS FIRST PHASE OF DESIGN, WHATEVER GRANT FUNDING WE GET IN. 
          THEN GOING BACK UP, THE FIRST PROJECT THERE IS THE WATER ENI, WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS AND REPAIRS OF FOUR MILLION. 
          THEN WE HAVE A WASTEWATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS IN REPAIRS OF SIX MILLION, AND THEN ONE MILLION DEDICATED TO THE NORTH HEIGHTS 2'' MAIN REPLACEMENT PROGRAM. 
          DONNIE CAN EXPAND ON THESE A LITTLE. 
          >> THE FIRST TWO CATEGORIES THERE, THE FOUR AND THE SIX. 
          WHAT WE DECIDED TO DO THIS YEAR, IS TAKE A DIFFERENT APPROACH WITH CIP. 
          SPEAKING WITH UTILITIES, SPEAKING WITH JERRY AND WORKING THROUGH THIS PLAN, WE HAD 10 MILLION THAT NEEDED FOR CIP. 
          WE HAVE A LIST OF ABOUT $200 MILLION WORTH OF PROJECTS THAT HAVE BEEN IDENTIFIED, AS WE MENTIONED EARLIER THROUGH OUR ASSESSMENT PROGRAMS AND ALL THE THINGS THAT THEY'VE BEEN GOING THROUGH. 
          NOW, SOME OF THOSE NEED TO BE DONE NOW, SOME OF THEM NEED TO BE DONE A YEAR FROM NOW, TWO YEARS FROM NOW. 
          WHAT WE TRIED TO DO IS GIVE SOME LATITUDE TO WATER AND SEWER TO BE ABLE TO TAKE ON THE PROJECTS AS THEY SEE FIT THAT NEED TO BE DONE THE QUICKEST TO KEEP THE PLANTS MOVING, AND ALSO TO MAKE REPAIRS WITHIN OUR SYSTEMS AS WELL, WHEN IT COMES TO WATERLINE REPLACEMENT, EXTENSIONS, DIFFERENT THINGS LIKE THAT. 
          WE CREATED THESE TWO ACCOUNTS INSTEAD OF LISTING OUT A TON OF ITEMS TO TRY TO FIGURE OUT HOW TO CHOOSE FROM THOSE AND WHICH ONES WERE GOING TO BE THE ONES THAT WE HAD TO ADDRESS FIRST TO GIVE THEM A LITTLE LATITUDE IN SELECTING THOSE PROJECTS. 
          [06:55:01]
          >> THEN WE CAN GO DOWN TO THE AIRPORT FUND, AND WE'VE ALREADY COVERED THIS ONE PRETTY THOROUGHLY, BUT HERE IT'S LISTED OUT IN A CONSOLIDATED MANNER HERE. 
          THERE'S 7.7 MILLION IN PROJECTS WITH 2.9 MILLION COMING FROM FAA AND 4.8 MILLION OF THE FUNDING COMING FROM THE AIRPORT. 
          AGAIN, WE WENT OVER THESE EARLIER WITH THE TWO LARGES, I GUESS, WELL THERE'S A FEW LARGE ONES. 
          THE FIRST ONE THERE AT 1.2 MILLION IS THE AIRCRAFT RESCUE AND FIREFIGHTING, THE ARFF CRASH PHONE SYSTEM. 
          FOR ENVIRONMENTAL AND DESIGN, SO FAA FUNDING, THE TAXIWAY AND ASSOCIATED SHOULDERS AND RUNWAY BLAST PAD REHABILITATION AND DESIGN, MOST OF THAT COMING AT 199,500 FROM FAA, GIS PROGRAM ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT OF 200,000 WITH 190 COMING FROM FAA, AIRPORT MASTER PLAN UPGRADE OF 1.5 MILLION WITH 1.425 COMING FROM FAA, DEMOLISHING SOME BUILDINGS FOR 500,000 COMING OUT OF AIRPORT FUNDS, AND THEN REPLACING TERMINAL AIR HANDLERS OF 1.2 FROM AIRPORT FUNDS, AND THEN THE PARKING FACILITY EXPANSION THAT WE TALKED ABOUT EARLIER, THE PAVE PLAZAS, DOING THOSE IMPROVEMENTS AT 2.8 MILLION COMING OUT OF AIRPORT FUNDING, AND THEN FINALLY, THE TERMINAL CHIMNEY REPAIR OF 120,000 COMING OUT OF AIRPORT FUNDING. 
          THE NEXT SECTION DOWN, WE'VE ALREADY TALKED ABOUT THIS A LITTLE BIT AS WE WERE TALKING ABOUT OUR FLEET FUND. 
          THEY'RE LOOKING TO DO NINE MILLION IN REPLACEMENTS OF HEAVY EQUIPMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS IN THE FLEET. 
          THAT WOULD INCLUDE 7.5 MILLION OF BOND PROCEEDS AND 1.5 MILLION IN CASH FUNDING COMING FROM OUR FLEET FUND. 
          IF YOU'RE STILL IN YOUR BOOK ON THE DEBT SECTION ON PAGE 661, THE VERY LAST ITEM LISTED THERE IS AN ESTIMATED $7.5 MILLION ISSUANCE FOR FLEET COS, AND WE DO HAVE THE PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ASSOCIATED WITH THAT PROPOSED DEBT ISSUANCE ALREADY BUILT INTO FLEETS BUDGET, AND THEY CAN SUPPORT THAT ALONG WITH THIS CASH FUNDING. 
          THAT'D BE ABOUT NINE MILLION IN REPLACEMENTS. 
          THEN FINALLY, WE TALKED ABOUT THIS ONE YESTERDAY AS WELL WITH IT. 
          THEY'VE GOT A MOTOROLA WAVE REPLACEMENT OF $275,000, AND THAT BRINGS YOUR TOTAL CAPITAL PROJECTS PROPOSED FOR '25/26 AT $113.5 MILLION. 
          ARE THERE ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS WE CAN ANSWER ABOUT ANY OF THESE, AT THIS POINT? 
          >> I WOULD LIKE TO JUST GO TO THE WATER AND SEWER SYSTEMS FUND, THE FOUR AND THE SIX. 
          IS THAT ENOUGH TO GET US UP TO SPEED, OR AT LEAST KEEP US OPERATING EFFICIENTLY? 
          >> THAT'S A PRETTY BROAD QUESTION. 
          WE COULD USE 200 MILLION, BUT WE DON'T HAVE IT. 
          I THINK THAT WE'RE COMFORTABLE WITH THE 10, TALKING WITH MICHAEL PRICE AND HIS TEAM AS LONG AS WE HAVE THE ABILITY TO ADDRESS ISSUES AS THEY COME UP, AND ALSO TO BE ABLE TO ADDRESS THE ISSUES WITHIN OUR WATER AND SEWER SYSTEMS AWAY FROM THE PLANTS. 
          THEY'RE PRETTY COMFORTABLE THAT THAT'S A GOOD NUMBER. 
          >> THIS GOES BACK TO THIS IS WHAT YOU GOT. 
          EVERYTHING WE'VE LOOKED AT FROM THE WATER AND SEWER, THE INTEREST STAYING IN WATER AND SEWER, EVERYTHING, JUST THE MY AMARILLO, BEING PARTLY FUNDED BY GENERAL FUND VERSUS ALL WATER AND SEWER. 
          THOSE ALL PLAY INTO THIS, AND SO 10 MILLION IS ALL WE COULD SQUEEZE OUT WITHOUT EVEN BIGGER RATE INCREASE BEYOND 5%. 
          >> UNDERSTAND. THANK YOU. 
          >> JERRY, THIS MAY BE A QUESTION FOR YOU, BUT ON THE ROOF REPLACEMENT FOR BOTH LIBRARIES. 
          WHAT SHAPE ARE THOSE IN? ARE THEY BAD? ARE WE LEAKING? WHERE ARE WE ON THAT? I'M GUESSING THAT HVAC REPLACEMENT, IT'S A COMMERCIAL UNIT ON THE TOP. 
          IF WE'RE GOING TO DO THE ROOF, YOU MIGHT AS WELL DO IT. 
          >> THE UNIT ROOFS ON BOTH CENTRAL AND ON NORTH BRANCH OR ORIGINAL ROOFS TO THE BUILDING? THEY'VE BEEN REPAIRED, OVER THE LAST FIVE YEARS, IT'S BEEN AN ANNUAL REPAIR JOB. 
          >> THEY'RE BUILT UP? 
          >> YES. BUILT UP GRAVEL ROOF. 
          >> IT'S JUST A MAINTENANCE THING. 
          AT SOME POINT, WE NEED TO JUST RIP IT OFF. 
          >> AND WE'VE REACHED THAT POINT. 
          WE'VE COMPROMISED UNDERNEATH TO WHERE WE'RE STARTING TO GET INSULATION DAMAGE AND STUFF LIKE THAT, THAT WE DON'T WANT TO LOSE THE DECKING TO WHERE WE HAVE TO REPLACE THE DECKING. 
          YOU PATCH IT. 
          YOU'VE GOT PARAPET WALLS ON THOSE BUILDINGS, OBVIOUSLY. 
          [07:00:03]
THE PARAPETS, WHERE IT'S COMING UP ON THE PARAPETS, THAT'S WHERE WE'RE GETTING A LOT OF ISSUES THERE. 
          THEY'VE BEEN REPLACED AND PATCHED BACK 25 FEET, BUT WE'RE STILL GETTING THOSE SAME ISSUES. 
          IT'S GOT TO WHERE WE'RE CHASING THOSE LEAKS. 
          WE JUST REPLACED THE NORTH BRANCH ROOF OVER THE WEAK PORTION OF THAT BUILDING THIS LAST YEAR. 
          AS WE WERE UP THERE TRYING TO TIE THE TWO ROOF LINES TOGETHER, IT BECAME APPARENT THAT WE WERE DEALING WITH SOME PRETTY MAJOR ISSUES. 
          >> WHAT ARE YOU GOING BACK WITH? 
          >> WE'LL GO BACK WITH THE SAME THING. THE BUILT UP. 
          >> THAT WAS MY QUESTION. 
          >> WELL, THE REALITY OF IT IS WITH THE BUILT UP GRAVEL, WE'VE GOT 35 YEARS OUT OF THEM. 
          THAT'S WHAT WE TOOK A LOOK AT. 
          WE'LL DEFINITELY TAKE A LOOK AT THE TPO OPTION AND SEE WHAT THAT VALUE IS. 
          TPO HASN'T BEEN AROUND LONG ENOUGH TO DO THAT COMPARABLE TO IT. 
          THAT'S ONE REASON ON MUNICIPAL BUILDINGS, WE ALWAYS TAKE A LOOK AT ALL OF OUR OPTIONS. 
          >> YOU'D RIP ALL THAT OFF, THE BUILT UP ALL THE WAY DOWN TO THE DECKING, AND DO IT AGAIN. 
          >> YEAH. BY CODE, WE CAN'T GO BACK AND DO ADDITIONAL PATCHES ON THAT. 
          >> THAT'S BOTH? BECAUSE YOU SAID THERE ARE ORIGINAL ROOFS ON BOTH? 
          >> YES. 
          >> YOU'RE CHASING LEAKS, WITH ALL THE RAIN WE'VE HAD. 
          >> THIS YEAR HAS BEEN WORSE. 
          YOU'RE ABSOLUTELY CORRECT. 
          HISTORICALLY, WE'VE BEEN ABLE TO CATCH THEM AND MODERATE THE ISSUE, BUT IT'S GOTTEN TO THE POINT WHERE WE CAN NO LONGER MODERATE THE ISSUE. 
          >> WE'VE USED ALL THE PRODUCTS TO POUR OVER THAT THING AND FIND OUT, DO THE THING. 
          >> IT'S BEEN RESEALED TWICE SINCE IT WAS PUT ON, RAKED OFF, RESEALED, AND WE'RE STILL HAVING ISSUES. 
          >> OKAY. THANK YOU. 
          >> ANYBODY GOT ANY OTHER QUESTIONS? MS. LAURA, WHAT ELSE DO YOU NEED TO COVER TODAY? 
          >> I THINK THAT KEEPS US ON TRACK. 
          REALLY, I MUST SAY, I'M VERY PROUD OF YOU GUYS. 
          IT'S A LOT OF INFORMATION TODAY. 
          Y'ALL HUNG IN THERE WITH US, AND WE CAUGHT UP FROM YESTERDAY AND GOT THROUGH TODAY. 
          WE ARE TWO-THIRDS OF THE WAY THROUGH THIS WEEK'S BUDGET REVIEW. 
          REALLY DO APPRECIATE ALL OF THE ENGAGEMENT AND ALL OF THE QUESTIONS. 
          I THINK WE'RE IN REALLY GOOD SHAPE, MAYOR, TO START OUT TOMORROW MORNING WITH PUBLIC SAFETY AT 9:00 AM, I BELIEVE. IS THAT RIGHT, STAFF? 
          >> YEAH, SO TO RECAP IT, WE'VE GOT A MEETING AT 8:30 TO DO THE AEDC. 
          BRING YOUR NOMINATION. 
          WE'LL HAVE A GOOD QUICK DISCUSSION. 
          PUT IT UP FOR A VOTE. ANYTHING YOU WANT TO ADD TO THAT, STEPHANIE? 
          >> JUST KEEPING IN MIND THAT THE SPECIAL MEETING WILL START AT 8:30. 
          THE BUDGET MEETING WILL NOT START BEFORE NINE. 
          IF YOU ALL FINISH AEDC DISCUSSION A LITTLE EARLY AND VOTE ON THAT, WE WOULD HOLD AND START THE 8:30 WHEN IT'S POSTED AT 8:30. 
          >> WE ROLL IN AT NINE O'CLOCK ON THE REGULAR MEETING. 
          IT SURE LOOKS LIKE WE OUGHT TO BE ABLE TO COVER WHAT WE WANT TO BY LUNCH AND RESERVE THAT AFTERNOON FOR COUNSEL IDEAS, STAFF FEEDBACK, OTHER CONSIDERATIONS. 
          I TELL YOU, I JUST SEE A LOT OF REALLY GOOD HERE ON THE OVERALL. 
          THERE'S A TON OF TWEAKS, I THINK EVERYBODY COULD MAKE, AND A LOT OF GOOD THINGS WE CAN DRILL DOWN ON, AND I THINK WE CAN MAKE IT BETTER. 
          BUT IF I'M RUNNING THE TOTALS AND LAURA CAN TELL ME DIFFERENTLY, BUT I'M ONLY COMING UP WITH AROUND $10 MILLION IN OUT OF RESERVE EXPENDITURES, AND YOU'VE GOT 113 MILLION SCHEDULED IN CIP. 
          WHEN YOU FACTOR IN THE 25 MILLION FOR THE GRANTS AND THE 30 MILLION THAT'S GOING TO GO ON THE FUTURE BORROWABLE RATE. 
          THE BONDING AND ALL OF THAT. 
          IN MY OPINION, WE SHOULD BE CASH HEAVY. 
          WE SHOULD HAVE AN OPPORTUNITY TO REALLY GAIN SOME GROUND. 
          I HOPE THAT WE CAN PUSH AS MANY OF THESE NEW POSITIONS THAT WE CAN IDENTIFY ARE NEEDED, PUSH SOME OF THOSE PAY RAISES AND STILL BE LOOKING AT A REALLY HEALTHY ORGANIZATION FINANCIALLY THAT CAN STILL SPEND SOME MONEY TO GO AND TAKE CARE OF A FEW OTHER PROBLEMS. JERRY DANFORTH DOESN'T HAVE TO JUSTIFY WHY A ROOF IS THE ONE THING THAT WE'RE GOING TO GET RID OF. 
          I WOULD HOPE TO HAVE THAT CONVERSATION TOMORROW. 
          I KNOW I'VE BEEN DOING MY HOMEWORK FOR A WHILE. 
          I DEFINITELY SEE SOME MONIES THAT AGREE WITH EVERYTHING WE'RE SEEING HERE. 
          I'D LOVE TO BE ABLE TO HAVE THAT CONVERSATION TOMORROW AS WELL. 
          WHAT ELSE CAN WE BE PLANNING ON OVER THESE NEXT COUPLE OF YEARS. 
          BUT I THINK, DOES STAFF NEED ANYTHING BACK ON LIKE WHAT WE WERE ASKING FOR? 
          [07:05:02]
AS FAR AS THE CIP BREAKDOWN OF THE ADDITIONAL CATEGORIES, WHETHER YOU GO VERTICAL OR YOU JUST HIT LINE ITEMS AT THE BOTTOM. 
          THAT'S CLEAR, RIGHT. THEN DID WE WANT ANYTHING FURTHER ON THIS? DID WE NEED A BREAKDOWN ON THIS SINGLE PAGE, OR WAS THIS FINE? 
          >> THAT'S JUST A SIMPLE CASH FLOW THAT TIES BACK THE TOTALS TIE INTO THAT MORE DETAILED BEHIND IT. 
          >> I KNOW WE'VE BEEN BRAGGING ON, JERRY DANFORTH A LOT AND HOW WE'RE ALL EXCITED THAT HE'S OUR CP D, AND E, AND N AND M AND J. 
          WE'VE GOT TO KEEP ADDING LETTERS. 
          I WANT TO BRAG ON, THIS IS VERY DIFFICULT. 
          THIS IS COMPLEX. 
          WE'RE HAVING A GOOD TIME UP HERE. 
          DON STARTED BEATING UP ON LESS AS SOON AS HE CAME IN. 
          THIS HASN'T BEEN THE WORST BUDGET SESSION. 
          >> HR HAS BEEN CONTACTED. 
          >> THERE'S A CLAIM. THIS IS NOT JUST COMPLICATED, IT'S COMPLEX. 
          COUNCILMAN REID AND COUNCILMAN PRESCOTT, YOU GUYS HAVE BEEN FANTASTIC JUMPING IN AND JUST TAKING OFF RUNNING. 
          THIS IS A SPRINT, AND YOU GUYS ARE DOING GOOD. 
          I THINK WE'LL GET THIS THING NOT WRAPPED UP TOMORROW, BUT I REALLY FEEL WE COULD GET IT ABOUT 90% OF THE WAY THERE, AND THEN I'D LOVE TO HAVE MAYBE ONE LOOK BACK AND THEN MARCH THIS THING FORWARD WITH YOU GUYS. 
          APPRECIATE STAFF AND ALL OF YOUR CONSIDERATION. 
          WE'VE DONE WAY BETTER THAN I THOUGHT WE WOULD DO. 
          BUT THEN YOU GUYS HAVE MADE IT EASY ON US. 
          ALL THE HOMEWORK THAT YOU DO AND YOUR ABILITY, MRS. STORRS, TO LIVE IN THIS BUDGET AND FLIP TO THIS PAGE AND THAT PAGE AND KNOW RIGHT WHERE YOU'RE AT IS TRULY REMARKABLE. 
          THANK YOU, GUYS. IT'LL BE A GOOD EXPERIENCE TOMORROW. 
          WE'LL WRAP THIS GUY UP. 
          >> I WOULD JUST ADD, I AGREE. 
          I THINK THIS IS MY THIRD TIME. 
          I THINK BEST PREPARATION THAT I'VE SEEN. 
          I'VE BEEN IN A CHAIR WHERE YOU HAVE TO DEFEND A BUDGET, AND YOU GET ASKED LOTS OF QUESTIONS. 
          I NEVER DID AS GOOD AS YOU GUYS DID TODAY ON ANSWERING THE QUESTIONS, AND I APPRECIATE EVERYTHING YOU CAME PREPARED AND YOU PUT TOGETHER A STRONG BUDGET THAT WE'RE GOING TO CONTINUE TO DO. 
          I APPRECIATE THE LEADERSHIP OF THE CITY MANAGER AND THE STAFF AND ALL YOUR DEPARTMENT HEADS, BECAUSE I THINK YOU'VE DONE A REALLY GOOD JOB HERE AND THINKING THROUGH A LOT OF THINGS, AND LOOK FORWARD TO PUSHING THROUGH THE REST OF IT. THANK YOU. 
          >> WE READY TO GET OUT OF HERE? YOU'RE ADJOURNED. THANK YOU ALL.
* This transcript was compiled from uncorrected Closed Captioning.